File No.  333-255252333-
United States
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, DC 20549
PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Union Security Insurance Company
UNION SECURITY INSURANCE COMPANY
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Kansas
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)


6311
(Primary Standard Industrial Identification Code)


81-0170040
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)


2323 Grand Boulevard, Kansas City, MO 64108, (816) 474-23455910 Mineral Point Road, Madison, WI 53705
(800) 356-2644
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

CHRISTOPHER M. GRINNELL
Lisa Proch
Talcott Resolution Life Insurance CompanyTALCOTT RESOLUTION LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY
1 Griffin Road NorthAMERICAN ROW
Windsor, Connecticut 06095-1512HARTFORD, CT 06103
(860) 791-0286791-0750
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone
number, including area code, of agent for service)
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
From time to time after the registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.ý
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer,""smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.


    Large Accelerated filer ( )                            Accelerated Filer ( )        
    Non-Accelerated Filer (x)                             Smaller Reporting Company ( )
                                        Emerging Growth Company ( )






If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.o


Calculation of Registration Fee
Title of each class of
Securities to be
Registered
Amount
to be Registered
Proposed Maximum Offering
Price Per Unit
Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering
Price
Amount of
Registration Fee
Deferred Annuity Contracts & Participating Interests Therein$71,700,000**N/A*N/AN/A**
* The maximum aggregate offering price is estimated solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee. The amount being registered and the proposed maximum offering price per unit are not applicable in that these contracts are not issued in predetermined amounts or units.
**Pursuant to Rule 415(a)(6) under the Securities Act, this registration statement carries forward $71,700,000 of unsold securities, all of which are included under "Amount to be Registered" above, that were previously registered on Form S-1 registration statement (File No. 333-224393) filed on April 19, 2018 by Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company. Because a filing fee of $8,242.50 was previously paid for the securities being carried forward to this registration statement, no filing fee is due in connection with those securities. The offering of securities on the earlier registration statement will be deemed terminated as of the date of effectiveness of this registration statement.
Pursuant to Rule 429(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, the combined prospectus contained herein also relates to Registration Statement No. 333-224393. Upon effectiveness, this Registration Statement, which is a new Registration Statement, will also act as a post-effective amendment to such earlier Registration Statement.
The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.






The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.






Table of Contents
TD WATERHOUSEEMPOWER VARIABLE ANNUITY
VARIABLE ACCOUNT D OF UNION SECURITY INSURANCE COMPANY
ISSUED BY:
UNION SECURITY INSURANCE COMPANY
2323 GRAND BOULEVARD5910 MINERAL POINT ROAD
KANSAS CITY, MO 64108MADISON, WI 53705
ADMINISTERED BY:
TALCOTT RESOLUTION LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY
PO BOX 14293
LEXINGTON, KY 40512-4293
1-800-862-6668 (CONTRACT OWNERS)
1-800-862-7155 (INVESTMENT PROFESSIONALS)
www.talcottresolution.com
On January 18, 2021, the owners of Hopmeadow Holdings LP (“HHLP”), a parent of Talcott Resolution Life and Annuity Insurance Company ("Talcott Resolution"), signed a definitive agreement to sell all of the equity interests in HHLP and its subsidiaries, including Talcott Resolution, to Sixth Street Partners, a global investment firm. The sale is subject to regulatory approval and the satisfaction of other closing conditions.
Talcott Resolution will continue to administer your annuity contract and remains responsible for paying all contractual guarantees and General Account liabilities under your annuity contract subject to its financial strength and claims paying ability. The terms, features and benefits of your insurance contract will NOT change as a result of the sale.
Talcott Resolution administers the annuity contracts issued by Union Security Insurance Company.
**********
This prospectus describes the TD WaterhouseEmPower Variable Annuity. TD WaterhouseEmPower Variable Annuity is a contract between you and Union Security Insurance Company (formerly Fortis Benefits Insurance Company) where you agree to make at least one Premium Payment and Union Security agrees to make a series of Annuity Payouts at a later date. This Contract is a flexible premium, tax-deferred, variable annuity offered to both individuals and groups. It is:
Availability of portfolio companies may vary by employer. Participants should reference their plan documents for a Flexible, becauselist of available portfolio companies. Surrenders may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment ("MVA"). If you may add Premium Payments at any time.
a  Tax-deferred, which means you don't pay taxes until you take money out or until we start to make Annuity Payouts.
a  Variable, because the value ofreceive services for your Contract from a third-party financial intermediary who charges an advisory fee for their services, that fee is in addition to Contract fees and expenses. If you elect to pay the advisory fee by taking withdrawals from your Contract Value, the deduction for that fee will fluctuate withreduce death benefits under the performance of the underlying Funds.Contract and may be subject to federal and state income taxes and a 10% federal penalty tax.
The variable annuity product described in this prospectus is no longer for sale. However, we continue to administer the in force annuity contracts. At the time you purchased your Contract, you allocated your Premium Payment to "Sub-Accounts." These are subdivisions of our Separate Account, an account that keeps your Contract assets separate from our company assets. The Sub-Accounts then purchased shares of mutual funds set up exclusively for variable annuity or variable life insurance products. These are not the same mutual funds that you buy through your stockbroker or through a retail mutual fund. They may have similar investment strategies and the same portfolio managers as retail mutual funds. This Contract offers you Funds with investment strategies ranging from conservative to aggressive and you may pick those Funds that meet your investment goals and risk tolerance.
You may also allocate some or all of your Premium Payment to either the Fixed Accumulation Feature or a Guarantee Period. The Fixed Accumulation Feature pays an interest rate guaranteed for a certain time period from the time the Premium Payment is made. A Guarantee Period guarantees a rate of interest until a specified maturity date and may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment ("MVA"). Premium Payments allocated to the Fixed Accumulation Feature or a Guarantee Period are not segregated from our company assets like the assets of the Separate Account.
Please read this everything prospectus carefully and keep it for your records and for future reference. This prospectus is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC” or “Commission”). The SEC has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. This prospectus and the SAI can also be obtained free of charge from us by calling 1-800-862-6668 or from the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov).
This variable annuity may not be suitable for everyone. This variable annuity may not be appropriate for people who do not have a long investment time horizon and is not appropriate for people who intend to engage in market timing. You will get no additional tax advantage from this variable annuity if you are investing through a tax-advantaged retirement plan (such



as a 401(k) plan or Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”)). This prospectus is not intended to provide tax, accounting or legal advice. Please consult with your tax accountant or attorney prior to finalizing or implementing any tax or legal strategy or for any tax, accounting or legal advice concerning your situation.
Union Security has, in the past, filed annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). As of May 1, 2009, Union Security has relied on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-7 under the Exchange Act, and accordingly does not intend to file these reports, or other reports under the Exchange Act.
**********
As of January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the SEC, paper copies of the shareholder reports for the mutual funds available under your Contract will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from Talcott Resolution or your Financial Intermediary.  Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified by mail each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.
If you already elected to receive shareholder reports electronically, you will not be affected by this change and you need not take any action. You may elect to receive shareholder reports and other communications from your Financial Intermediary or from us electronically by calling Talcott Resolution Annuity Contact Center at 1-800-862-6668, Monday through Thursday, 8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., or Friday, 9:15 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Eastern Time.
You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform Talcott Resolution or your Financial Intermediary that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by visiting www.fundreports.com, or by calling 1-866-345-5954.Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your Contract.
Additional information about certain investment products, including variable annuities, has been prepared by the Securities and Exchange Commission’sSEC’s staff and is available at Investor.gov.
Talcott Resolution Distribution Company, Inc. serves as principal underwriter for the Contracts.
An investment in the Contract is subject to risk, including risk of loss. See "Principal Risks of Investing in the Contract" beginning on page 9.
NOT INSURED BY FDIC OR ANY FEDERAL GOVERNMENT AGENCYMAY LOSE VALUENOT A DEPOSIT OF OR GUARANTEED BY ANY BANK OR ANY BANK AFFILIATE
image1a01a.jpg
Date of Prospectus: May 3, 20211, 2024



2



Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Page
2. Key Information Table
3. Overview of the Contract
5. Principal Risks of Investing in the Contract
APP A -1
APP IB -1
APP IIC -1
APP D -1


32



Table of Contents
Definitions1.Glossary
These
Except as provided elsewhere in this prospectus, the following capitalized terms are capitalized when used throughout this prospectus. Please refer to these defined terms if youshall have any questions as you read your prospectus.the meaning ascribed below:
Account:Any of the Sub-Accounts or the Fixed Accumulation Feature.Guarantee Periods.
Accumulation Period:The time after you purchase the Contract until we begin to make Annuity Payouts.
Accumulation Units:If you allocate your Premium Payment to any of the Sub-Accounts, we will convert those paymentsPayments into Accumulation Units in the selected Sub-Accounts. Accumulation Units are valued at the end of each Valuation Day and are used to calculate the value of your Contract prior to Annuitization.
Accumulation Unit Value:The daily price of Accumulation Units on any Valuation Day.
Administrative Office: Effective July 1, 2021, our Our overnight mailing address will be changed from Talcott Resolution - Annuity Service Operations, 1338 Indian Mound Drive, Mt. Sterling, KY 40353 ("Sterling Address") tois Talcott Resolution - Annuity Service Operations, 6716 Grade Lane, Building 9, Louisville, KY 40213 ("Louisville Address") Any overnight mail received from July 1, 2021 through September 30, 2021 will be forwarded to our new Louisville Address. Overnight mail received at the Sterling Address after September 30, 2021, will not be processed and will be returned to sender.40213. Our standard mailing address is Talcott Resolution - Annuity Service Operations, PO Box 14293, Lexington, KY 40512-4293.
Anniversary Value:The value equal to the Contract Value as of a Contract Anniversary, as adjusted for subsequent Premium Payments and partial Surrenders.
Annual Maintenance Fee:An annual $30 charge deducted on a Contract Anniversary or upon full Surrender if the Contract Value at either of those times is less than $50,000.$100,000. The charge is deducted proportionately from each AccountSub-Account in which you are invested.
Annuitant:The person on whose life the Contract is issued. The Annuitant may not be changed after your Contract is issued.
Annuity Calculation Date:The date we calculate the first Annuity Payout.
Annuity Commencement Date:The later of the 10th Contract Anniversary or the date the Annuitant reaches age 90, unless you elect an earlier date or we, in our sole discretion, agree to postpone to another date following our receipt of an extension request.
Annuity Payout:The money we pay out after the Annuity Commencement Date for the duration and frequency you select.
Annuity Payout Option:Any of the options available for payout after the Annuity Commencement Date or death of the Contract Owner or Annuitant.
Annuity Period:The time during which we make Annuity Payouts.
Annuity Unit:The unit of measure we use to calculate the value of your Annuity Payouts under a variable dollar amount Annuity Payout Option.
Annuity Unit Value:The daily price of Annuity Units on any Valuation Day.
Beneficiary:The person entitled to receive benefits pursuant to the terms of the Contract upon the death of any Contract Owner, joint Contract Owner or Annuitant.
Charitable Remainder Trust:An irrevocable trust, where an individual donor makes a gift to the trust, and in return receives an income tax deduction. In addition, the individual donor has the right to receive a percentage of the trust earnings for a specified period of time.
Code:The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Commuted Value:The present value of any remaining guaranteed Annuity Payouts. This amount is calculated using the Assumed Investment Return for variable dollar amount Annuity Payouts and a rate of return determined by us for fixed dollar amount Annuity Payouts.
Contingent Annuitant:The person you may designate to become the Annuitant if the original Annuitant dies before the Annuity Commencement Date. You must name a Contingent Annuitant before the original Annuitant'sAnnuitant’s death.This is only available if you own a Non-Qualified Contract.
Contract:The individual Annuity Contract and any endorsements or riders. Group participants and some individuals may receive a certificate rather than a Contract.
Contract Anniversary:The anniversary of the date we issued your Contract. If the Contract Anniversary falls on a Non-Valuation Day, then the Contract Anniversary will be the next Valuation Day.
Contract Owner, Owner or you:The owner or holder of the Contract described in this prospectus including any joint Owners.Owner(s). We do not capitalize "you"“you” in the prospectus.
Contract Value:The total value of the Accounts on any Valuation Day.
Contract Year:Any 12 month period between Contract Anniversaries, beginning with the date the Contract was issued.
4


Death Benefit:The amount payable afterif the Contract Owner, joint Contract Owner or the Annuitant dies.dies before the Annuity Commencement Date.
Dollar Cost Averaging:Fund: A program that allows you to systematically make transfers between Accounts available in your Contract.
Fixed Accumulation Feature:Part of our General Account, where you may allocate allregistered investment company or a portionseries thereof in which assets of your Contract Value. In your Contract, this is defined as the "Fixed Account."a Sub-Account may be invested.
3


Table of Contents
General Account:This account holds our company assets and any assets not allocated to a Separate Account.
Joint Annuitant:The person on whose life Annuity Payouts are based if the Annuitant dies after Annuitization. You may name a Joint Annuitant only if your Annuity Payout Option provides for a survivor. The Joint Annuitant may not be changed.
Market Value Adjustment:An adjustment that either increases or decreases the amount we pay you under certain circumstances.
Net Investment Factor:This is used to measure the investment performance of a Sub-Account from one Valuation Day to the next, and is also used to calculate your Annuity Payout amount.
1934 Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
1940 Act: The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
Non-Valuation Day:Any day the New York Stock Exchange is not open for trading.
Payee:The person or party you designate to receive Annuity Payouts.
Premium Payment:Money sent to us to be invested in your Contract.
Premium Tax:A tax charged by a state or municipality on Premium Payments.
Qualified Contract:A Contract that is defined as a tax-qualified retirement plan in the Code.
Required Minimum Distribution:Distribution (RMD): A federal requirement that individuals of a specified age and older must take a distribution from their tax-qualified retirement account by December 31, each year. For employer sponsored qualified Contracts, the individual must begin taking distributions at the specified age or upon retirement, whichever comes later. For individuals born prior to July 1, 1949The required beginning date is now based on “applicable age” as defined in the specifiedCode. If you attain age 72 after 2022 and age 72 before 2033, your applicable age is 70-1/2, for all others the specified73.If you attain age 74 after 2032, your applicable age is 72.75.If you were born in 1959, you should consult your tax advisor regarding your “applicable age” because it is unclear under SECURE 2.0, as enacted, whether your “applicable age” is age 73 or age 75.
Spouse:A person related to a Contract Owner by marriage pursuant to the Code.
Sub-Account Value:The value of each Sub-Account on or before the Annuity Calculation Date, which is determined on any day by multiplying the number of Accumulation Units by the Accumulation Unit Value for thateach Sub-Account.
Surrender:A complete or partial withdrawal from your Contract.
Surrender Value:The amount we pay you if you terminate your Contract before the Annuity Commencement Date. The Surrender Value (subject to rounding) is equal to the Contract Value minus any applicable MVA.charges (subject to rounding) and increased or decreased, as applicable, by any MVA
Union Security:Union Security Insurance Company, the company that issued this Contract.
Valuation Day:Every day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. Values of the Separate Account are determined as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange. The Exchange generally closes at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time.Time but may close earlier on certain days and as conditions warrant.
Valuation Period:The time span between the close of trading onat the New York Stock Exchange from one Valuation Day to the next.
We, us, our, the Company or our: Talcott Resolution: Talcott Resolution Life and Annuity Insurance Company.
4


Table of Contents
2. Key Information Table
Important Information You Should Consider About the Contract
FEES AND EXPENSESLocation in Prospectus
Charges for Early WithdrawalsNone.4. Fee Table
Transaction Charges
You may be charged for other transactions under your contract.
We have the right to charge for transferring amounts between investment options. This charge is currently waived.
Amounts in a multi-year Guarantee Period that are withdrawn, transferred, or annuitized more than 15 days before or after the end of the Guarantee Period May be subject to a negative or positive market value adjustment (MVA).
4. Fee Table
Ongoing Fees and Expenses (annual charges)
The table below describes the current fees and expenses of the contract that you may pay each year, depending on the options you choose. Please refer to your contract specifications page for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have elected. Fees and expenses do not reflect any advisory fees paid to financial intermediaries from Contract Value or other assets of the Contract Owner, and that if such charges were reflected, the fees and expenses would be higher.
4. Fee Table

7. The Contract - c. Charges and Fees
Annual FeeMinimumMaximum
Base Contract1.27%¹1.27%¹
Investment Options
(fund fees and expenses)
0.13%²0.90%²
1 As a percentage of average daily Sub-Account Values.
2 As a percentage of fund net assets.
Because your contract is customizable, the choices you make effect how much you will pay. To help you understand the cost of owning your contract, the following table shows the lowest and highest cost you could pay each year, based on current charges. This estimate assumes that you do not take withdrawals from the contract.
Lowest Annual Cost: $1,668Highest Annual Cost: $2,864
Assumes:Assumes:
Investment of $100,000
Investment of $100,000
5% annual appreciation
5% annual appreciation
Least expensive fund fees and expenses
Most expensive fund fees and expenses
No sales charges or advisory fees
No sales charges or advisory fees
No additional premium payments, transfers or withdrawals
No additional premium payments, transfers or withdrawals
RISKSLocation in Prospectus
5


Table of Contents
Risk of LossYou can lose money by investing in this contract, including loss of principal.5. Principal Risks of Investing in the Contract
Not a Short-Term Investment
This contract is not designed for short-term investing and is not appropriate for an investor who needs ready access to cash.
Withdrawals from a multi-year Guarantee Period more than 15 days before or after the end of the Guarantee Period may be subject to a negative or positive MVA.
The benefits of tax deferral, long-term income, and living benefit guarantees are generally more beneficial to investors with a long-time horizon.
A 10% penalty tax may be applied to withdrawals before age 59½.
Risks Associated with Investment Options
An Investment in this contract is subject to the risk of poor investment performance and can vary depending on the performance of the investment options available under the contract (e.g. Funds).
Each investment option and any Guarantee Period has its own unique risks.
You should review the investment options before making an investment decision.
Insurance Company RisksAn investment in the contract is subject to the risks related to us. Any obligations (including under any Guarantee Period), guarantees or benefits of the contract are subject to our claims-paying ability. If we experience financial distress, we may not be able to meet our obligations to you. More information about Union Security, including our financial strength ratings, is available upon request by visiting www.trustage.com or by calling 1-800-356-2644.
RESTRICTIONSLocation in Prospectus
Investments
Certain investment options may not be available under your contract.
You are allowed to make 1 transfer between the fund options per day. You are allowed to make 20 transfers between the fund options per year before we require you to submit additional transfer requests by mail. Your transfer between the fund options are subject to policies designed to deter excessively frequent transfers and market timing. These transfer restrictions do not apply to transfers under the contract's automatic transfer programs.
Amounts in a multi-year Guarantee Period that are transferred or annuitized more than 15 days before or after the end of the Guarantee Period may be subject to a negative or positive MVA.
You may not make a transfer into a one-year Guarantee Period within six months of a transfer out of a one-year Guarantee Period.
We reserve the right to remove or substitute funds as investment options.
6. General Information

7. The Contract - a. Purchases and Contract Value

Appendix A - Funds Available under the Contract
TAXESLocation in Prospectus
Tax Implications
Consult with a tax professional to determine the tax implications of an investment in and payment received under the contract.
If you purchased the contract through a tax-qualified plan or IRA, you do not get any additional tax deferral under the contract.
Earnings on your contract are taxed at ordinary income rates when you withdraw them and you may have to pay a penalty if you take a withdrawal before age 59-1/2.
13. Federal Tax Considerations/Information Regarding Tax Qualified Plans
CONFLICTS OF INTERESTLocation in Prospectus
Investment Professional CompensationYour investment professional may receive compensation for selling this contract to you, in the form of commissions, additional payments, and non-cash compensation. We may share the revenue we earn on this contract with your investment professional's firm. This conflict of interest may influence your investment professional to recommend this contract over another investment for which the investment professional is not compensated or compensated less.11. Miscellaneous - (c) How Contracts Are Sold
ExchangesSome investment professionals may have a financial incentive to offer you a new contract in place of the one you already own. You should only exchange a contract you already own if you determine, after comparing the features, fees and risks of both contracts, that it is better for you to purchase the new contract rather than continue to own your existing contract.7.a. Purchases and Contract Value - Replacement of Annuities

6


Table of Contents
3. Overview of the Contract
Purpose of the Contract
The Contract is designed for retirement planning purposes. You make investments in the Contract’s investment options during the accumulation phase. The value of your investments is used to set your benefits under the Contract. At the end of the accumulation phase, we use that accumulated value to set the payments that we make during the payout phase. The payout phase is often referred to as the annuity phase. Investing in the Contract's investment options involves risk and you can lose your money. On the other hand, investing in the Contract can provide you with the opportunity to grow your money through investing in the Contract's investment options during the accumulation phase. Generally speaking, the longer your accumulation phase, the greater your accumulated value will be for setting your benefits and annuity payouts. The Contract also includes a death benefit to help financially protect your Beneficiaries.
The variable annuity product described in this prospectus is no longer for sale. However, we continue to administer the in force annuity contracts.
This Contract may be appropriate for you if you have a long investment time horizon. It is not intended for people who may need to make early or frequent withdrawals or who intend to engage in frequent trading in the Funds that are available under the Contract.
If you receive services for your Contract from a third-party financial intermediary who charges an advisory fee for their services, that fee is in addition to Contract fees and expenses. If you elect to pay the advisory fee by taking withdrawals from your Contract Value, the deduction for that fee will reduce death benefits and other guaranteed benefits under the Contract and may be subject to federal and state income taxes and a 10% federal penalty tax. See Section 7.a. Purchases and Contract Value under Deduction of Advisory Fee, Section 7.c. Charges and Fees, Section 9. Death Benefits and Section 13. Federal Tax Considerations for more information.
Phases of the Contract
The contract has two phases: (1) an accumulation phase (for savings) and (2) a payout phase (for income).
Accumulation Period. To accumulate value during the Accumulation Period, you invest your Premium Payments and earnings in the investment options that are available under the Contract, which include:
The Fund options (also referred to as Sub-Accounts), which have different underlying mutual funds with different investment objectives, strategies and risks. A list of the Funds under the Contract is provided in an appendix to this prospectus. See Appendix A - Funds Available Under the Contract.
Guarantee Periods, which guarantee principal and credit a guaranteed interest rate for the number of years you select, up to a maximum of ten years. Withdrawing, transferring, or annuitizing amounts in a Guarantee Period more than 15 days before or after the end of the Guarantee Period may result in a MVA. An MVA may be positive or negative depending on market conditions and the length of time remaining in the Guarantee Period. Guarantee Periods are not available in Nevada or Pennsylvania.
Annuity Period. Your Contract enters the payout phase on the later of the 10th Contract Anniversary or the date the Annuitant reaches age 90. When your Contract enters the payout phase, your accumulated value is converted into a stream of income payments from us (i.e., the Annuity Payout). There are a variety of Annuity Payout Options from which you may choose, including payments for life or for a guaranteed period of years. The payments may be fixed or variable or a combination of both. Variable payments will vary based on the performance of the investment options you select.
During the payout phase, you will no longer be able to take withdrawals from your Contract and no amounts will be payable upon death unless the Annuity Payout Option that you selected provides otherwise. Your living benefits generally terminate when you enter the payout phase.
Contract Features
Accessing Your Money. Before your Contract is annuitized, you can withdraw money from your Contract at any time. If you take a withdrawal, you may have to pay income taxes, including a tax penalty if you are younger than age 59½.
Tax Treatment. You can transfer money between investment options without tax implications, and earnings (if any) on your investments are generally tax-deferred. You are taxed only upon: (1) making a withdrawal; (2) receiving a payment from us; or (3) payment of a death benefit.
Death Benefits. The Contract includes a standard death benefit that will pay the higher of (i) Contract Value; (ii) total Premium Payments (adjusted for prior withdrawals); or (iii) the highest Anniversary Value of each of the Contract’s Five-Year Anniversaries before the earlier of the decedent's death or the Contract Owner's age of 75 upon your or the Annuitant’s death.
Additional Features and Services. Certain additional features and services related to the Contract are summarized below. There are no additional charges associated with these features or services. Not all features and services may be available under your Contract.
7


Table of Contents
InvestEase. Allows you to have money automatically transferred from your checking or savings account into your Contract on a monthly or quarterly basis.
Asset Rebalancing. Allows you to automatically rebalance Contract Value in any Fund options at a specified frequency to the asset allocation percentages that you previously selected.
Dollar Cost Averaging. We offer two Dollar Cost Averaging programs:
Fixed Amount DCA. Allows you to regularly transfer a fixed amount from any Fund option to another Fund option.
Earnings/Interest DCA. Allows you to regularly transfer earnings (or interest) from your investments in the Fund options to another Fund option.
Automatic Income Program. Allows you to make automatic, periodic withdrawals of up to 10% of your total Premium Payments annually without any surrender charges that would otherwise apply.
4. Fee TableTables
The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and surrendering or making withdrawals from the Contract. Please refer to your Contract specifications page for information about the specific fees you will pay each year.
ThisThe first table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time that you purchasebuy, Surrender or make withdrawals from the Contract, or Surrender the Contract. Charges for statetransfer Contract value between investment options. State premium taxes may also be deducted when you purchasededucted.
Fees and expenses do not reflect any advisory fees paid to financial intermediaries from Contract Value or other assets of the Contract upon Surrender or when we start to make Annuity Payouts.Owner, and that if such charges were reflected, the fees and expenses would be higher.
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses
During
Accumulation
Period
Sales Charge Imposed on PurchasesLoad (as a percentage of Premium Payments)
None
Maximum
Deferred Sales Load (or Contingent Deferred Sales Charge or CDSC) (as a percentage of Premium Payments)Payments withdrawn)
None
Transfer Fee(per transfer)(1)
$25
(1)  This fee is currently waived.
The next table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically and on a daily basiseach year during the time that you own the Contract, not including annual Fund fees and expenses of the underlying Funds.expenses.
Annual Contract Expenses
Annual Maintenance Fee(1)Administrative Expenses(2)
$30
Separate Account Annual Expenses(asBase Contract Charges (as a percentage of average daily Sub-Account value)Values)
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge0.45 %
Total Separate Account Annual Expenses0.45 %1.25%
5


(1)(2)  We call this the Annual Maintenance Fee in your Contract. An annual $30 charge deducted on a Contract Anniversary or upon Surrender if the Contract Value at either of those times is less than $50,000.$100,000. It is deducted proportionately from the Sub-Accounts in which you are invested at the time of the charge. Please see "Annual Maintenance Fee" in section 7.c. Charges and Fees for more information.
This next item showsThe following tables show the minimum and maximum total annual Fund operating expenses charged by the underlying Funds that you may pay on a daily basisperiodically during the time that you own the Contract. More details concerning each Fund's fees and expenses is contained in the prospectus for each Fund. Please see the section entitled "The Funds"See Appendix A for a complete list of Funds available under the Contract.Contract, including their annual expenses.
 MinimumMaximum
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(these are expenses that are deducted from Fund assets, including management fees, Rule 12b-1 distribution and/or service fees, and other expenses)0.38%1.71%
 MinimumMaximum
Annual Fund Expenses
(expenses that are deducted from Fund assets, including management fees, distribution and/or service fees (12b-1) fees, and other expenses)0.13%0.90%


8


Table of Contents
EXAMPLE
This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Contractthis variable annuity with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts.annuities. These costs include transaction expenses, annual Contract Owner Transaction Expenses, Maximum Separate Account Annual Expenses,expenses, and Total Annualannual Fund Operating Expenses.expenses.
The Example assumes that you invest $10,000$100,000 in the Contract for the time periods indicated. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and assumes the maximummost expensive annual Fund expenses. The Example does not reflect any advisory fees and expenses of anypaid to financial intermediaries from Contract Value or other assets of the Funds.Contract Owner, and that if such charges were reflected, costs would be higher. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

(1)  If you Surrender your Contract at the end of the applicable time period:
1year
$232 
3years
$712 
5years
$1,215 
10years
$2,583 

1 year3 years5 years10 years
$2,563$7,876$13,453$28,626

(2)  If you annuitize at the end of the applicable time period:
1year
$202 
3years
$682 
5years
$1,185 
10years
$2,553 
(3)  Ifperiod or if you do not Surrender your Contract:
1year
$232 
3years
$712 
5years
$1,215 
10years
$2,583 

Condensed Financial Information
1 year3 years5 years10 years
$2,204$7,500$13,057$28,181
When Premium Payments are credited to your Sub-Accounts, they are converted into Accumulation Units by dividing the amount of your Premium Payments, minus any Premium Taxes, by the Accumulation Unit Value for that day. For more information on how Accumulation Unit Values are calculated see "How is the value of my Contract calculated before the Annuity Commencement Date?". Please refer to the "Accumulation Unit Values" section of this Prospectus for information regarding Accumulation Unit Values.
6



5. Principal Risks of Investing in the Contract
Highlights
What typeRisk of sales charge will I pay?
ThisLoss. You can lose money by investing in this Contract, is no longer available for sale.
Is there an Annual Maintenance Fee?
We deduct a $30.00 fee each year on your Contract Anniversary or when you fully Surrender your Contract, if, on eitherincluding loss of those dates, theprincipal. The value of your Contract is less than $50,000.not guaranteed by the U.S. government or any federal government agency, insured by the FDIC, or guaranteed by any bank.
What charges will I pay onShort-Term Investment Risk. This Contract is not designed for short-term investing and may not be appropriate for an annual basis?investor who needs ready access to cash. The benefits of tax deferral, and long-term income, mean that this Contract is more beneficial to investors with a long-time horizon.
In additionFund Options Risk. Amounts that you invest in the Sub-Accounts are subject to the Annual Maintenance Fee,risk of poor investment performance. You assume all of the investment risk. Generally, if the Sub-Accounts you pay the following charges each year:
•  Mortality and Expense Risk Charge —This charge is deducted daily and is equal to an annual charge of 0.45% ofselect make money, your Contract Value investedgoes up, and if they lose money, your Contract Value goes down. Each Sub-Account’s performance depends on the performance of its underlying Fund. Each Fund has its own investment risks, and you are exposed to a Fund’s investment risks when you invest in the Sub-Accounts.corresponding Sub-Account.
•  Annual Fund Operating Expenses —These are charges forWithdrawal Risk. You should carefully consider the Funds. Seerisks associated with Surrenders under the Funds' prospectuses for more complete information.
Charges and feesContract. If you make a Surrender prior to age 59½, there may be adverse tax consequences, including a 10% federal income tax penalty on the taxable portion of the Surrender. Surrenders before age 59½ may also affect the tax-qualified status of some Contracts. You should also consider the impact that a partial Surrender may have on the standard benefits under your Contract. Partial Surrenders will reduce the value of your Death Benefit. You cannot make withdrawals from the Contract after it is annuitized unless the Annuity Payout Option you selected provides otherwise.
Advisory Fee Withdrawal Risk. If you receive services for your Contract from a significant impact onthird-party financial intermediary who charges an advisory fee for their services, that fee is in addition to Contract Valuesfees and the investment performance of Sub-Accounts. This impact may be more significant with Contracts with lower Contract Values.
Can I take out any of my money?
You may Surrender all or part of the amountsexpenses. If you have invested at any time before we start making Annuity Payouts. You may haveelect to pay income tax on the money you take outadvisory fee by taking withdrawals from your Contract Value, the deduction for that fee will reduce death benefits under the Contract and if you Surrender before you are age 591/2, you may have to pay an income tax penalty. Surrenders may be subject to an MVA.federal and state income taxes and a 10% federal penalty tax.
Is there a MarketTransfer Risk. You are allowed to make only one transfer between the Sub-Accounts per day, and you are allowed to only make 20 transfers between the Sub-Accounts per year before we require you to submit additional transfer requests by mail. Any transfer restrictions under the Contract that are applicable to you may limit your ability to readily change how your Contract Value Adjustment?is invested in response to changing market conditions or changes in your personal circumstances.
Surrenders and other withdrawals fromGuarantee Period Risk. A Guarantee Period may not be appropriate for you if you do not expect to remain invested in the Guarantee Period until its maturity, which could be several years. Withdrawing, transferring, or annuitizing amounts in a Guarantee Period in our General Account may be subject to an MVA. The MVA may increasemore than 15 days before or reduce the General Account value of your Contract. An MVA will also be applied to any General Account value that is transferred from the General Account to other Sub-Accounts beforeafter the end of the Guarantee Period may result in a negative MVA, depending on market conditions and the length of time remaining in the Guarantee Period. TheA negative MVA could significantly reduce the value of your investment. MVAs do not apply to one-year Guarantee Periods. However, if you transfer amounts out of a one-year Guarantee Period, you may not make a transfer into a one-year Guarantee Period for six months.
Financial Strength and Claims-Paying Ability Risk. Union Security is computed using a formulathe insurance company that is described in this prospectusissued your Contract. All guarantees under "Market Value Adjustment."
What Investment Choicesthe Contract are available?
You may allocate your Premium Payment or Contract Values among the following investment choices:
•  The variable Sub-Accounts that invest in underlying Funds; and/or
•  The Fixed Accumulation Feature; and/or
•  One or more Guarantee Periods, which may be subject to an MVA.our financial strength and claims-paying capabilities. If we experience
Will
9


Table of Contents
financial distress, we may not be able to meet our obligations to you. All guarantees and obligations under any Guarantee Period are subject to our financial strength and claims paying ability. See Section 13. Further Information About Union Security pay a Death Benefit?Insurance Company for financial information about Union Security Insurance Company.
ThereCybersecurity and Business Interruption Risk. Our business is a Death Benefit ifhighly dependent upon the Contract Owner dies before we begineffective operation of our computer systems and those of our business partners, so our business is vulnerable to make Annuity Payouts. The Death Benefit amount will remain invested in the Sub-Accounts according to your last instructionssystems failures and will fluctuate with the performance of the underlying Funds until we receive proof of deathcyber-attacks. Systems failures and complete instructions from the Beneficiary.
If death occurs before the Annuity Commencement Date, the Death Benefit is the greater of:
•  The total Premium Payments you have made tocyber-attacks may adversely affect us, minus any partial Surrenders and any applicable negative MVA; or
•  The Contract Value of your Contract adjusted by any MVA.
What Annuity Payout Optionsand your Contract Value. In addition to cybersecurity risks, we are available?
When it comes time for us to make payouts, you may choose one of the following Annuity Payout Options: Life Annuity, Life Annuity with Payments for 10 or 20 years, Joint and1/2Contingent Survivor Annuity, and Joint and Full Survivor Annuity. We may make other Annuity Payout Options available at any time.
You must begin to take payouts by the Annuitant's 110th birthday unless you elect a later date to begin receiving payments subjectexposed to the lawsrisk that natural and regulations then in effectman-made disasters and catastrophes may significantly disrupt our business operations and our approval. The date you select may have tax consequences, so please checkability to administer the Contract. There can be no assurance that we or our service providers will be able to successfully avoid negative impacts associated with a qualified tax advisor. If you do not tell us what Annuity Payout Option you want before that time, we will make Automatic Annuity Payouts under the Life Annuity with Payments Guaranteed for 10 Years. Depending on the investment allocation of your Contract in effect on the Annuity Commencement Date, we will make Automatic Annuity Payouts that are:
•  fixed dollar amount Automatic Annuity Payouts,
•  variable dollar amount Automatic Annuity Payouts,systems failures, cyber-attacks, or
•  a combination of fixed dollar amount natural and variable dollar amount Automatic Annuity Payouts.
7
man-made disasters and catastrophes.


6. General Contract Information
a.Union Security Insurance Company
Union Security Insurance Company ("Union Security" or the "Company") is the issuer of the contracts.Contracts. Union Security is a Kansas corporation founded in 1910. It is qualified to sell life insurance and annuity contracts in the District of Columbia and in all states except New York. Union Security's offices are located at 440 Mount Rushmore Road, Rapid City, South Dakota 57701.
Union Security is a wholly ownedwholly-owned subsidiary of Assurant, Inc. ("Assurant" orCMFG Life Insurance Company (“CMFG Life”), an Iowa life insurance company. CMFG Life’s ultimate parent is CUNA Mutual Holding Company (“CM Holding”), a mutual insurance holding company organized under the "Parent")laws of Iowa. CM Holding is an insurance and Assurant isfinancial services company that provides products and services to credit unions, credit union members, and individual consumers. All of the ultimate parentguarantees and commitments under the policies are general obligations of Union Security. Assurant is a premier providerNone of specialized insurance products and related services in North America and selected other international markets. Its stock is traded on the New York Stock ExchangeUnion Security’s affiliated companies has any legal obligation to back Union Security’s obligations under the symbol AIZ.policies.
All of the guarantees and commitments under the contracts including the Death Benefit and Annuity Payout, and the guarantees under the Fixed Accumulation Feature and any Guarantee Period are general obligations of Union Security.Security, subject to Union Security's financial strength and claims-paying ability. None of Union Security's affiliated companies has any legal obligation to back Union Security's obligations under the contracts.
On April 1, 2001, Union Security entered into an agreement with Talcott Resolution Life and Annuity Insurance Company ("Talcott Resolution") to co-insure the obligations of Union Security under the variable annuity Contracts and to provide administration for the Contracts. Talcott Resolution was originally incorporated under the laws of Wisconsin on January 9, 1956, and subsequently redomiciled to Connecticut. Talcott Resolution's corporate offices are located at 1 Griffin Road North, Windsor, Connecticut 06095-1525.American Row, Hartford, CT 06103. Talcott Resolution is ultimately controlled by Henry Cornell, David I. Schamis,A. Michael Muscolino and Robert E. Diamond.Alan Waxman.
b. The General Account
All of the guarantees and commitments under the Contracts including the Death Benefit and Annuity Payout, and the guarantees under any Guarantee Period are general obligations of Union Security, subject to Union Security's financial strength and claims-paying ability. None of Union Security's affiliated companies has any legal obligation to back Union Security's obligations under the Contracts. We invest the assets of the General Account according to the laws governing the investments of insurance company general accounts. The General Account is not a bank account and is not insured by the FDIC or any other government agency. We receive a benefit from all amounts held in our General Account. Amounts in our General Account are available to our general creditors. We issue other types of insurance policies and financial products and pay our obligations under these products from our assets in the General Account.
c. The Separate Account
The Sub-Accounts are part of Talcott Resolution Life and AnnuityVariable Account D of Union Security Insurance Company, Separate Account Seven, a segregated asset account of Talcott Resolution.Union Security Insurance Company. The Separate Account wasis registered as a unit investment trust under the 1940 Act and was established on April 1, 1999.October 14, 1987. The Separate Account meets the definition of “separate account” under federal securities laws. The Separate Account holds only assets for variable annuity contracts.
The Separate Account:
is credited with income, gains and losses credited to, or charged against, the Separate Account that reflect the Separate Account's own investment experience and not the investment experience of our other assets, including our General Account or our other separate accounts; and
may not be used to pay any of our liabilities other than those arising from the Contracts and other variable annuities supported by the Separate Account.
Talcott ResolutionUnion Security is obligated to pay all amounts guaranteed to investors under the Contract. We do not guarantee the investment results of anythe Separate Account.
10


Table of Contents
d. The Funds
Funding OptionInvestment Objective SummaryInvestment Adviser/Sub-Adviser
Fixed Accumulation Feature*Preservation of capitalGeneral Account
AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc.
AB VPS International Growth Portfolio - Class ASeeks long term growth of capitalAllianceBernstein, L.P.
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio - Class ASeeks long-term growth of capitalAllianceBernstein, L.P.
AIM Variable Insurance Funds
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund - Series ISeeks long-term growth of capitalInvesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund - Series ISeeks long-term growth of capitalInvesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Government Money Market Fund - Series I**Seeks to provide current income consistent with preservation of capital and liquidityInvesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Technology Fund - Series ISeeks long-term growth of capitalInvesco Advisers, Inc.
American Century Variable Portfolios, Inc.
American Century VP Balanced Fund - Class ISeeks long-term capital growth and current incomeAmerican Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Capital Appreciation Fund - Class ISeeks capital growthAmerican Century Investment Management, Inc.
8


BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc.
BlackRock S&P 500 Index V.I. Fund - Class ISeeks investment results that, before expenses, correspond to the aggregate price and yield performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index (the “S&P 500”).BlackRock Advisors, LLC
Federated Hermes Insurance Series
Federated Hermes Fund for U.S. Government Securities IISeeks to provide current incomeFederated Investment Management Company
Federated Hermes High Income Bond Fund IISeeks high current incomeFederated Investment Management Company
Federated Hermes Managed Volatility Fund IISeeks to achieve high current income and moderate capital appreciationFederated Global Investment Management Corp. (“Fed Global”), Federated Investment Management Company (FIMCO) and Federated Equity Management Company of Pennsylvania (FEMCOPA) (collectively, the “Co-Advisers”)
Hartford Series Fund, Inc.
Hartford Ultrashort Bond HLS Fund - Class IASeeks total return and income consistent with preserving capital and maintaining liquidityHartford Funds Management Company, LLC, Sub-advised by Wellington Management Company LLP
MFS® Variable Insurance Trust
MFS® Growth Series - Initial ClassSeeks capital appreciationMassachusetts Financial Services Company
MFS® Variable Insurance Trust II
MFS® High Yield Portfolio - Initial ClassSeeks total return with an emphasis on high current income, but also considering capital appreciationMassachusetts Financial Services Company
MFS® Income Portfolio - Initial ClassSeeks total return with an emphasis on high current income, but also considering capital appreciationMassachusetts Financial Services Company
Nationwide Variable Insurance Trust
NVIT Emerging Markets Fund - Class DSeeks long-term capital growth by investing primarily in equity securities of companies located in emerging market countries.Nationwide Fund Advisors, Sub-advised by Lazard Asset Management, LLC and Standard Life Investments (Corporate Funds) Limited
Neuberger Berman Advisers Management Trust
Sustainable Equity Portfolio - Class ISeeks long-term growth of capitalNeuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC
Short Duration Bond PortfolioSeeks highest available current income consistent with liquidity and low risk to principal; total return is a secondary goalNeuberger Berman Management LLC, Sub-advised by Neuberger Berman Fixed Income LLC
Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust
Pioneer Fund VCT Portfolio - Class ISeeks reasonable income and capital growthAmundi Asset Management US, Inc.
Pioneer Select Mid Cap Growth VCT Portfolio - Class ISeeks long-term capital growthAmundi Asset Management US, Inc.
VanEck VIP Trust
VanEck VIP Global Resources Fund - Initial Class (formerly VanEck VIP Global Hard Assets Fund)Seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in hard asset securities. Income is a secondary consideration.Van Eck Associates Corporation
9


VanEck VIP Emerging Markets Bond Fund - Initial ClassSeeks high total return - income plus capital appreciation - by investing globally, primarily in a variety of debt securitiesVan Eck Associates Corporation
Voya Investors Trust
VY® JPMorgan Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio - Class ISeeks capital appreciationVoya Investments, LLC, Sub-advised by J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.
Voya Variable Portfolios, Inc.
Voya Global High Dividend Low Volatility Portfolio - Class SSeeks long-term growth of capital and current incomeVoya Investments, LLC, Sub-advised by Voya Investment Management Co. LLC
Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds
Wells Fargo VT Discovery Fund - Class 2Seeks long-term capital appreciationWells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, Sub-advised by Wells Capital Management Incorporated
*The Fixed Accumulation Feature is not a Sub-Account and the Company does not provide investment advice in connection with this feature.
**In a low interest rate environment, yields for money market funds, after deduction of Contract charges, may be negative even though the fund’s yield, before deducting for such charges, is positive. If you allocate a portion of your Contact value to a money market Sub-Account or participate in an Asset Allocation Program where Contact value is allocated to a money market Sub-Account, that portion of the value of your Contract value may decrease in value.
The Sub-Accounts are subdivisions of our Separate Account, an account that keeps your Contract assets separate from our company assets. The Sub-Accounts then purchase shares of mutual funds set up exclusively for variable annuity or variable life insurance products. These are not the same mutual funds that you buy through your investment professional even though they may have similar investment strategies and the same portfolio managers. Each Fund has varying degrees of investment risk. Funds are also subject to separate fees and expenses such as management fees, distribution charges and operating expenses. We do not guarantee the investment results of any of the underlying Funds. Since each underlying Fund has different investment objectives, each is subject to different risks. These risks and the Funds' expenses are more fully described in the Funds' prospectus, and the Funds' Statement of Additional Information which may be ordered from us. The Funds' prospectus should be read in conjunction with this Prospectus before investing.
TheFund. Certain Funds may not be available to you.
Information regarding each Fund, including (i) its name, (ii) its type, (iii) its investment adviser and any sub-investment adviser, (iv) current expenses, and (v) performance is available in all states.
Mixed and Shared Funding —Sharesan appendix to this prospectus. See Appendix A - Funds Available Under the Contract. Each Fund has issued a prospectus that contains more detailed information about the Fund. Read these prospectuses carefully before investment. Paper or electronic copies of the FundsFund prospectuses may be sold to our other separate accounts and our insurance company affiliatesobtained by calling us at 1-800-862-6668, emailing us at asccontactus@talcottresolution.com or other unaffiliated insurance companies to serve as the underlying investment for both variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies, a practice known as "mixed and shared funding." As a result, there is a possibility that a material conflict may arise between the interests of Contract Owners, and of owners of other contracts whose contract values are allocated to one or more of these other separate accounts investing in any one of the Funds. In the event of any such material conflicts, we will consider what action may be appropriate, including removing the Fund from the Separate Account or replacing the Fund with another underlying fund. There are certain risks associated with mixed and shared funding. These risks are disclosed in the Funds' prospectus.visiting: https://vpx.broadridge.com/GetContract1.asp?clientid=talcottvpx&fundid=34956F885.
Voting Rights — We are the legal owners of all Fund shares held in the Separate Account and we have the right to vote at the Funds’ shareholder meetings. To the extent required by federal securities laws or regulations, we will:
notify you of any Fund shareholders’ meeting if the shares held for your Contract may be voted;
send proxy materials and a form of instructions that you can use to tell us how to vote the Fund shares held for your Contract;
arrange for the handling and tallying of proxies received from Owners;
vote all Fund shares attributable to your Contract according to timely instructions received from you, and
vote all Fund shares for which no timely voting instructions are received in the same proportion as shares for which timely voting instructions have been received.
If any federal securities laws or regulations, or their present interpretation, change to permit us to vote Fund shares on our own, we may decide to do so. You may attend any shareholder meeting at which Fund shares held for your Contract may be voted. After we begin to make Annuity Payouts to you, the number of votes you have will decrease. There is no minimum number of shares for which we must receive timely voting instructions before we vote the shares. Therefore, as a result of proportional voting, the instruction of a small number of Owners could determine the outcome of matters subject to shareholder vote.
Substitutions, Additions, or Deletions of Funds —We reserve the right, subject to any applicable law, to make certain changes to the Funds offered under your Contract. We may, in our sole discretion, establish new Funds. New Funds will be made available to existing Contract Owners as we determine appropriate. We may also close one or more Funds to additional Premium Payments or transfers from existing Sub-Accounts. Unless otherwise directed, investment instructions will be automatically updated to reflect the Fund surviving after any merger, substitution or liquidation.
10


We may eliminate the shares of any of the Funds from the Contract for any reason and we may substitute shares of another registered investment company for the shares of any Fund already purchased or to be purchased in the future by the Separate Account. To the extent required by the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act"), substitutions of shares attributable to your interest in a Fund will not be made until we have the approval of the Commissionsatisfied applicable law and we have notified you of the change.
In the event of any substitution or change, we may, by appropriate endorsement, make any changes in the Contract necessary or appropriate to reflect the substitution or change. If we decide that it is in the best interest of Contract Owners, the Separate Account may be operated as a management company under the 1940 Act or any other form permitted by law, may be deregistered under the 1940 Act in the event such registration is no longer required, or may be combined with one or more other Separate Accounts.
Administrative and Distribution Services —Union Security has entered into agreements with the investment advisers or distributors of many of the Funds. Under the terms of these agreements, Union Security or its agents, provide administrative and distribution related services and the Funds pay fees that are usually based on an annual percentage of the average daily net assets of the Funds. These agreements may be different for each Fund or each Fund family and may include fees under a distribution and/or servicing plan adopted by a Fund pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
Fees We Receive from Funds and related parties —We receive Talcott Resolution receives substantial and varying administrative service payments and Rule 12b-1 fees from certain Funds or related parties. These types of payments and fees are sometimes referred to as "revenue sharing" payments. We considerTalcott Resolution considers revenue sharing payments and fees among a number of factors when deciding to add or keep a fund on the menu of Funds that we offer through the Contract. We collectTalcott Resolution collects these payments and fees under agreements between us andwith a Fund's principal underwriter, transfer agent, investment adviser and/or other entities related to the Fund. We expectTalcott Resolution expects to make a profit on these fees.
11


Table of Contents
The availability of these types of arrangements creates an incentive for us to seek and offer Funds (and classes of shares of such Funds) that pay us revenue sharing. Other funds (or available classes of shares) may have lower fees and better overall investment performance.
As of December 31, 2020,2023, we have entered into arrangements to receive administrative service payments and/or Rule 12b-1 fees from each of the following Fund complexes (or affiliated entities): AllianceBernstein Variable Products Series Funds & Alliance Bernstein Investments, American Century Investment Services, Inc, Federated Securities Corp, Hartford HLS Funds, Invesco Advisors Inc., MFS Fund Distributors, Inc. & Massachusetts Financial Services Company, Nationwide Fund Distributors LLC, Nationwide Fund Advisors, Neuberger Berman Management Inc, Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust & Pioneer Investment Management, Inc. & Pioneer Funds Distributor, Inc., Van Eck Securities Corp; Van Eck Fund, Inc; Van Eck World Wide Investment Trust Funds, LLC, Voya Investment Management, and Wells Fargo Variable Trust.
Not all Fund complexes pay the same amounts of revenue sharing payments and/or Rule 12b-1 fees. Therefore, the amount of fees we collect may be greater or smaller based on the Funds you select. Revenue sharing and Rule 12b-1 fees did not exceed 0.25% in 2020,2023, of the annual percentage of the average daily net assets (for instance, assuming that you invested in a Fund that paid us the maximum fees and you maintained a hypothetical average balance of $10,000, we would collect $75$25 from that fund). We will endeavor to update this listing annually and interim arrangements may not be reflected. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020,2023, revenue sharing and Rule 12b-1 fees did not exceed $1.4$1.2 million. These fees do not take into consideration indirect benefits received by offering HLS Funds as investment options.
Fixed Accumulation Feature
Important Information You Should Know: The Fixed Accumulation Feature is not registered under the 1933 Act and the Fixed Accumulation Feature is not registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act. The Fixed Accumulation Feature or any of its interests are not subject to the provisions or restrictions of the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act. The following disclosure about the Fixed Accumulation Feature may be subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws regarding the accuracy and completeness of disclosures. The Fixed Accumulation Feature is not offered in all Contracts and is not available in all states.
Premium Payments and Contract Values allocated to the Fixed Accumulation Feature become a part of our General Account assets. We invest the assets of the General Account according to the laws governing the investments of insurance company General Accounts. Premium Payments and Contract Values allocated to the Fixed Accumulation Feature are available to our general creditors. The maximum allowed to be invested in the Fixed Accumulation Feature is $500,000. The General Account is not a bank account and is not insured by the FDIC or any other government agency. We receive a benefit from all amounts held in the General Account.
We guarantee that we will credit interest to amounts you allocate to the Fixed Accumulation Feature at a minimum rate that meets your State’s minimum non-forfeiture requirements. Non-forfeiture rate vary from state to state. We reserve the right to prospectively declare different rates of excess interest depending on when amounts are allocated or transferred to the Fixed Accumulation Feature. This means that amounts at any designated time may be credited with a different rate of excess
11


interest than the rate previously credited to such amounts and to amounts allocated or transferred at any other designated time. We will periodically publish the Fixed Accumulation Feature interest rates currently in effect. If you are invested in the Fixed Accumulation Feature, we send you notice of the Fixed Accumulation Feature credited rate annually. There is no specific formula for determining interest rates and no assurances are offered as to future rates. Some of the factors that we may consider in determining whether to credit excess interest are: general economic trends, rates of return currently available for the types of investments and durations that match our liabilities and anticipated yields on our investments, regulatory and tax requirements, and competitive factors.
We will account for any deductions, Surrenders or transfers from the Fixed Accumulation Feature on a “first-in first-out” basis.
Important: Any interest credited to amounts you allocate to the Fixed Accumulation Feature in excess of 3% per year will be determined at our sole discretion. You assume the risk that interest credited to the Fixed Accumulation Feature may not exceed the minimum guarantee of 3% for any given year.
The Fixed Accumulation Feature is only available for Contracts issued in Kansas, Maryland, North Carolina, Nevada, Oregon, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Utah, Vermont and Washington.
From time to time, we may credit increased interest rates under certain programs established in our sole discretion.
e. Guarantee Periods
Any amount you allocate to our General Account under this Contract earns a guaranteed interest rate beginning on the date you make the allocation. The guaranteed interest rate continues for the number of years you select, up to a maximum of ten years. We call this a Guarantee Period. At the end of your Guarantee Period, your Contract Value, including accrued interest, will be allocated to a new Guarantee Period that is the same length as your original GuaranteedGuarantee Period. However, you may reallocate your Contract Value to different then available Guarantee Periods or to the Sub-Accounts. If you decide to reallocate your Contract Value, you must do so by sending us a written request. We must receive your written request at least three business days before the end of your Guarantee Period. The first day of your new Guarantee Period or other reallocation will be the day after the end of your previous Guarantee Period. We will notify you at least 45 days and not more than 75 days before the end of your Guarantee Period.
Each Guarantee Period has its own guaranteed interest rate, which may differ from other Guarantee Periods. We may,will, at our discretion, change the guaranteed interest rate for future Guarantee Periods. These changes will not affect the guaranteed interest rates we are paying on current Guarantee Periods. The guaranteed interest rate will never be less than an effective annual rate of 3%. Union Security's Management makes the final determination on the guaranteed interest rates to be declared. We cannot predict or assure the level of any future guaranteed interest rates in excess of an effective annual rate of 3%.
We declare the guaranteed interest rates from time to time as market conditions dictate. We advise you of the guaranteed interest rate for a Guarantee Period at the time we receive a Premium Payment from you, or at the time we execute a transfer you have requested, or at the time a Guarantee Period is renewed. You may obtain information concerning the guaranteed interest rates that apply to the various Guarantee Periods. You may obtain this information from our home office or from your sales representative at any time.
The maximum amount you can invest in a Guarantee Period is $500,000.
We do not have a specific formula for establishing the guaranteed interest rates for the Guarantee Periods. Guaranteed interest rates may be influenced by the available interest rates on the investments we acquire with the amounts you allocate for a particular Guarantee Period. Guaranteed interest rates do not necessarily correspond to the available interest rates on the investments we acquire with the amounts you allocate for a particular Guarantee Period. In addition, when we determine guaranteed interest rates, we may consider:
•  the duration of a Guarantee Period;Period,
•  regulatory and tax requirements;requirements,
•  sales and administrative expenses we bear;bear,
•  risks we assume;assume,
•  our profitability objectives;objectives, and
•  general economic trends.
Guaranteed Periods areAsset Rebalancing is not available for Contracts issued in Kansas, Maryland, North Carolina, Nevada, Oregon, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Utah, Vermont and Washington.the Guarantee Periods.
Please see section 11.a. "State Variations" for more information.
f. Market Value Adjustment for Guarantee Periods
Except as described below, we will apply an MVA to any general account value invested in a Guarantee Period that is surrendered, transferred, or otherwise paid out (annuitized) before the end of athe Guarantee Period. For example, we will apply an MVA to the general account value that we pay as an amount applied to distributions on the death of the Annuitant, an Annuity Payout option, or as an amount paid as a single sum in lieu of an Annuity Payout.
12



Table of Contents
The purpose of the MVA is to generally transfer the risk to you of prematurely liquidating your investment. The MVA reflects both the amount of time left in your Guarantee period and the difference between the rate of interest credited to your current Guarantee period and the interest rate we are crediting to a new Guarantee Period with a duration equal to the amount of time left in your Guarantee Period. If your Guarantee Period's rate of interest is lower than the sum of the new Guarantee Period interest rate and the MVA factor, then the application of the MVA will reduce the amount you receive or transfer. Conversely, if your Guarantee Period's rate of interest is higher than the sum of the rate of interest we are crediting for the new Guarantee Period and the MVA factor, then the application of the MVA will increase the amount you receive or transfer. You will find a sample MVA calculation in Appendix I.B.
We do not apply ana MVA to withdrawals and transfers of the general account value in the following circumstances:
1.Death benefits paid pursuant to a Contract;
2.Surrenders or transfers from the one-year Guarantee Period;
3.Surrenders, transfers and annuitization during a 30 day period that begins 15 days before the end of the Guarantee Period in which the general account value was being held, and that ends 15 days after the end of the Guarantee Period in which the general account value was being held; and
2.  4.Surrenders or transfers from a Guarantee Period on a periodic, automatic basis. This exception only applies to such withdrawals or transfers under a formal company program. We may impose conditions and limitations on any formal company program for the withdrawal or transfer of general account values. Ask your representative about the availability of such a program in your state and applicable conditions and limitations.
We may discontinue, modify or amend the Programs or any other interest rate program we establish. Any change to a Program will not affect Contract Owners currently enrolled in the Program.
If you make systematic transfers from the Fixed Accumulation Feature under a Dollar Cost Averaging Program, you must wait 6 months after your last systematic transfer before moving Sub-Account Values back to the Fixed Accumulation Feature.
7. The Contract
a.Purchases and Contract Value
What types of Contracts are available?
The Contract is an individual or group tax-deferred variable annuity contract. It is designed for retirement planning purposes and may be purchased by any individual, group or trust, including:
•  Any trustee or custodian for a retirement plan qualified under Sections 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code;
•  Individual Retirement Annuities adopted according to Section 408 of the Code;
•  Employee pension plans established for employees by a state, a political subdivision of a state, or an agency of either a state or a political subdivision of a state; and
•  Certain eligible deferred compensation plans as defined in Section 457 of the Code.
We will no longer accept additional Premium Payments into any individual annuity contract funded through a 403(b) plan.
The examples above represent Qualified Contracts, as defined by the Code. In addition, individuals and trusts can also purchase Contracts that are not part of a tax qualified retirement plan. These are known as Non-Qualified Contracts.
If you are purchasing the Contract for use in an IRA or other qualified retirement plan, you should consider other features of the Contract besides tax deferral, since any investment vehicle used within an IRA or other qualified plan receives tax-deferred treatment under the Code.
How do I purchase a Contract?
This Contract is no longer available for new sales.
Premium Payments sent to us must be made in U.S. dollars and checks must be drawn on U.S. banks. We do not accept cash, third party checks or double endorsed checks. We reserve the right to limit the number of checks processed at one time. If your check does not clear, your purchase will be cancelled and you could be liable for any losses or fees incurred. A check must clear our account through our Administrative Office to be considered to be in good order.
Premium Payments may not exceed $1 million without our prior approval. We reserve the right to impose special conditions on anyone who seeks our approval to exceed this limit.
You and your Annuitant must not be older than age 85 on the date that your Contract is issued. You must be of minimum legal age in the state where the Contract is being purchased or a guardian must act on your behalf. Optional riders are subject to additional maximum issue age restrictions.
It is important that you notify us if you change your address. If your mail is returned to us, we are likely to suspend future mailings until an updated address is obtained. In addition, we may rely on a third party, including the US Postal Service, to update your current address. Failure to give us a current address may result in payments due and payable on your annuity contract being considered abandoned property under state law, and remitted to the applicable state.
Replacement of Annuities
A "replacement" occurs when a new contract is purchased and, in connection with the sale, an existing contract is surrendered, lapsed, forfeited, assigned to the replacing insurer, otherwise terminated, or used in a financed purchase. A
13



Table of Contents
"financed purchase" occurs when the purchase of a new annuity contract involves the use of the funds obtained from the values of an existing annuity contract through Withdrawal, Surrender or loan.
There are circumstances in which replacing your existing annuity contract can benefit you. However, a replacement may not be in your best interest. Accordingly, you should make a careful comparison of the cost and benefits of your existing contract and the proposed contract with the assistance of your financial and tax advisers to determine whether replacement is in your best interest. You should be aware that the person selling you the new contract will generally earn a commission if you buy the new contract through a replacement. Remember that if you replace a contract with another contract, you might have to pay a surrender charge on the replaced contract, and there may be a new surrender charge period for the new contract. In addition, other charges may be higher (or lower) and the benefits may be different.
You should also note that once you have replaced your variable annuity contract, you generally cannot reinstate it even if you choose not to accept your new variable annuity contract during your "free look" period. The only exception to this rule would be if your previously issued contract was issued in a state that requires the insurer to reinstate the previously surrendered contract if the owner chooses to reject their new variable annuity contract during their "free look" period.
How are Premium Payments applied to my Contract?
Your initial Premium Payment will be invested within two Valuation Days of our receipt of both a properly completed application/application order request and the Premium Payment. If we receive your subsequent Premium Payment before the close of the New York Stock Exchange, it will be priced on the same Valuation Day. If we receive your Premium Payment after the close of the New York Stock Exchange, it will be invested on the next Valuation Day. If we receive your subsequent Premium Payment on a Non-Valuation Day, the amount will be invested on the next Valuation Day. Unless we receive new instructions, we will invest the Premium Payment based on your last allocation instructions on record. We will send you a confirmation when we invest your Premium Payment.
If the request or other information accompanying the initial Premium Payment is incomplete when received, we will hold the money in a non-interest bearing account for up to five Valuation Days (from the Valuation Day that we actually receive your initial Premium Payment at our Administrative Office together with the Premium Payment) while we try to obtain complete information. If we cannot obtain the information within five Valuation Days, we will either return the Premium Payment and explain why the Premium Payment could not be processed or keep the Premium Payment if you authorize us to keep it until you provide the necessary information.
If you purchasereceive services for your Contract from a third-party financial intermediary who charges an advisory fee for their services, that fee is in a state that requires usaddition to return your Premium Payment instead ofContract fees and expenses. If you elect to pay the advisory fee by taking withdrawals from your Contract Value, if you exercise your 10-day rightthe deduction for that fee will reduce, perhaps significantly, death benefits and other guaranteed benefits under the Contract and may be subject to cancel, we will allocate your initial Premium Payment tofederal and state income taxes and a 10% federal penalty tax. See Section 7.c. Charges and Fees, Section 9. Death Benefits and Section 13. Federal Tax Considerations for more information.
Contract Owners should discuss the Alliance Money Market Portfolio until your cancellation period has expired. At that time, yourimpact of deducting advisory fees from Contract Value will be allocatedwith their financial intermediaries prior to the investment choices you selected.
Can I cancel my Contract after I purchase it?
If, formaking any reason, you are not satisfied with your Contract, simply return it within ten days after you receive it with a written request for cancellation that indicates your tax-withholding instructions. In some states, you may be allowed more time to cancel your Contract. We may require additional information, including a signature guarantee, before we can cancel your Contract.
Unless otherwise required by state law, we will pay you your Contract Value as of the Valuation Date we receive your request to cancel and will refund any sales or contract charges incurred during the period you owned the Contract. The Contract Value may be more or less than your Premium Payments depending upon the investment performance of your Account. This means that you bear the risk of any decline in your Contract Value until we receive your notice of cancellation. In certain states, however, we are required to return your Premium Payment without deduction for any fees or charges.election.
How is the value of my Contract calculated before the Annuity Commencement Date?
The Contract Value is the sum of all Accounts. There are two things that affect your Sub-Account value: (1) the number of Accumulation Units and (2) the Accumulation Unit Value. The Sub-Account value is determined by multiplying the number of Accumulation Units by the Accumulation Unit Value. On any Valuation Day, your Contract Value reflects the investment performance of the Sub-Accounts and will fluctuate withbecause Accumulation Unit Values are affected by the performance of the underlying Funds.Funds and the deduction of expenses and certain charges in the Sub-Account.
When Premium Payments are credited to your Sub-Accounts, they are converted into Accumulation Units by dividing the amount of your Premium Payments, minus any Premium Taxes, by the Accumulation Unit Value for that day. The more Premium Payments you make to your Contract, the more Accumulation Units you will own. You decrease the number of Accumulation Units you have by requesting Surrenders, transferring money out of an Account, settling a Death Benefit claim or by annuitizing your Contract.
To determine the current Accumulation Unit Value, we take the prior Valuation Day's Accumulation Unit Value and multiply it by the Net Investment Factor for the current Valuation Day.
The Net Investment Factor is used to measure the investment performance of a Sub-Account from one Valuation Day to the next. The Net Investment Factor for each Sub-Account equals:
•  The net asset value per share plus applicable distributions per share of each Fund at the end of the current Valuation Day divided by
•  The net asset value per share of each Fund at the end of the prior Valuation Day; multiplied by
•  The daily expense factor for the mortality and expense risk charge adjusted for the number of days in the period, and any other applicable charges.
If you elect to pay an advisory fee to a third-party financial intermediary for advisory services by taking withdrawals from your Contract Value, the deduction for that fee will result in the cancellation of accumulation units.
14


Table of Contents
We will send you a statement at least annually, which tells you how many Accumulation Units you have, their value and your total Contract Value.
A Contract's Guarantee Period value is guaranteed by Union Security. We bear the investment risk with respect to amounts allocated to a Guarantee Period, except to the extent that (1) we may vary the guaranteed interest rate for future Guarantee Periods (subject to the 4%3% effective annual minimum) and (2) the MVA imposes investment risks on you. The Contract's Guarantee Period value on any Valuation Date is the sum of its general accountGeneral Account values in each Guarantee Period on that date. The general accountGeneral Account value in a Guarantee Period is equal to the following amounts, in each case increased by accrued interest at the applicable guaranteed interest rate:
14


•  The amount of Premium Payments or transferred amounts allocated to the Guarantee Period; less
•  The amount of any transfers or Surrenders out of the Guarantee Period.
Can I transfer from one investment choice to another?
Subject to the restrictions below, you may transfer Contract Value:
•  From a Sub-Account to another Sub-Account;
•  From a Sub-Account to a Guarantee Period;
•  From a Guarantee Period to a Sub-Account;
•  From a Guarantee Period to another Guarantee Period.
Transfers from a Guarantee Period may be subject to an MVA.
Can I transfer from one Sub-Account to another?
You may make transfers between the Sub-Accounts offered in this Contract according to our policies and procedures as amended from time to time.
What is a Sub-Account Transfer?
A Sub-Account transfer is a transaction requested by you that involves reallocating part or all of your Contract Value among the Funds available in your Contract. Your transfer request will be processed as of the end of the Valuation Day that it received is in good order. Otherwise, your request will be processed on the following Valuation Day. We will send you a confirmation when we process your transfer. You are responsible for verifying transfer confirmations and promptly advising us of any errors within 30 days of receiving the confirmation.
What Happens When I Request a Sub-Account Transfer?
Many Contract Owners request Sub-Account transfers. Some request transfers into (purchases) a particular Sub-Account, and others request transfers out of (redemptions) a particular Sub-Account. In addition, some Contract Owners allocate new Premium Payments to Sub-Accounts, and others request Surrenders. We combine all the daily requests to transfer out of a Sub-Account along with all Surrenders from that Sub-Account and determine how many shares of that Fund we would need to sell to satisfy all Contract Owners' "transfer-out" requests. At the same time, we also combine all the daily requests to transfer into a particular Sub-Account or new Premium Payments allocated to that Sub-Account and determine how many shares of that Fund we would need to buy to satisfy all Contract Owners' "transfer-in" requests.
In addition, many of the Funds that are available as investment options in our variable annuity products are also available as investment options in variable life insurance policies, retirement plans, funding agreements and other products offered by us or our affiliates. Each day, investors and participants in these other products engage in similar transfer transactions.
We take advantage of our size and available technology to combine sales of a particular Fund for many of the variable annuities, variable life insurance policies, retirement plans, funding agreements or other products offered by us or our affiliates. We also combine many of the purchases of that particular Fund for many of the products we offer. We then "net" these trades by offsetting purchases against redemptions. Netting trades has no impact on the net asset value of the Fund shares that you purchase or sell. This means that we sometimes reallocate shares of a Fund rather than buy new shares or sell shares of the Fund.
For example, if we combine all transfer-out (redemption) requests and Surrenders of a stock Fund Sub-Account with all other sales of that Fund from all our other products, we may have to sell $1 million dollars of that Fund on any particular day. However, if other Contract Owners and the owners of other products offered by us, want to transfer-in (purchase) an amount equal to $300,000 of that same Fund, then we would send a sell order to the Fund for $700,000 (a $1 million sell order minus the purchase order of $300,000) rather than making two or more transactions.
What Restrictions Are There on My Ability to Make a Sub-Account Transfer?
First, you may make only one Sub-Account transfer request each day.We limit each Contract Owner to one Sub-Account transfer request each Valuation Day. We count all Sub-Account transfer activity that occurs on any one Valuation Day as one "Sub-Account transfer;" however, you cannot transfer the same Contract Value more than once a Valuation Day.

15


Table of Contents
Examples
Transfer Request Per Valuation DayPermissible?
Transfer $10,000 from a money marketSub-Account to a growth Sub-Account
Yes
Transfer $10,000 from a money marketSub-Account to any number of otherSub-Accounts (dividing the $10,000 amongthe other Sub-Accounts however you chose)
Yes
Transfer $10,000 from any number ofdifferent Sub-Accounts to any number ofother Sub-Accounts
Yes
Transfer $10,000 from a money marketSub-Account to a growth Sub-Account andthen, before the end of that same ValuationDay, transfer the same $10,000 from thegrowth Sub-Account to an internationalSub-Account
No
Second, you are allowed to submit a total of 20 Sub-Account transfers each Contract Year (the "Transfer Rule") by U.S. Mail, Internet or telephone.Once you have reached the maximum number of Sub-Account transfers, you may only submit any additional Sub-Account transfer requests and any trade cancellation requests in writing through U.S. Mail or overnight delivery service. In other words, Internet or telephone transfer requests will not be honored. We may, but are not obligated to, notify you when you are in jeopardy of approaching these limits. For example, we will send you a letter after your 10th Sub-Account transfer to remind you about the Transfer Rule. After your 20th transfer request, our computer system will not allow you to do another Sub-Account transfer by telephone or via the Internet. You will then be instructed to send your Sub-Account transfer request by U.S. Mail or overnight delivery service.
15


We reserve the right to aggregate your Contracts (whether currently existing or those recently surrendered) for the purposes of enforcing these restrictions.
The Transfer Rule does not apply to Sub-Account transfers that occur automatically as part of a Company-sponsored asset allocation or Dollar Cost Averaging program. Reallocations made based on a Fund merger, substitution or liquidation also do not count toward this transfer limit. Restrictions may vary based on state law.
We make no assurances that the Transfer Rule is or will be effective in detecting or preventing market timing.
Third, policies have been designed to restrict excessive Sub-Account transfers.You should not purchase this Contract if you want to make frequent Sub-Account transfers for any reason. In particular, don't purchase this Contract if you plan to engage in "market timing," which includes frequent transfer activity into and out of the same Fund, or frequent Sub-Account transfers in order to exploit any inefficiencies in the pricing of a Fund. Even if you do not engage in market timing, certain restrictions may be imposed on you.
Generally, you are subject to Fund trading policies, if any. We are obligated to provide, at the Fund's request, tax identification numbers and other shareholder identifying information contained in our records to assist Funds in identifying any pattern or frequency of Sub-Account transfers that may violate their trading policy. In certain instances, we have agreed to serve as a Fund's agent to help monitor compliance with that Fund's trading policy.
We are obligated to follow each Fund's instructions regarding enforcement of their trading policy. Penalties for violating these policies may include, among other things, temporarily or permanently limiting or banning you from making Sub-Account transfers into a Fund or other funds within that fund complex. We are not authorized to grant exceptions to a Fund's trading policy. Please refer to each Fund's prospectus for more information. Transactions that cannot be processed because of Fund trading policies will be considered not in good order.
In certain circumstances, fundFund trading policies do not apply or may be limited. For instance:
•      
Certain types of financial intermediaries may not be required to provide us with shareholder information.
"Excepted funds" such as money market funds and any Fund that affirmatively permits short-term trading of its securities may opt not to adopt this type of policy. This type of policy may not apply to any financial intermediary that a Fund treats as a single investor.
A Fund can decide to exempt categories of contract holders whose contracts are subject to inconsistent trading restrictions or none at all.
Non-shareholder initiated purchases or redemptions may not always be monitored. These include Sub-Account transfers that are executed: (i) automatically pursuant to a company-sponsored contractual or systematic program such as transfers of assets as a result of "dollar cost averaging" programs, asset allocation programs, automatic rebalancing programs, annuity payouts, loans, or systematic withdrawal programs; (ii) as a result of the payment of a Death Benefit; (iii) as a step-up in Contract Value pursuant to a Contract Death Benefit or guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit; (iv) as a result of any deduction of charges or fees under a Contract; or (v) as a result of payments such as loan repayments, scheduled contributions, scheduled withdrawals or surrenders, retirement plan salary reduction contributions, or planned premium payments.
•      "Excepted funds" such as money market funds and any Fund that affirmatively permits short-term trading of its securities may opt not to adopt this type of policy. This type of policy may not apply to any financial intermediary that a Fund treats as a single investor.
•      A Fund can decide to exempt categories of contract holders whose contracts are subject to inconsistent trading restrictions or none at all.
•      Non-shareholder initiated purchases or redemptions may not always be monitored. These include Sub-Account transfers that are executed: (i) automatically pursuant to a company- sponsored contractual or systematic program such as transfers of assets as a result of "dollar cost averaging" programs, asset allocation programs, automatic rebalancing programs, annuity payouts, loans, or systematic withdrawal programs; (ii) as a result of the payment of a Death Benefit; (iii) as a step-up in Contract Value pursuant to a Contract Death Benefit or guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit; (iv) as a result of any deduction of charges or fees under a Contract; or (v) as a result of payments such as loan repayments, scheduled contributions, scheduled withdrawals or surrenders, retirement plan salary reduction contributions, or planned premium payments.
Possibility of undetected abusive trading or market timing.We may not be able to detect or prevent all abusive trading or market timing activities. For instance,instance:
•      Since we net all the purchases and redemptions for a particular Fund for this and many
16


Table of our other products, transfers by any specific market timer could be inadvertently overlooked.Contents
•      Certain forms of variable annuities and types of Funds may be attractive to market timers. We cannot provide assurances that we will be capable of addressing possible abuses in a timely manner.
•      
Since we net all the purchases and redemptions for a particular Fund for this and many of our other products, transfers by any specific market timer could be inadvertently overlooked.
Certain forms of variable annuities and types of Funds may be attractive to market timers. We cannot provide assurances that we will be capable of addressing possible abuses in a timely manner.
These policies apply only to individuals and entities that own this Contract or have the right to make transfers (regardless of whether requests are made by you or anyone else acting on your behalf). However, the Funds that make up the Sub-Accounts of this Contract are also available for use with many different variable life insurance policies, variable annuity products and funding agreements, and are offered directly to certain qualified retirement plans. Some of these products and plans may have less restrictive transfer rules or no transfer restrictions at all.
In some cases, we are made by you or anyone else acting on your behalf). However, the Funds that make up the Sub-Accounts of this Contract are also available for use with many different variable life insurance policies, variable annuity products and funding agreements, and are offered directly to certain qualified retirement plans. Some of these products and plans may have less restrictive transfer rules or no transfer restrictions at all.
•      In some cases, we were unable to count the number of Sub-Account transfers requested by group annuity participants co-investing in the same Funds ("Participants") or enforce the Transfer Rule because we do not keep Participants' account records for a Contract. In those cases, the Participant account records and Participant Sub-Account transfer information are kept by such owners or its third party service provider. These owners and third party service providers may provide us with limited information or no information at all regarding Participant Sub-Account transfers.
How am I affected by frequent Sub-Account Transfers?
We are not responsible for losses or lost investment opportunities associated with the effectuation of these policies. Frequent Sub-Account transfers may result in the dilution of the value of the outstanding securities issued by a Fund as a result of increased transaction costs and lost investment opportunities typically associated with maintaining greater cash
16


positions. This can adversely impact Fund performance and, as a result, the performance of your Contract. This may also lower the Death Benefit paid to your Beneficiary or lower Annuity Payouts for your Payee as well as reduce value of other optional benefits available under your Contract.
Separate Account investors could be prevented from purchasing Fund shares if we reach an impasse on the execution of a Fund's trading instructions. In other words, a Fund complex could refuse to allow new purchases of shares by all our variable product investors if the Fund and we cannot reach a mutually acceptable agreement on how to treat an investor who, in a Fund's opinion, has violated the Fund's trading policy.
In some cases, we do not have the tax identification number or other identifying information requested by a Fund in our records. In those cases, we rely on the Contract Owner to provide the information. If the Contract Owner does not provide the information, we may be directed by the Fund to restrict the Contract Owner from further purchases of Fund shares. In those cases, all participants under a plan funded by the Contract will also be precluded from further purchases of Fund shares.
Fixed Accumulation Feature Transfers —During each contract year during the Accumulation Period, you may make a transfer out of the Fixed Accumulation Feature to Sub-Account. The transfers must be for $500 or more. All transfer allocations must be in whole numbers (e.g. 1%). You may transfer 50% of your total amount in the Fixed Accumulation Feature, unless the balance is less than $1000, then you may transfer the entire amount.
Fixed Accumulation Feature Transfer Restrictions —We reserve the right to defer transfers from the Fixed Accumulation Feature for up to 6 months from the date of your request. After any transfer, you must wait 6 months before moving Sub-Account Values back to the Fixed Accumulation Feature. After the Annuity Commencement Date, you may not make transfers from the Fixed Accumulation Feature.
Power of Attorney —You may authorize another person to make transfers on your behalf by submitting a completed power of attorney form. Once we have the completed form on file, we will accept transfer instructions from your designated third party, subject to any transfer restrictions in place, until we receive new instructions in writing from you. You will not be able to make transfers or other changes to your Contract if you have authorized someone else to act under a power of attorney.
Transfers between the Sub-Accounts and Guarantee Periods: You may transfer from the Sub-Accounts to a Guarantee Period or from one Guarantee Period to another Guarantee Period. Transfers from a Guarantee Period, other than the one-year Guarantee Period, are subject to an MVA if the transfer is:
•  more than 15 days before or 15 days after the expiration of the existing Guarantee Period, or
•  are not part of a formal Union Security program for the transfer of General Account value.
The amount of any positive or negative MVA will be added or deducted from the transferred amount.
You may not make a transfer into the one-year Guarantee Period within six months of a transfer out of the one-year Guarantee Period.
General Account Transfer Restrictions — We reserve the right to defer transfers from the General Account for up to 6 months from the date of your request (a "transfer moratorium"). After any transfer, you must wait six months before moving Sub-Account Values back to a Guarantee Period in the General Account. After the Annuity Commencement Date, you may not make transfers from the General Account.
We generally intend to enforce these restrictions during periods of extreme volatility within the U.S. stock markets or when we have significant concerns about disintermediation. If we enforce this restriction:
•      The last then effective Guarantee Period and guaranteed interest rate will remain in effect until the end of the transfer moratorium;
•      The MVA will take into consideration the amount of time consumed by the transfer moratorium only with regard to the Guaranteed Period during which the transfer moratorium was declared; and
•     Rates of interest that we will credit for the new Guaranteed Period will be automatically reset to the rate of interest we declare as of the conclusion of the transfer moratorium.
17


Table of Contents
b. Contract Rights
You, as Contract Owner, may exercise all the rights under the Contract. The prospectus discusses these rights, including your right, during the Accumulation Period, to make Premium Payments and provide instructions to us to allocate your Contract Value among the Sub-Accounts and a Guarantee Period. You, as Contract Owner, may also request a full or partial Surrender from the Contract, designate an Annuitant and elect to receive Annuity Payouts. This prospectus also discusses the Death Benefit payable under the Contract and the rights of any Beneficiary.
c. Charges and Fees
The following charges and fees are associated with the Contract:
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge (Base Contract Charge)
For assuming mortality and expense risks under the Contract, we deduct a daily charge at ana maximum annual rate of 0.45%1.10% of Sub-Account Value. The mortality and expense risk charge is broken into charges for mortality risks and for an expense risk:
•  Mortality Risk —There are two types of mortality risks that we assume, those made while your Premium Payments are accumulating and those made once Annuity Payouts have begun.
During the period your Premium Payments are accumulating, we are required to cover any difference between the Death Benefit paid and the Surrender Value. These differences may occur during periods of declining value. The risk that we bear during this period is that actual mortality rates, in aggregate, may exceed expected mortality rates.
Once Annuity Payouts have begun, we may be required to make Annuity Payouts as long as the Annuitant is living, regardless of how long the Annuitant lives. The risk that we bear during this period is that the actual mortality rates, in aggregate, may be lower than the expected mortality rates.
•  Expense Risk —We also bear an expense risk that the Annual Maintenance FeeCDSCs collected before the Annuity Commencement Date may not be enough to cover the actual cost of selling, distributing and administering the Contract.
Although variable Annuity Payouts will fluctuate with the performance of the underlying Fund selected, your Annuity Payouts will not be affected by (a) the actual mortality experience of our Annuitants, or (b) our actual expenses if they are greater than the deductions stated in the Contract. Because we cannot be certain how long our Annuitants will live, we charge this percentage fee based on the mortality tables currently in use. The mortality and expense risk charge enables us to keep our commitments and to pay you as planned.
Administrative Charge (Base Contract Charge)
This is a charge for the costs incurred in connection with the administration of the Contract. This is an administrative fee equal to an annual charge of 0.15% of the Contract Values held in the Separate Account.
Annual Maintenance Fee (Base Contract Charge)
The Annual Maintenance Fee is a flat fee that is deducted from your Contract Value to reimburse us for expenses relating to the administrative maintenance of the Contract and the Accounts. The annual $30 charge is deducted on a Contract Anniversary or when the Contract is fully Surrendered if the Contract Value at either of those times is less than $50,000.$100,000. The charge is deducted proportionately from each Account in which you are invested.
When Is the Annual Maintenance Fee Waived?
We will waive the Annual Maintenance Fee if your Contract Value is $50,000$100,000 or more on your Contract Anniversary or when you fully Surrender your Contract. We reserve the right to waive the Annual Maintenance Fee under certain other conditions.
Premium Taxes
We deduct Premium Taxes, if imposed on us by a state or other government agency. Some states collect the taxes when Premium Payments are made; others collect at Annuitization. Since we pay Premium Taxes when they are required by
17


applicable law, we may deduct them from your Contract when we pay the taxes, upon Surrender, or on the Annuity Commencement Date. The Premium Tax rate varies by state or municipality and currently ranges from 0% – 3.5%.
Transfer Fee
We reserve the right to impose a Transfer Fee not to exceed $25 per transfer. Currently, we do not impose this charge. This charge generally compensates us for the administrative expenses associated with processing transfers. For purposes of the Transfer Fee, we will count all transfers between and among the Sub-Accounts and the Guarantee Periods as one transfer if all of the transfer requests are made at the same time as part of one request. The charge would be deducted from the amount transferred.
Charges Against the Funds
The Separate Account purchases shares of the Funds at net asset value. The net asset value of the Fund shares reflects investment advisory fees and administrative expenses already deducted from the assets of the Funds. These charges are described in the Fund'sFund prospectuses.
Other disclosure specific to Invesco V.I. Government Money Market Fund
The Invesco V.I. Government Money Market Fund uses the amortized cost method of valuation to seek to maintain a stable $1.00 net asset value and does not intend to impose liquidity fees or redemption gates on Fund redemptions or exchanges. The Fund's board reserves the right to impose a liquidity fee or redemption gate in the future upon prior notice to shareholders and in conformance to Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act. Further detail regarding these changes is set forth in the Fund's prospectus. We may postpone payment of Surrenders with respect to a money market Fund if the board of directors of the underlying money market Fund suspends redemptions in compliance with rules of the SEC or an order of the SEC.
Death Benefit
What is the Death Benefit and how is it calculated?
The Death Benefit is the amount we will pay if the Contract Owner dies before we begin to make Annuity Payouts. The Death Benefit is calculated when we receive a certified death certificate or other legal document acceptable to us along with complete instructions from all beneficiaries on how to pay the death benefit.
Until we receive proof of death and the completed instructions from the Beneficiary, the Death Benefit will remain invested in the same Accounts, according to the Contract Owner's last instructions. Therefore, the Death Benefit amount will fluctuate with the performance of the underlying Funds. When there is more than one Beneficiary, we will calculate the Accumulation Units for each Sub-Account for each Beneficiary's portion of the proceeds.
If death occurs before the Annuity Commencement Date, the Death Benefit is the greater of:
•  The total Premium Payments you have made to us minus any partial Surrenders and any applicable negative MVA; or
•  The Contract Value of your Contract adjusted by any MVA.
How is the Death Benefit paid?
The Death Benefit may be taken in one lump sum or under any of the Annuity Payout Options then being offered by us. On the date we receive proof of death and complete instructions from the Beneficiary, we will compute the Death Benefit to be paid out or applied to a selected Annuity Payout Option. When there is more than one Beneficiary, we will calculate the Death Benefit amount for each Beneficiary's portion of the proceeds and then pay it out or apply it to a selected Annuity Payout Option according to each Beneficiary's instructions. If we receive the complete instructions on a Non-Valuation Day, computations will take place on the next Valuation Day.
If the Death Benefit is $50,000 or more, the Beneficiary may elect to have their Death Benefit paid through our "Talcott Resolution Pathways Program" (formerly "Safe Haven"). Under this program, the proceeds remain in our General Account and the Beneficiary will receive a draft book. Proceeds are guaranteed by the claims paying ability of the Company; however, it is not a bank account and is not insured by the Federal deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), nor is it backed by any federal or state government agency. The Beneficiary can write one draft for total payment of the Death Benefit, or keep the money in the General Account and write drafts as needed. We will credit interest at a rate determined periodically in our sole discretion.The interest rate is based upon the analysis of interest rates credited to funds left on deposit with other insurance companies under programs similar to the Talcott Resolution Pathways Program. In determining the interest rate, we also factor in the impact of our profitability, general economic trends, competitive factors and administrative expenses. The interest rate credit is not the same rate earned on assets in the Fixed Accumulation Feature and is not subject to minimum interest rates prescribed by state non-forfeiture laws.For federal income tax purposes, the Beneficiary will be deemed to have received the lump sum payment on transfer of the Death benefit amount to the General account. The interest will be taxable to the Beneficiary in the tax year that it is credited. We may not offer the Talcott Resolution Pathways Program in all states and we reserve the right to discontinue offering it at any time. Although there are no direct charges for the program, we earn investment income from the proceeds. The Investment income we earn is likely more than the amount of interest we credit; therefore, we make a profit from the difference.
The Beneficiary may elect under the Annuity Proceeds Settlement Option “Death Benefit Remaining with the Company” to leave proceeds from the Death Benefit invested with us for up to five or ten years from the date of death if death occurred before the Annuity Commencement Date. The available period (five or ten years) depends on whether the Contract is non-qualified or an IRA and the Owner's date of death. Once we receive a certified death certificate or other legal documents acceptable to us, the Beneficiary can: (a) make Sub-Account transfers (subject to applicable restrictions) and (b) take Surrenders without paying CDSCs, if any. We reserve the right to inform the IRS in the event that we believe that any Beneficiary has intentionally delayed delivering proper proof of death in order to circumvent applicable Code proceeds payment duties. We shall endeavor to fully discharge the last instructions from the Owner wherever possible or practical.
18



Table of Contents
The BeneficiaryDeduction of Advisory Fee
If you receive services for your Contract from a non-qualifiedthird-party financial intermediary who charges an advisory fee for their services, that fee is in addition to Contract fees and expenses. If you elect to pay the advisory fee by taking withdrawals from your Contract Value, both you and your financial intermediary must sign an enrollment form authorizing the withdrawals and submit a fee payment request form for the specific dollar amount of the fee payment you want withdrawn from your Contract and sent to your financial intermediary. We will deduct your requested fee payment amount on a pro-rata basis from the Sub-Account Values. Guarantee Periods, if available under the Contract, are excluded. Your financial intermediary must submit a new fee payment request form to us for each payment. Payments will generally be processed on the same day the request is received in good order. You may alsorevoke your authorization at any time by giving notice to us. If you elect to pay your advisory fee by taking withdrawals from your Contract Value, the Single Life Expectancy Only option. This option allowsdeduction for that fee will reduce death benefits and other guaranteed benefits under the Beneficiary to take the Death Benefit in a series of payments spread over a period equal to the Beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy. Distributions are calculated based on IRS life expectancy tables. This option isContract and may be subject to different limitations, qualificationsfederal and conditions. Not all beneficiaries will be able to elect this option.
Required Distributions —Ifstate income taxes and a 10% federal penalty tax. Contract Owners should discuss the Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, the Death Benefit must be distributed within five years after death or be distributed under a distribution option or Annuity Payout Option that satisfies the Alternatives to the Required Distributions described below. Please see Section (C)(2)(f) Federal Tax Considerations in Appendix Tax for more information. If your Contract is qualified, please see "Information Regarding Tax-Qualified Plans" for additional information.
If the Contract Owner dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date under an Annuity Payout Option that permits the Beneficiary to elect to continue Annuity Payouts or receive the Commuted Value, any remaining value must be distributed at least as rapidly as under the payment method being used asimpact of the Contract Owner's death.
If the Contract Owner is not an individual (e.g. a trust), then the original Annuitant will be treated as the Contract Owner in the situations described above and any change in the original Annuitant will be treated as the death of the Contract Owner.
What should the Beneficiary consider?
Alternatives to the Required Distributions —The selection of an Annuity Payout Option and the timing of the selection will have an impact on the tax treatment of the Death Benefit. To receive favorable tax treatment, the Annuity Payout Option selected: (a) cannot extend beyond the Beneficiary's life or life expectancy, and (b) must begin within one year of the date of death.
If these conditions are not met, the Death Benefit will be treated as a lump sum payment for tax purposes. This sum will be taxable in the year in which it is considered received.
Spousal Contract Continuation —If the Contract Owner dies and the Beneficiary is the Contract Owner's spouse, the Beneficiary may elect to continue the Contract as the Contract Owner, receive the death benefit in one lump sum payment or elect an Annuity Payout Option. If the Contract continues with the spouse as Contract Owner, we will adjust thededucting advisory fees from Contract Value with their financial intermediaries prior to the amount that we would have paid as the Death Benefit payment, had the spouse elected to receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum payment. Spousal Contract Continuation will only apply one time for each Contract. If you do not name another Beneficiary at the time of continuation, the Beneficiary will default to your estate.making any election.
d. Surrenders
What kinds of Surrenders are available?
Full Surrenders before the Annuity Commencement Date —When you Surrender your Contract before the Annuity Commencement Date and while the Annuitant is living, the Surrender Value of the Contract will be made in a lump sum payment. The Surrender Value is the Contract Value minus any applicable MVAPremium Taxes and Premium Taxes.adjusted for any positive or negative MVA. The Surrender Value may be more or less than the amount of the Premium Payments made to a Contract.
Partial Surrenders before the Annuity Commencement Date —You may request a partial Surrender of Contract Value at any time before the Annuity Commencement Date and while the Annuitant is living. Both full and partial Surrenders are taken proportionally from the Sub-Accounts and the Fixed Accumulation Feature. There are two restrictions:
•  The partial Surrender amount must be at least equal to $1,000, our current minimum for partial Surrenders, and
• The Contract must have a minimum Contract Value of $1,000 after the Surrender. We reserve the right to close your Contract and pay the full Surrender Value if the Contract Value is under the minimum after the Surrender. The minimum Contract Value in Texas must be $1,000 after the Surrender with no Premium Payments made during the prior two Contract Years.
Does the Invesco V.I. Government Money Market Fund impose a fee or gateSee section 11.a "State Variations" for redemption?
The Invesco V.I. Government Money Market Fund uses the amortized cost method of valuation to seek to maintain a stable $1.00 net asset value and does not intend to impose liquidity fees or redemption gates on Fund redemptions or exchanges. The Fund's board reserves the right to impose a liquidity fee or redemption gate in the future upon prior notice to shareholders and in conformance to Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act. Further detail regarding these changes is set forth in the Fund's prospectus. We may postpone payment of Surrenders with respect to a money market Fund if the board of directors of the underlying money market Fund suspends redemptions in compliance with rules of the SEC or an order of the SEC.more information.
How do I request a Surrender?
Requests for full Surrenders must be in writing. Requests for partial Surrenders can be made in writing or by telephone. We will send your money within seven days of receiving complete instructions. However, we may postpone payment of Surrenders whenever: (a) the New York Stock Exchange is closed, (b) trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted by the SEC, (c) the SEC permits and orders postponement, or (d) the SEC determines that an emergency exists to restrict valuation.
19


Written Requests —To request a full or partial Surrender, complete a Surrender Form or send us a letter, signed by you, stating:
•  the dollar amount that you want to receive, either before or after we withhold taxes and deduct for any applicable charges,
•  your tax withholding amount or percentage, if any, and
•  your mailing address.
You may submit this form via mail or fax.
If there are joint Contract Owners, both must authorize all Surrenders. For a partial Surrender, specify the Accounts that you want your Surrender to come from, otherwise, the Surrender will be taken in proportion to the value in each Account.
Telephone Requests —To request a partial Surrender by telephone, we must have received your completed Telephone Redemption Program Enrollment Form. If there are joint Contract Owners, both must sign this form. By signing the form, you authorize us to accept telephone instructions for partial Surrenders from either Contract Owner. Telephone authorization will remain in effect until we receive a written cancellation notice from you or your joint Contract Owner, we discontinue the program; or you are no longer the owner of the Contract. There are some restrictions on telephone surrenders, please call us with any questions.
We may record telephone calls and use other procedures to verify information and confirm that instructions are genuine. We will not be liable for losses or expenses arising from telephone instructions reasonably believed to be genuine.We may modify the requirements for telephone redemptions at any time.
Telephone Surrender instructions received before the close of the New York Stock Exchange will be processed on that Valuation Day. Otherwise, your request will be processed on the next Valuation Day.
Completing a Power of Attorney form for another person to act on your behalf may prevent you from making Surrenders via telephone.
What should be considered about taxes?
There are certain tax consequences associated with Surrenders:
19


Table of Contents
Prior to age 591/259½If you make a Surrender prior to age 591/259½, there may be adverse tax consequences including a 10% federal income tax penalty on the taxable portion of the Surrender payment. Surrendering before age 591/259½ may also affect the continuing tax-qualified status of some Contracts.
We do not monitor Surrender requests. To determine whether a Surrender is permissible, with or without federal income tax penalty, please consult your personal tax adviser.
More than one Contract issued in the same calendar year —If you own more than one contract issued by us or our affiliates in the same calendar year, then these contracts may be treated as one contract for the purpose of determining the taxation of distributions prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Please consult your tax adviser for additional information.
Internal Revenue Code section 403(b) annuities —As of December 31, 1988, all section Section 403(b) annuities have limits on full and partial Surrenders. Contributions to your Contract made after December 31, 1988 and any increases in cash value after December 31, 1988 may not be distributed unless you are: (a) age 591/2, (b) no longer employed, (c) deceased, (d) disabled, or (e) experiencing a financial hardship (cash value increases may not be distributed for hardships prior to age 591/2). Distributions prior to age 591/2due to financial hardship; unemployment or retirement may still be subject to a penalty tax of 10%.
We will no longer accept any incoming 403(b) exchanges or applications for 403(b) individual annuity contracts.
We encourage you to consult with your qualified tax adviser before making any Surrenders. Please see the "Federal Tax Considerations" sectionSection 13. Federal Fax Considerations/Information Regarding Tax-Qualified Plans for more information.
e. Annuity Payouts
This section describes what happens when we begin to make regular Annuity Payouts from your Contract. You, as the Contract Owner, should answer five questions:
•  When do you want Annuity Payouts to begin?
•  Which Annuity Payout Option do you want to use?
•  How often do you want to receive Annuity Payouts?
•  What is the Assumed Investment Return?
•  Do you want Annuity Payouts to be fixed or variable or a combination?
Please check with your investment professional to select the Annuity Payout Option that best meets your income needs.
1. When do you want Annuity Payouts to begin?
Consider the age you will be when you start Annuity Payouts. Annuity Payouts started at a younger age will be greater than at an older age. You select an Annuity Commencement Date when you purchase your Contract or at any time before you begin receiving Annuity Payouts. You may change the Annuity Commencement Date by notifying us within thirty days prior to the date. The Annuity Commencement Date cannot be deferred beyond the Annuitant's 110th birthday unless you elect a later date to
20


begin receiving payments, subject to the laws and regulations then in effect and our approval.birthday. The date you select may have tax consequences, so please check with a qualified tax advisor. You cannot begin to take Annuity Payouts until the end of the 2nd Contract Year. If this Contract is issued to the trustee of a Charitable Remainder Trust, the Annuity Commencement Date may be deferred to the Annuitant's 100th birthday.
The Annuity Calculation Date is when the amount of your Annuity Payout is determined. This occurs within five Valuation Days before your selected Annuity Commencement Date.
All Annuity Payouts, regardless of frequency, will occur on the same day of the month as the Annuity Commencement Date. After the initial payout, if an Annuity Payout date falls on a Non-Valuation Day, the Annuity Payout is computed on the prior Valuation Day. If the Annuity Payout date does not occur in a given month due to a leap year or months with only 28 days (i.e. the 31st), the Annuity Payout will be computed on the last Valuation Day of the month.
2. Which Annuity Payout Option do you want to use?
Your Contract contains the Annuity Payout Options described below. The Annuity Proceeds Settlement Option is an option that can be elected by the Beneficiary and is described in the "Death Benefit" section. We may at times offer other Annuity Payout Options. Once we begin to make Annuity Payouts, the Annuity Payout Option cannot be changed.
Life Annuity
We make Annuity Payouts as long as the Annuitant is living. When the Annuitant dies, we stop making Annuity Payouts. A Payee would receive only one Annuity Payout if the Annuitant dies after the first payout, two Annuity Payouts if the Annuitant dies after the second payout, and so forth.
Life Annuity With Payments Guaranteed for 10 or 20 Years
We will make Annuity Payouts as long as the Annuitant is living, but we at least guarantee to make Annuity Payouts for a time period you select either 10 or 20 years. If the Annuitant dies before the guaranteed number of years have passed, then the Beneficiary may elect to continue Annuity Payouts for the remainder of the guaranteed number of years. If the Contract is a qualified contract, the annuity payments may need to be modified after the death of the individual or designated beneficiary, as necessary to comply with IRS rules and regulations.
When considering a guarantee period, keep in mind:
20


Table of Contents
Having guaranteed Annuity Payouts will usually lower the Annuity Payout amount.
The longer the guaranteed period will usually lower the Annuity Payout amount.
Joint and Full Survivor Life Annuity
We will make Annuity Payouts as long as the Annuitant and Joint Annuitant are living. When one Annuitant dies, we continue to make Annuity Payouts to the Contract Owner until that second Annuitant dies. Adding a joint life will usually lower the payout amount. At younger ages there is little impact, the impact is greater at older ages.
We may offer other available Annuity Payout Options available.Options.
•  You cannot Surrendermake full or partial Surrenders from your Contract once Annuity Payouts begin.
•  For Qualified Contracts, if you elect an Annuity Payout Option with a Period Certain, the guaranteed number of years must be less than the life expectancy of the Annuitant at the time the Annuity Payouts begin. We compute life expectancy using the IRS mortality tables.
•  Automatic Annuity Payouts —If you do not elect an Annuity Payout Option, Annuity Payouts will automatically begin on the Annuity Commencement Date under the Life Annuity with Payments for a Period Certain Annuity Payout Option with a ten-year period certain. Automatic Annuity Payouts will be fixed dollar amount Annuity Payouts, variable dollar amount Annuity Payouts, or a combination of fixed or variable dollar amount Annuity Payouts, depending on the investment allocation of your Account in effect on the Annuity Commencement Date.
3. How often do you want the Payee to receive Annuity Payouts?
In addition to selecting an Annuity Commencement Date and an Annuity Payout Option, you must also decide how often you want the Payee to receive Annuity Payouts. You may choose to receive Annuity Payouts:
•  monthly,
•  quarterly,
•  semiannually, or
•  annually.
Annual Annuity Payouts are less than 12 times the monthly payout amount due to a modal factor based on the AIR for variable Annuity Payouts or minimum interest rate for fixed Annuity Payouts. Once you select a frequency, it cannot be changed. If you do not make a selection, the Payee will receive monthly Annuity Payouts. You must select a frequency that results in an Annuity Payout of at least $50. If the amount falls below $50, we have the right to change the frequency to bring the Annuity Payout up to at least $50.
Please see section 11.a. "State Variations" for more information.
4. What is the Assumed Investment Return?
The Assumed Investment Return ("AIR") is the investment return before we start to make Annuity Payouts. It is a critical assumption for calculating variable dollar amount Annuity Payouts. The first Annuity Payout will be based upon the AIR. A lower AIR will start with a lower payout amount. The remaining Annuity Payouts will fluctuate based on the performance of the underlying Funds. The AIR for this Contract is 3%.
For example, if the Sub-Accounts earned exactly the same as the AIR, then the second monthly Annuity Payout Option is the same as the first. If the Sub-Accounts earned more than the AIR, then the second monthly Annuity Payout Option is higher than the first. If the Sub-Accounts earned less than the AIR, then the second monthly Annuity Payout Option is lower than the first.
21


Level variable dollar Annuity Payouts would be produced if the investment returns remained constant and equal to the AIR. In fact, Annuity Payouts will vary up or down as the investment rate varies up or down from the AIR.
5. Do you want fixed dollar amount or variable dollar amount Annuity Payouts or a combination of both?
You may choose an Annuity Payout Option with fixed dollar amounts, variable dollar amounts or a combination depending on your income needs. Fixed dollar Annuity Payouts do not change. Variable dollar Annuity Payouts change with every payout. A lower AIR will start with a lower payout amount.
Fixed Dollar Amount Annuity Payouts —Once a fixed dollar amount Annuity Payout begins, you cannot change your selection to receive variable dollar amount Annuity Payout. You will receive equal fixed dollar amount Annuity Payouts throughout the Annuity Payout period. Fixed dollar amount Annuity Payout amounts are determined by multiplying the Contract Value, minus any applicable Premium Taxes, by an annuity rate. The annuity rate is set by us and is not less than the rate specified in the fixed dollar amount Annuity Payout Option tables in your Contract.
Variable Dollar Amount Annuity Payouts —A variable dollar amount Annuity Payout is based on the investment performance of the Sub-Accounts. The variable dollar amount Annuity Payouts may fluctuate with the performance of the underlying Funds. To begin making variable dollar amount Annuity Payouts, we convert the first Annuity Payout amount to a set number of Annuity Units and then price those units to determine the Annuity Payout amount. The number of Annuity Units that determines the Annuity Payout amount remains fixed unless you transfer units between Sub-Accounts.
21


Table of Contents
The dollar amount of the first variable Annuity Payout depends on:
•  the Annuity Payout Option chosen,
•  the Annuitant's attained age and gender (if applicable),
•  the applicable annuity purchase rates based on the 1983a Individual Annuity Mortality table and,
•  the Assumed Investment ReturnReturn.
The total amount of the first variable dollar amount Annuity Payout is determined by dividing the Contract Value minus any applicable Premium Taxes, by $1,000 and multiplying the result by the payment factor defined in the Contract for the selected Annuity Payout Option.
The dollar amount of each subsequent variable dollar amount Annuity Payout is equal to the total of  Annuity Units for each Sub-Account multiplied by Annuity Unit Value for each Sub-Account.
The Annuity Unit Value of each Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is equal to the Accumulation Unit Value Net Investment Factor for the current Valuation Period multiplied by the Annuity Unit Factor, multiplied by the Annuity Unit Value for the preceding Valuation Period. The Annuity Unit Factor for a 3% AIR is 0.999919.
Combination Annuity Payouts —You may choose to receive a combination of fixed dollar amount and variable dollar amount annuity payouts as long as they total 100% of your Annuity Payout. For example, you may choose to receive 40% fixed dollar amount and 60% variable dollar amount to meet your income needs. Combination Annuity Payouts are not available during the first two Contract Years.
Transfer of Annuity Units —After the Annuity Calculation Date, you may transfer dollar amounts of Annuity Units from one Sub-Account to another four times per year.another. On the day you make a transfer, the dollar amounts are equal for both Sub-Accounts and the number of Annuity Units will be different. We will transfer the dollar amount of your Annuity Units the day we receive your written request if received before the close of the New York Stock Exchange. Otherwise, the transfer will be made on the next Valuation Day. All Sub-Account transfers must comply with our Sub-Account transfer restriction policies. For more information on Sub-Account transfer restrictions please see the sub-section entitled "Can I transfer from one Sub-Account to another?" under the section entitled "The Contract."
8. Benefits Under the Contract
The following table summarizes information about the benefits under the Contract.
Standard Benefits (No Additional Charge)
Name of BenefitPurposeBrief Description of Restrictions/Limitations
InvestEase®
Electronic transfer of funds from your bank account into your Contract
Minimum amount for each transfer is $50
Asset RebalancingAllows you to automatically rebalance Contract Value in the Sub-Accounts at a specified frequency to the asset allocation percentages that you previously selected.
Only one set of asset allocation instructions at a time
Guarantee Periods excluded
Dollar Cost Averaging - Fixed Amount DCAProvides for automatic, periodic transfers of fixed amounts from one investment option to other investment options
Transfers may be monthly or quarterly
Must perform at least three transfers to remain in the program
Dollar Cost Averaging - Earnings/Interest DCAProvides for automatic, periodic transfers of earnings or interest from investment options to other investment options
Transfers may be monthly or quarterly
Must perform at least three transfers to remain in the program
Automatic Income ProgramProvides for automatic, periodic partial withdrawals up to 10% of total Premium Payments, each Contract Year, without any early withdrawal charges
Partial withdrawals may occur monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually
Minimum amount of each withdrawal is $100
Amounts withdrawn count towards the AWA
22


Table of Contents
Death BenefitUpon the Contract Owner's or Annuitant's death during the Accumulation Period, provides for payment of the higher of (i) Contract Value; (ii) total Premium Payments (adjusted for prior withdrawals); or (iii) the highest Anniversary Value of each of the Contract’s Five-Year Anniversaries
Partial withdrawals may significantly reduce the benefit, including by more than the amount withdrawn
No increases to highest Anniversary Value of each of the Contract’s Five-Year Anniversaries after 75th birthday
Advisory fee withdrawals impact the benefit in the same manner as any other partial withdrawal, therefore such withdrawals may significantly reduce the benefit by more than the amount withdrawn and also adjusted by the MVA

9. Death Benefit
What is the Death Benefit and how is it calculated?
The Death Benefit is the amount we will pay if the Contract Owner or Annuitant dies before the Annuity Commencement Date. The Death Benefit is calculated when we receive a certified death certificate or other legal document acceptable to us.
Until we receive proof of death and the completed instructions from the Beneficiary, the Death Benefit will remain invested in the same Accounts, according to the Contract Owner's last instructions. Therefore, the Death Benefit amount will fluctuate with the performance of the underlying Funds. When there is more than one Beneficiary, we will calculate the Accumulation Units for each Sub-Account for each Beneficiary's portion of the proceeds.
The Death Benefit is the greatest of:
•  The total Premium Payments you have made to us minus adjustments for partial Surrenders; or
•  The Contract Value of your Contract; or
•  The highest Anniversary Value before the earlier of the decedent's death or the Contract Owner's age of 75.
Adjustments for partial Surrenders to total Premium Payments are calculated by:
•  Taking the amount of the partial Surrender and
•  Dividing that amount by the Contract Value immediately prior to the partial Surrender and
•  Multiplying that amount by all prior Premium Payments minus prior adjustments for partial Surrenders.
Adjustments for partial Surrenders to the highest Anniversary Value are calculated by:
•  Taking the amount of the partial Surrender and
•  Dividing that amount by the Contract Value immediately prior to the partial Surrender and
• Multiplying that amount by an amount equal to the Contract Value on the highest Anniversary Value, plus Premium Payments made since that Anniversary, minus adjustments for partial Surrenders since that Anniversary.
See Appendix D - Death Benefit Examples for more information.
Withdrawals to Pay Advisory Fees
If you receive services for your Contract from a third-party financial intermediary who charges an advisory fee for their services, and you direct us to deduct your advisory fees from your Contract Value, we will treat that deduction as a withdrawal from your Contract Value. Advisory fee withdrawals have the same impact on the value of the death benefit, including the standard death benefit, as any other partial Surrenders. As such, advisory fee withdrawals can severely affect the value of any guaranteed death benefit under your Contract. Such withdrawals may reduce your benefit on a proportional basis rather than by the dollar amount actually surrendered and also adjusted by the MVA as illustrated in the example below. Contract Owners should discuss the impact of deducting advisory fees from Contract Value with their financial intermediaries prior to making any election.
Example: This hypothetical example shows only the impact to the total Premium Payments component of a hypothetical death benefit. In this example, partial surrenders reduce the total Premium Payments proportionally. The total Premium Payments equal $100,000. There is a 1 percent annual advisory fee on the initial Premium Payment which equals $1,000 per Contract year.
Each year, adjustments to the total Premium Payments are made for the partial Surrender of the advisory fee. This means each year we:
Take the amount of the partial Surrender (advisory Fee), and
Divide that amount by the Contract Value immediately before the partial Surrender, and
Multiply that amount by the total Premium Payments.
For year 1 the Contract Value before the advisory fee is $120,000. The adjustment to your total Premium Payments for partial Surrenders of the advisory fee is on a proportional basis.
23


Table of Contents
i.Your total Premium Payments was reduced by a factor. To determine this factor, we take the amount of the partial Surrender $1,000 divided by your Contract Value immediately before the Surrender $120,000. The proportional factor was 1 - ($1,000/$120,000) = .99167.
ii.This factor was multiplied by $100,000. The result was an adjusted total Premium Payments of $99,166.67.
For year 2 the Contract Value before the advisory fee is $95,000. The adjustment to your total Premium Payments for partial Surrenders of the advisory fee is on a proportional basis.
i.Your total Premium Payments was reduced by a factor. To determine this factor, we take the amount of the partial Surrender $1,000 divided by your Contract Value immediately before the Surrender $95,000. The proportional factor was 1 - ($10,000/$95,000) = .98947.
ii.This factor was multiplied by $99,166.67. The result was an adjusted total Premium Payments of $98,122.81.
See Section 11.a. State Variations and Appendix D - Death Benefit Examples for more information.
How is the Death Benefit paid?
The Death Benefit may be taken in one lump sum or under any of the Annuity Payout Options then being offered by us. On the date we receive proof of death and complete instructions from the Beneficiary, we will compute the Death Benefit to be paid out or applied to a selected Annuity Payout Option. When there is more than one Beneficiary, we will calculate the Death Benefit amount for each Beneficiary's portion of the proceeds and then pay it out or apply it to a selected Annuity Payout Option according to each Beneficiary's instructions. If we receive the complete instructions on a Non-Valuation Day, computations will take place on the next Valuation Day.
If the Death Benefit is $5,000 or more, the Beneficiary may elect to have their Death Benefit paid through our "Talcott Resolution Pathways Program" (formerly "Safe Haven"). Under this program, the proceeds remain in our General Account and the Beneficiary will receive a draft book. Proceeds are guaranteed by the claims paying ability of the Company; however, it is not a bank account and is not insured by the Federal deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), nor is it backed by any federal or state government agency. The Beneficiary can write one draft for total payment of the Death Benefit, or keep the money in the General Account and write drafts as needed. We will credit interest at a rate determined periodically in our sole discretion. The interest rate is based upon the analysis of interest rates credited to funds left on deposit with other insurance companies under programs similar to the Talcott Resolution Pathways Program. In determining the interest rate, we also factor in the impact of our profitability, general economic trends, competitive factors and administrative expenses. The interest rate credit is not subject to minimum interest rates prescribed by state non-forfeiture laws. For federal income tax purposes, the Beneficiary will be deemed to have received the lump sum payment on transfer of the Death benefit amount to the General account. The interest will be taxable to the Beneficiary in the tax year that it is credited. We may not offer the Talcott Resolution Pathways Program in all states and we reserve the right to discontinue offering it at any time. Although there are no direct charges for the program, we earn investment income from the proceeds. The Investment income we earn is likely more than the amount of interest we credit; therefore, we make a profit from the difference.
The Beneficiary may elect under the Annuity Proceeds Settlement Option “Death Benefit Remaining with the Company” to leave proceeds from the Death Benefit invested with us for up to five or ten years from the date of death if death occurred before the Annuity Commencement Date. The available period (five or ten years) depends on whether the Contract is non-qualified or an IRA and the Owner's date of death. Once we receive a certified death certificate or other legal documents acceptable to us, the Beneficiary can: (a) make Sub-Account transfers (subject to applicable restrictions) and (b) take Surrenders without paying CDSCs, if any. We reserve the right to inform the IRS in the event that we believe that any Beneficiary has intentionally delayed delivering proper proof of death in order to circumvent applicable Code proceeds payment duties. We shall endeavor to fully discharge the last instructions from the Owner wherever possible or practical.
The Beneficiary of a non-qualified Contract may also elect the Single Life Expectancy Only option. This option allows the Beneficiary to take the Death Benefit in a series of payments spread over a period equal to the Beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy. Distributions are calculated based on IRS life expectancy tables. This option is subject to different limitations, qualifications and conditions. Not all beneficiaries will be able to elect this option.
Required Distributions — If the Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, the Death Benefit must be distributed within five years after death or be distributed under a distribution option or Annuity Payout Option that satisfies the Alternatives to the Required Distributions described below. Please see Section (C)(2)(f) in Section 13. Federal Tax Considerations for more information. If your Contract is qualified, please see Section 13. Information Regarding Tax-Qualified Plans for additional information.
If the Contract Owner dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date under an Annuity Payout Option that permits the Beneficiary to elect to continue Annuity Payouts or receive the Commuted Value, any remaining value must be distributed at least as rapidly as under the payment method being used as of the Contract Owner's death.
If the Contract Owner is not an individual (e.g. a trust), then the original Annuitant will be treated as the Contract Owner in the situations described above and any change in the original Annuitant will be treated as the death of the Contract Owner.
24


Table of Contents
What should the Beneficiary consider?
Alternatives to the Required Distributions — The selection of an Annuity Payout Option and the timing of the selection will have an impact on the tax treatment of the Death Benefit. To receive favorable tax treatment, the Annuity Payout Option selected: (a) cannot extend beyond the Beneficiary's life or life expectancy, and (b) must begin within one year of the date of death.
If these conditions are not met, the Death Benefit will be treated as a lump sum payment for tax purposes. This sum will be taxable in the year in which it is considered received.
Spousal Contract Continuation — If the Contract Owner dies and the Beneficiary is the Contract Owner's spouse, the Beneficiary may elect to continue the Contract as the Contract Owner, receive the death benefit in one lump sum payment or elect an Annuity Payout Option. If the Contract continues with the spouse as Contract Owner, we will adjust the Contract Value to the amount that we would have paid as the Death Benefit payment, had the spouse elected to receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum payment. Spousal Contract Continuation will only apply one time for each Contract. If you do not name another Beneficiary at the time of continuation, the Beneficiary will default to your estate.
10. Other Programs Available
We may discontinue, modify or amend any of these Programs or any other programs we establish. Any changes tochange other than termination of a Program will not affect Contract Owners currently enrolled in the Program. There is no additional charge for these programs. If you are enrolled in any of these programs while a Fundfund merger, substitution or liquidation takes place, unless otherwise noted in any communication from us, your Contract Value invested in such underlying Fund will be transferred automatically to the designated surviving Fund in the case of mergers and any available Money Market Fund in the case of Fund liquidations. Your enrollment instructions will be automatically updated to reflect the surviving Fund or a Money Market Fund for any continued and future investments.
InvestEase®InvestEase,InvestEase® Program
InvestEase®, which was formerly called "PAC," is an electronic transfer program that allows you to have money automatically transferred from your checking or savings account, and invested in your Contract. It is available for Premium Payments made after your initial Premium Payment. The minimum amount for each transfer is $50. You can elect to have transfers occur either monthly or quarterly, and they can be made into any Account available in your Contract.
Automatic Income ProgramThe Automatic Income Program
This systematic withdrawal feature allows you to Surrender a percentagemake partial Surrenders up to 10% of your total Premium Payments each Contract Year.Year without a CDSC, if applicable. You can Surrenderdesignate the Funds to be surrendered from and also choose the Accounts you select systematically on a monthly,frequency of partial Surrenders (monthly, quarterly, semiannual, or annual basis.annually). The minimum amount of each Surrender is $100. Amounts taken under this program will count towards the AWA and rider limit, and if received prior to age 59½, may have adverse tax consequences, including a 10% federal income tax penalty on the taxable portion of the Surrender payment. You may satisfy Code Section 72(t)/(q) requirements by enrolling in this program. Please see Section 13. Federal Tax Considerations and Information Regarding Tax-Qualified Retirement Plans for more information regardingabout the tax consequences associated with your Contract.
22


Asset Rebalancing
In asset rebalancing, you select a portfolio of Funds, and we will rebalance your assets at the specified frequency to reflect the original allocation percentages you selected. You can choose how much of your Contract Value you want to invest in this program. You can also combine this program with others such as the Automatic Income Program and Dollar Cost Averaging Program (subject to restrictions). You may designate only one set of asset allocation instructions at a time. Asset Rebalancing is not available for Guarantee Periods.
Dollar Cost Averaging Programs
We currently offer two different types of Dollar Cost Averaging Programs. If you enroll, you may select either the Fixed Amount DCA Program or the Earnings/Interest DCA Program. The Fixed Amount DCA Program allows you to regularly transfer an amount you select from the Fixed Accumulation Feature or any Fund into a different Fund. The Earnings/Interest DCA Program allows you to regularly transfer the interest from the Fixed Accumulation Feature or the earnings from one Fund into a different Fund. For either Program, you may select transfers on a monthly or quarterly basis, but you must at least make three transfers during the Program. The Fixed Amount DCA Program begins at the end of the length of the transfer period you selected plus two business days. That means if you select a monthly transfer, your Earnings/Interest DCA Program will begin one month plus two business days after your enrollment.
Other Program considerations
You may terminate your enrollment in any Program (other than Dollar Cost Averaging Programs) at any time.
We may discontinue, modify or amend any of these Programs at any time. We will automatically and unilaterally amend your enrollment instructions if:
•      any Fund is merged or substituted into another Fund — then your allocations will be directed to the surviving Fund;
•      
25


Table of Contents
any Fund is liquidated — then your allocations will be directed to any available money market Fund.
You may always provide us with updated instructions following any of these events.
Continuous or periodic investment neither insures a profit nor protects against a loss in declining markets. Because these Programs involve continuous investing regardless of fluctuating price levels, you should carefully consider your ability to continue investing through periods of fluctuating prices.
      If you make systematic transfers from the Fixed Accumulation Feature under a Dollar Cost Averaging Program, you must wait 6 months after your last systematic transfer before moving Sub-Account Values back to the Fixed Accumulation Feature.
•      We make available educational information and materials (e.g., pie charts, graphs, or case studies) that can help you select a model portfolio, but we do not recommend models or otherwise provide advice as to what model portfolio may be appropriate for you.
These Programs may be adversely affected by Fund trading policies.
11. Other Information
a.State Variations
Nevada - Guarantee Periods are not available.
Pennsylvania - Guarantee Periods are not available.
Texas - The minimum Contract Value in Texas must be $1,000 after a Surrender with no Premium Payments made during the prior two Contract Years. The minimum monthly Annuity Payout is $20.
b. Legal Proceedings
We are regularly involved in litigation in the ordinary course of business. We may from time to time be subject to a variety of legal and regulatory actions relating to our current and past business operations. While we cannot predict the outcome of any pending or future litigation, examination or investigation, and although no assurances can be given, we do not believe that any pending matter is likely to have a material adverse effect on the Separate Account, the ability of the Principal Underwriter to perform its contract with the Separate Account, or the ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the Contracts.
c. More Information
Assignment —A Non-Qualified Contract may be assigned. We must be properly notified in writing of an assignment. Any Annuity Payouts or Surrenders requested or scheduled before we record an assignment will be made according to the instructions we have on record. We are not responsible for determining the validity of an assignment. Assigning a Non-Qualified Contract may require the payment of income taxes and certain penalty taxes. Please consult a qualified tax adviser before assigning your Contract.
A Qualified Contract may not be transferred or otherwise assigned, unless allowed by applicable law.
Contract Modification —The Annuitant may not be changed. However, if the Annuitant is still living, the Contingent Annuitant may be changed at any time prior to the Annuity Commencement Date by sending us written notice.
We may modify the Contract, but no modification will affect the amount or term of any Contract unless a modification is required to conform the Contract to applicable federal or state law. No modification will effect the method by which Contract Values are determined.
How Contracts AreWere Sold —Talcott Resolution Distribution Company, Inc. ("TDC") serves as principal underwriter for the contracts.Contracts. TDC is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1934 as a broker-dealer and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA). The principal business address is One Griffin Road North, Windsor,1 American Row, Hartford, CT 06095-1512.06103. TDC is affiliated to Talcott Resolution through common control.
Contracts will bewere sold by individuals who have beenwere appointed by us as insurance agents and who arewere investment professionals of broker-dealers that have entered into selling agreements with TDC. We generally bear the expenses of providing services pursuant to Contracts, including the payment of expenses relating to the distribution of prospectuses for sales purposes as well as any advertising or sales literature (provided, however, we may offset some or all of these expenses by, among other things, administrative service fees received from Fund complexes).
Commissions — We pay compensation to broker-dealers, financial institutions and other affiliated broker-dealers ("Financial Intermediaries") for the sale of the Contracts according to selling agreements with Financial Intermediaries. Affiliated broker-dealers also employ wholesalers in the sales process. Wholesalers typically receive commissions based on the type of
23


Contract or optional benefits sold. Commissions are based on a specified amount of Premium Payments or Contract Value. Your investment professional may be compensated on a fee for services and/or commission basis.
We pay an up-front commission of up to 7% of your Contract Value at the time of sale to the Financial Intermediary that your investment professional is associated with. Your investment professional's Financial Intermediary may also receive on-going or trail commissions of generally not more than 1% of your Contract Value. Investment professionals may have multiple options on how they wish to allocate their commissions and/or compensation. Compensation paid to your investment professional may also vary depending on the particular arrangements between your investment professional and their Financial Intermediary. We are not involved in determining your investment professional's compensation. You are
26


Table of Contents
encouraged to ask your investment professional about the basis upon which he or she will be personally compensated for the advice or recommendations provided in connection with this transaction.
ExpertsIf you enter into an agreement for investment advisory services for your Contract with a financial intermediary who acts as an investment adviser and charges you an advisory fee for their services, you pay that advisory fee under your agreement with the financial intermediary. We do not intend to pay Sales Commissions to financial intermediaries who receive investment advisory fees from Contract Owners because such financial intermediaries receive compensation in connection with the Contract in the form of those advisory fees.
The
d. Financial Statements
Our financial statements of Union Security Insurance Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020are included in Section 12 of this registration statement have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
Legal Proceedings
The Company is involved in litigation in the ordinary course of business, both as a defendant and as a plaintiff and may from time to time be subject to a variety of legal and regulatory actions relating to our current and past business operations. Although the Company cannot predict the outcome of any litigation, regulatory examination or investigation, it is possible that the outcome of such matters could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations or cash flowsprospectus. Financial statements for an individual reporting period. However, based on currently available information, management does not believe that any pending matter is likely to have a material adverse effect individually or in the aggregate, on the Company's financial condition.
More Information
You may call your investment professional if you have any questions or call us at 1-800-862-6668 or write us at the address below:
Talcott Resolution Life and Annuity Insurance Company
PO Box 14293
Lexington, KY 40512-4293
1-800-862-6668 (Contract Owners)

1-800-862-7155 (Investment Professionals)
Financial Statements
You can find financial statements of the Separate Account and Union Securityare incorporated by reference in the SAI.Statement of Additional Information. To receive a copy of the SAIStatement of Additional Information free of charge, call your representativeinvestment professional or complete the form at the endcontact us. The back cover page of this prospectus and mail the formincludes instructions on how to us at the address indicated on the form.request a Statement of Additional Information from us.
As of May 1, 2009 Union Security has relied on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and accordingly does not intend to file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, or any other reports under such Act.
e. Cybersecurity and Disruptions to Business Operations
We rely heavily on interconnected computer systems and digital data to conduct our annuity products business. Because ourOur business is highly dependent upon the effective operation of our computer systems and those of our business partners ourand service providers. Our business is therefore vulnerable to disruptions from utility outages and susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from information systems failure (e.g., hardwaresystem failures and software malfunctions), and cyber-attacks.cybersecurity incidents. These risks include, among other things, the theft, misuse, corruption and destruction of electronic data, maintained online or digitally, interference with or denial of service, attacks on systems or websites and other operational disruptiondisruptions that could severely impede our ability to conduct our business and administer the Contract. Financial services companies and their third-party service providers are increasingly the targets of cyber-attacks involving the encryption of data (e.g., ransomware), disruptions in communications (e.g., denial of service), or unauthorized access to or release of personal or confidential information. In 2023, we were notified of a data security incident involving the MOVEit file transfer system used by numerous financial services companies. A third-party vendor uses that software on our behalf to, among other things, identify the deaths of insured persons and annuitants under life insurance policies and annuity contracts. We notified affected customers as required by law, and we continue to assess and investigate the overall impact of the incident. The techniques used to attack systems and networks change frequently, are becoming more sophisticated, and can originate from a wide variety of sources. The use of remote or flexible work arrangements, remote access tools, and mobile technology has expanded potential targets for cyber-attack.
System failures and cybersecurity incidents may adversely affect you and/or your Contract. For instance, a cyber-attack may interfere with our ability to process Contract transactions or calculate Contract values, including Accumulation Unit values, or could result in the release of confidential customer information. Such systems failures and cyber-attacks affecting us, any third-party administrator, the underlying funds, intermediaries and other affiliated or third-party service providers mayevents could also adversely affect us, and your Contract Value. For instance, systems failures and cyber-attacksas they may interfere with our processing of contract transactions, including the processing of orders from our website or with the underlying funds, impact our ability to calculate Accumulation Unit value, cause the release and possible destruction of confidential customer or business information, impede order processing, subject us and/or our service providers and intermediaries toresult in regulatory fines, and financial losses and/or causeand reputational damage. Cybersecurity risksincidents may also impact the issuers of securities in which the underlying funds invest, which may cause the funds underlying your contractContract to lose value. ThereAlthough we take efforts to protect our systems from cybersecurity incidents, there can be no assurance that we or our service providers or the underlying funds or our service providers will be able to avoid lossescybersecurity incidents affecting your contract due to cyber-attacks or information security breachesContract owners in the future.
24


It is possible that a cybersecurity incident could persist for an extended period of time without detection.
We are also exposed to risks related to natural and man-made disasters, including public health crises (such as COVID-19), terrorist acts, and other severe events, thatsuch as storms, public health crises, terrorist acts, and military actions, any of which could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business operations. While we have adopted a business continuity plan and have taken precautions, we cannot assure you that suchsevere events will not result in short- or long-term interruptions to our business operations, particularly if such events affect our computer systems or result in a significant number of our employees becoming unavailable. Interruptions to our business operations may interfere withimpair our ability to effectively administer the Contract, including our ability to process orders and calculate Contract Value. Ourvalues. Additionally, our third-party service providers and other third-parties related to our business (such as financial intermediaries or in the case of our variable products, underlying funds) are subject to similar risks, risksrisks. Successful implementation and execution of political instability,their business continuity policies and disruptionsprocedures are largely beyond our control. Disruptions to their business operations may cause interruptions toimpair our own business operations. Even if our employees and the employees of our service providers are able to work remotely, those remote work arrangements could result in our business operations being less efficient than under normal circumstances and could lead to delays in our processing of Contract-related transactions, including orders from Contract owners.
The impact of the outbreak and continuing spread of the novel coronavirus ("COVID-19") and the related disruption to the worldwide economy are affecting companies across all industries.  Worldwide health emergency measures to combat the spread of the virus have caused severe disruption resulting in an economic slowdown.  The duration and impact of the COVID-19 public health crises on the financial markets, overall economy and our operations are uncertain, as is the efficacy of government and central bank interventions.  Additionally, we are unable to determine what, if any, actions our regulators may take in response to the COVID-19 public health crises and its impact on financial markets and our operations. At this time, the Company is not able to reliably estimate the length and severity of the COVID-19 public health crises and, as such, cannot quantify its impact on the financial results, liquidity and capital resources of the Company and its operations in future periods.
Federal Tax Considerations
A.    Introduction
The following summary of tax rules does not provide or constitute any tax advice. It provides only a general discussion of certain of the expected federal income tax consequences with respect to amounts contributed to, invested in or received from a Contract, based on our understanding of the existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”), Treasury Regulations thereunder, and public interpretations thereof by the IRS (e.g., Revenue Rulings, Revenue Procedures or Notices) or by published court decisions. This summary discusses only certain federal income tax consequences to United States Persons, and does not discuss state, local or foreign tax consequences. The term United States Persons means citizens or residents of the United States, domestic corporations, domestic partnerships, trust or estates that are subject to United States federal income tax, regardless of the source of their income. See “Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Entities” below regarding annuity purchases by, or payments to, non-U.S. Persons. Pursuant to IRS Circular 230, you are hereby notified of the following: The information contained in this document is not intended to (and cannot) be used by anyone to avoid IRS penalties. This document supports the promotion and marketing of insurance products. You should seek advice based on your particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor. This prospectus is not intended to provide tax, accounting or legal advice. Please consult your tax accountant or attorney prior to finalizing or implementing any tax or legal strategy or for any tax, account or legal advice concerning your situation.
This summary has been prepared by us after consultation with tax counsel, but no opinion of tax counsel has been obtained. We do not make any guarantee or representation regarding any tax status (e.g., federal, state, local or foreign) of any Contract or any transaction involving a Contract. In addition, there is always a possibility that the tax treatment of an annuity contract could change by legislation or other means (such as regulations, rulings or judicial decisions). Moreover, it is always possible that any such change in tax treatment could be made retroactive (that is, made effective prior to the date of the change). Accordingly, you should consult a qualified tax adviser for complete information and advice before purchasing a Contract.
In addition, although this discussion addresses certain tax consequences if you use the Contract in various arrangements, including Charitable Remainder Trusts, tax-qualified retirement arrangements, deferred compensation plans, split-dollar insurance arrangements, or other employee benefit arrangements, this discussion is not exhaustive. The tax consequences of any such arrangement may vary depending on the particular facts and circumstances of each individual arrangement and whether the arrangement satisfies certain tax qualification or classification requirements. In addition, the tax rules affecting such an arrangement may have changed recently, e.g., by legislation or regulations that affect compensatory or employee benefit arrangements. Therefore, if you are contemplating the use of a Contract in any arrangement the value of which to you depends in part on its tax consequences, you should consult a qualified tax adviser regarding the tax treatment of the proposed arrangement and of any Contract used in it.
As used in the following sections addressing “Federal Tax Considerations,” the term “spouse” means the person to whom you are legally married, as determined under federal tax law. This may include opposite or same-sex spouses, but does not include those in domestic partnerships or civil unions which are not recognized as married for federal tax purposes. You are encouraged to consult with an accountant, lawyer or other qualified tax advisor about your own situation. Although some
25


sections below discuss certain tax considerations in connection with contract loans, this is provided as general information only.  Please refer to your contract to determine if your contract contains a loan provision.
The federal, as well as state and local, tax laws and regulations require the Company to report certain transactions with respect to your contract (such as an exchange of or a distribution from the contract) to the Internal Revenue Service and state and local tax authorities, and generally to provide you with a copy of what was reported. This copy is not intended to supplant your own records. It is your responsibility to ensure that what you report to the Internal Revenue Service and other relevant taxing authorities on your income tax returns is accurate based on your books and records. you should review whatever is reported to the taxing authorities by the Company against your own records, and in consultation with your own tax advisor, and should notify the Company if you find any discrepancies in case corrections have to be made.
THE DISCUSSION SET FORTH BELOW IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL PURPOSES ONLY. SPECIAL TAX RULES MAY APPLY WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN SITUATIONS THAT ARE NOT DISCUSSED HEREIN. EACH POTENTIAL PURCHASER OF A CONTRACT IS ADVISED TO CONSULT WITH A QUALIFIED TAX ADVISER AS TO THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY AMOUNTS INVESTED IN A CONTRACT UNDER APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAW.
B.    Taxation of the Company and the Separate Account
The Separate Account is taxed as part of the Company which is taxed as a life insurance company under Subchapter L of Chapter 1 of the Code. Accordingly, the Separate Account will not be taxed as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of Chapter 1 of the Code. Investment income and any realized capital gains on assets of the Separate Account are reinvested and taken into account in determining the value of the Accumulation and Annuity Units. As a result, such investment income and realized capital gains are automatically applied to increase reserves under the Contract.
Currently, no taxes are due on interest, dividends and short-term or long-term capital gain earned by the Separate Account with respect to the Contracts. The Company is entitled to certain tax benefits related to the investment of company assets, including assets of the Separate Account. These tax benefits, which include the foreign tax credit and the corporate dividends received deduction, are not passed back to you since the Company is the owner of the assets from which the tax benefits are derived.
C.    Taxation of Annuities — General Provisions Affecting Contracts Not Held in Tax-Qualified Retirement Plans
Section 72 of the Code governs the taxation of annuities in general.
1.    Non-Natural Persons as Owners
Pursuant to Code Section 72(u), an annuity contract held by a taxpayer other than a natural person generally is not treated as an annuity contract under the Code. Instead, such a non-natural Contract Owner generally could be required to include in gross income currently for each taxable year the excess of (a) the sum of the Contract Value as of the close of the taxable year and all previous distributions under the Contract over (b) the sum of net premiums paid for the taxable year and any prior taxable year and the amount includable in gross income for any prior taxable year with respect to the Contract under Section 72(u). However, Section 72(u) does not apply to:
A contract the nominal owner of which is a non-natural person but the beneficial owner of which is a natural person (e.g., where the non-natural owner holds the contract as an agent for the natural person),
A contract acquired by the estate of a decedent by reason of such decedent’s death,
Certain contracts acquired with respect to tax-qualified retirement arrangements,
Certain contracts held in structured settlement arrangements that may qualify under Code Section 130, or
A single premium immediate annuity contract under Code Section 72(u)(4), which provides for substantially equal periodic payments and an annuity starting date that is no later than 1 year from the date of the contract’s purchase.
A non-natural Contract Owner that is a tax-exempt entity for federal tax purposes (e.g., a tax-qualified retirement trust or a Charitable Remainder Trust) generally would not be subject to federal income tax as a result of such current gross income under Code Section 72(u). However, such a tax-exempt entity, or any annuity contract that it holds, may need to satisfy certain tax requirements in order to maintain its qualification for such favorable tax treatment. See, e.g., IRS Tech. Adv. Memo. 9825001 for certain Charitable Remainder Trusts.
Pursuant to Code Section 72(s), if the Contract Owner is a non-natural person, the primary annuitant is treated as the “holder” in applying the required distribution rules described below. These rules require that certain distributions be made upon the death of a “holder.” In addition, for a non-natural owner, a change in the primary annuitant is treated as the death of the “holder.” However, the provisions of Code Section 72(s) do not apply to certain contracts held in tax-qualified retirement arrangements or structured settlement arrangements.
For tax years beginning after December 31, 2012, estates and trusts with gross income from annuities may be subject to an additional tax (Unearned Income Medicare Contribution) of 3.8%, depending upon the amount of the estate’s or trust’s adjusted gross income for the taxable year.
26


2.    Other Contract Owners (Natural Persons).
A Contract Owner is not taxed on increases in the value of the Contract until an amount is received or deemed received, e.g., in the form of a lump sum payment (full or partial value of a Contract) or as Annuity payments under the settlement option elected.
The provisions of Section 72 of the Code concerning distributions are summarized briefly below. Also summarized are special rules affecting distributions from Contracts obtained in a tax-free exchange for other annuity contracts or life insurance contracts which were purchased prior to August 14, 1982. For tax years beginning after December 31, 2012, individuals with gross income from annuities may be subject to an additional tax (Unearned Income Medicare Contribution) of 3.8%, depending upon exceeding certain income thresholds.
a.    Amounts Received as an Annuity
Contract payments made periodically at regular intervals over a period of more than one full year, such that the total amount payable is determinable from the start (“amounts received as an annuity”) are includable in gross income to the extent the payments exceed the amount determined by the application of the ratio of the allocable “investment in the contract” to the total amount of the payments to be made after the start of the payments (the “exclusion ratio”) under Section 72 of the Code. Total premium payments less amounts received which were not includable in gross income equal the “investment in the contract.” The start of the payments may be the Annuity Commencement Date, or may be an annuity starting date assigned should any portion less than the full Contract be converted to periodic payments from the Contract (Annuity Payouts).
i.When the total of amounts excluded from income by application of the exclusion ratio is equal to the allocated investment in the contract for the Annuity Payout, any additional payments (including surrenders) will be entirely includable in gross income.
ii.To the extent that the value of the Contract (ignoring any surrender charges except on a full surrender) exceeds the “investment in the contract,” such excess constitutes the “income on the contract”. It is unclear what value should be used in determining the “income on the contract.” We believe that the “income on the contract” does not include some measure of the value of certain future cash-value type benefits, but the IRS could take a contrary position and include such value in determining the “income on the contract”.
iii.Under Section 72(a)(2) of the Code, if any amount is received as an annuity (i.e., as one of a series of periodic payments at regular intervals over more than one full year) for a period of 10 or more years, or during one or more lives, under any portion of an annuity, endowment, or life insurance contract, then that portion of the contract shall be treated as a separate contract with its own annuity starting date (otherwise referred to as a partial annuitization of the contract). This assigned annuity starting date for the new separate contract can be different from the original Annuity Commencement Date for the Contract. Also, for purposes of applying the exclusion ratio for the amounts received under the partial annuitization, the investment in the contract before receiving any such amounts shall be allocated pro rata between the portion of the Contract from which such amounts are received as an annuity and the portion of the Contract from which amounts are not received as an annuity. These provisions apply to payments received in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010.
b.    Amounts Not Received as an Annuity
i.To the extent that the “cash value” of the Contract (ignoring any surrender charges except on a full surrender) exceeds the “investment in the contract,” such excess constitutes the “income on the contract.”
ii.Any amount received or deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date (e.g., upon a withdrawal or partial surrender), which is non-periodic and not part of a partial annuitization, is deemed to come first from any such “income on the contract” and then from “investment in the contract,” and for these purposes such “income on the contract��� is computed by reference to the aggregation rule described in subparagraph 2.c. below. As a result, any such amount received or deemed received (1) shall be includable in gross income to the extent that such amount does not exceed any such “income on the contract,” and (2) shall not be includable in gross income to the extent that such amount does exceed any such “income on the contract.” If at the time that any amount is received or deemed received there is no “income on the contract” (e.g., because the gross value of the Contract does not exceed the “investment in the contract,” and no aggregation rule applies), then such amount received or deemed received will not be includable in gross income, and will simply reduce the “investment in the contract.”
iii.Generally, non-periodic amounts received or deemed received after the Annuity Commencement Date (or after the assigned annuity starting date for a partial annuitization) are not entitled to any exclusion ratio and shall be fully includable in gross income. However, upon a full surrender after such date, only the excess of the amount received (after any surrender charge) over the remaining “investment in the contract” shall be includable in gross income (except to the extent that the aggregation rule referred to in the next subparagraph 2.c. may apply).
27


iv.The receipt of any amount as a loan under the Contract or the assignment or pledge of any portion of the value of the Contract shall be treated as an amount received for purposes of this subparagraph 2.b. and the previous subparagraph 2.a.
v.In general, the transfer of the Contract, without full and adequate consideration, will be treated as an amount received for purposes of this subparagraph 2.b. and the previous subparagraph 2.a. This transfer rule does not apply, however, to certain transfers of property between Spouses or incident to divorce.
vi.In general, any amount actually received under the Contract as a Death Benefit, including an optional Death Benefit, if any, will be treated as an amount received for purposes of this subparagraph 2.b. and the previous subparagraph 2.
c.    Aggregation of Two or More Annuity Contracts.
Contracts issued after October 21, 1988 by the same insurer (or affiliated insurer) to the same owner within the same calendar year (other than certain contracts held in connection with tax-qualified retirement arrangements) will be aggregated and treated as one annuity contract for the purpose of determining the taxation of distributions prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. An annuity contract received in a tax-free exchange for another annuity contract or life insurance contract may be treated as a new contract for this purpose. We believe that for any Contracts subject to such aggregation, the values under the Contracts and the investment in the contracts will be added together to determine the taxation under subparagraph 2.a., above, of amounts received or deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Withdrawals will be treated first as withdrawals of income until all of the income from all such Contracts is withdrawn. In addition, the Treasury Department has specific authority under the aggregation rules in Code Section 72(e)(12) to issue regulations to prevent the avoidance of the income-out-first rules for non-periodic distributions through the serial purchase of annuity contracts or otherwise. As of the date of this prospectus, there are no regulations interpreting these aggregation provisions.
d.    10% Penalty Tax — Applicable to Certain Withdrawals and Annuity Payments.
i.If any amount is received or deemed received on the Contract (before or after the Annuity Commencement Date), the Code applies a penalty tax equal to ten percent of the portion of the amount includable in gross income, unless an exception applies.
ii.The 10% penalty tax will not apply to the following distributions:
1.Distributions made on or after the date the recipient has attained the age of 59½.
2.Distributions made on or after the death of the holder or, where the holder is not an individual, the death of the primary annuitant.
3.Distributions attributable to a recipient becoming disabled.
4.A distribution that is part of a scheduled series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) for the life (or life expectancy) of the recipient (or the joint lives or life expectancies of the recipient and the recipient’s designated Beneficiary).
5.Distributions made under certain annuities issued in connection with structured settlement agreements.
6.Distributions of amounts which are allocable to the “investment in the contract” prior to August 14, 1982 (see next subparagraph e.).
7.Distributions purchased by an employer upon termination of certain qualified plans and held by the employer until the employee separates from service.
If the taxpayer avoids this 10% penalty tax by qualifying for the substantially equal periodic payments exception and later such series of payments is modified (other than by death or disability), the 10% penalty tax will be applied retroactively to all the prior periodic payments (i.e., penalty tax plus interest thereon), unless such modification is made after both (a) the taxpayer has reached age 59½ and (b) 5 years have elapsed since the first of these periodic payments.
e.    Special Provisions Affecting Contracts Obtained Through a Tax-Free Exchange of Other Annuity or Life Insurance Contracts Purchased Prior to August 14, 1982.
If the Contract was obtained by a tax-free exchange of a life insurance or annuity Contract purchased prior to August 14, 1982, then any amount received or deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date shall be deemed to come (1) first from the amount of the “investment in the contract” prior to August 14, 1982 (“pre-8/14/82 investment”) carried over from the prior Contract, (2) then from the portion of the “income on the contract” (carried over to, as well as accumulating in, the successor Contract) that is attributable to such pre-8/14/82 investment, (3) then from the remaining “income on the contract” and (4) last from the remaining “investment in the contract.” As a result, to the extent that such amount received or deemed received does not exceed such pre-8/14/82 investment, such amount is not includable in gross income. In addition, to the extent that such amount received or deemed received does not exceed the sum of (a) such pre-8/14/82 investment and (b) the “income on the contract” attributable thereto, such amount is not subject to the 10% penalty tax. In all other respects, amounts received or deemed received from such post-exchange Contracts are generally subject to the rules described in this subparagraph e.
28


f.    Required Distributions
i.Death of Contract Owner or Primary Annuitant
Subject to the alternative election or Spouse beneficiary provisions in ii or iii below:
1.If any Contract Owner dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date and before the entire interest in the Contract has been distributed, the remaining portion of such interest shall be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used as of the date of such death;
2.If any Contract Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, the entire interest in the Contract shall be distributed within 5 years after such death; and
3.If the Contract Owner is not an individual, then for purposes of 1. or 2. above, the primary annuitant under the Contract shall be treated as the Contract Owner, and any change in the primary annuitant shall be treated as the death of the Contract Owner. The primary annuitant is the individual, the events in the life of whom are of primary importance in affecting the timing or amount of the payout under the Contract.
ii.Alternative Election to Satisfy Distribution Requirements
If any portion of the interest of a Contract Owner described in i. above is payable to or for the benefit of a designated beneficiary, such beneficiary may elect to have the portion distributed over a period that does not extend beyond the life or life expectancy of the beneficiary. Such distributions must begin within a year of the Contract Owner’s death.
iii.Spouse Beneficiary
If any portion of the interest of a Contract Owner is payable to or for the benefit of his or her Spouse, and the Annuitant or Contingent Annuitant is living, such Spouse shall be treated as the Contract Owner of such portion for purposes of section i. above. This Spousal Contract continuation shall apply only once for this Contract.

iv.Civil Union or Domestic Partner
Upon the death of the Contract Owner prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, if the designated beneficiary is the surviving civil union or domestic partner of the Contract Owner, rather than the spouse of the Contract Owner, then such designated beneficiary is not permitted to continue the Contract as the succeeding Contract Owner. A designated beneficiary who is a same sex spouse will be permitted to continue the Contract as the succeeding Contract Owner.
g.    Addition of Rider or Material Change.
The addition of a rider to the Contract, or a material change in the Contract’s provisions, could cause it to be considered newly issued or entered into for tax purposes, and thus could cause the Contract to lose certain grandfathered tax status. Please contact your tax adviser for more information.
h.    Partial Exchanges.
The owner of an annuity contract can direct its insurer to transfer a portion of the contract's cash value directly to another annuity contract (issued by the same insurer or by a different insurer), and such a direct transfer can qualify for tax-free exchange treatment under Code Section 1035 (a "partial exchange"). The IRS in Revenue Procedure 2011-38, indicated that a partial exchange made on or after October 24, 2011 will be treated as a tax-free exchange under Code Section 1035 if there is no distribution from or surrender of, either contract involved in the exchange within 180 days of such exchange. Amounts received as annuity payments for a period of at least 10 years on one or more lives will not be treated as distributions for this purpose. If a transfer does not meet the 180-day test, the IRS will apply general tax rules to determine the substance and treatment of the transfer.
We advise you to consult with a qualified tax adviser as to the potential tax consequences before attempting any partial exchanges.
3.    Diversification Requirements.
The Code requires that investments supporting your Contract be adequately diversified. Code Section 817(h) provides that a variable annuity contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for any period during which the investments made by the separate account or Fund are not adequately diversified. If a contract is not treated as an annuity contract, the contract owner will be subject to income tax on annual increases in cash value.
The Treasury Department’s diversification regulations under Code Section 817(h) require, among other things, that:
no more than 55% of the value of the total assets of the segregated asset account underlying a variable contract is represented by any one investment,
no more than 70% is represented by any two investments,
no more than 80% is represented by any three investments and
no more than 90% is represented by any four investments.
29


In determining whether the diversification standards are met, all securities of the same issuer, all interests in the same real property project, and all interests in the same commodity are each treated as a single investment. In the case of government securities, each government agency or instrumentality is treated as a separate issuer.
A separate account must be in compliance with the diversification standards on the last day of each calendar quarter or within 30 days after the quarter ends. If an insurance company inadvertently fails to meet the diversification requirements, the company may still comply within a reasonable period and avoid the taxation of contract income on an ongoing basis. However, either the insurer or the contract owner must agree to make adjustments or pay such amounts as may be required by the IRS for the period during which the diversification requirements were not met.
Fund shares may also be sold to tax-qualified plans pursuant to an exemptive order and applicable tax laws. If Fund shares are sold to non-qualified plans, or to tax-qualified plans that later lose their tax-qualified status, the affected Funds may fail the diversification requirements of Code Section 817(h), which could have adverse tax consequences for Contract Owners with premiums allocated to affected Funds. In order to prevent a Fund diversification failure from such an occurrence, the Company obtained a private letter ruling (“PLR”) from the IRS. As long as the Funds comply with certain terms and conditions contained in the PLR, Fund diversification will not be prevented if purported tax-qualified plans invest in the Funds. The Company and the Funds will monitor the Funds’ compliance with the terms and conditions contained in the PLR.
4.    Tax Ownership of the Assets in the Separate Account.
In order for a variable annuity contract to qualify for tax income deferral, assets in the separate account supporting the contract must be considered to be owned by the insurance company, and not by the contract owner, for tax purposes. The IRS has stated in published rulings that a variable contract owner will be considered the “owner” of separate account assets for income tax purposes if the contract owner possesses sufficient incidents of ownership in those assets, such as the ability to exercise investment control over the assets. In circumstances where the variable contract owner is treated as the “tax owner” of certain separate account assets, income and gain from such assets would be includable in the variable contract owner’s gross income. The Treasury Department indicated in 1986 that it would provide guidance on the extent to which contract owners may direct their investments to particular Sub-Accounts without being treated as tax owners of the underlying shares. Although no such regulations have been issued to date, the IRS has issued a number of rulings that indicate that this issue remains subject to a facts and circumstances test for both variable annuity and life insurance contracts.
Rev. Rul. 2003-92, amplified by Rev. Rul. 2007-7, indicates that, where interests in a partnership offered in an insurer’s separate account are not available exclusively through the purchase of a variable insurance contract (e.g., where such interests can be purchased directly by the general public or others without going through such a variable contract), such “public availability” means that such interests should be treated as owned directly by the contract owner (and not by the insurer) for tax purposes, as if such contract owner had chosen instead to purchase such interests directly (without going through the variable contract). None of the shares or other interests in the fund choices offered in our Separate Account for your Contract are available for purchase except through an insurer’s variable contracts or by other permitted entities.
Rev. Rul. 2003-91 indicates that an insurer could provide as many as 20 fund choices for its variable contract owners (each with a general investment strategy, e.g., a small company stock fund or a special industry fund) under certain circumstances, without causing such a contract owner to be treated as the tax owner of any of the Fund assets. The ruling does not specify the number of fund options, if any, that might prevent a variable contract owner from receiving favorable tax treatment. As a result, although the owner of a Contract has more than 20 fund choices, we believe that any owner of a Contract also should receive the same favorable tax treatment. However, there is necessarily some uncertainty here as long as the IRS continues to use a facts and circumstances test for investor control and other tax ownership issues. Therefore, we reserve the right to modify the Contract as necessary to prevent you from being treated as the tax owner of any underlying assets.
D.    Federal Income Tax Withholding
The portion of an amount received under a Contract that is taxable gross income to the Payee is also subject to federal income tax withholding, pursuant to Code Section 3405, which requires the following:
1.Non-Periodic Distributions. The portion of a non-periodic distribution that is includable in gross income is subject to federal income tax withholding unless an individual elects not to have such tax withheld (“election out”). We will provide such an “election out” form at the time such a distribution is requested. If the necessary “election out” form is not submitted to us in a timely manner, generally we are required to withhold 10 percent of the includable amount of distribution and remit it to the IRS.
2.Periodic Distributions (payable over a period greater than one year). The portion of a periodic distribution that is includable in gross income is generally subject to federal income tax withholding as if the Payee were a married individual claiming 3 exemptions, unless the individual elects otherwise. An individual generally may elect out of such withholding, or elect to have income tax withheld at a different rate, by providing a completed election form. We will provide such an election form at the time such a distribution is requested. If the necessary “election out”
30


forms are not submitted to us in a timely manner, we are required to withhold tax as if the recipient were married claiming 3 exemptions, and remit this amount to the IRS.
Generally no “election out” is permitted if the distribution is delivered outside the United States and any possession of the United States. Regardless of any “election out” (or any amount of tax actually withheld) on an amount received from a Contract, the Payee is generally liable for any failure to pay the full amount of tax due on the includable portion of such amount received. A Payee also may be required to pay penalties under estimated income tax rules, if the withholding and estimated tax payments are insufficient to satisfy the Payee’s total tax liability.
E.    General Provisions Affecting Qualified Retirement Plans
The Contract may be used for a number of qualified retirement plans. If the Contract is being purchased with respect to some form of qualified retirement plan, please refer to the section entitled “Information Regarding Tax-Qualified Retirement Plans” for information relative to the types of plans for which it may be used and the general explanation of the tax features of such plans.
F.    Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Entities
The discussion above provides general information regarding U.S. federal income tax consequences to annuity purchasers that are U.S. persons (such as U.S. citizens or U.S. resident aliens). Purchasers (and payees such as a purchaser’s beneficiary) that are not U.S. persons (such as a Nonresident Alien) will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax and withholding on taxable annuity distributions at a 30% rate, unless a lower treaty rate applies and any required information and IRS tax forms (such as IRS Form W-8BEN) are submitted to us. If withholding tax applies, we are generally required to withhold tax at a 30% rate, or a lower treaty rate if applicable, and remit it to the IRS. Foreign entities (such as foreign corporations, foreign partnerships, or foreign trusts) must provide the appropriate IRS tax forms (such as IRS Form W-8BEN-E or other appropriate Form W-8). If required by law, we may withhold 30% from any taxable payment in accordance with applicable requirements such as The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA) and applicable regulations. An updated Form W-8 is generally required to be submitted every three years. Purchasers may also be subject to state premium tax, other state and/or municipal taxes, and taxes that may be imposed by the purchaser’s country of citizenship or residence.
G.    Estate, Gift and Generation-Skipping Tax and Related Tax Considerations
Any amount payable upon a Contract Owner’s death, whether before or after the Annuity Commencement Date, is generally includable in the Contract Owner’s estate for federal estate tax purposes. Similarly, prior to the Contract Owner’s death, the payment of any amount from the Contract, or the transfer of any interest in the Contract, to a beneficiary or other person for less than adequate consideration may have federal gift tax consequences. In addition, any transfer to, or designation of, a non-Spouse beneficiary who either is (1) 37½ or more years younger than a Contract Owner or (2) a grandchild (or more remote further descendant) of a Contract Owner may have federal generation-skipping-transfer (“GST”) tax consequences under Code Section 2601. Regulations under Code Section 2662 may require us to deduct any such GST tax from your Contract, or from any applicable payment, and pay it directly to the IRS. However, any federal estate, gift or GST tax payment with respect to a Contract could produce an offsetting income tax deduction for a beneficiary or transferee under Code Section 691(c) (partially offsetting such federal estate or GST tax) or a basis increase for a beneficiary or transferee under Code Section 691(c) or Section 1015(d). In addition, as indicated above in “Distributions Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date,” the transfer of a Contract for less than adequate consideration during the Contract Owner’s lifetime generally is treated as producing an amount received by such Contract Owner that is subject to both income tax and the 10% penalty tax. To the extent that such an amount deemed received causes an amount to be includable currently in such Contract Owner’s gross income, this same income amount could produce a corresponding increase in such Contract Owner’s tax basis for such Contract that is carried over to the transferee’s tax basis for such Contract under Code Section 72(e)(4)(C)(iii) and Section 1015.
H.    Tax Disclosure Obligations
In some instances certain transactions must be disclosed to the IRS or penalties could apply. See, for example, IRS Notice 2009-59. The Code also requires certain “material advisers” to maintain a list of persons participating in such “reportable transactions,” which list must be furnished to the IRS upon request. It is possible that such disclosures could be required by us, the Owner(s) or other persons involved in transactions involving annuity contracts. It is the responsibility of each party, in consultation with their tax and legal advisers, to determine whether the particular facts and circumstances warrant such disclosures.
Information Regarding Tax-Qualified Retirement Plans
IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING 2020 REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS:  On March 27, 2020 The Coronavirus Aid Relief and Economic Security (CARES) Act (the “Act”) became law.  The Act suspends, for 2020, Required Minimum Distribution (“RMD”) rules for most tax qualified retirement plans.  A more detailed discussion of the general RMD rules can be found below, but those rules are generally suspended for 2020.  The act also suspends RMDs for beneficiaries in 2020.
31


If you are enrolled in the automatic RMD program, we will continue to calculate your RMD for 2020 and will make that payment to you, unless you instruct us to do otherwise.
We recommend that you discuss the Act and your options with your investment advisor or tax professional.
This summary does not attempt to provide more than general information about the federal income tax rules associated with use of a Contract by a tax-qualified retirement plan. State income tax rules applicable to tax-qualified retirement plans often differ from federal income tax rules, and this summary does not describe any of these differences. Because of the complexity of the tax rules, owners, participants and beneficiaries are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors as to specific tax consequences.
The Contracts are available to a variety of tax-qualified retirement plans and arrangements (a “Qualified Plan” or “Plan”). Tax restrictions and consequences for Contracts or accounts under each type of Qualified Plan differ from each other and from those for Non-Qualified Contracts. In addition, individual Qualified Plans may have terms and conditions that impose additional rules. Therefore, no attempt is made herein to provide more than general information about the use of the Contract with the various types of Qualified Plans. Participants under such Qualified Plans, as well as Contract Owners, annuitants and beneficiaries, are cautioned that the rights of any person to any benefits under such Qualified Plans may be subject to terms and conditions of the Plans themselves or limited by applicable law, regardless of the terms and conditions of the Contract issued in connection therewith. Qualified Plans generally provide for the tax deferral of income regardless of whether the Qualified Plan invests in an annuity or other investment. You should consider if the Contract is a suitable investment if you are investing through a Qualified Plan.
The following is only a general discussion about types of Qualified Plans for which the Contracts may be available. We are not the plan administrator for any Qualified Plan. The plan administrator or custodian, whichever is applicable, (but not us) is responsible for all Plan administrative duties including, but not limited to, notification of distribution options, disbursement of Plan benefits, handling any processing and administration of Qualified Plan loans, compliance with regulatory requirements and federal and state tax reporting of income/distributions from the Plan to Plan participants and, if applicable, beneficiaries of Plan participants and IRA contributions from Plan participants. Our administrative duties are limited to administration of the Contract and any disbursements of any Contract benefits to the Owner, annuitant or beneficiary of the Contract, as applicable. Our tax reporting responsibility is limited to federal and state tax reporting of income/distributions to the applicable payee and IRA contributions from the Owner of a Contract, as recorded on our books and records. If you are purchasing a Contract through a Qualified Plan, you should consult with your Plan administrator and/or a qualified tax adviser. You also should consult with a qualified tax adviser and/or Plan administrator before you withdraw any portion of your Contract Value.
The tax rules applicable to Qualified Contracts and Qualified Plans, including restrictions on contributions and distributions, taxation of distributions and tax penalties, vary according to the type of Qualified Plan, as well as the terms and conditions of the Plan itself. Various tax penalties may apply to contributions in excess of specified limits, plan distributions (including loans) that do not comply with specified limits, and certain other transactions relating to such Plans. Accordingly, this summary provides only general information about the tax rules associated with use of a Qualified Contract in such a Qualified Plan. In addition, some Qualified Plans are subject to distribution and other requirements that are not incorporated into our administrative procedures. Owners, participants, and beneficiaries are responsible for determining that contributions, distributions and other transactions comply with applicable tax (and non-tax) law and any applicable Qualified Plan terms. Because of the complexity of these rules, Owners, participants and beneficiaries are advised to consult with a qualified tax adviser as to specific tax consequences.
We do not currently offer the Contracts in connection with all of the types of Qualified Plans discussed below, and may not offer the Contracts for all types of Qualified Plans in the future.
1.    Individual Retirement Annuities (“IRAs”).
In addition to “traditional” IRAs governed by Code Sections 408(a) and (b) (“Traditional IRAs”), there are Roth IRAs governed by Code Section 408A, SEP IRAs governed by Code Section 408(k), and SIMPLE IRAs governed by Code Section 408(p). Also, Qualified Plans under Code Section 401, 403(b) or 457(b) may elect to provide for a separate account or annuity contract that accepts after-tax employee contributions and is treated as a “Deemed IRA” under Code Section 408(q), which is generally subject to the same rules and limitations as Traditional IRAs. Contributions to each of these types of IRAs are subject to differing limitations. The following is a very general description of each type of IRA for which a Contract is available.
a.    Traditional IRAs
Traditional IRAs are subject to limits on the amounts that may be contributed each year, the persons who may be eligible, and the time when minimum distributions must begin. Depending upon the circumstances of the individual, contributions to a Traditional IRA may be made on a deductible or non-deductible basis. Failure to take required minimum distributions (“RMDs”), as described below, may result in imposition of a 50% additional tax on any excess of the RMD amount over the amount actually distributed. In addition, any amount received before the Owner reaches age 59½ or dies is subject to a 10% additional tax on premature distributions, unless a special exception applies. Under Code Section 408(e), an IRA may not be
32


used for borrowing (or as security for any loan) or in certain prohibited transactions, and such a transaction could lead to the complete tax disqualification of an IRA.
You (or your surviving spouse if you die) may rollover funds tax-free from certain existing Qualified Plans (such as proceeds from existing insurance contracts, annuity contracts or securities) into a Traditional IRA under certain circumstances, as indicated below. However, mandatory tax withholding of 20% may apply to any eligible rollover distribution from certain types of Qualified Plans if the distribution is not transferred directly to the Traditional IRA. In addition, under Code Section 402(c)(11) a non-spouse “designated beneficiary” of a deceased Plan participant may make a tax-free “direct rollover” (in the form of a direct transfer between Plan fiduciaries, as described below in “Rollover Distributions”) from certain Qualified Plans to a Traditional IRA for such beneficiary, but such Traditional IRA must be designated and treated as an “inherited IRA” that remains subject to applicable RMD rules (as if such IRA had been inherited from the deceased Plan participant).
IRAs generally may not invest in life insurance contracts. However, an annuity contract that is used as an IRA may provide a death benefit that equals the greater of the premiums paid or the contract’s cash value. The Contract offers an enhanced death benefit that may exceed the greater of the Contract Value or total premium payments. The tax rules are unclear as to what extent an IRA can provide a death benefit that exceeds the greater of the IRA’s cash value or the sum of the premiums paid and other contributions into the IRA. Please note that the IRA rider for the Contract has provisions that are designed to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification as an IRA, and therefore could limit certain benefits under the Contract (including endorsement, rider or option benefits) to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification.
b.    SEP IRAs
Code Section 408(k) provides for a Traditional IRA in the form of an employer-sponsored defined contribution plan known as a Simplified Employee Pension (“SEP”) or a SEP IRA. A SEP IRA can have employer contributions, and in limited circumstances employee and salary reduction contributions, as well as higher overall contribution limits than a Traditional IRA, but a SEP is also subject to special tax-qualification requirements (e.g., on participation, nondiscrimination and withdrawals) and sanctions. Otherwise, a SEP IRA is generally subject to the same tax rules as for a Traditional IRA, which are described above. Please note that the IRA rider for the Contract has provisions that are designed to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification as an IRA, and therefore could limit certain benefits under the Contract (including endorsement, rider or option benefits) to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification.
c.    SIMPLE IRAs
The Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees of small employers (“SIMPLE Plan”) is a form of an employer-sponsored Qualified Plan that provides IRA benefits for the participating employees (“SIMPLE IRAs”). Depending upon the SIMPLE Plan, employers may make plan contributions into a SIMPLE IRA established by each eligible participant. Like a Traditional IRA, a SIMPLE IRA is subject to the 50% additional tax for failure to make a full RMD, and to the 10% additional tax on premature distributions, as described below. In addition, the 10% additional tax is increased to 25% for amounts received during the 2-year period beginning on the date you first participated in a qualified salary reduction arrangement pursuant to a SIMPLE Plan maintained by your employer under Code Section 408(p)(2). Contributions to a SIMPLE IRA may be either salary deferral contributions or employer contributions, and these are subject to different tax limits from those for a Traditional IRA. Please note that the SIMPLE IRA rider for the Contract has provisions that are designed to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification as an SIMPLE IRA, and therefore could limit certain benefits under the Contract (including endorsement, rider or option benefits) to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification.
A SIMPLE Plan may designate a single financial institution (a Designated Financial Institution) as the initial trustee, custodian or issuer (in the case of an annuity contract) of the SIMPLE IRA set up for each eligible participant. However, any such Plan also must allow each eligible participant to have the balance in his SIMPLE IRA held by the Designated Financial Institution transferred without cost or penalty to a SIMPLE IRA maintained by a different financial institution. Absent a Designated Financial Institution, each eligible participant must select the financial institution to hold his SIMPLE IRA, and notify his employer of this selection.
If we do not serve as the Designated Financial Institution for your employer’s SIMPLE Plan, for you to use one of our Contracts as a SIMPLE IRA, you need to provide your employer with appropriate notification of such a selection under the SIMPLE Plan. If you choose, you may arrange for a qualifying transfer of any amounts currently held in another SIMPLE IRA for your benefit to your SIMPLE IRA with us.
d.    Roth IRAs
Code Section 408A permits eligible individuals to establish a Roth IRA. Contributions to a Roth IRA are not deductible, but withdrawals of amounts contributed and the earnings thereon that meet certain requirements are not subject to federal income tax. In general, Roth IRAs are subject to limitations on the amounts that may be contributed by the persons who may be eligible to contribute, certain Traditional IRA restrictions, and certain RMD rules on the death of the Contract Owner. Unlike a Traditional IRA, Roth IRAs are not subject to RMD rules during the Contract Owner’s lifetime. Generally, however, upon the Owner’s death the amount remaining in a Roth IRA must be distributed in accordance with rules similar to those of a Traditional IRA. Prior to January 1, 2018, the Owner of a Traditional IRA or other qualified plan assets could recharacterize a Traditional IRA into a Roth IRA under certain circumstances. Effective January 1, 2018, a Traditional IRA or other qualified
33


plan cannot be recharacterized as a Roth IRA. Tax-free rollovers from a Roth IRA can be made only to another Roth IRA under limited circumstances, as indicated below. After 2007, distributions from eligible Qualified Plans can be “rolled over” directly (subject to tax) into a Roth IRA under certain circumstances. Anyone considering the purchase of a Qualified Contract as a Roth IRA should consult with a qualified tax adviser. Please note that the Roth IRA rider for the Contract has provisions that are designed to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification as a Roth IRA, and therefore could limit certain benefits under the Contract (including endorsement, rider or option benefits) to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification.
2.    Qualified Pension or Profit-Sharing Plan or Section 401(k) Plan
Provisions of the Code permit eligible employers to establish a tax-qualified pension or profit sharing plan (described in Section 401(a), and Section 401(k) if applicable, and exempt from taxation under Section 501(a)). Such a Plan is subject to limitations on the amounts that may be contributed, the persons who may be eligible to participate, the amounts of “incidental” death benefits, and the time when RMDs must commence. In addition, a Plan’s provision of incidental benefits may result in currently taxable income to the participant for some or all of such benefits. Amounts may be rolled over tax-free from a Qualified Plan to another Qualified Plan under certain circumstances, as described below. Anyone considering the use of a Qualified Contract in connection with such a Qualified Plan should seek competent tax and other legal advice.
In particular, please note that these tax rules provide for limits on death benefits provided by a Qualified Plan (to keep such death benefits “incidental” to qualified retirement benefits), and a Qualified Plan (or a Qualified Contract) often contains provisions that effectively limit such death benefits to preserve the tax qualification of the Qualified Plan (or Qualified Contract). In addition, various tax-qualification rules for Qualified Plans specifically limit increases in benefits once RMDs begin, and Qualified Contracts are subject to such limits. As a result, the amounts of certain benefits that can be provided by any option under a Qualified Contract may be limited by the provisions of the Qualified Contract or governing Qualified Plan that are designed to preserve its tax qualification.
3.    Tax Sheltered Annuity under Section 403(b) (“TSA”)
Code Section 403(b) permits public school employees and employees of certain types of charitable, educational and scientific organizations described in Code Section 501(c)(3) to purchase a “tax-sheltered annuity” (“TSA”) contract and, subject to certain limitations, exclude employer contributions to a TSA from such an employee’s gross income. Generally, total contributions may not exceed the lesser of an annual dollar limit or 100% of the employee’s “includable compensation” for the most recent full year of service, subject to other adjustments. There are also legal limits on annual elective deferrals that a participant may be permitted to make under a TSA. In certain cases, such as when the participant is age 50 or older, those limits may be increased. A TSA participant should contact his plan administrator to determine applicable elective contribution limits. Special provisions may allow certain employees different overall limitations.
A TSA is subject to a prohibition against distributions from the TSA attributable to contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement, unless such distribution is made:
a.after the employee reaches age 59½;
b.upon the employee’s separation from service;
c.upon the employee’s death or disability;
d.in the case of hardship (as defined in applicable law and in the case of hardship, any income attributable to such contributions may not be distributed); or
e.as a qualified reservist distribution upon certain calls to active duty.
An employer sponsoring a TSA may impose additional restrictions on your TSA through its plan document.
Please note that the TSA rider for the Contract has provisions that are designed to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification as a TSA, and therefore could limit certain benefits under the Contract (including endorsement, rider or option benefits) to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification. In particular, please note that tax rules provide for limits on death benefits provided by a Qualified Plan (to keep such death benefits “incidental” to qualified retirement benefits), and a Qualified Plan (or a Qualified Contract) often contains provisions that effectively limit such death benefits to preserve the tax qualification of the Qualified Plan (or Qualified Contract). In addition, various tax-qualification rules for Qualified Plans specifically limit increases in benefits once RMDs begin, and Qualified Contracts are subject to such limits. As a result, the amounts of certain benefits that can be provided by any option under a Qualified Contract may be limited by the provisions of the Qualified Contract or governing Qualified Plan that are designed to preserve its tax qualification. In addition, a life insurance contract issued after September 23, 2007 is generally ineligible to qualify as a TSA under Reg. § 1.403(b)-8(c)(2).
Amounts may be rolled over tax-free from a TSA to another TSA or Qualified Plan (or from a Qualified Plan to a TSA) under certain circumstances, as described below. However, effective for TSA contract exchanges after September 24, 2007, Reg. § 1.403(b)-10(b) allows a TSA contract of a participant or beneficiary under a TSA Plan to be exchanged tax-free for another eligible TSA contract under that same TSA Plan, but only if all of the following conditions are satisfied: (1) such TSA Plan allows such an exchange, (2) the participant or beneficiary has an accumulated benefit after such exchange that is no less than such participant’s or beneficiary’s accumulated benefit immediately before such exchange (taking into account such participant’s or beneficiary’s accumulated benefit under both TSA contracts immediately before such exchange), (3) the
34


second TSA contract is subject to distribution restrictions with respect to the participant that are no less stringent than those imposed on the TSA contract being exchanged, and (4) the employer for such TSA Plan enters into an agreement with the issuer of the second TSA contract under which such issuer and employer will provide each other from time to time with certain information necessary for such second TSA contract (or any other TSA contract that has contributions from such employer) to satisfy the TSA requirements under Code Section 403(b) and other federal tax requirements (e.g., plan loan conditions under Code Section 72(p) to avoid deemed distributions). Such necessary information could include information about the participant’s employment, information about other Qualified Plans of such employer, and whether a severance has occurred, or hardship rules are satisfied, for purposes of the TSA distribution restrictions. Consequently, you are advised to consult with a qualified tax advisor before attempting any such TSA exchange, particularly because it requires an agreement between the employer and issuer to provide each other with certain information. In addition, the same Regulation provides corresponding rules for a transfer from one TSA to another TSA under a different TSA Plan (e.g., for a different eligible employer). We are no longer accepting any incoming exchange request, or new contract application, for any individual TSA contract.
4.    Deferred Compensation Plans under Section 457 (“Section 457 Plans”)
Certain governmental employers, or tax-exempt employers other than a governmental entity, can establish a Deferred Compensation Plan under Code Section 457. For these purposes, a “governmental employer” is a State, a political subdivision of a State, or an agency or an instrumentality of a State or political subdivision of a State. A Deferred Compensation Plan that meets the requirements of Code Section 457(b) is called an “Eligible Deferred Compensation Plan” or “Section 457(b) Plan.” Code Section 457(b) limits the amount of contributions that can be made to an Eligible Deferred Compensation Plan on behalf of a participant. Generally, the limitation on contributions is the lesser of (1) 100% of a participant’s includible compensation or (2) the applicable dollar amount ($19,500 for 2021). The Plan may provide for additional “catch-up” contributions . In addition, under Code Section 457(d) a Section 457(b) Plan may not make amounts available for distribution to participants or beneficiaries before (1) the calendar year in which the participant attains age 70½, (2) the participant has a severance from employment (including death), or (3) the participant is faced with an unforeseeable emergency (as determined in accordance with regulations).
Under Code Section 457(g) all of the assets and income of an Eligible Deferred Compensation Plan for a governmental employer must be held in trust for the exclusive benefit of participants and their beneficiaries. For this purpose, annuity contracts and custodial accounts described in Code Section 401(f) are treated as trusts. This trust requirement does not apply to amounts under an Eligible Deferred Compensation Plan of a tax-exempt (non-governmental) employer. In addition, this trust requirement does not apply to amounts held under a Deferred Compensation Plan of a governmental employer that is not a Section 457(b) Plan. However, where the trust requirement does not apply, amounts held under a Section 457 Plan must remain subject to the claims of the employer’s general creditors under Code Section 457(b)(6).
5.    Taxation of Amounts Received from Qualified Plans
Except under certain circumstances in the case of Roth IRAs or Roth accounts in certain Qualified Plans, amounts received from Qualified Contracts or Plans generally are taxed as ordinary income under Code Section 72, to the extent that they are not treated as a tax-free recovery of after-tax contributions or other “investment in the contract.” For annuity payments and other amounts received after the Annuity Commencement Date from a Qualified Contract or Plan, the tax rules for determining what portion of each amount received represents a tax-free recovery of “investment in the contract” are generally the same as for Non-Qualified Contracts, as described above.
For non-periodic amounts from certain Qualified Contracts or Plans, Code Section 72(e)(8) provides special rules that generally treat a portion of each amount received as a tax-free recovery of the “investment in the contract,” based on the ratio of the “investment in the contract” over the Contract Value at the time of distribution. However, in determining such a ratio, certain aggregation rules may apply and may vary, depending on the type of Qualified Contract or Plan. For instance, all Traditional IRAs owned by the same individual are generally aggregated for these purposes, but such an aggregation does not include any IRA inherited by such individual or any Roth IRA owned by such individual.
In addition, additional taxes, mandatory tax withholding or rollover rules may apply to amounts received from a Qualified Contract or Plan, as indicated below, and certain exclusions may apply to certain distributions (e.g., distributions from an eligible Government Plan to pay qualified health insurance premiums of an eligible retired public safety officer). Accordingly, you are advised to consult with a qualified tax adviser before taking or receiving any amount (including a loan) from a Qualified Contract or Plan.
6.    Additional Taxes for Qualified Plans
Unlike Non-Qualified Contracts, Qualified Contracts are subject to federal additional taxes not just on premature distributions, but also on excess contributions and failures to take required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). Additional taxes on excess contributions can vary by type of Qualified Plan and which person made the excess contribution (e.g., employer or an employee). The additional taxes on premature distributions and failures to make timely RMDs are more uniform, and are described in more detail below.
35


a.    Additional Taxes on Premature Distributions
Code Section 72(t) imposes a penalty income tax equal to 10% of the taxable portion of a distribution from certain types of Qualified Plans that is made before the employee reaches age 59½. However, this 10% additional tax does not apply to a distribution that is either:
(i)made to a beneficiary (or to the employee’s estate) on or after the employee’s death;
(ii)attributable to the employee’s becoming disabled under Code Section 72(m)(7);
(iii)part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually - “SEPPs”) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the employee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of such employee and a designated beneficiary (“SEPP Exception”), and for certain Qualified Plans (other than IRAs) such a series must begin after the employee separates from service;
(iv)(except for IRAs) made to an employee after separation from service after reaching age 55 (or made after age 50 in the case of a qualified public safety employee separated from certain government plans);
(v)(except for IRAs) made to an alternate payee pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order under Code Section 414(p) (a similar exception for IRAs in Code Section 408(d)(6) covers certain transfers for the benefit of a spouse or ex-spouse);
(vi)not greater than the amount allowable as a deduction to the employee for eligible medical expenses during the taxable year;
(vii)certain qualified reservist distributions under Code Section 72(t)(2)(G) upon a call to active duty;
(viii)for the birth or adoption of a child under Code Section 72(t)(2)(H);
(ix)made an account of an IRS levy on the Qualified Plan under Code Section 72(t)(2)(A)(vii); or
(x)made as a “direct rollover” or other timely rollover to an Eligible Retirement Plan, as described below.
In addition, the 10% additional tax does not apply to a distribution from an IRA that is either:
(xi)made after separation from employment to an unemployed IRA owner for health insurance premiums, if certain conditions in Code Section 72(t)(2)(D) are met;
(xii)not in excess of the amount of certain qualifying higher education expenses, as defined by Code Section 72(t)(7); or
(xiii)for a qualified first-time home buyer and meets the requirements of Code Section 72(t)(8).
If the taxpayer avoids this 10% additional tax by qualifying for the SEPP Exception and later such series of payments is modified (other than by death, disability or a method change allowed by Rev. Rul. 2002-62), the 10% additional tax will be applied retroactively to all the prior periodic payments (i.e., additional tax plus interest thereon), unless such modification is made after both (a) the employee has reached age 59½ and (b) 5 years have elapsed since the first of these periodic payments.
For any premature distribution from a SIMPLE IRA during the first 2 years that an individual participates in a salary reduction arrangement maintained by that individual’s employer under a SIMPLE Plan, the 10% additional tax rate is increased to 25%.
b.    RMDs and 50% Additional Tax
If the amount distributed from a Qualified Contract or Plan is less than the amount of the required minimum distribution (“RMD”) for the year, the participant is subject to a 50% additional tax on the amount that has not been timely distributed.
An individual’s interest in a Qualified Plan generally must be distributed, or begin to be distributed, not later than the Required Beginning Date. Generally, the Required Beginning Date is April 1 of the calendar year following the later of:
(i)the calendar year in which the individual attains:
(a) Age 70½ for participants born before July 1, 1949
(b) Age 72 for participants born on or after July 1, 1949, or
(ii)    Except in the case of an IRA or a 5% owner, as defined in the Code) the calendar year in which a participant retires from service with the employer sponsoring a Qualified Plan that allows such a later Required Beginning Date.
The entire interest of the individual must be distributed beginning no later than the Required Beginning Date over the life of such employee or over the lives of such employee and a designated beneficiary (as specified in the Code) or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of such employee or the life expectancy of such employee and a designated beneficiary.
Different rules apply to beneficiaries if an individual died prior to 2020 or in 2020 and subsequent years.
(i)    Individuals who died prior to 2020
(a)    If an individual dies before reaching the Required Beginning Date, the individual’s entire interest generally must be distributed within 5 years after the individual’s death. However, this RMD rule will be deemed satisfied if distributions begin before the close of the calendar year following the individual’s death to a designated beneficiary and
36


distribution is over the life of such designated beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of such beneficiary). If the individual’s surviving spouse is the sole designated beneficiary, distributions may be delayed until the deceased individual would have attained age 70½.
(b)    If an individual dies after RMDs have begun for such individual, any remainder of the individual’s interest generally must be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at the time of the individual’s death.
(ii)    Individuals who die in 2020 and subsequent years
(a)    For eligible designated beneficiaries as defined in Code Section 401(a)(9)(E)(ii), the RMD rule will be deemed satisfied if distributions begin before the close of the calendar year following the individual’s death to a designated beneficiary and distribution is over the life of such designated beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of such beneficiary). If the individual’s surviving spouse is the sole designated beneficiary, distributions may be delayed until the deceased individual would have attained age 72.
(b)    For all other beneficiaries the individual’s entire interest generally must be distributed by the end of the calendar year containing the tenth anniversary of the individual’s death.
The RMD rules that apply while the Contract Owner is alive do not apply with respect to Roth IRAs. The RMD rules applicable after the death of the Owner apply to all Qualified Plans, including Roth IRAs. In addition, if the Owner of a Traditional or Roth IRA dies and the Owner’s surviving spouse is the sole designated beneficiary, this surviving spouse may elect to treat the Traditional or Roth IRA as his or her own.
The RMD amount for each year is determined generally by dividing the account balance by the applicable life expectancy. This account balance is generally based upon the account value as of the close of business on the last day of the previous calendar year. RMD incidental benefit rules also may require a larger annual RMD amount, particularly when distributions are made over the joint lives of the Owner and an individual other than his or her spouse. RMDs also can be made in the form of annuity payments that satisfy the rules set forth in Regulations under the Code relating to RMDs.
In addition, in computing any RMD amount based on a contract’s account value, such account value must include the actuarial value of certain additional benefits provided by the contract. As a result, electing an optional benefit under a Qualified Contract may require the RMD amount for such Qualified Contract to be increased each year, and expose such additional RMD amount to the 50% additional tax for RMDs if such additional RMD amount is not timely distributed.
7.    Tax Withholding for Qualified Plans
Distributions from a Qualified Contract or Qualified Plan generally are subject to federal income tax withholding requirements. These federal income tax withholding requirements, including any “elections out” and the rate at which withholding applies, generally are the same as for periodic and non-periodic distributions from a Non-Qualified Contract, as described above, except where the distribution is an “eligible rollover distribution” from a Qualified Plan (described below in “Rollover Distributions”). In the latter case, tax withholding is mandatory at a rate of 20% of the taxable portion of the “eligible rollover distribution,” to the extent it is not directly rolled over to an IRA or other Eligible Retirement Plan (described below in “Rollover Distributions”). Payees cannot elect out of this mandatory 20% withholding in the case of such an “eligible rollover distribution.”
Also, special withholding rules apply with respect to distributions from non-governmental Section 457(b) Plans, and to distributions made to individuals who are neither citizens nor resident aliens of the United States.
Regardless of any “election out” (or any actual amount of tax actually withheld) on an amount received from a Qualified Contract or Plan, the payee is generally liable for any failure to pay the full amount of tax due on the includable portion of such amount received. A payee also may be required to pay penalties under-estimated income tax rules, if the withholding and estimated tax payments are insufficient to satisfy the payee’s total tax liability.
8.    Rollover Distributions
The current tax rules and limits for tax-free rollovers and transfers between Qualified Plans vary according to (1) the type of transferor Plan and transferee Plan, (2) whether the amount involved is transferred directly between Plan fiduciaries (a “direct transfer” or a “direct rollover”) or is distributed first to a participant or beneficiary who then transfers that amount back into another eligible Plan within 60 days (a “60-day rollover”), and (3) whether the distribution is made to a participant, spouse or other beneficiary. Accordingly, we advise you to consult with a qualified tax adviser before receiving any amount from a Qualified Contract or Plan or attempting some form of rollover or transfer with a Qualified Contract or Plan.
For instance, generally any amount can be transferred directly from one type of Qualified Plan to the same type of Plan for the benefit of the same individual, without limit (or federal income tax), if the transferee Plan is subject to the same kinds of restrictions as the transfer or Plan and certain other conditions to maintain the applicable tax qualification are satisfied. Such a “direct transfer” between the same kinds of Plan is generally not treated as any form of “distribution” out of such a Plan for federal income tax purposes.
By contrast, an amount distributed from one type of Plan into a different type of Plan generally is treated as a “distribution” out of the first Plan for federal income tax purposes, and therefore to avoid being subject to such tax, such a distribution
37


must qualify either as a “direct rollover” (made directly to another Plan fiduciary) or as a “60-day rollover.” The tax restrictions and other rules for a “direct rollover” and a “60-day rollover” are similar in many ways, but if any “eligible rollover distribution” made from certain types of Qualified Plan is not transferred directly to another Plan fiduciary by a “direct rollover,” then it is subject to mandatory 20% withholding, even if it is later contributed to that same Plan in a “60-day rollover” by the recipient. If any amount less than 100% of such a distribution (e.g., the net amount after the 20% withholding) is transferred to another Plan in a “60-day rollover”, the missing amount that is not rolled over remains subject to normal income tax plus any applicable additional tax.
Under Code Sections 402(f)(2)(A) and 3405(c)(3) an “eligible rollover distribution” (which is both eligible for rollover treatment and subject to 20% mandatory withholding absent a “direct rollover”) is generally any distribution to an employee of any portion (or all) of the balance to the employee’s credit in any of the following types of “Eligible Retirement Plan”: (1) a Qualified Plan under Code Section 401(a) (“Qualified 401(a) Plan”), (2) a qualified annuity plan under Code Section 403(a) (“Qualified Annuity Plan”), (3) a TSA under Code Section 403(b), or (4) a governmental Section 457(b) Plan. However, an “eligible rollover distribution” does not include any distribution that is either -
a.an RMD amount;
b.one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made either (i) for the life (or life expectancy) of the employee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the employee and a designated beneficiary, or (ii) for a specified period of 10 years or more; or
c.any distribution made upon hardship of the employee.
Before making an “eligible rollover distribution,” a Plan administrator generally is required under Code Section 402(f) to provide the recipient with advance written notice of the “direct rollover” and “60-day rollover” rules and the distribution’s exposure to the 20% mandatory withholding if it is not made by “direct rollover.” Generally, under Code Sections 402(c), 403(b)(8) and 457 (e)(16), a “direct rollover” or a “60-day rollover” of an “eligible rollover distribution” can be made to a Traditional IRA or to another Eligible Retirement Plan that agrees to accept such a rollover. However, the maximum amount of an “eligible rollover distribution” that can qualify for a tax-free “60-day rollover” is limited to the amount that otherwise would be includable in gross income. By contrast, a “direct rollover” of an “eligible rollover distribution” can include after-tax contributions as well, if the direct rollover is made either to a Traditional IRA or to another form of Eligible Retirement Plan that agrees to account separately for such a rollover, including accounting for such after-tax amounts separately from the otherwise taxable portion of this rollover. Separate accounting also is required for all amounts (taxable or not) that are rolled into a governmental Section 457(b) Plan from either a Qualified Section 401(a) Plan, Qualified Annuity Plan, TSA or IRA. These amounts, when later distributed from the governmental Section 457(b) Plan, are subject to any premature distribution additional tax applicable to distributions from such a “predecessor” Qualified Plan.
Rollover rules for distributions from IRAs under Code Sections 408(d)(3) and 408A(d)(3) also vary according to the type of transferor IRA and type of transferee IRA or other Plan. For instance, generally no tax-free “direct rollover” or “60-day rollover” can be made between a “NonRoth IRA” (Traditional, SEP or SIMPLE IRA) and a Roth IRA, and a transfer from NonRoth IRA to a Roth IRA, or a “conversion” of a NonRoth IRA to a Roth IRA, is subject to special rules. In addition, generally no tax-free “direct rollover” or “60-day rollover” can be made between an “inherited IRA” (NonRoth or Roth) for a beneficiary and an IRA set up by that same individual as the original owner. Generally, any amount other than an RMD distributed from a Traditional or SEP IRA is eligible for a “direct rollover” or a “60-day rollover” to another Traditional IRA for the same individual. Similarly, any amount other than an RMD distributed from a Roth IRA is generally eligible for a “direct rollover” or a “60-day rollover” to another Roth IRA for the same individual. However, in either case such a tax-free 60-day rollover is limited to 1 per year (365-day period); whereas no 1-year limit applies to any such “direct rollover.” Similar rules apply to a “direct rollover” or a “60-day rollover” of a distribution from a SIMPLE IRA to another SIMPLE IRA or a Traditional IRA, except that any distribution of employer contributions from a SIMPLE IRA during the initial 2-year period in which the individual participates in the employer’s SIMPLE Plan is generally disqualified (and subject to the 25% additional tax on premature distributions) if it is not rolled into another SIMPLE IRA for that individual. Amounts other than RMDs distributed from a Traditional or SEP IRA (or SIMPLE IRA after the initial 2-year period) also are eligible for a “direct rollover” or a “60-day rollover” to an Eligible Retirement Plan (e.g., a TSA) that accepts such a rollover, but any such rollover is limited to the amount of the distribution that otherwise would be includable in gross income (i.e., after-tax contributions are not eligible).
Special rules also apply to transfers or rollovers for the benefit of a spouse (or ex-spouse) or a non-spouse designated beneficiary, Plan distributions of property, and obtaining a waiver of the 60-day limit for a tax-free rollover from the IRS.
38



Table of Contents
Accumulation Unit Values
(For an Accumulation Unit outstanding throughout the period)
The following information should be read in conjunction with the financial statements for the Separate Account included in the SAI, which is incorporated by reference in this prospectus.
As of December 31,
Sub-Account2020201920182017201620152014201320122011
AB VPS International Growth Portfolio
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$11.438 $9.009 $10.957 $8.152 $8.793 $9.001 $9.151 $8.091 $7.035 $8.398 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$14.795 $11.438 $9.009 $10.957 $8.152 $8.793 $9.001 $9.151 $8.091 $7.035 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)12 13 16 34 28 34 42 53 58 56 
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$78.765 $58.739 $57.521 $43.777 $42.849 $38.737 $34.090 $24.932 $21.406 $22.293 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$106.235 $78.765 $58.739 $57.521 $43.777 $42.849 $38.737 $34.090 $24.932 $21.406 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)12 13 15 15 14 19 20 20 16 21 
American Century VP Balanced Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$41.780 $35.017 $36.575 $32.254 $30.282 $31.222 $28.549 $24.422 $21.943 $20.926 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$46.802 $41.780 $35.017 $36.575 $32.254 $30.282 $31.222 $28.549 $24.422 $21.943 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)13 14 14 17 20 19 20 25 26 22 
American Century VP Capital Appreciation Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$53.768 $39.841 $42.215 $34.818 $33.881 $33.389 $31.014 $23.796 $20.606 $22.140 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$76.252 $53.768 $39.841 $42.215 $34.818 $33.881 $33.389 $31.014 $23.796 $20.606 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)17 19 22 
BlackRock S&P 500 Index V.I. Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$11.757 $8.992 $9.487 $— $— $— $— $— $— $— 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$13.839 $11.757 $8.992 $— $— $— $— $— $— $— 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)142 150 168 — — — — — — — 
Federated Hermes Fund for U.S. Government Securities Fund II
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$22.958 $21.777 $21.776 $21.462 $21.218 $21.203 $20.358 $20.878 $20.366 $19.341 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$24.046 $22.958 $21.777 $21.776 $21.462 $21.218 $21.203 $20.358 $20.878 $20.366 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)18 23 32 41 44 48 35 
Federated Hermes High Income Bond Fund II
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$40.061 $35.132 $36.490 $34.275 $29.986 $30.917 $30.242 $28.394 $24.868 $23.752 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$42.110 $40.061 $35.132 $36.490 $34.275 $29.986 $30.917 $30.242 $28.394 $24.868 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)14 15 17 17 21 22 
39


As of December 31,
Sub-Account2020201920182017201620152014201320122011
Federated Hermes Managed Volatility Fund II
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$32.163 $26.872 $29.499 $25.088 $23.402 $25.429 $24.583 $20.283 $17.943 $17.203 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$32.317 $32.163 $26.872 $29.499 $25.088 $23.402 $25.429 $24.583 $20.283 $17.943 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)
Hartford Ultrashort Bond HLS Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$10.304 $10.068 $9.957 $9.902 $9.851 $9.883 $9.918 $9.962 $9.992 $— 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$10.406 $10.304 $10.068 $9.957 $9.902 $9.851 $9.883 $9.918 $9.962 $— 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)130 133 136 81 108 147 158 221 285 — 
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$40.075 $31.215 $34.607 $30.716 $27.983 $29.830 $27.708 $21.534 $18.994 $19.092 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$45.421 $40.075 $31.215 $34.607 $30.716 $27.983 $29.830 $27.708 $21.534 $18.994 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)
Invesco V.I. Government Money Market Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$10.116 $9.972 $9.864 $9.853 $9.888 $9.932 $9.975 $9.995 $— $— 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$10.100 $10.116 $9.972 $9.864 $9.853 $9.888 $9.932 $9.975 $— $— 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)48 59 75 12 28 — — 
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$64.636 $49.000 $48.779 $42.304 $47.995 $46.734 $39.229 $28.038 $23.296 $22.512 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$73.650 $64.636 $49.000 $48.779 $42.304 $47.995 $46.734 $39.229 $28.038 $23.296 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)13 16 17 23 24 24 22 21 
Invesco V.I. Technology Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$41.456 $30.647 $30.926 $22.989 $23.268 $21.882 $19.793 $15.888 $14.342 $15.173 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$60.302 $41.456 $30.647 $30.926 $22.989 $23.268 $21.882 $19.793 $15.888 $14.342 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)16 16 19 17 17 17 34 35 45 59 
MFS Growth Series
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$78.358 $56.976 $55.745 $42.614 $41.785 $39.024 $35.981 $26.411 $22.600 $22.776 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$102.857 $78.358 $56.976 $55.745 $42.614 $41.785 $39.024 $35.981 $26.411 $22.600 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)14 15 15 14 13 14 13 15 16 20 
MFS High Yield Portfolio
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$13.661 $11.953 $12.388 $11.664 $10.294 $10.796 $10.548 $10.158 $— $— 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$14.292 $13.661 $11.953 $12.388 $11.664 $10.294 $10.796 $10.548 $— $— 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)11 11 15 18 21 22 25 — — 
40


As of December 31,
Sub-Account2020201920182017201620152014201320122011
MFS Strategic Income Portfolio
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$12.801 $11.522 $11.809 $11.166 $10.362 $10.605 $10.315 $10.074 $— $— 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$13.935 $12.801 $11.522 $11.809 $11.166 $10.362 $10.605 $10.315 $— $— 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)32 18 17 17 29 37 55 14 — — 
Neuberger Berman AMT Sustainable Equity Portfolio (a)
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$11.283 $10.000 $— $— $— $— $— $— $— $— 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$13.430 $11.283 $— $— $— $— $— $— $— $— 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)37 38 — — — — — — — — 
Neuberger Berman Short Duration Bond Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$16.568 $16.051 $15.960 $15.890 $15.770 $15.812 $15.787 $15.761 $15.135 $15.159 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$17.064 $16.568 $16.051 $15.960 $15.890 $15.770 $15.812 $15.787 $15.761 $15.135 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)25 20 27 26 32 76 36 
NVIT Emerging Markets Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$13.729 $11.250 $13.733 $9.777 $— $— $— $— $— $— 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$15.433 $13.729 $11.250 $13.733 $— $— $— $— $— $— 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)12 — — — — — — 
Pioneer Fund VCT Portfolio
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$32.196 $24.625 $25.115 $20.727 $18.960 $19.057 $17.241 $12.994 $11.840 $12.428 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$39.833 $32.196 $24.625 $25.115 $20.727 $18.960 $19.057 $17.241 $12.994 $11.840 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)23 24 24 24 24 26 26 30 33 41 
Pioneer Select Mid Cap Growth VCT Portfolio
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$60.295 $45.511 $48.885 $37.765 $36.569 $36.145 $33.180 $23.396 $21.959 $22.568 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$83.537 $60.295 $45.511 $48.885 $37.765 $36.569 $36.145 $33.180 $23.396 $21.959 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)27 28 29 30 35 38 38 39 37 41 
VanEck VIP Global Hard Assets Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$23.009 $20.351 $28.503 $29.126 $20.359 $30.728 $38.155 $34.674 $33.689 $40.504 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$24.950 $22.664 $20.351 $28.503 $29.126 $20.359 $30.728 $38.155 $34.674 $33.689 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)18 56 58 30 64 
VanEck VIP Unconstrained Emerging Markets Bond Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$22.664 $20.524 $21.964 $19.656 $18.554 $21.444 $21.080 $23.312 $22.186 $20.609 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$26.875 $23.009 $20.524 $21.964 $19.656 $18.554 $21.444 $21.080 $23.312 $22.186 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)10 12 
41


As of December 31,
Sub-Account2020201920182017201620152014201320122011
Voya Global High Dividend Low Volatility Portfolio
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$13.173 $10.898 $12.045 $9.802 $9.310 $10.030 $— $— $— $— 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$12.970 $13.173 $10.898 $12.045 $9.802 $9.310 $— $— $— $— 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)12 13 15 17 19 24 — — — — 
VY JPMorgan Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$26.089 $19.836 $23.887 $16.738 $14.845 $17.660 $17.542 $18.645 $15.695 $19.239 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$34.735 $26.089 $19.836 $23.887 $16.738 $14.845 $17.660 $17.542 $18.645 $15.695 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)29 32 37 40 35 37 39 38 26 
Wells Fargo VT Discovery Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period$85.480 $61.764 $66.758 $51.931 $48.460 $49.402 $49.449 $34.542 $29.471 $29.479 
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period$138.410 $85.480 $61.764 $66.758 $51.931 $48.460 $49.402 $49.449 $34.542 $29.471 
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)15 17 19 
(a) Inception date February 28, 2019.
42


12. Further Information About Union Security Insurance Company
ITEM 3. RISK FACTORS
Certain factors may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.flows of Union Security Insurance Company (referred to in this Risk Factors section as "we", "us", or "the Company") and its parent companies. You should carefully consider them, along with the other information presented in this report. It is not possible to predict or identify all such factors. Additional risks and uncertainties that are not yet identified or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Unless otherwise stated, amounts are presented in United States of America ("U.S.") dollars and all amounts are in millions, except for number of shares, per share amounts, number of employees, number of securities in an unrealized loss position and number of loans.
For additional detail on risks that relate to our business, please see the Risk Factors in the 2020 Annual Report on Form 10-K of Assurant, Inc. (the “Parent”) filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).
The following is a summary of the principal risks that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Financial Risks
Reinsurance may not be adequate or available to protect us against losses, and we are subject to the credit risk of reinsurers.
Our actual claims losses may exceed our reserves for claims, requiring us to establish additional reserves or to incur additional expense for settling unreserved liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, profitability and capital.
Through reinsurance, the Parent has sold or exited businesses that could again become our direct financial and administrative responsibility if the reinsurers become insolvent.
Our investment portfolio is subject to market risk, including changes in interest rates, that may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Our investment portfolio is subject to credit, liquidity and other risks that may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
The value of our deferred tax assets could become impaired, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
We may be unable to accurately predict and price for claims and other costs, which could reduce our profitability.
A decline in our financial strength ratings could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Due to the structure of our commission program, we are exposed to risks related to the creditworthiness and reporting systems of some of our agents, third party administrators and clients.
Legal and Regulatory Risks
• We are subject to extensive laws and regulations and risks related to changes in regulation and litigation and regulatory actions.
• Change in tax laws and regulations could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.
Business, Strategic and Operational Risks
• Our revenues and profits may decline if we are unable to maintain relationships with significant clients, distributors and other parties, or renew contracts with them on favorable terms, or if those parties face financial, reputational or regulatory issues.
• Our inability to successfully recover should we experience a business continuity event could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Technology, Cybersecurity, and Privacy Risks
• The failure to effectively maintain and modernize our information technology systems and infrastructure could adversely affect our business.
43


• We could incur significant liability if our information systems or those of third parties are breached or we or third parties otherwise fail to protect the security of data residing on our respective systems, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
• The costs of complying with, or our failure to comply with, U.S. laws related to privacy, data security and data protection could adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and reputation.
Macroeconomic, Political and Global Market Risks
• General economic, financial market and political conditions and conditions in the markets in which we operate may materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
• The COVID-19 pandemic and measures taken in response thereto may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
General Risk Factors
• Employee misconduct could harm us by subjecting us to significant legal liability, regulatory scrutiny and reputational harm.
For a more complete discussion of these risks, please see below.
Financial Risks
Reinsurance may not be adequate or available to protect us against losses, and we are subject to the credit risk of reinsurers.
As part of our overall risk and capacity management strategy, we purchase reinsurance for certain risks we underwrite. Although reinsurers are liable to us for claims contractually ceded under our reinsurance arrangements, we remain liable to the insured as the direct insurer on all risks reinsured. Ceded reinsurance arrangements therefore do not eliminate our obligation to pay claims. We are subject to credit risk with respect to our ability to recover amounts due from reinsurers. The inability to collect amounts due from reinsurers could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Our actual claims losses may exceed our reserves for claims, requiring us to establish additional reserves or to incur additional expense for settling unreserved liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, profitability and capital.
We maintain reserves to cover our estimated ultimate exposure for claims and claim adjustment expenses with respect to reported claims and incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) claims as of the end of each accounting period. The determination of reserve estimates is inherently a matter of judgment and our ultimate liabilities could exceed reserves for a variety of reasons, including changes in macroeconomic factors (such as unemployment and interest rates), case development and other factors. From time to time, we also adjust our reserves, and may adjust our reserving methodology, as these factors, our claims experience and estimates of future trends in claim frequency and severity change. Reserve development, changes in our reserving methodology and paid losses exceeding corresponding reserves could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, profitability and capital.
Through reinsurance, the Parent has sold or exited businesses that could again become our direct financial and administrative responsibility if the reinsurers become insolvent.
In the past, the Parent has sold, and in the future the Parent may sell, businesses through reinsurance ceded to third parties. The Parent has also exited certain businesses through reinsurance. For example, the Parent sold its Long-Term Care division, the insurance operations of its Fortis Financial Group ("FFG") division, including individual life operations and annuity business, and its Assurant Employee Benefits segment through coinsurance/reinsurance transactions. Our reinsurance recoverable relating to these three dispositions was $3.16 billion (compared to our total reinsurance recoverables of $3.23 billion) as of December 31, 2020. The three reinsurers with the largest reinsurance recoverable balances relating to these dispositions were Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (“Sun Life”), John Hancock Life Insurance Company ("John Hancock") and Talcott Resolution Life and Annuity Insurance Company (“Talcott Resolution”). The A.M. Best Company (“A.M. Best”) ratings of Sun Life, John Hancock and Talcott Resolution are currently A+, A+ and B++, respectively. Most of the assets backing reserves coinsured/reinsured under these and other sales are held in trusts or separate accounts. However, if the reinsurers became insolvent, the assets in the trusts or separate accounts could prove insufficient to support the liabilities that would revert to us.
We also face the risk of again becoming responsible for administering these businesses in the event of reinsurer insolvency. We do not currently have the administrative systems and capabilities to process these businesses. Accordingly, we would need to obtain those capabilities in the event of an insolvency of one or more of the reinsurers. We might be forced to obtain such capabilities on unfavorable terms with a resulting material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial
44


condition. In addition, other third parties to whom the Parent has sold businesses in the past may in turn sell these businesses to other third parties, through reinsurance or otherwise, and we could face credit risks and risks related to the new administrative systems and capabilities of these third parties in administering these businesses.
Our investment portfolio is subject to market risk, including changes in interest rates, that may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Investment returns are an important part of our profitability. Our investments are subject to market-wide risks and fluctuations, including in the fixed maturity and equity securities markets, which could impair our profitability, financial condition and cash flows. Further, in pricing our products and services, we incorporate assumptions regarding returns on our investments. Market conditions may not allow us to invest in assets with sufficiently high returns to meet our pricing assumptions and profit targets over the long term.
We are subject to interest rate risk in our investment portfolio. Changes in interest rates may materially adversely affect the performance of some of our investments, including by materially reducing the fair value of and investment income from fixed maturity securities and increasing unrealized losses in our investment portfolio. As of December31, 2020 fixed maturity securities represented approximately 85%of the fair value of our total investments and full year 2020 gross investment income from fixed maturity securities totaled $45.6 million. The fair market value of fixed maturity securities generally increases or decreases in an inverse relationship with fluctuations in interest rates, while investment income from fixed maturity securities generally increases or decreases directly with interest rates. In addition, actual investment income and cash flows from investments that carry prepayment risk, such as mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, may differ from those anticipated at the time of investment as a result of interest rate fluctuations. Recent periods have been characterized by low interest rates. A prolonged period during which interest rates remain at historically low levels, including the current period of low rates as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, may result in lower-than-expected investment income and larger required reserves. Though we employ asset/liability management strategies to manage the adverse effects of interest rate changes, significant fluctuations in the level of interest rates may require us to liquidate investments prior to maturity at a significant loss to pay claims, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, extended periods of declining interest rates or rising inflation may cause compression in the spread between the death benefit growth rates on our Preneed insurance policies and the investment income that we can earn, resulting in a negative spread, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our overall financial condition.
Our investment portfolio is subject to credit, liquidity and other risks that may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
We are subject to credit risk in our investment portfolio, primarily from our investments in fixed maturity securities, including corporate bonds, municipal bonds, asset-backed securities, residential mortgage-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities. Defaults by third parties in the payment or performance of their obligations could reduce our investment income or result in realized investment losses. The value of our investments may be materially adversely affected by downgrades in the corporate bonds included in our portfolio, increases in treasury rates or credit spreads and by other factors that may result in realized and unrealized investment losses and other-than-temporary impairments. The determination that a security has incurred an other-than-temporary impairment requires the judgment of management and there are inherent risks and uncertainties involved in making these judgments. Changes in facts, circumstances or critical assumptions could cause management to conclude that further impairments have occurred, which could lead to additional losses on investments. Each of these events may cause us to reduce the carrying value of our investment portfolio.
The value of any particular fixed maturity security is subject to impairment based on the creditworthiness of its issuer. As of December31, 2020, fixed maturity securities represented approximately 85%,and below investment grade securities (rated “BB” or lower by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations) represented approximately4%,of the fair value of our total investments. Below investment grade securities generally are expected to provide higher returns but present greater risk and can be less liquid than investment grade securities. A significant increase in defaults and impairments on our fixed maturity securities portfolio could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Equity securities represented approximately6%of the fair value of our total investments as of December31, 2020. However, we have had higher percentages of equity securities in the past and may make more equity investments in the future. Investments in equity securities generally are expected to provide higher total returns but present greater risk to preservation of capital than our fixed maturity securities.All changes in the fair value of equity securities are reported in our statements of operations, which has increased the volatility of our financial results.
Our investments in commercial mortgage loans on real estate (which represented approximately4%of the fair value of our total investments as of December31, 2020) are relatively illiquid. If we require extremely large amounts of cash on short notice, we may have difficulty selling these investments at attractive prices and in a timely manner.
45


The value of our deferred tax assets could become impaired, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
In accordance with applicable income tax guidance, we must determine whether our ability to realize the value of our deferred tax asset or to recognize certain tax liabilities related to uncertain tax positions is “more likely than not.” Under current income tax guidance, a deferred tax asset should be reduced by a valuation allowance, or a liability related to uncertain tax positions should be accrued, if, based on the weight of all available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The realization of deferred tax assets depends upon the existence of sufficient taxable income of the same character during the carryback or carry-forward periods.
In determining the appropriate valuation allowance, management made certain judgments relating to recoverability of deferred tax assets, use of tax loss and tax credit carry-forwards, levels of expected future taxable income and available tax planning strategies. The assumptions in making these judgments are updated periodically on the basis of current business conditions affecting us and overall economic conditions. These management judgments are therefore subject to change due to factors that include, but are not limited to, changes in our ability to realize sufficient taxable income of the same character in the same jurisdiction or in our ability to execute other tax planning strategies. Furthermore, any future changes in tax laws could impact the value of our deferred tax assets. Management will continue to assess and determine the need for, and the amount of, the valuation allowance in subsequent periods. Any change in the valuation allowance could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.
We may be unable to accurately predict and price for claims and other costs, which could reduce our profitability.
Our profitability could be reduced if we are unable to accurately predict and price for claims and other costs, including the frequency and severity of claims. This ability could be affected by various factors, including inflation, changes in the regulatory environment, changes in industry practices, changes in legal, social or environmental conditions or new technologies. Political or economic conditions can also affect the availability of programs on which our business may rely to accurately predict claims and other costs. In addition, modeling tools that support business decisions involve historical data and numerous assumptions that may differ materially from actual events. The inability to accurately predict and price for claims and other costs could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
A decline in our financial strength ratings could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Ratings are important considerations in establishing the competitive position of insurance companies. An A.M. Best rating represents A.M. Best’s opinion regarding our ability to meet our financial obligations to policyholders. Our A.M. Best rating is subject to periodic review by A.M. Best, and we cannot assure that we will be able to retain it. During the year ended December 31, 2020, there was no change to our A.M. Best rating.
A.M. Best may change its methodology or requirements for determining ratings, or it may become more conservative in assigning ratings. A.M. Best could also increase capital requirements for us, thereby reducing deployable capital for the Company. Any reduction in our rating could materially adversely affect our standing in the insurance industry and the demand for our products from intermediaries and consumers, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, any reduction in our financial strength ratings could materially adversely affect our and the Parent's cost of borrowing.
Due to the structure of our commission program, we are exposed to risks related to the creditworthiness and reporting systems of some of our agents, third party administrators and clients.
We are subject to the credit risk of some of the agents, third party administrators and clients with which we contract in our businesses. For example, we advance agents' commissions as part of our preneed insurance offerings. These advances are a percentage of the total face amount of coverage. There is a one-year payback provision against the agency if death or lapse occurs within the first policy year.
In addition, some of our agents, third party administrators and clients collect and report premiums or pay claims on our behalf. These parties' failure to remit all premiums collected or to pay claims on our behalf on a timely and accurate basis could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
Legal and Regulatory Risks
We are subject to extensive laws and regulations and risks related to changes in regulation and litigation and regulatory actions.
We are subject to comprehensive regulation and oversight by the Kansas Insurance Department in jurisdictions in which we do business. The Kansas Insurance Department has broad administrative powers with respect to all aspects of the insurance business and, in particular, monitors the manner in which an insurance company offers, sells and administers its
46


products. Therefore, we may from time to time be subject to a variety of legal and regulatory actions relating to our current and past business operations and practices.
Legislation or other regulatory reform that increases the regulatory requirements imposed on us or that changes the way we are able to do business may significantly harm our business or results of operations in the future.
In addition, regulators in certain states have hired third party auditors to audit the unclaimed property records of insurance companies operating in those states. Among other companies, the Parent and its affiliates and subsidiaries are currently subject to these audits in a number of states and has been responding to information requests from these auditors.
The prevalence and outcomes of any such actions cannot be predicted, and no assurances can be given that such actions or any litigation would not materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, if we were to experience difficulties with our relationship with a regulatory body in a given jurisdiction, it could have a material adverse effect on our ability to do business in that jurisdiction.
As part of a previously disclosed settlement between the Parent and the SEC, the SEC granted permanent relief to the Company, exempting it from limitations on serving as depositor to investment companies under Section 9(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. If the Company fails to continue to meet the conditions in the application for permanent relief, then the Company could lose its ability to act as depositor of the separate accounts related to the Fortis Financial Group businesses sold to Talcott Resolution (formerly owned by The Hartford) in 2001. This could result in significant costs to restructure the modified coinsurance structure currently in place.
We depend on the Parent for certain administrative, strategic and operational support. We cannot predict at this time the effect that current litigation, investigations and regulatory activity will have on the Parent or our business, but any adverse outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Changes Change in tax laws and regulations could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.
Federal or state tax laws and regulations, or their interpretation and application, are subject to significant change and may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. For example, on December 22, 2017, TCJA, which significantly amended the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, was enacted. Compliance with the TCJA may require the collection of information not regularly produced within the Company or by the Parent, the use of estimates in our financial statements, and the exercise of significant judgment in accounting for its provisions. The overall impact of the TCJA is uncertain due to the ambiguities in the application of certain provisions of the TCJA, the impact of future guidance, interpretations or rules issued by government agencies in applying the TCJA and potential court decisions interpreting the legislation. Future changes in tax laws, including changes in the application or interpretation of the TCJA, or increases to the corporate tax rate, could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development's efforts around Global Pillars I and II dealing with possible new digital taxes and global minimum taxes, if enacted, could increase the Company's overall tax burden, adversely impacting the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.
Business, Strategic and Operational Risks
Our revenues and profits may decline if we are unable to maintain relationships with significant clients, distributors and other parties, or renew contracts with them on favorable terms, or if those parties face financial, reputational or regulatory issues.
The success of our business depends largely on our relationships and contractual arrangements with significant clients, distributors and other parties, including vendors. If our key clients, distributors, vendors or other parties terminate important business arrangements with us, or renew contracts on terms less favorable to us, we may fail to meet our business objectives and targets, and our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
We receive a substantial portion of our revenue from a few clients. A reduction in business with or the loss of one or more of our significant clients could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. Reliance on a few significant clients may weaken our bargaining power and we may be unable to renew contracts with them on favorable terms or at all.
We are also subject to the risk that clients, distributors and other parties may face financial difficulties, reputational issues, problems with respect to their own products and services or regulatory restrictions or compliance issues that may lead to a decrease in or cessation of sales of our products and services and have other adverse impacts on our results of operations or financial condition.
47


Our inability to successfully recover should we experience a business continuity event could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If we experience a local or regional business continuity event, such as an earthquake, hurricane, flood, terrorist attack, pandemic, security breach, cyber-attack, power loss, computer, telecommunication or other systems failure or other natural or man-made disaster, our ability to continue operations will depend on an effective disaster recovery plan and system, including the continued availability of our personnel, vendors and other third parties and work facilities, and the proper functioning of our computer, telecommunication and other systems and operations. We have from time to time experienced business continuity events, including events that impacted the availability of our systems. See “ – Technology, Cybersecurity, and Privacy Risks–Risks
The failure to effectively maintain and modernize our information technology systems and infrastructure and integrate those of acquired businesses could adversely affect our business.
Our operations depend in particular upon our ability to protect our technology infrastructure against damage and interruption. If a business continuity event occurs, we could lose Company, customer, vendor and other third-party data, lose significant processing capability or experience interruptions to our operations or delivery of products and services to our clients and their customers, which has occurred from time to time and which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. A cyber-attack or other business continuity event affecting us or key third parties with whom we work could result in a significant and extended disruption in the functioning of our information technology systems or operations, requiring us to incur significant expense to address and remediate or otherwise resolve such issues. An extended outage could result in the loss of premium income, fee income and clients, reputational damage, substantial volatility in our financial results and a decline in our revenues. See “ – Technology, Cybersecurity and Privacy Risks – We could incur significant liability if our information systems or those of third parties are breached or we or third parties otherwise fail to protect the security of data residing on our respective systems, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
The risk of business disruption is more pronounced in certain geographic areas, including major metropolitan centers, such as New York City, where the Parent's corporate offices are located, and certain catastrophe-prone areas, such as Miami, Florida, where the Parent has significant operations. The risk is also heightened in certain countries and regions in which the Parent operates that are subject to higher potential threat of terrorist attacks, military conflicts, political instability and data breaches.
A disaster or other business continuity event on a significant scale or affecting our key businesses or our data center, or our inability to successfully recover from such an event and any legislative and regulatory responses thereto, could materially interrupt our business operations and result in material financial loss, loss of human capital, regulatory actions, reputational harm, loss of customers or damaged customer relationships, legal liability and other adverse consequences. Our liability insurance policies may not fully cover, in type or amount, the cost of a successful recovery in the event of such a disruption.
Technology, Cybersecurity and Privacy Risks
We could incur significant liability if our information systems or those of third parties are breached or we or third parties otherwise fail to protect the security of data residing on our respective systems, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
We rely on the uninterrupted and secure operation of our information technology systems to operate our business and securely process, transmit and store electronic information. This electronic information includes confidential and other sensitive information, including personal data, that we receive from our customers, vendors and other third parties. In the normal course of business, we also share confidential and other sensitive information with our vendors and other third parties with whom we work. Our information technology systems and safety control systems and those of our vendors and other third parties are vulnerable to damage or interruption from a variety of external threats, including cyber attacks, computer viruses, malware, ransomware and other types of data and systems related events. Our systems are also subject to compromise from internal threats such as improper action by employees and third parties who may have otherwise legitimate access to our systems. Our call centers subject us to additional risk from internal threats due to access to personal information. In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic required us to follow a work-from-home model to continue operations, which resulted in the bypassing of certain physical security controls for our employees and the employees of our vendors who have access to personal information. While additional technical controls have been put in place, they may not be sufficient to discover compromises that occur due to the loss of physical controls. Moreover, we face the ongoing challenge of managing access controls in a complex environment. The latency of a compromise is often measured in months but could be years, and we may not be able to detect a compromise in a timely manner. We could experience significant financial and reputational harm if our information systems are breached, sensitive client or Company data are compromised, surreptitiously modified, rendered inaccessible for any period of time or maliciously made public, or if we fail to make adequate disclosures to the public or law enforcement agencies following any such event.
48


Cyber threats are rapidly evolving and becoming increasingly sophisticated. We are at risk of attack by a growing list of adversaries, including state-sponsored organizations, organized crime, hackers and “hacktivists” (activist hackers), through use of increasingly sophisticated methods of attack, including long-term, persistent attacks referred to as advanced persistent threats or attacks via yet unknown vulnerabilities referred to as zero-day threats. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures, resulting in potential data loss or other damage to information technology systems. As the breadth and complexity of the technologies we use continue to grow, including as a result of the use of mobile devices, cloud services, social media and the increased reliance on devices connected to the Internet, the potential risk of security breaches and cyber-attacks also increases.
Our data protection measures may not be effective to protect our network and systems from such threats. Should an attacker gain access to our network using compromised credentials of an authorized user or otherwise, we are at risk that the attacker might successfully leverage that access to compromise additional systems and data. Certain measures that could increase the security of our systems take significant time and resources to deploy broadly and may not be effective against an attack. Additionally, our policies, procedures and technical safeguards may be insufficient to prevent or detect improper access to confidential, personal or proprietary information and other cybersecurity incidents, assess the severity or impact of any such incidents or appropriately respond in a timely manner. The inability to implement, maintain and upgrade effective protective measures and other safeguards or adequately respond to a breach could have a material adverse effect on our business.
To safeguard against the accidental introduction of security vulnerabilities, we continue to invest in the development of software in accordance with best practices. In addition, our information systems must be continually patched and upgraded to protect against vulnerabilities. As the volume of new software vulnerabilities continues to increase, as has the criticality of patches and other remedial measures. Accordingly, we are at risk that cyber attackers exploit these vulnerabilities before they have been addressed. Due to the large number and age of the systems and platforms that we operate and the increased frequency at which vendors issue security patches to their products, the need to test patches and, in some cases coordinate with clients and vendors, before they can be deployed, we are at risk that we cannot deploy in a timely and effective manner. We are also dependent on vendors and other third parties, such as cloud service providers, to keep their systems patched in order to protect our data. Any failure related to these activities could have a material adverse effect on our business. We have vendors and other third parties who receive data from us in connection with the services we offer our customers. In addition, we have migrated certain data, and may increasingly migrate data, to the cloud hosted by third party providers. We are at risk of a cyber-attack involving a vendor or other third party, which could result in a breakdown of such third party’s data protection measures or access to our infrastructure through the third party. To the extent that a vendor or third party suffers a cyber-attack that compromises their operations, our data and our customers’ data could be compromised or we may experience possible service interruption, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We have from time to time experienced cybersecurity incidents, such as malware incursions, distributed denial of service attacks, employee misconduct and incidents resulting from human error, such as loss of portable and other data storage devices. Like many companies, we are subject to regular phishing email and social media engineering campaigns directed at our employees that can result in malware infections and financial and data losses. Although some of these incidents have resulted in data loss and other damages, to date, they have not had a material adverse effect on our business or operations. In the future, these types of incidents could result in confidential, personal or proprietary information being lost or stolen, surreptitiously modified, rendered inaccessible for any period of time, or maliciously made public, including client, employee or Company data, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Improper access to or disclosure of sensitive client or Company information could harm our reputation and subject us to significant liability under our contracts, as well as under existing or future laws, rules and regulations. In the event of a cyber-attack, we might have to take our systems offline, which could interfere with services to our clients or damage our reputation. We also may be unable to detect an incident, assess its severity or impact, or appropriately respond and recover any financial and data loss in a timely manner. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to mitigate the damage and to protect against future damage. In addition, our Parent's liability insurance, which includes cyber insurance, may not be sufficient in type or amount to cover us against claims related to security breaches, cyber attacks and other related data and system incidents.
The failure to effectively maintain and modernize our information technology systems and infrastructure could adversely affect our business.
The success of our business depends on our ability to maintain effective, secure and reliable information technology systems and infrastructure and to modernize them to support current and new clients and conduct business in an efficient and cost-effective manner. The Parent is undergoing a multi-year transformation of its and its subsidiaries' information
49


technology systems and infrastructure involving several enterprise-wide technology initiatives, including enhancing existing systems and developing new systems and products, to support our strategy and keep pace with continuing changes in information processing technology and evolving industry and regulatory requirements. We are also updating certain operations and financial systems, procedures and controls, retiring certain legacy systems, and migrating our systems and applications to the cloud. However, we currently rely on manual processes and procedures that subject us to increased risk of error and internal control failure compared to automated processes.
Our ability to modernize our information technology systems and infrastructure requires us to execute large-scale, complex programs and projects, which rely on the commitment of significant financial and managerial resources and effective planning and management processes. We may be unable to implement these programs and projects effectively, efficiently or in a timely manner, which could result in poor customer experience, cost overruns, additional expenses, reputational harm, legal and regulatory actions and other adverse consequences.
If we are unable to maintain information technology systems, procedures (including technology continuity planning and recovery testing) and controls that function effectively without interruption and securely (including through a failure to replace or update redundant or obsolete hardware, applications or software systems), or to update our systems, we may not be able to successfully offer our products, conduct our business and account for transactions in an appropriate and timely manner and our relationships with clients could be adversely affected. We are also dependent on vendors and other third parties to maintain reliable network systems that provide adequate speed and data capacity. For example, we utilize third-party cloud service providers in connection with certain aspects of our business and operations, and any disruption of, or interference with, our use of such cloud services could adversely impact our business and operations. We have from time to time experienced failures that result in the unavailability of information technology systems upon which our clients rely. Such failures could result in loss of business and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
The costs of complying with, or our failure to comply with, U.S. laws related to privacy, data security and data protection could adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and reputation.
In providing services and solutions to our customers and operating our business, we process, store and transfer sensitive customer, end-consumer and Company data, including personal data, in and across multiple jurisdictions. As a result, we are or may become subject to a variety of laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection and data security. These laws and regulations are continuously evolving and developing. At the state level, the New York State Department of Financial Services (the “NYDFS”) has issued cybersecurity regulations that impose an array of detailed security measures on covered entities and California passed a comprehensive privacy act that increases California residents’ privacy rights. The scope and interpretation of the laws that are or may be applicable to us are often uncertain and may be conflicting. All of these evolving compliance and operational requirements impose significant costs that are likely to increase over time and may restrict the way services involving data are offered, all of which may adversely affect our results of operations. Complying with these and similar laws and regulations also requires us to make significant changes to our operations, which rely on the commitment of significant financial and managerial resources and effective planning and management processes. We may be unable to implement required operational changes effectively, efficiently or in a timely manner, which could result in cost overruns, additional expenses, reputational harm, legal and regulatory actions and other adverse consequences.
Unauthorized disclosure or transfer of personal or otherwise sensitive data, whether through systems failure, employee negligence, fraud, misappropriation or other means, by us, our vendors or other parties with whom we do business could subject us to significant litigation, monetary damages, regulatory enforcement actions, fines, criminal prosecution and other adverse consequences in one or more jurisdictions. Such events could also result in negative publicity and damage to our reputation and cause us to lose clients, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
Macroeconomic, Political and Global Market Risks
General economic, financial market and political conditions and conditions in the markets in which we operate may materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Limited availability of credit, deterioration of the global markets, declines in consumer confidence and consumer spending, increases in prices or in the rate of inflation, periods of high unemployment, persistently low or rapidly increasing interest rates, disruptive geopolitical events and other events outside of our control, such as a major epidemic or a pandemic or political or civil unrest, could contribute to increased volatility and diminished expectations for the economy and the financial markets. These conditions could adversely affect our business. Specifically, during periods of economic downturn:

50


individuals and businesses may (i) choose not to purchase our insurance products and other products and services, (ii) terminate existing policies or contracts or permit them to lapse and (iii) choose to reduce the amount of coverage they purchase;
conditions in the markets in which we operate may deteriorate;
clients are more likely to underperform expectations, experience financial distress, and declare bankruptcy which could have an adverse impact on the remittance of premiums from such clients and the collection of receivables from such clients for items such as unearned premiums and could otherwise expose us to credit risk;
there is a higher loss ratio on credit card and installment loan insurance due to rising unemployment;
there is an increased risk of fraudulent insurance claims; and
there may be substantial decreases in loan availability and origination, which could reduce the demand for credit insurance that we write.
Inflationary pressures may also affect the costs associated with our preneed insurance policies, particularly those that are guaranteed to grow with the Consumer Price Index. Conversely, deflationary pressures may affect the pricing of our products and services.
The COVID-19 pandemic and measures taken in response thereto may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
While still evolving, the COVID-19 pandemic has caused significant global economic and financial market disruption, resulting in increased financial market volatility, business and operational challenges such as the temporary closures of businesses, and diminished expectations for the economy and the financial markets.
As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, our results of operations and financial condition have been adversely affected by lower investment income from lower yields. As the COVID-19 pandemic continues, our results of operations and financial condition may also be adversely affected by: our current offer to, or in some states requirement to, waive late payment fees and allow customers to defer premium payments on certain of our products; clients underperforming expectations or experiencing financial distress; customers experiencing difficulty paying premiums or cancelling coverages; and an increase in the number of fraudulent insurance claims. In addition, the cost of reinsurance to us increased during the pandemic, and may continue to increase, and reinsurers may experience financial distress.
Our investment portfolio (and, specifically, the valuations and cash flows of investments we hold) has been, and may continue to be, adversely affected as a result of market developments from the COVID-19 pandemic and uncertainty regarding its outcome, including low interest rates, reduced liquidity, and a recession or continued slowdown in the U.S economic conditions. The COVID-19 pandemic could result in an impairment in value of our tangible and other intangible assets. In addition, decreases in observable market activity or the unavailability of information arising from the spread of COVID-19 may restrict our access to key inputs used to derive certain estimates and assumptions made in connection with financial reporting or otherwise, including estimates and changes in long-term macro-economic assumptions relating to accounting for current expected credit losses (commonly referred to as "CECL"). Restricted access to such inputs may make our financial statement balances and estimates and assumptions subject to greater variability and subjectivity.
From an operational perspective, our employees, our clients and their customers, and vendors and other third parties with whom we work, have been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic and efforts to mitigate its spread. Currently, the vast majority of our workforce is working remotely, which increases cybersecurity risk and may adversely affect our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, we have invested a significant amount of time and resources across the enterprise to mitigate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business. We also face the risk that significant portions of our workforce, including key personnel, may be unable to work effectively or at all because of illness and measures put in place to safeguard employee safety, such as additional leave. An extended period of such conditions could strain our business continuity plans and introduce additional operational risk, including cybersecurity and fraud risks. Measures we take may also subject us to litigation.
We continue to closely monitor developments related to the COVID-19 pandemic to assess its ongoing impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition. At this time, it is not possible to estimate how long it will take to halt the spread of the virus or the long-term effects that the COVID-19 pandemic could have on the economy or our business. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our business, results of operations or financial condition will depend on future developments which are highly uncertain and difficult to predict, including the severity and duration of the pandemic, and the actions taken by government authorities and other third parties to contain or address its impact. We also cannot predict how legal and regulatory responses to concerns about the COVID-19 pandemic and related public health issues will impact our business, including the possibility of a mandated extension of business interruption or other insurance
51


coverage beyond our policy language, or additional regulatory restrictions on our ability to pay the Parent dividends. Even after the COVID-19 outbreak has subsided, we may experience materially adverse impacts on our business, results of operations or financial condition as a result of the pandemic's global economic impact. For additional information on risks we face relating to epidemics and pandemics such as COVID-19, see “ – General economic, financial market and political conditions and conditions in the markets in which we operate may materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition,” “ – Business, Strategic and Operational Risks – Our inability to successfully recover should we experience a business continuity event could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations” and “ – Technology, Cybersecurity and Privacy Risks – We could incur significant liability if our information systems or those of third parties are breached or we or third parties otherwise fail to protect the security of data residing on our respective systems, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.”
General Risk Factors
Employee misconduct could harm us by subjecting us to significant legal liability, regulatory scrutiny and reputational harm.
For a more complete discussion of these risks, please see below.

28


Table of Contents
Financial Risks
Reinsurance may not be adequate or available to protect us against losses, and we are subject to the credit risk of reinsurers.
As part of our overall risk and capacity management strategy, we purchase reinsurance for certain risks we underwrite. Although reinsurers are liable to us for claims contractually ceded under our reinsurance arrangements, we remain liable to the insured as the direct insurer on all risks reinsured. Ceded reinsurance arrangements therefore do not eliminate our obligation to pay claims. We are subject to credit risk with respect to our ability to recover amounts due from reinsurers. The inability to collect amounts due from reinsurers could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Our actual claims losses may exceed our reserves for claims, requiring us to establish additional reserves or to incur additional expense for settling unreserved liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, profitability and capital.
We maintain reserves to cover our estimated ultimate exposure for claims and claim adjustment expenses with respect to reported claims and incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) claims as of the end of each accounting period. The determination of reserve estimates is inherently a matter of judgment and our ultimate liabilities could exceed reserves for a variety of reasons, including changes in macroeconomic factors (such as unemployment and interest rates), case development and other factors. From time to time, we also adjust our reserves, and may adjust our reserving methodology, as these factors, our claims experience and estimates of future trends in claim frequency and severity change. Reserve development, changes in our reserving methodology and paid losses exceeding corresponding reserves could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, profitability and capital.
Through reinsurance, the Company has sold or exited businesses that could again become our direct financial and administrative responsibility if the reinsurers become insolvent.
In the past, the Company has sold, and in the future the Company may sell, businesses through reinsurance ceded to third parties. The three reinsurers with the largest reinsurance recoverable balances relating to these dispositions were Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (“Sun Life”), John Hancock Life Insurance Company ("John Hancock") and Talcott Resolution Life and Annuity Insurance Company (“Talcott Resolution”). The A.M. Best Company (“A.M. Best”) ratings of Sun Life, John Hancock and Talcott Resolution are currently A+, A+ and B++, respectively. Most of the assets backing reserves coinsured/reinsured under these and other sales are held in trusts or separate accounts. However, if the reinsurers became insolvent, the assets in the trusts or separate accounts could prove insufficient to support the liabilities that would revert to us.
We also face the risk of again becoming responsible for administering these businesses in the event of reinsurer insolvency. We do not currently have the administrative systems and capabilities to process these businesses. Accordingly, we would need to obtain those capabilities in the event of an insolvency of one or more of the reinsurers. We might be forced to obtain such capabilities on unfavorable terms with a resulting material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, other third parties to whom the Parent has sold businesses in the past may in turn sell these businesses to other third parties, through reinsurance or otherwise, and we could face credit risks and risks related to the new administrative systems and capabilities of these third parties in administering these businesses.
Our investment portfolio is subject to market risk, including changes in interest rates, that may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Investment returns are an important part of our profitability. Our investments are subject to market-wide risks and fluctuations, including in the fixed maturity and equity securities markets, which could impair our profitability, financial condition and cash flows. Further, in pricing our products and services, we incorporate assumptions regarding returns on our investments. Market conditions may not allow us to invest in assets with sufficiently high returns to meet our pricing assumptions and profit targets over the long term.
We are subject to interest rate risk in our investment portfolio. Changes in interest rates may materially adversely affect the performance of some of our investments, including by materially reducing the fair value of and investment income from fixed maturity securities and increasing unrealized losses in our investment portfolio. The fair market value of fixed maturity securities generally increases or decreases in an inverse relationship with fluctuations in interest rates, while investment income from fixed maturity securities generally increases or decreases directly with interest rates. In addition, actual investment income and cash flows from investments that carry prepayment risk, such as mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, may differ from those anticipated at the time of investment as a result of interest rate fluctuations. Recent periods have been characterized by increased interest rates. Though we employ asset/liability management strategies to manage the adverse effects of interest rate changes, significant fluctuations in the level of interest rates may require us to liquidate investments prior to maturity at a significant loss to pay claims, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
29


Table of Contents
In addition, extended periods of declining interest rates or rising inflation may cause compression in the spread between the death benefit growth rates on our Preneed insurance policies and the investment income that we can earn, resulting in a negative spread, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our overall financial condition.
Our investment portfolio is subject to credit, liquidity and other risks that may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
We are subject to credit risk in our investment portfolio, primarily from our investments in fixed maturity securities, including corporate bonds, municipal bonds, asset-backed securities, residential mortgage-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities. Defaults by third parties in the payment or performance of their obligations could reduce our investment income or result in realized investment losses. The value of our investments may be materially adversely affected by downgrades in the corporate bonds included in our portfolio, increases in treasury rates or credit spreads and by other factors that may result in realized and unrealized investment losses and other-than-temporary impairments. The determination that a security has incurred an other-than-temporary impairment requires the judgment of management and there are inherent risks and uncertainties involved in making these judgments. Changes in facts, circumstances or critical assumptions could cause management to conclude that further impairments have occurred, which could lead to additional losses on investments. Each of these events may cause us to reduce the carrying value of our investment portfolio.
The value of any particular fixed maturity security is subject to impairment based on the creditworthiness of its issuer. Below investment grade securities generally are expected to provide higher returns but present greater risk and can be less liquid than investment grade securities. A significant increase in defaults and impairments on our fixed maturity securities portfolio could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Investments in equity securities generally are expected to provide higher total returns but present greater risk to preservation of capital than our fixed maturity securities. All changes in the fair value of equity securities are reported in our statements of operations, which has increased the volatility of our financial results.
Our investments in commercial mortgage loans on real estate are relatively illiquid. If we require extremely large amounts of cash on short notice, we may have difficulty selling these investments at attractive prices and in a timely manner.
The value of our deferred tax assets could become impaired, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
In accordance with applicable income tax guidance, we must determine whether our ability to realize the value of our deferred tax asset or to recognize certain tax liabilities related to uncertain tax positions is “more likely than not.” Under current income tax guidance, a deferred tax asset should be reduced by a valuation allowance, or a liability related to uncertain tax positions should be accrued, if, based on the weight of all available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The realization of deferred tax assets depends upon the existence of sufficient taxable income of the same character during the carryback or carry-forward periods.
In determining the appropriate valuation allowance, management made certain judgments relating to recoverability of deferred tax assets, use of tax loss and tax credit carry-forwards, levels of expected future taxable income and available tax planning strategies. The assumptions in making these judgments are updated periodically on the basis of current business conditions affecting us and overall economic conditions. These management judgments are therefore subject to change due to factors that include, but are not limited to, changes in our ability to realize sufficient taxable income of the same character in the same jurisdiction or in our ability to execute other tax planning strategies. Furthermore, any future changes in tax laws could impact the value of our deferred tax assets. Management will continue to assess and determine the need for, and the amount of, the valuation allowance in subsequent periods. Any change in the valuation allowance could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.
We may be unable to accurately predict and price for claims and other costs, which could reduce our profitability.
Our profitability could be reduced if we are unable to accurately predict and price for claims and other costs, including the frequency and severity of claims. This ability could be affected by various factors, including inflation, changes in the regulatory environment, changes in industry practices, changes in legal, social or environmental conditions or new technologies. Political or economic conditions can also affect the availability of programs on which our business may rely to accurately predict claims and other costs. In addition, modeling tools that support business decisions involve historical data and numerous assumptions that may differ materially from actual events. The inability to accurately predict and price for claims and other costs could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
A decline in our financial strength ratings could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Ratings are important considerations in establishing the competitive position of insurance companies. An A.M. Best rating represents A.M. Best’s opinion regarding our ability to meet our financial obligations to policyholders. Our A.M. Best rating is subject to periodic review by A.M. Best, and we cannot assure that we will be able to retain it. During the year ended December 31, 2023. A.M. Best affirmed our rating.

30


Table of Contents
A.M. Best may change its methodology or requirements for determining ratings, or it may become more conservative in assigning ratings. A.M. Best could also increase capital requirements for us, thereby reducing deployable capital for the Company. A reduction in our rating could materially adversely affect our standing in the insurance industry and the demand for our products from intermediaries and consumers, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, any reduction in our financial strength ratings could adversely affect our cost of borrowing.
Due to the structure of our commission program, we are exposed to risks related to the creditworthiness and reporting systems of some of our agents, third party administrators and clients.
We are subject to the credit risk of some of the agents, third party administrators and clients with which we contract in our businesses. For example, we advance agents' commissions as part of our preneed insurance offerings. These advances are a percentage of the total face amount of coverage. There is a one-year payback provision against the agency if death or lapse occurs within the first policy year.
In addition, some of our agents, third party administrators and clients collect and report premiums or pay claims on our behalf. These parties' failure to remit all premiums collected or to pay claims on our behalf on a timely and accurate basis could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
Legal and Regulatory Risks
We are subject to extensive laws and regulations and risks related to changes in regulation and litigation and regulatory actions.
We are subject to comprehensive regulation and oversight by the Kansas Insurance Department in jurisdictions in which we do business. The Kansas Insurance Department has broad administrative powers with respect to all aspects of the insurance business and, in particular, monitors the manner in which an insurance company offers, sells and administers its products. Therefore, we may from time to time be subject to a variety of legal and regulatory actions relating to our current and past business operations and practices.
Legislation or other regulatory reform that increases the regulatory requirements imposed on us or that changes the way we are able to do business may significantly harm our business or results of operations in the future.
In addition, regulators in certain states have hired third party auditors to audit the unclaimed property records of insurance companies operating in those states.
The prevalence and outcomes of any such actions cannot be predicted, and no assurances can be given that such actions or any litigation would not materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, if we were to experience difficulties with our relationship with a regulatory body in a given jurisdiction, it could have a material adverse effect on our ability to do business in that jurisdiction.
As part of a previously disclosed settlement between Assurant, Inc. (the former parent entity) and the SEC, the SEC granted permanent relief to the Company, exempting it from limitations on serving as depositor to investment companies under Section 9(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. If the Company fails to continue to meet the conditions in the application for permanent relief, then the Company could lose its ability to act as depositor of the separate accounts related to the Fortis Financial Group businesses sold to Talcott Resolution (formerly owned by The Hartford) in 2001. This could result in significant costs to restructure the modified coinsurance structure currently in place.
We depend on the Parent for certain administrative, strategic and operational support. We cannot predict at this time the effect that current litigation, investigations and regulatory activity will have on the Parent or our business, but any adverse outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Changes in tax laws and regulations could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.
Federal or state tax laws and regulations, or their interpretation and application, are subject to significant change and may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. For example, on December 22, 2017, TCJA, which significantly amended the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, was enacted. Compliance with the TCJA may require the collection of information not regularly produced within the Company or by the Parent, the use of estimates in our financial statements, and the exercise of significant judgment in accounting for its provisions. The overall impact of the TCJA is uncertain due to the ambiguities in the application of certain provisions of the TCJA, the impact of future guidance, interpretations or rules issued by government agencies in applying the TCJA and potential court decisions interpreting the legislation. Future changes in tax laws, including changes in the application or interpretation of the TCJA, or increases to the corporate tax rate, could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development's efforts around Global Pillars I and II dealing with possible new digital taxes and global minimum taxes, if enacted, could increase the Company's overall tax burden, adversely impacting the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.
31


Table of Contents
Business, Strategic and Operational Risks
Our revenues and profits may decline if we are unable to maintain relationships with significant clients, distributors and other parties, or renew contracts with them on favorable terms, or if those parties face financial, reputational or regulatory issues.
The success of our business depends largely on our relationships and contractual arrangements with significant clients, distributors and other parties, including vendors. If our key clients, distributors, vendors or other parties terminate important business arrangements with us, or renew contracts on terms less favorable to us, we may fail to meet our business objectives and targets, and our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
We receive a substantial portion of our revenue from a few clients. A reduction in business with or the loss of one or more of our significant clients could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. Reliance on a few significant clients may weaken our bargaining power and we may be unable to renew contracts with them on favorable terms or at all.
We are also subject to the risk that clients, distributors and other parties may face financial difficulties, reputational issues, problems with respect to their own products and services or regulatory restrictions or compliance issues that may lead to a decrease in or cessation of sales of our products and services and have other adverse impacts on our results of operations or financial condition.
Our inability to successfully recover should we experience a business continuity event could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If we experience a local or regional business continuity event, such as an earthquake, hurricane, flood, terrorist attack, pandemic, security breach, cyber-attack, power loss, computer, telecommunication or other systems failure or other natural or man-made disaster, our ability to continue operations will depend on an effective disaster recovery plan and system, including the continued availability of our personnel, vendors and other third parties and work facilities, and the proper functioning of our computer, telecommunication and other systems and operations. We have from time to time experienced business continuity events, including events that impacted the availability of our systems. See “ – Technology, Cybersecurity and Privacy Risks–The failure to effectively maintain and modernize our information technology systems and infrastructure and integrate those of acquired businesses could adversely affect our business.”
Our operations depend in particular upon our ability to protect our technology infrastructure against damage and interruption. If a business continuity event occurs, we could lose Company, customer, vendor and other third-party data, lose significant processing capability or experience interruptions to our operations or delivery of products and services to our clients and their customers, which has occurred from time to time and which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. A cyber-attack or other business continuity event affecting us or key third parties with whom we work could result in a significant and extended disruption in the functioning of our information technology systems or operations, requiring us to incur significant expense to address and remediate or otherwise resolve such issues. An extended outage could result in the loss of premium income, fee income and clients, reputational damage, substantial volatility in our financial results and a decline in our revenues. See “ – Technology, Cybersecurity and Privacy Risks – We could incur significant liability if our information systems or those of third parties are breached or we or third parties otherwise fail to protect the security of data residing on our respective systems, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.”
A disaster or other business continuity event on a significant scale or affecting our key businesses or our data center, or our inability to successfully recover from such an event and any legislative and regulatory responses thereto, could materially interrupt our business operations and result in material financial loss, loss of human capital, regulatory actions, reputational harm, loss of customers or damaged customer relationships, legal liability and other adverse consequences. Our liability insurance policies may not fully cover, in type or amount, the cost of a successful recovery in the event of such a disruption.
Conflicts around the world and the resulting responses by the United States and other governments could create economic disruption that results in increased market volatility and present economic uncertainty. The duration of these events and their future impact on the financial markets and global economy, are difficult to determine. Any such impact could adversely affect the performance of the securities that comprise the reference Indices and may lead to losses on your investment in the Allocation Options.
Technology, Cybersecurity and Privacy Risks
We could incur significant liability if our information systems or those of third parties are breached or we or third parties otherwise fail to protect the security of data residing on our respective systems, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
We rely on the uninterrupted and secure operation of our information technology systems to operate our business and securely process, transmit and store electronic information. This electronic information includes confidential and other
32


Table of Contents
sensitive information, including personal data, that we receive from our customers, vendors and other third parties. In the normal course of business, we also share confidential and other sensitive information with our vendors and other third parties with whom we work. Our information technology systems and safety control systems and those of our vendors and other third parties are vulnerable to damage or interruption from a variety of external threats, including cyber attacks, computer viruses, malware, ransomware and other types of data and systems related events. Our systems are also subject to compromise from internal threats such as improper action by employees and third parties who may have otherwise legitimate access to our systems. Our call centers subject us to additional risk from internal threats due to access to personal information. Moreover, we face the ongoing challenge of managing access controls in a complex environment. The latency of a compromise is often measured in months but could be years, and we may not be able to detect a compromise in a timely manner. We could experience significant financial and reputational harm if our information systems are breached, sensitive client or Company data are compromised, surreptitiously modified, rendered inaccessible for any period of time or maliciously made public, or if we fail to make adequate disclosures to the public or law enforcement agencies following any such event.
Cyber threats are rapidly evolving and becoming increasingly sophisticated. We are at risk of attack by a growing list of adversaries, including state-sponsored organizations, organized crime, hackers and “hacktivists” (activist hackers), through use of increasingly sophisticated methods of attack, including long-term, persistent attacks referred to as advanced persistent threats or attacks via yet unknown vulnerabilities referred to as zero-day threats. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures, resulting in potential data loss or other damage to information technology systems. As the breadth and complexity of the technologies we use continue to grow, including as a result of the use of mobile devices, cloud services, social media and the increased reliance on devices connected to the Internet, the potential risk of security breaches and cyber-attacks also increases.
Our data protection measures may not be effective to protect our network and systems from such threats. Should an attacker gain access to our network using compromised credentials of an authorized user or otherwise, we are at risk that the attacker might successfully leverage that access to compromise additional systems and data. Certain measures that could increase the security of our systems take significant time and resources to deploy broadly and may not be effective against an attack. Additionally, our policies, procedures and technical safeguards may be insufficient to prevent or detect improper access to confidential, personal or proprietary information and other cybersecurity incidents, assess the severity or impact of any such incidents or appropriately respond in a timely manner. The inability to implement, maintain and upgrade effective protective measures and other safeguards or adequately respond to a breach could have a material adverse effect on our business.
To safeguard against the accidental introduction of security vulnerabilities, we continue to invest in the development of software in accordance with best practices. In addition, our information systems must be continually patched and upgraded to protect against vulnerabilities. As the volume of new software vulnerabilities continues to increase, as has the criticality of patches and other remedial measures. Accordingly, we are at risk that cyber attackers exploit these vulnerabilities before they have been addressed. Due to the large number and age of the systems and platforms that we operate and the increased frequency at which vendors issue security patches to their products, the need to test patches and, in some cases coordinate with clients and vendors, before they can be deployed, we are at risk that we cannot deploy in a timely and effective manner. We are also dependent on vendors and other third parties, such as cloud service providers, to keep their systems patched in order to protect our data. Any failure related to these activities could have a material adverse effect on our business. We have vendors and other third parties who receive data from us in connection with the services we offer our customers. In addition, we have migrated certain data, and may increasingly migrate data, to the cloud hosted by third party providers. We are at risk of a cyber-attack involving a vendor or other third party, which could result in a breakdown of such third party’s data protection measures or access to our infrastructure through the third party. To the extent that a vendor or third party suffers a cyber-attack that compromises their operations, our data and our customers’ data could be compromised or we may experience possible service interruption, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We have from time to time experienced cybersecurity incidents, such as malware incursions, distributed denial of service attacks, employee misconduct and incidents resulting from human error, such as loss of portable and other data storage devices. Like many companies, we are subject to regular phishing email and social media engineering campaigns directed at our employees that can result in malware infections and financial and data losses. Although some of these incidents have resulted in data loss and other damages, to date, they have not had a material adverse effect on our business or operations. In the future, these types of incidents could result in confidential, personal or proprietary information being lost or stolen, surreptitiously modified, rendered inaccessible for any period of time, or maliciously made public, including client, employee or Company data, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Improper access to or disclosure of sensitive client or Company information could harm our reputation and subject us to significant liability under our contracts, as well as under existing or future laws, rules and regulations. In the event of a
33


Table of Contents
cyber-attack, we might have to take our systems offline, which could interfere with services to our clients or damage our reputation. We also may be unable to detect an incident, assess its severity or impact, or appropriately respond and recover any financial and data loss in a timely manner. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to mitigate the damage and to protect against future damage. In addition, our Parent's liability insurance, which includes cyber insurance, may not be sufficient in type or amount to cover us against claims related to security breaches, cyber attacks and other related data and system incidents.
The failure to effectively maintain and modernize our information technology systems and infrastructure could adversely affect our business.
The success of our business depends on our ability to maintain effective, secure and reliable information technology systems and infrastructure and to modernize them to support current and new clients and conduct business in an efficient and cost-effective manner.
Our ability to modernize our information technology systems and infrastructure requires us to execute large-scale, complex programs and projects, which rely on the commitment of significant financial and managerial resources and effective planning and management processes. We may be unable to implement these programs and projects effectively, efficiently or in a timely manner, which could result in poor customer experience, cost overruns, additional expenses, reputational harm, legal and regulatory actions and other adverse consequences.
If we are unable to maintain information technology systems, procedures (including technology continuity planning and recovery testing) and controls that function effectively without interruption and securely (including through a failure to replace or update redundant or obsolete hardware, applications or software systems), or to update our systems, we may not be able to successfully offer our products, conduct our business and account for transactions in an appropriate and timely manner and our relationships with clients could be adversely affected. We are also dependent on vendors and other third parties to maintain reliable network systems that provide adequate speed and data capacity. For example, we utilize third-party cloud service providers in connection with certain aspects of our business and operations, and any disruption of, or interference with, our use of such cloud services could adversely impact our business and operations. We have from time to time experienced failures that result in the unavailability of information technology systems upon which our clients rely. Such failures could result in loss of business and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
The costs of complying with, or our failure to comply with, U.S. laws related to privacy, data security and data protection could adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and reputation.
In providing services and solutions to our customers and operating our business, we process, store and transfer sensitive customer, end-consumer and Company data, including personal data, in and across multiple jurisdictions. As a result, we are or may become subject to a variety of laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection and data security. These laws and regulations are continuously evolving and developing. At the state level, the New York State Department of Financial Services (the “NYDFS”) has issued cybersecurity regulations that impose an array of detailed security measures on covered entities and California passed a comprehensive privacy act that increases California residents’ privacy rights. The scope and interpretation of the laws that are or may be applicable to us are often uncertain and may be conflicting. All of these evolving compliance and operational requirements impose significant costs that are likely to increase over time and may restrict the way services involving data are offered, all of which may adversely affect our results of operations. Complying with these and similar laws and regulations also requires us to make significant changes to our operations, which rely on the commitment of significant financial and managerial resources and effective planning and management processes. We may be unable to implement required operational changes effectively, efficiently or in a timely manner, which could result in cost overruns, additional expenses, reputational harm, legal and regulatory actions and other adverse consequences.
Unauthorized disclosure or transfer of personal or otherwise sensitive data, whether through systems failure, employee negligence, fraud, misappropriation or other means, by us, our vendors or other parties with whom we do business could subject us to significant litigation, monetary damages, regulatory enforcement actions, fines, criminal prosecution and other adverse consequences in one or more jurisdictions. Such events could also result in negative publicity and damage to our reputation and cause us to lose clients, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
Macroeconomic, Political and Global Market Risks
General economic, financial market and political conditions and conditions in the markets in which we operate may materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Limited availability of credit, deterioration of the global markets, declines in consumer confidence and consumer spending, increases in prices or in the rate of inflation, periods of high unemployment, persistently low or rapidly increasing interest rates, disruptive geopolitical events and other events outside of our control, such as a major epidemic or a pandemic or political or civil unrest, could contribute to increased volatility and diminished expectations for the economy and the financial markets.

34


Table of Contents
These conditions could adversely affect our business. Specifically, during periods of economic downturn:
individuals and businesses may (i) choose not to purchase our insurance products and other products and services, (ii) terminate existing policies or contracts or permit them to lapse and (iii) choose to reduce the amount of coverage they purchase;
conditions in the markets in which we operate may deteriorate;
clients are more likely to underperform expectations, experience financial distress, and declare bankruptcy which could have an adverse impact on the remittance of premiums from such clients and the collection of receivables from such clients for items such as unearned premiums and could otherwise expose us to credit risk;
there is a higher loss ratio on credit card and installment loan insurance due to rising unemployment;
there is an increased risk of fraudulent insurance claims; and
there may be substantial decreases in loan availability and origination, which could reduce the demand for credit insurance that we write.
Inflationary pressures may also affect the costs associated with our preneed insurance policies, particularly those that are guaranteed to grow with the Consumer Price Index. Conversely, deflationary pressures may affect the pricing of our products and services.
General Risk Factors
Employee misconduct could harm us by subjecting us to significant legal liability, regulatory scrutiny and reputational harm.
Our ability to attract and retain employees and clients depends upon our corporate culture. Our employees are the cornerstone of our culture and acts of misconduct by any employee, and particularly by senior management, could erode trust and confidence and damage our reputation. Our employees could engage or be accused of engaging in misconduct that subjects us to litigation, regulatory sanctions, financial costs and serious harm to our reputation or financial position. Employee misconduct could also prompt regulators to allege or determine, on the basis of such misconduct, that we have not established an adequate program to inform employees of applicable rules or to detect and deter violations of such rules. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct and the precautions we take to detect and prevent misconduct may not be effective. Misconduct by employees, or even unsubstantiated allegations, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, reputation and business.
ITEM 10. INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL
Mariana Wisk, Esq., who serves as an Assistant Secretary of the Company, has given a legal opinion as to the validity of the Contracts. In addition, Ms. Wisk owns less than 1% of shares of common stock of the Parent.
ITEM 11. INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO THE REGISTRANT
(A) DESCRIPTIONCORPORATE HISTORY OF THE BUSINESS
Legal OrganizationCOMPANY
Union Security Insurance Company (“Company”, “Union Security”, “we”, “us”, or “our”) is a stock life insurance company formed in 1910 and domiciled in the State of Kansas and is a wholly owned subsidiary of CMFG Life Insurance Company (“CMFG Life”), an Iowa life insurance company. CMFG Life’s ultimate parent is CUNA Mutual Holding Company (“CM Holding”), a mutual insurance holding company organized under the laws of Iowa. CM Holding is an insurance and financial services company that provides products and services to credit unions, credit union members, and individual consumers. From 1984 to July 31, 2021, the State of Kansas. Since 1984, it hasCompany had been an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Assurant, Inc. ("Assurant"), which is a global provider of risk management solutions in the housing and lifestyle markets, protecting where people live and the goods they buy. Assurant operates in North America, Latin America, Europe and Asia Pacific. Assurant is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "AIZ".
In this report, references to the "Company," "Union Security," "we," "us" or "our" refer to Union Security Insurance Company.
Business Organization
The Company is licensed to sell life, health and annuity insurance in the District of Columbia and in all states except New York and writes insurance products that are marketed by Assurant’s operating segments. However, as referenced above, most of the businesses of the Company were sold through reinsurance or coinsurance arrangements and therefore most revenue and income activity is offset by the reinsurance or coinsurance arrangements.
The Company's business activities and revenues have declined significantly since the 2016 sale of the Assurant Employee Benefits business ("AEB"). Our total 2020 revenues of $99.3 million included $8.6 million of amortization of deferred gains on disposal of businesses and $1.5 million of net realized gains on investments. The remaining revenues of $89.2 million were attributed to the Assurant Global Preneed segment (96%) and the Assurant Corporate and Other segment (4%). With respect to the Assurant Global Preneed segment, we administer preneed life insurance products and to a lesser extent, annuity and accident and health business, substantially all of which are in run-off. See Note 1 to the financial statements for more information, including the 2016 sale of AEB.
Union Security does not have any publicly issued equity or debt securities. However, we are subject to certain filing requirements under the federal securities laws because we have issued certain variable and market value adjusted insurance contracts, which are required to be registered as securities. Assurant exited this line of business and sold the business segment, then referred to as FFG, to Talcott Resolution (formerly owned by The Hartford) in 2001. This sale was accomplished by means of reinsurance and modified coinsurance. As a result, Talcott Resolution is contractually responsible for servicing the insurance contracts, including the payment of benefits, oversight of investment management, overall contract administration and funding of reserves. If Talcott Resolution fails to fulfill its obligations, we will be obligated to perform the services and make the required payments and funding.
52


As of December 31, 2020, we had no direct employees. We have several Assurant employees across various locations supporting our legal, investment management, administrative, claims handling, actuarial, tax, accounting, and financial functions. We believe that employee relations are satisfactory.
For additional information that relates to our and Assurant's businesses, refer to Assurant’s 2020 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC and available on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov or through Assurant’s website at www.assurant.com.
(B) DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPERTY
Our headquarters is located in Topeka, Kansas. We believe that our property is adequate for our current business operations.
(C) LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
For a description of material pending legal and regulatory matters in which we are involved, see Note 13 to the financial statements included in item 11 (E).
(D) NOT APPLICABLE.

53


(E) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

INDEX
Financial Statements of Union Security Insurance Company
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm......................................................................................................55
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019...............................................................................................................57
Statements of Operations For Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018..................................................................58
Statements of Comprehensive Income For Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018..............................................59
Statements of Changes in Stockholder’s Equity For Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018................................60
Statements of Cash Flows For Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.................................................................61
Notes to Financial Statements..................................................................................................................................................62

Financial Statement Schedules
Schedule I - Summary of Investments Other Than Investments in Related Parties as of December 31, 2020.......................90
Schedule III - Supplementary Insurance Information as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 and for the years
then ended................................................................................................................................................................................91
Schedule IV - Reinsurance as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 and for the years then ended....................................92
Schedule V - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 and for the years
then ended................................................................................................................................................................................93


















54


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


Tothe Board of Directors and Stockholder of Union Security Insurance Company

Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Union Security Insurance Company (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related statements of operations, of comprehensive income, of changes in stockholder’s equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, including the related notes and financial statement schedules listed in the index on the preceding page (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”).In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits.We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB.Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks.Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Valuation of Claims and Benefits Payable Reserves for Short Duration Insurance Contracts
As described in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company maintains claims and benefits payable reserves for short duration insurance contracts.Reserves are established using generally accepted actuarial methods and reflect judgments about expected future claim payments. The reserve liability is based on the expected ultimate cost of settling the claims.As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s total liability for claims and benefits payable was $1.0 billion, which included $450.8 million of liabilities for short duration contracts.Claims and benefits payable reserves include case reserves for known but unpaid claims as of the balance sheet date; incurred but not reported reserves for claims where the insured event has occurred but has not been reported as of the balance sheet date; and loss adjustment expense reserves for the expected handling costs of settling the claims. Factors used in the calculation of the reserves include experience derived from historical claim payments and actuarial assumptions including loss development factors and expected loss ratios.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of claims and benefits payable reserves for short duration insurance contracts is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when determining their estimates, which led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence relating to the actuarial methods and projected loss development
55


factors and expected loss ratio assumptions; and (ii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the financial statements.These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the valuation of claims and benefits payable reserves for short duration insurance contracts, including controls over the selection of actuarial methods, completeness and accuracy of claims data and the development of the significant assumptions.On a test basis, these procedures also included, among others, testing the completeness and accuracy of historical claims data provided by management and the involvement of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in testing management’s process for determining the estimates by evaluating the appropriateness of management’s actuarial methods and the reasonableness of projected loss development factors and expected loss ratio assumptions.

Valuation of Future Policy Benefits and Claims and Benefits Payable for Certain Long Duration Insurance Contracts
As described in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company maintains future policy benefits and expense reserves for variable life insurance policies and investment-type annuity contracts of the disposed and runoff businesses consisting of policy account balances before applicable surrender charges and certain deferred policy initiation fees.The Company maintains future policy benefits and expense reserves for certain preneed life insurance contracts, for policies fully covered by reinsurance and certain life, annuity and group life conversion policies no longer offered which are equal to the present value of future benefits to policyholders plus related expenses less the present value of future net premiums.The Company also maintains claims and benefits payable for policies fully covered by reinsurance and certain life, annuity, group life conversion, and medical insurance policies no longer offered which are equal to the present value of future benefit payments and related expenses.As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s total future policy benefits and expenses reserve was $2.9 billion, which included $2.1 billion of liabilities for business disposed through reinsurance and in runoff and $771.5 million of liabilities for preneed long duration contracts estimated using traditional contracts reserving models.As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s total liability for claims and benefits payable was $1.0 billion, which included $560.5 million of liabilities for long duration business disposed through reinsurance and in runoff.Factors used in the calculation of the reserves include experience derived from historical claim payments, expected future premiums and actuarial assumptions. The reserve assumptions include mortality, morbidity, inflation, margin, withdrawal and discount rates for future policy benefits and expense reserves, and inflation, mortality, morbidity, and discount rates for claims and benefits payable that are based on the Company’s experience.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of future policy benefits and expenses and claims and benefits payable for certain long duration insurance contracts is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when determining their estimates, which led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence relating to the actuarial methods and mortality, morbidity and discount rate assumptions; and (ii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the financial statements.These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the valuation of future policy benefits and expenses, as well as claims and benefits payable for certain long duration contracts, including controls over the selection of actuarial methods, completeness and accuracy of data and the development of significant assumptions.On a test basis, these procedures also included, among others, testing management’s process for determining the estimates, which included testing the completeness and accuracy of historical claims data provided by management and the involvement of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in evaluating the reasonableness of management’s mortality, morbidity and discount rate assumptions for future policy benefits and expenses and claims and benefits payable.These professionals with specialized skill and knowledge also assisted in evaluating the appropriateness of the actuarial methods used, which included performing testing of the valuation models for future policy benefits and expense reserves.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
April 15, 2021

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2000.
56


Union Security Insurance Company
Balance Sheets

December 31,
 20202019
 
(in millions except per
 share and share amounts)
Assets
Investments:
Fixed maturity securities available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost —
$722.0 in 2020 and $760.8 in 2019)
$961.8 $956.7 
Equity securities at fair value69.8 75.3 
Commercial mortgage loans on real estate, at amortized cost43.9 47.4 
Policy loans5.3 5.6 
Other investments38.9 29.4 
Total investments1,119.7 1,114.4 
Cash and cash equivalents4.1 6.2 
Reinsurance recoverables3,227.5 3,260.1 
Accrued investment income10.6 11.2 
Other assets30.2 31.4 
Assets held in separate accounts2,011.3 1,661.8 
Total assets$6,403.4 $6,085.1 
Liabilities
Future policy benefits and expenses$2,912.2 $2,958.5 
Unearned premiums36.2 42.0 
Claims and benefits payable1,026.4 1,054.5 
Deferred gain on disposal of businesses26.9 35.5 
Accounts payable and other liabilities55.4 53.4 
Liabilities related to separate accounts2,011.3 1,661.8 
Total liabilities6,068.4 5,805.7 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)00
Stockholder's equity
Common stock, par value $5 per share, 1,000,000 shares authorized,
issued, and outstanding
5.0 5.0 
Additional paid-in capital67.2 55.9 
Retained earnings76.1 67.2 
Accumulated other comprehensive income186.7 151.3 
Total stockholder's equity335.0 279.4 
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity$6,403.4 $6,085.1 

See the accompanying Notes to Financial Statements

57


Union Security Insurance Company
Statements of Operations

 Years Ended December 31,
 202020192018
 (in millions)
Revenues
Net earned premiums$4.6 $5.1 $4.8 
Net investment income53.6 59.3 64.6 
Net realized gains (losses) on investments1.5 9.4 (1.4)
Amortization of deferred gains on disposal of businesses8.6 15.7 53.6 
Fees and other income31.0 31.2 33.1 
Total revenues99.3 120.7 154.7 
Benefits, losses and expenses
Policyholder benefits56.4 56.6 63.1 
Underwriting, general and administrative expenses9.3 8.4 9.9 
Total benefits, losses and expenses65.7 65.0 73.0 
Income before provision for income taxes33.6 55.7 81.7 
Provision for income taxes5.4 10.8 16.7 
Net income$28.2 $44.9 $65.0 

See the accompanying Notes to Financial Statements

58


Union Security Insurance Company
Statements of Comprehensive Income

 Years Ended December 31,
 202020192018
 (in millions)
Net income$28.2 $44.9 $65.0 
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Change in unrealized gains on securities, net of taxes of $(9.2)
 million, $(18.1) million, and $16.5 million, respectively
34.5 68.0 (62.1)
Change in other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in other comprehensive income, net of taxes of $(0.2) million,
 $(0.3) million, and $0.6 million, respectively
0.9 1.0 (2.4)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)35.4 69.0 (64.5)
Total comprehensive income$63.6 $113.9 $0.5 

See the accompanying Notes to Financial Statements

59


Union Security Insurance Company
Statements of Changes in Stockholder's Equity
Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
 Common
Stock
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
Total
 (in millions)
Balance, January 1, 2018$5.0 $55.9 $17.9 $128.2 $207.0 
Net income— — 65.0 — 65.0 
Dividends to Parent— — (15.0)— (15.0)
Other comprehensive loss— — — (64.5)(64.5)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles, net of taxes (1)— — (18.6)18.6 
Balance, December 31, 2018$5.0 $55.9 $49.3 $82.3 $192.5 
Net income— — 44.9 — 44.9 
Dividends to Parent— — (27.0)— (27.0)
Other comprehensive income— — — 69.0 69.0 
Balance, December 31, 2019$5.0 $55.9 $67.2 $151.3 $279.4 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles, net of taxes (2)— — (1.3)— (1.3)
Net income— — 28.2 — 28.2 
Dividends to Parent— — (18.0)— (18.0)
Parental loan extinguishment (3)— 11.3 — — 11.3 
Other comprehensive income— — — 35.4 35.4 
Balance, December 31, 2020$5.0 $67.2 $76.1 $186.7 $335.0 

(1) Amounts relate to: (i) the requirement to recognize the changes in fair value of equity securities directly within income (resulting in a reclassification of unrealized gains as of January 1, 2018 between accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) and retained earnings); and (ii) the reclassification from AOCI to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. See Note 2 for additional information.

(2) Amount relates to the adoption of a new accounting standard for accounting for expected credit losses for assets held at amortized cost, which established allowances for such expected credit losses as of January 1, 2020. See Note 2 for additional information.

(3) Amount relates to a loan from Parent that was extinguished during 2020, which in accordance with ASC 470, Debt, was treated as a capital transaction given it was between related entities.

See the accompanying Notes to Financial Statements

60


Union Security Insurance Company
Statements of Cash Flows

 Years Ended December 31,
 202020192018
 (in millions)
Operating activities
Net income$28.2 $44.9 $65.0 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
Noncash revenues, expenses, gains and losses included in income:
Deferred tax expense5.0 2.0 7.2 
Amortization of deferred gains on disposal of businesses(8.6)(15.7)(53.6)
Depreciation and amortization(0.6)(0.7)(0.6)
Net realized (gains) losses on investments(1.5)(9.4)1.4 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Change in reinsurance recoverable0.6 10.7 (5.4)
Change in insurance policy reserves and expenses(56.8)(55.2)(59.8)
Change in other assets and other liabilities6.2 (3.8)(1.2)
Change in taxes payable(2.5)(0.6)8.1 
Other1.9 (2.5)2.8 
Net cash used in operating activities(28.1)(30.3)(36.1)
Investing activities
Sales of:
Fixed maturity securities available for sale27.4 93.7 177.7 
Equity securities8.3 23.3 9.5 
Other invested assets4.4 11.7 27.3 
Maturities, calls, prepayments, and scheduled redemption of:
Fixed maturity securities available for sale37.6 43.8 32.6 
Commercial mortgage loans on real estate3.4 7.2 33.1 
Purchases of:
Fixed maturity securities available for sale(23.3)(121.1)(179.6)
Equity securities(1.0)(8.9)(10.6)
Commercial mortgage loans on real estate(8.6)
Other invested assets(0.9)(6.7)(15.3)
Change in short-term investments(12.2)14.7 (12.8)
Change in policy loans0.3 0.4 0.7 
Net cash provided by investing activities44.0 58.1 54.0 
Financing activities
Cash dividends paid(18.0)(27.0)(15.0)
Net cash used in financing activities(18.0)(27.0)(15.0)
Change in cash and cash equivalents(2.1)0.8 2.9 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period6.2 5.4 2.5 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$4.1 $6.2 $5.4 
Supplemental information:
Income taxes paid$3.5 $9.4 $4.0 





See the accompanying Notes to Financial Statements

61


Notes to Financial Statements
(In millions except number of shares, per share amounts, number of securities and number of loans)
1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND ITEMS IMPACTING BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Overview: Union Security Insurance Company (the “Company”) is a provider of pre-funded funeral insurance ("preneed") products and accidental death and dismemberment policies. Prior to March 2016, the Company was also a provider of life and health insurance products, including group insurance products. In March 2016, Assurant, Inc. ("Assurant" or the "Parent") sold its Assurant Employee Benefits ("AEB") segment mainly through a series of reinsurance transactions with the United States branch of Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada ("Sun Life"), a subsidiary of Sun Life Financial Inc. The sale of AEB had a material impact to the results of operations, cash flows and financial condition of the Company. The Company's financial statements also reflect the assets, liabilities and activity associated with businesses that were sold through reinsurance and coinsurance arrangements. In 2001, Assurant entered into a reinsurance agreement with Talcott Resolution (formerly owned by The Hartford) for the sale of the Fortis Financial Group ("FFG") division. In 2000, the Company divested its Long-Term Care ("LTC") operations to John Hancock Life Insurance Company, a subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation ("John Hancock").
The Company is licensed to sell life, health and annuity insurance in the District of Columbia and in all states except New York. However, as referenced above, most of the businesses of the Company were sold through reinsurance or coinsurance arrangements and therefore most revenue and income activity is offset by the reinsurance or coinsurance arrangements.
The Company's business activities and revenues have declined significantly since the 2016 sale of the Assurant Employee Benefits business ("AEB").
Union Security does not have any publicly issued equity or debt securities. However, we are subject to certain filing requirements under the federal securities laws because we have issued certain variable and market value adjusted insurance contracts, which are required to be registered as securities. Assurant exited this line of business and sold the
35


Table of Contents
business segment, then referred to as FFG, to Talcott Resolution (formerly owned by The Hartford) in 2001. This sale was accomplished by means of reinsurance and modified coinsurance. As a result, Talcott Resolution is contractually responsible for servicing the insurance contracts, including the payment of benefits, oversight of investment management, overall contract administration and funding of reserves. If Talcott Resolution fails to fulfill its obligations, we will be obligated to perform the services and make the required payments and funding.
As of December 31, 2023, we had no direct employees. We have several CMFG Life employees across various locations supporting our legal, investment management, administrative, claims handling, actuarial, tax, accounting, and financial functions. We believe that employee relations are satisfactory.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are regularly involved in litigation in the ordinary course of business. We may from time to time be subject to a variety of legal and regulatory actions relating to our current and past business operations. While we cannot predict the outcome of any pending or future litigation, examination or investigation, and although no assurances can be given, we do not believe that any pending matter is likely to have a material adverse effect on the Separate Account, the ability of the Principal Underwriter to perform its contract with the Separate Account, or the ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the Contracts.

36


Table of Contents
(E) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

INDEX
Financial Statements of Union Security Insurance Company
Independent Auditor's Report.................................................................................................................................................F-1
Statutory Basis Statements of Admitted Assets, supportingLiabilities and Capital and Surplus as of December 31, 2023 and 2022....F-4
Statutory Basis Statements of Operations For Years Ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.......................................F-5
Statutory Basis Statements of Changes in Capital and Surplus For Years Ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021......F-6
Statutory Basis Statements of Cash Flows For Years Ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021......................................F-7
Notes to Statutory Basis Financial Statements......................................................................................................................F-8
Supplemental Schedules......................................................................................................................................................F-44
37


Table of Contents
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
The Board of Directors of
Union Security Insurance Company
Topeka, Kansas

Opinions

We have audited the statutory basis financial statements of Union Security Insurance Company (the
“Company”), which comprise the statutory basis statements of admitted assets, liabilities cededand capital and
surplus as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 and the related statutory basis statements of operations,
changes in capital and surplus, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 2023, and the related notes to the statutory basis financial statements (collectively referred to as the
“statutory basis financial statements”).

Unmodified Opinion on Statutory Basis of Accounting

In our opinion, the statutory basis financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the
admitted assets, liabilities and capital and surplus of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022,
and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2023, in accordance with the accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Kansas
Insurance Department, described in Note 2.

Adverse Opinion on Accounting Principles Generally Accepted in the United States of America

In our opinion, because of the significance of the matter described in the Basis for Adverse Opinion on
Accounting Principles Generally Accepted in the United States of America section of our report, the
statutory basis financial statements do not present fairly, in accordance with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America, the financial position of the Company as of December
31, 2023 and 2022, or the results of its operations or its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023.

Basis for Opinions

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of
America (GAAS). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s
Responsibilities for the Audit of the Statutory Basis Financial Statements section of our report. We are
required to be independent of the Company, and to meet our other ethical responsibilities, in
accordance with the relevant ethical requirements relating to our audit. We believe that the audit
evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinions.

Basis for Adverse Opinion on Accounting Principles Generally Accepted in the United States of America

As described in Note 2 to the statutory basis financial statements, the statutory basis financial statements
are prepared by the Company using the accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Kansas
Insurance Department, which is a basis of accounting other than accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, to meet the requirements of the Kansas Insurance Department. The effects on the statutory basis financial statements of the variances between the statutory basis of accounting described in Note 2 and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America, although not reasonably determinable, are presumed to be material and pervasive.

Emphasis of Matter

As discussed in Note 1 to the statutory basis financial statements, the results of the Company may not be
indicative of those of a stand-alone entity, as the Company is a member of a controlled group of affiliated
companies. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

Responsibilities of Management for the Statutory Basis Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the statutory basis financial
statements in accordance with the accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Kansas Insurance
Department. Management is also responsible for the design, implementation, and maintenance of
internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of statutory basis financial statements
that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

F-1


Table of Contents
In preparing the statutory basis financial statements, management is required to evaluate whether there
are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s
ability to continue as a going concern for one year after the date that the statutory basis financial
statements are issued.

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Statutory Basis Financial Statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statutory basis financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not absolute assurance and therefore is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with GAAS will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control. Misstatements are considered material if there is a substantial likelihood that, individually or in the aggregate, they would influence the judgment made by a reasonable user based on the statutory basis financial statements.

In performing an audit in accordance with GAAS, we:

Exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit.
Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the statutory basis financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, and design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the statutory basis financial statements.
Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control. Accordingly, no such opinion is expressed.
Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluate the overall presentation of the statutory basis financial statements.
Conclude whether, in our judgment, there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time.

We are required to communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit, significant audit findings, and certain internal control–related matters that we identified during the audit.

Report on Supplemental Schedules

Our 2023 audit was conducted for the purpose of forming an opinion on the 2023 statutory basis financial
statements as a whole. The supplemental schedule of selected financial data, summary investment
schedule, and reinsurance contract interrogatories as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023, are
presented for purposes of additional analysis and are not a required part of the 2023 statutory basis
financial statements. These schedules are the responsibility of the Company's management and were
derived from and relate directly to the underlying accounting and other records used to prepare the
statutory basis financial statements. Such schedules have been subjected to the auditing procedures
applied in our audit of the 2023 statutory basis financial statements and certain additional procedures,
including comparing and reconciling such schedules directly to the underlying accounting and other
records used to prepare the statutory basis financial statements or to the statutory basis financial
statements themselves, and other additional procedures in accordance with auditing standards generally
accepted in the United States of America. In our opinion, such schedules are fairly stated in all material
respects in relation to the 2023 statutory basis financial statements as a whole.


/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP


Chicago, Illinois
March 21, 2024
F-2


Table of Contents
Union Security Insurance Company
Statutory Basis Statements of Admitted Assets, Liabilities and Capital and Surplus
December 31,
 20232022
 ($ in 000s)
Cash and invested assets
Bonds and notes$593,296 $689,808 
Preferred stocks - unaffiliated27,100 28,466 
Mortgage loans81,949 36,721 
Contract loans3,869 4,518 
Derivatives— 23 
Other invested assets28,838 16,951 
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments11,362 63,027 
Total cash and invested assets746,414 839,514 
Premiums deferred and uncollected390 434 
Accrued investment income7,959 9,158 
Federal income taxes recoverable363 — 
Amounts due from reinsurers2,613 1,835 
Receivables from affiliates11,627 37 
Net deferred tax asset4,081 4,254 
Other assets1,425 2,763 
Separate account assets1,821,543 1,680,236 
Total admitted assets$2,596,415 $2,538,231 
Liabilities
Policy reserves
   Life insurance and annuity contracts$556,220 $593,180 
   Accident and health contracts3,626 3,716 
Liability for deposit-type contracts16,227 16,986 
Policy and contract claims10,622 16,237 
Interest maintenance reserve19,355 19,598 
Asset valuation reserve7,296 4,357 
Reinsurance payable5,635 5,319 
Amount held for others6,175 5,415 
Payable to affiliates273 24,520 
Commissions, expenses, taxes, licenses, and fees accrued2,805 2,194 
Federal income taxes payable— 5,297 
Other liabilities1,842 15,578 
Separate account liabilities1,821,543 1,680,236 
Total liabilities2,451,619 2,392,633 
Capital and surplus
Capital
   Common stock, $5 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding5,000 5,000 
   Paid-in capital79,886 79,886 
   Deferred gains17,216 22,329 
   Unassigned surplus42,694 38,383 
Total capital and surplus144,796 145,598 
Total liabilities and capital and surplus$2,596,415 $2,538,231 
See the accompanying Notes to Financial Statements
F-3


Table of Contents
Union Security Insurance Company
Statutory Basis Statements of Operations
 Years Ended December 31,
 202320222021
 ($ in 000s)
Income
Premiums and other considerations
   Life and annuity contracts$1,942 $2,141 $3,166 
   Accident and health contracts219 275 939 
Net investment income41,172 49,567 54,696 
Commission and fee income19,885 18,613 24,329 
Other income1,263 2,331 2,365 
Total income64,481 72,927 85,495 
Benefits and expenses
Death and annuity benefits54,891 64,417 70,725 
Disability and accident and health benefits765 283 1,404 
Interest on deposit-type contracts1,802 1,826 2,286 
Other benefits to policyholders and beneficiaries940 650 2,507 
Surrender benefits3,238 3,406 2,396 
Decrease in policy reserves-life and annuity contracts and
   accident and health insurance
(37,049)(46,325)(53,599)
General insurance expenses9,120 16,707 8,864 
Insurance taxes, licenses, fees, and commissions14,111 14,048 15,592 
Total benefits and expenses47,818 55,012 50,175 
Income before dividends to policyholders, federal income
   tax expense and net realized capital gains (losses)
16,663 17,915 35,320 
Dividends to policyholders531 601 617 
Income before federal income tax expense
   and net realized capital gains (losses)
16,132 17,314 34,703 
Federal income tax expense1,845 3,754 4,503 
Income before net realized capital gains (losses)14,287 13,560 30,200 
Net realized capital gains (losses), excluding gains (losses) transferred
   to IMR, net of tax expense (2023 - $795;
   2022 - $8,388; 2021 - $3,809) excluding taxes transferred
   to (from) IMR (2023 - ($267); 2022 - $1,002; 2021 - ($4,085))
(9,018)(9,341)54,684 
Net income$5,269 $4,219 $84,884 

See the accompanying Notes to Financial Statements
F-4


Table of Contents
Union Security Insurance Company
Statutory Basis Statements of Changes in Capital and Surplus

 Years Ended December 31,
 202320222021
 ($ in 000s)
Capital and surplus at beginning of year
Additions (deductions)
$145,598 $205,557 $127,913 
Net income5,269 4,219 84,884 
Change in unrealized capital gains (losses), net of
   tax (2023 - $2,213; 2022 - ($1,138); 2021 - $317)
8,320 (4,280)1,189 
Change in nonadmitted assets(2,231)(11,850)15,670 
Change in net deferred income tax3,892 12,194 (20,976)
Change in asset valuation reserve(2,939)2,506 3,647 
Dividends to stockholder(8,000)(60,000)— 
Extinguishment or reclassification
   of balances with former parent
— — 93 
Amortization of gain on sale(4,092)(1,101)(4,614)
Amortization of gain on reinsurance (see Note 7)(1,021)(1,647)(2,249)
Net additions (deductions)(802)(59,959)77,644 
Capital and surplus at end of year$144,796 $145,598 $205,557 

See the accompanying Notes to Financial Statements
F-5


Table of Contents
Union Security Insurance Company
Statutory Basis Statements of Cash Flows

 Years Ended December 31,
 202320222021
 ($ in 000s)
Cash from operating activities
Premiums and other considerations$1,517 $2,990 $4,179 
Net investment income received42,682 50,205 49,785 
Other income15,105 18,846 23,419 
Policy and contract benefits and dividends paid(67,575)(68,392)(78,471)
Operating expenses paid(23,366)(32,494)(22,308)
Federal income taxes paid(8,300)(10,300)(5,778)
Net cash used in operating activities(39,937)(39,145)(29,174)
Cash from investing activities
Proceeds from investments sold, matured or repaid
   Bonds and notes100,020 125,851 194,450 
   Stocks1,811 2,000 28,155 
   Mortgage loans722 10,487 4,933 
   Other invested assets2,949 2,017 74,362 
Miscellaneous proceeds (expenses)(5)15,616 — 
Total investment proceeds105,497 155,971 301,900 
Cost of investments acquired
Bonds and notes10,000 37,406 274,539 
Mortgage loans45,950 34,050 4,755 
Other invested assets13,696 8,700 — 
Miscellaneous applications27,793 — 969 
Total investments acquired97,439 80,156 280,263 
Net increase in contract loans(650)(406)(343)
Net cash provided by investing activities8,708 76,221 21,980 
Cash from financing and miscellaneous activities
Borrowed (repaid) funds(20,777)20,307 — 
Dividends to stockholder— (1,078)— 
Other341 (3,751)(3,308)
Net cash provided (used) in financing
   and miscellaneous activities
(20,436)15,478 (3,308)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents(51,665)52,554 (10,502)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year63,027 10,473 20,975 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year$11,362 $63,027 $10,473 
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash items:
Non-cash transfer of bonds as a dividend to stockholder$8,000 $29,517 $— 
Non-cash transfer of mortgage loans as a dividend to stockholder— 29,405 — 
Non-cash exchanges of bonds and notes— 4,466 11,561 





See the accompanying Notes to Financial Statements
F-6


Table of Contents
UNION SECURITY INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Statutory Basis Financial Statements
($ in 000s)
Note 1: Nature of Business

Union Security Insurance Company (“USIC” or the "Company") is a stock life insurance company domiciled in the State of Kansas and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of CMFG Life Insurance Company ("CMFG Life"), an Iowa life insurance Company. CMFG Life’s ultimate parent is CUNA Mutual Holding Company (“CMHC”), a mutual insurance holding company organized under the laws of Iowa. CMFG Life and its affiliated companies primarily sell insurance and other products to credit unions and consumers. USIC distributes its products in all states in the U.S. and the District of Columbia, except New York. The Company is a provider of pre-funded funeral insurance (“preneed”) products as well as traditional life insurance and annuities. The majority of the Company’s 2023 life insurance premiums were generated in California, Texas, Pennsylvania, Illinois, Florida, and New Jersey. The majority of the Company’s 2023 annuity deposits were generated in California, Arkansas, Minnesota, Pennsylvania, Missouri, and Illinois.

The Company was acquired by CMFG Life in 2021.

The Company had previously engaged in other insurance business activities prior to dispositions of such businesses through reinsurance arrangements. The reinsurance and coinsurance activities related to these businesses are described in Note 7, Reinsurance.
In 2000, the Company divested its long-term care ("LTC") operations to John Hancock Life Insurance Company ("John Hancock"), using reinsurance and coinsurance. Assets supporting the LTC liabilities ceded are mainly held in truststrusts.
In 2001, the Company entered into a reinsurance agreement with Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company (“Hartford Life”) for the sale of the Fortis Financial Group ("FFG") division, which sold variable life insurance and annuity products. The separate accounts relating to FFG are still reflected in the Company's balance sheet.statements of admitted assets, liabilities and capital and surplus. In May 2018, Hartford Life was purchased by a group of investors and became Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company (“Talcott Resolution”).
The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Parent. The Parent’s common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "AIZ".
The Company distributes its products in the District of Columbia and in all U.S. states except New York.
Sale of Assurant Employee Benefits: As referenced above, on March 1,In 2016, the Parent completed the sale ofCompany sold its Assurant Employee Benefitsemployee benefits segment mainly through a series of reinsurance transactions with the United States branch of Sun Life. Life Assurance Company of Canada ("Sun Life"), a subsidiary of Sun Life Financial Inc.

The transaction was primarily structured as a reinsurance arrangement, as well as the sale of certain legal entities that included a ceding commissionaccompanying statutory basis financial statements reflect various transactions and other consideration. The reinsurance transaction did not extinguish the Company's primary liability on the policies it has issued or assumed, thus any gains associatedbalances with the prospective componentCompany’s affiliates. See Note 6, Related Party Transactions, for a description of the reinsurance transaction are deferred and amortized oversignificant transactions. While the contract period, including contractual renewal periods, in proportion toCompany believes that these transactions were at reasonable terms, the amountresults of insurance coverage provided. The Company also had an obligation to continue to write and renew certain policies for a period of time until Sun Life commenced policy writing and renewal.
The Company was required to allocate the proceeds considering the relative fair value of transaction components. Mostoperations of the expected gains resulting from the transaction related to compensation for the in-force policies (prospective component), sales of net assets underlying the continuing business, as well as the future compensation for performance obligations to write and renew certain policies for a period of time. The terms "deferred gain" and "amortization of deferred gain" broadly reflect the multiple transaction elements and earnings thereof, inclusive of the expected and actual income resulting from the reinsurance subject to prospective accounting, income expected to be earned related to the deferred gains associatedCompany may have materially differed had these transactions been consummated with long-duration contracts, and the expected recognition of deferred revenues associated with our performance obligations.unrelated parties.
The following represents a summary of the deferred gain related to Assurant Employee Benefits that was amortized within the Financial Statements:
Years Ended December 31,
202020192018
Amortization of deferred gains$2.3 $13.6 $46.4 

The remaining unamortized deferred gain related to Assurant Employee Benefits asNote 2: Summary of December 31, 2020 was $0.2 million.Significant Accounting Policies
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation

The Financial Statementsaccompanying statutory basis financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordanceconformity with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Kansas Insurance Department (“Insurance Department”), which differ in some respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Amounts

Prescribed statutory accounting practices are practices incorporated directly or by reference in state laws, regulations and general administrative rules and are applicable to all insurance enterprises domiciled in a particular state. The Insurance Department has identified the Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual (“APPM”), as promulgated by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”), as a source of prescribed statutory accounting practices for insurers domiciled in Kansas. Permitted statutory accounting practices encompass all accounting practices not prescribed by the NAIC and are approved by the insurance department of the insurer’s state of domicile. The Company does not utilize any permitted practices.







F-7


Table of Contents
GAAP/Statutory Accounting Differences

The following summary identifies the significant differences between the accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Insurance Department and GAAP:

“Nonadmitted assets” (principally a portion of deferred taxes and certain receivables) are excluded from the statutory basis statements of admitted assets, liabilities and capital and surplus through a direct charge to unassigned surplus. Under GAAP, nonadmitted assets are presented in United Statesthe balance sheet, net of Americaany valuation allowance.

Investments in bonds and notes are generally carried at amortized cost, while under GAAP, they are carried at either amortized cost or fair value based on their classification according to the Company’s ability and intent to hold or trade the securities.

The change in carrying value of limited partnerships is reported directly in unassigned surplus, while under GAAP, the change is reflected in net investment income.

Distributions from limited partnerships that are not a return of capital are recorded as net investment income, while under GAAP, distributions from limited partnerships that are not a return of capital are recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the limited partnerships.

For statutory accounting, the change in fair value of unaffiliated preferred stock is recorded in surplus in the statutory basis statements of changes in capital and surplus. For GAAP, the change in fair value of unaffiliated preferred stock is recorded in net realized investment gains (losses) in the statement of operations and comprehensive income.

The changes in fair value of derivative contracts are recorded in unassigned surplus as a change in net unrealized capital (losses), while under GAAP they are recorded in the statement of operations and comprehensive income unless the contracts meet certain hedge accounting criteria.

For statutory accounting, after an other-than-temporary impairment (“U.S.”OTTI”) dollarsof bonds (other than loan-backed securities) is recorded, the fair value of the other-than-temporarily impaired bond becomes its new cost basis. For GAAP, an impairment is based on the net present value of expected cash flows if the Company intends to hold the security until it has recovered, and all amountsan impairment is recorded as a valuation allowance. If the Company does not intend to hold to recovery, the Company records an impairment, and the fair value becomes its new cost basis. For loan-backed securities, the impairment for statutory accounting is based on future cash flows.

The determination of a statutory impairment loss for mortgage loans is based on whether a loss on an individual loan is considered probable, whereas, for GAAP, a credit loss allowance is determined using an estimate of lifetime expected losses. The GAAP allowance is determined by pooling loans that share similar risk characteristics and considers current economic conditions to establish an estimate of lifetime credit losses, while loans with dissimilar characteristics are removed from the pool and evaluated for impairment individually.

For statutory accounting, the Company establishes a valuation allowance for credit losses on reinsurance recoverables when it concludes that it is probable that an individual reinsurer will not meet its obligations. Under GAAP, the establishment of an allowance for credit losses on reinsurance recoverables is based on lifetime expected losses for pools of similar reinsurers, segmented by credit rating.

Acquisition costs, such as commissions, premium taxes, and other costs relating to acquiring new and renewal business are expensed as incurred, while under GAAP, acquisition expenses directly related to the successful acquisition of new and renewal business are deferred and amortized over the periods benefited.

Policy reserves are established based on mortality and interest assumptions prescribed or permitted by state statutes, without consideration for withdrawals, which may differ from reserves established for GAAP using assumptions with respect to mortality, interest, expense, and withdrawals that are based on company experience and expectations.






F-8


Table of Contents
Under both GAAP and statutory accounting, deferred federal income taxes are provided for net unrealized capital gains or losses on investments and the temporary differences between the reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities; however, there are limits as to the amount of deferred tax assets that may be reported as admitted assets under statutory accounting. Further, the change in millions, exceptdeferred taxes is recognized as an adjustment to unassigned surplus under statutory accounting. For GAAP, changes in deferred taxes related to revenue and expense items are recorded in the statement of operations and comprehensive income. A federal income tax provision is required on a current basis only for numberthe statutory basis statement of shares, per share amounts, numberoperations.

The asset valuation reserve (“AVR”), a statutory only reserve established by formula for the purpose of stabilizing the surplus of the Company against fluctuations in the fair value of certain invested assets, is recorded as a liability by a direct charge to unassigned surplus for statutory accounting. Such a reserve is not recorded under GAAP. For statutory accounting, the interest maintenance reserve (“IMR”) defers recognition of interest rate-related gains and losses resulting from the disposal of investment securities and numberamortizes them into income over the remaining contractual maturities of loans.those securities; under GAAP, such gains and losses are recognized in income immediately.

Deposits, surrenders, and benefits on universal life type contracts are recorded in the statutory basis statement of operations, while such deposits and benefits are credited or charged directly to the policyholder account balances under GAAP. As a result, under GAAP, revenues on these types of contracts are composed of contract charges and fees, which are recognized when assessed against the account balance. Under GAAP, amounts collected are credited directly to policyholder account balances, and the benefits and claims on these contracts that are charged to expense only include benefits incurred in the period in excess of related policyholder account balances.

Amounts due from reinsurers for their share of ceded policy reserves and ceded policy and contract claim reserves are netted against the reserves rather than shown as assets under GAAP.

Comprehensive income and its components are not presented in the statutory basis financial statements, whereas under GAAP, comprehensive income is presented and changes in comprehensive income are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income, a component of stockholder’s equity.

The statutory basis statements of cash flows are presented in the required statutory format. Under GAAP, the indirect method for the statement of cash flows requires a reconciliation of net income to net cash provided by operating activities.

Under GAAP, an acquiring entity is permitted to push down the fair values of acquired assets and liabilities, including goodwill and other intangible assets, to the acquired entity's balance sheet ("pushdown accounting"). Pushdown accounting is not allowed under statutory accounting.

Certain reinsurance transactions representing the disposal of product lines resulted in gains, which are deferred in unassigned surplus for statutory accounting, and are being amortized to income over the estimated lives of the underlying policies. For GAAP, these deferred gains were eliminated upon the acquisition of USIC due to GAAP purchase accounting.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the statutory basis financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts. The itemsamounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the statutory basis financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates and, in some cases, the difference could be material. Investment valuations, determination of other-than-temporary impairments, deferred tax asset valuation reserves, provision for income taxes, policy and claim reserves, and reinsurance balances are most affected by the use of estimates include butand assumptions.

Investments

Investments are not limitedvalued as prescribed by the NAIC.

Bonds and notes: Bonds and notes with an NAIC designation of 1 through 5 are generally stated at amortized cost.Bonds and notes with an NAIC designation of 6 are stated at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. Loan-backed and structured securities may be carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value if they receive an initial designation of 6 under the multiple-designation methodology. Prepayment assumptions for loan-backed and structured securities are obtained from historical industry prepayment averages, industry survey values or internal estimates to investments, reinsurance recoverables, other assets, future policy benefits and expenses, unearned premiums, claims and benefits payable, deferred gain on disposal of businesses, and commitments and contingencies. The estimatesdetermine the effective yield. Changes in the anticipated prepayments are sensitive to market conditions, investmentincorporated when determining statement values.Changes in estimated cash flows from the previous assumptions are accounted for using the prospective method.
62F-9



Table of Contents
yields, mortality, morbidity, commissionsPreferred stocks - unaffiliated: Preferred stocks are carried at amortized cost or the lower of amortized cost or fair value depending on the NAIC designation, unless the preferred stock is perpetual or mandatorily convertible, in which case it is carried at fair value.

Mortgage loans: Mortgage loans are carried at their amortized cost, net of impairments. A mortgage loan is considered impaired and other acquisition expenses, policyholder behaviora valuation allowance is established when it becomes probable, based on current information and other factors. Actual results could differevents, that the Company will be unable to collect the total amounts due according to the contractual terms of the mortgage agreement. Impairments are recorded in net realized capital gains (losses) and are determined based upon the carrying value of the recorded investment in the mortgage loan and the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral.

Contract loans: Contract loans are reported at their unpaid principal balances. Valuation allowances are not established for contract loans, as they are fully collateralized by the cash surrender value of the underlying insurance policies. Any unpaid principal or interest on the loan is deducted from the estimates recorded. cash surrender value or the death benefit prior to settlement of the insurance policy.

Other invested assets: Other invested assets include surplus notes carried at amortized cost and a limited partnership.

The limited partnership represents an interest in an affiliate, which invests in unaffiliated limited partnerships, and is accounted for using the equity method of accounting with changes in its carrying amount recorded directly to unassigned surplus. Accordingly, the Company’s investment in the limited partnership is carried at cost plus or minus the Company’s equity in the undistributed earnings or losses as reported by the partnership. Due to the timing of the availability of financial statements from the underlying partnerships’ general partners, the underlying limited partnerships are generally recorded on a three-month lag, as adjusted for contributions and distributions.

Net investment income: Net investment income is recognized on an accrual basis and dividends are recorded as earned at the ex-dividend date. Net investment income includes amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on an effective-yield basis using expected cash flows. Prepayment penalties on mortgage loans are recorded as net investment income. Mortgage loan origination fees are included in income in the period received. Limited partnership income is recorded and classified in accordance with general partner instructions. Distributions from underlying investments in limited partnerships, other than those classified as a return of capital, are reported as net investment income.

Net realized capital gains (losses): Net realized capital gains (losses) on the sale of investments are determined based upon the specific identification method and are recorded on the trade date. Capital gain and loss distributions from underlying investments in limited partnerships are classified as net realized gains (losses).

Net unrealized capital gains (losses): Net unrealized capital gains (losses) are included in unassigned surplus, net of deferred federal income taxes.

NAIC 5GI securities: Investments with an NAIC 5GI rating signify the NAIC designation was assigned in reliance on the Company’s certification that documentation necessary to permit a full credit analysis of the security does not exist and that the issuer of the security is current in all principal and interest payments. In 2023 and 2022, the Company believes all amounts reported are reasonablehad no NAIC 5GI bonds and adequate.notes.
Fair Value
Derivatives

The Company usesused an exit price forinterest rate swap to manage its exposure to inflation risk. The swap was recorded at estimated fair value measurements. An exitwith changes in fair value recorded as net unrealized capital gains (losses) in unassigned surplus. Annually, the Company exchanged cash with a third party based on an established index. The cash exchanged was calculated by comparing the consumer price is definedindex to an agreed notional principal amount. The swap was effective August 1, 2003 and limited the Company’s exposure to inflation risk to a maximum of 5% associated with the pre-funded funeral insurance business that was tied to the Consumer Price Index. The swap had a notional amount of $81,017 and fair value of $23 as the amount received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liabilityof December 31, 2022. The swap matured August 1, 2023.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-term Investments

Cash includes unrestricted deposits in an orderly transaction between market participantsfinancial institutions and short-term investments include those with maturities at the measurement date. In measuring fair value,date of purchase of one year or less. Cash equivalents include money market mutual funds and investments with maturities at the Company gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assetsdate of purchase of 90 days or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. See Note 5 for additional information.
Investments
Fixed maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale as defined in the investments guidanceless and are reported at fair value. Ifcarrying value, which approximates amortized cost. Short-term investments, other than money market funds, are reported at amortized cost. Money market mutual funds are valued based on the fair value is higherclosing price as of December 31.

F-10


Table of Contents
Policy Reserves

Life, annuity, long-term care and other accident and health benefit reserves are developed by actuarial methods and are determined based on published tables using statutorily specified interest rates and valuation methods that will provide, in the aggregate, reserves that are greater than or equal to the amortizedminimum or guaranteed policy cash values or the amounts required by the Insurance Department. The Company waives deduction of deferred fractional premiums on the death of insureds and returns any unearned premium beyond the date of death.

Returns of premium beyond the date of death are calculated using standard industry formulas.

Surrender values on policies do not exceed the corresponding benefit reserves. Additional reserves are established when the results of cash flow testing under various interest rate scenarios indicate the need for such reserves or the net premiums exceed the gross premiums on any insurance in force. Changes in reserve valuation basis are recorded as a direct increase or decrease in unassigned funds.

Tabular interest and tabular cost for fixed maturity securities,life insurance has been determined from the excessbasic data for the calculation of policy reserves. Tabular interest for annuities has been determined by formula. Tabular less actual reserves released has been determined by formula. Tabular interest on funds not involving life contingencies is an unrealized gain;calculated as the product of such valuation rate of interest times the mean of the amount of funds subject to such valuation rate of interest held at the beginning and if lower than amortizedend of the year of valuation.

Liability for Deposit-Type Contracts

The Company recognizes a liability for policyholder deposits that are not subject to policyholder mortality or longevity risk at the stated account value. The account value equals the sum of the original deposit plus accumulated interest, less any withdrawals and expense charges. Such deposits primarily represent annuity contracts without life contingencies, amounts left on deposit with the Company by beneficiaries or policy owners, and annual dividends credited to policyholders left on deposit.

Policy and Contract Claim Reserves

Liabilities established for unpaid benefits for life and accident and health insurance contracts represent the estimated amounts required to cover the ultimate cost of settling reported and incurred but unreported losses.These estimates are adjusted in the differenceaggregate for ultimate loss expectations based on historical experience patterns and current economic trends.Any change in the probable ultimate liabilities, which might arise from new information emerging, is an unrealized loss. Net unrealized gainsreflected in the statutory basis statements of operations in the period the change is determined to be necessary.

Revenue Recognition

Premiums for life policies are recorded as revenue when due. Annuity premiums are recorded as revenue when received. Accident and losses on securities classifiedhealth premiums are recorded as available-for-sale, less deferredrevenue when due and earned ratably over the period covered by the policy. Other income is recorded as earned.

Income Tax

Deferred income taxes are included in AOCI.
Effective January 1, 2020,recognized, subject to an admissibility test for deferred tax assets, and represent the Company adopted certain changesfuture tax consequences attributable to differences between the accountingstatutory basis financial statement carrying amount of assets and reporting for impairments involving available for sale securities, including presentation of credit-related impairments as anliabilities and their respective tax bases. Gross deferred tax assets are reduced by a statutory valuation allowance rather than as an other-than-temporary impairment, eliminating duration of unrealized losses as a consideration when assessing recognition of an impairment, recognition of credit impairments upon purchase of securities as applicable, and requiring reversals of previously recognized credit-related impairments when expectations for recovery improve.
For available for sale fixed maturity securities in an unrealized loss position for which the Company does not intend to sell or for whichif it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the Company woulddeferred tax assets will not be required to sell before an anticipated recovery in value,realized.See Note 5, Income Tax,for the Company evaluates whether the decline in fair value has resulted from credit losses or other factors. In making this assessment, the Company considers the extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost basis, changes to the credit ratingcomponents of the security by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organizationadmissibility test used to calculate the admitted deferred tax assets. Recorded deferred tax amounts are adjusted to reflect changes in income tax rates and any adverse conditions specifically related to the security, industry or geographic area, among other factors. If this assessment indicates a potential credit loss may exist, the present value of cash flows expected to be collectedtax law provisions as they are compared to the security’s amortized cost basis. If the present value of cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, a credit-related impairment exists, and a charge to income and an associated allowance for credit lossesenacted. The net change in deferred taxes is recorded for the credit-related impairment. Any impairment not relateddirectly to credit losses is recorded through other comprehensive income. The amount of the allowance for credit losses is limited to the amount by which fair value is less than the amortized cost basis.unassigned surplus.
Subsequent changes in the allowance for credit losses are recorded as provision for, or reversal of, credit loss expense. For fixed maturities where the Company records a credit loss, a determination is made as to the cause of the impairment and whether the Company expects a recovery in the value. Write-offs are charged against the allowance when management concludes the financial asset is uncollectible. For fixed maturities where the Company expects a recovery in value, the effective yield method is utilized, and the investment is amortized to par.
For available for sale fixed maturity securities that the Company intends to sell, or for which it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the entire impairment loss, or difference between the fair value and amortized cost basis of the security, is recognized in net realized gains (losses). The new cost basis of the security is the previous amortized cost basis less the impairment recognized and is not adjusted for any subsequent recoveries in fair value.
The Company reports receivablesis subject to tax-related audits. The Company accounts for accrued investment income separately from fixed maturities available for saleany federal and elected not to measure allowances for credit losses for accrued investment incomeforeign tax contingent liabilities in accordance with Statement of Statutory Accounting Principles (“SSAP”) No. 5R, Liabilities, Contingencies and Impairments of Assets, as uncollectible balances are written offmodified by SSAP No. 101, Income Taxes, and any state and other tax contingent liabilities in a timely manner.accordance with SSAP No. 5R.
Equity securities that have readily determinable fair values are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net realized gains (losses) on investments on the Company’s statement of operations.
Equity securities accounted for under the measurement alternative are impaired if a qualitative assessment based upon several indicators such as earnings performance, offers to sell or purchase, ability to continue as a going concern and macroeconomic factors indicates the equity investment is impaired and the fair value of the investment is less than its carrying value. If a qualitative assessment indicates impairment a quantitative analysis which uses probability weighted potential outcomes is performed to determine the amount of the impairment to be recognized that result in a fair value measurement.
Commercial mortgage loans on real estate are reported at unpaid principal balances, adjusted for amortization of premium or discount, less any allowance for credit losses. The allowance for the Company’s commercial mortgage loans is based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, utilizing a probability-of
63F-11



default and loss given default methodologies, which incorporate various probability weighted economic scenarios. The probabilityTable of default is estimated using macroeconomic factors as well as individual loan characteristics, including loan-to-value (“LTV”) and debt service coverage ratios (“DSC”), loan term, collateral type, geography and underlying credit. The loss given default is driven primarily by the type and value of underlying collateral, and to a lesser extent by expected liquidation costs and time to recovery. Each loan is analyzed individually based on loan-specific data elements to estimate the expected loss and then aggregated.
The Company places loans on nonaccrual status after 90 days of delinquent payments (unless the loans are secured and in the process of collection). A loan may be placed on nonaccrual status before this time if information is available that suggests collection is unlikely. The Company charges off loan and accrued interest balances that are deemed uncollectible. Charge offs are recorded to net income in the period deemed uncollectible. Refer to Note 3 for further details on the allowance for credit losses on commercial mortgage loans.
Prior to January 1, 2020, the allowance for loan loss was based on management’s analysis of factors including actual loan loss experience, specific events based on geographical, political or economic conditions, industry experience, loan groupings that have probable and estimable losses and individually impaired loan loss analysis. A loan was considered individually impaired when it became probable that the Company would be unable to collect all amounts due, including principal and interest, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Indicative factors of impairment included, but were not limited to, whether the loan was current, the value of the collateral and the financial position of the borrower. If a loan was individually impaired, the Company used one of the following valuation methods based on the individual loan’s facts and circumstances to measure the impairment amount: (1) the present value of expected future cash flows,(2) the loan’s observable market price, or (3) the fair value of collateral. Changes in the allowance for loan losses was recorded in net realized losses on investments, excluding other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) losses.
Other investments consist primarily of investments in joint ventures, partnerships and short-term investments. The joint ventures and partnerships are valued according to the equity method of accounting. In applying the equity method, the Company uses financial information provided by the investee, generally on a three-month lag. Short-term investments include securities and other investments with durations of one year or less, but greater than three months, between the date of purchase and maturity. These amounts are reported at cost or amortized cost, which approximates fair value.
Realized gains and losses on sales of investments are recognized on the specific identification basis.
Investment income is recorded as earned and reported net of investment expenses. The Company uses the interest method to recognize interest income on its commercial mortgage loans.
The Company anticipates prepayments of principal in the calculation of the effective yield for mortgage-backed securities and structured securities. The retrospective method is used to adjust the effective yield for the majority of the Company's mortgage-backed and structured securities.
Total OTTI Losses
Prior to January 1, 2020, the Company separated OTTI losses of a debt security into two components of credit and non-credit losses. For debt securities with credit losses and non-credit losses or gains, total OTTI losses was the total of the decline in fair value from either the most recent OTTI determination or a prior period end in which the fair value declined until the current period end valuation date. This amount did not include any securities that had fair value increases. For debt securities that the Company had either the intent to sell or it was more likely than not that it would be required to sell below amortized cost, total OTTI losses were the amount by which the fair value of the security was less than its amortized cost basis at the period end valuation date and the decline in fair value was deemed to be OTTI.
The amount of the OTTI related to a credit loss was recognized in earnings, and the amount of the OTTI related to other, non-credit factors (e.g., interest rates, market conditions, etc.) was recorded as a component of other comprehensive income. The difference between the amortized cost of the security and the present value of projected future cash flows expected to be collected represented a credit loss that was recognized in earnings. If the estimated fair value was less than the present value of projected future cash flows expected to be collected, this portion of OTTI represented a non-credit loss that was recorded in other comprehensive income.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid securities and other investments with durations of three months or less between the date of purchase and maturity to be cash equivalents. These amounts are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. Cash balances are reviewed at the end of each reporting period to determine if negative cash balances exist. If negative cash balances exist, the cash accounts are netted with other positive cash accounts of the same bank provided the right of offset exists between the accounts. If the right of offset does not exist, the negative cash balances are reclassified to accounts payable and other liabilities.


Co
ntents
Reinsurance
For both
Reinsurance premiums, claims and benefits, commission expense reimbursements and reserves related to reinsured business ceded and assumed reinsurance, risk transfer requirements must be met for reinsurance accounting to apply. If risk transfer requirements are not met, the contract is accounted for ason a deposit, resulting inbasis consistent with the recognition of cash flows under the contract through a deposit asset or liability and not as revenue or expense. To meet risk transfer requirements, a reinsurance contract must include both insurance risk, consisting of both underwriting and timing risk, and a reasonable possibility of a significant lossaccounting for the assuming entity. Similar risk transfer criteria are used to determine whether directly written insurance contracts should be accounted for as insurance or as a deposit.
Reinsurance recoverables include amounts related to paid benefitsunderlying direct policies issued and estimated amounts related to unpaid policy and contract claims, future policyholder benefits and policyholder contract deposits. The cost of reinsurance is recognized as a reduction to premiums earned over the terms of the underlying reinsured policies. Amounts recoverable from reinsurers are estimatedreinsurance contracts. Premiums and benefits ceded to other companies have been reported as reductions of premium income and benefits in a manner consistent with claimthe accompanying statutory basis statements of operations. Policy and claim adjustment expense reserves or future policy benefits reserves and are reported in the balance sheets. The costnet of reinsurance related to long-duration contracts is recognized over the life of the underlying reinsured policies. The ceding of insurance does not discharge the Company’s primary liability to insureds, thus a credit exposure exists to the extent that any reinsurer is unable to meet the obligation assumed in the reinsurance agreements. To mitigate this exposure to reinsurer insolvencies, the Company evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and typically holds collateral (in the form of funds withheld, trusts and letters of credit) as security under the reinsurance agreements.
Effective January 1, 2020, the Company adopted the expected credit loss model forunbilled reinsurance recoverables. The Company useshas evaluated its reinsurance contracts and determined that all significant contracts transfer the underlying economic risk of loss. If the Company determines it is probable that a probability of defaultreinsurance amount will not be collectible, the amounts are designated as doubtful accounts and loss given default methodology in estimating the allowance, whereby the credit ratings of reinsurers are used in determining the probability of default. Thean allowance is established for reinsurance recoverables on paid and unpaid future policy benefits and claims and benefits. Prior to applying default factors, the net exposure to credit riskestimated uncollectible amount. The allowance for uncollectible accounts is reduced for any collateral for which the right of offset exists, such as funds withheld, assets held in trust and letters of credit, which are part of the reinsurance arrangements, with adjustments to include consideration of credit exposure on the collateral. The methodology used by the Company incorporates historical default factors for each reinsurerestimated based on their credit rating using comparably rated bonds as published by a major ratings service. The allowance is based upon the Company’s ongoing reviewcombination of amounts outstanding, length of collection periods, changes in reinsurer credit standingwrite-off history, aging analysis, and other relevant factors.
Prior to January 1, 2020, an allowance forany specific, known doubtful accounts was recorded on the basis of periodic evaluations of balances due from reinsurers (net of collateral), reinsurer solvency, historical collection experience and current economic conditions. Prior to adoption of the expected credit loss model, the Company did not have an allowance for doubtful accounts balance for reinsurance recoverables.
Reinsurance premiums assumedaccounts. Amounts are calculated based upon payments received from ceding companies together with accrual estimates, which are based on both payments received and in-force policy information received from ceding companies. Any subsequent differences arising on such estimates are recorded in the period in whichwritten off when they are determined.deemed uncollectible.
Other Assets
Other assets primarily includes prepaid items, deferred acquisition costs, value of business acquired in acquisitions and premiums and accounts receivable, net.
Separate Accounts
Assets
Separate account assets and liabilities associated with separate accounts relate to premiumreported in the accompanying statutory basis statements of admitted assets, liabilities and annuity considerationscapital and surplus represent funds that are separately administered, principally for variable life and variable annuity productscontracts, and for which the contract-holder,contract holder, rather than the Company, bears the investment risk. Separate account assets (with matching liabilities) are reported at fair value. Revenues

Separate account reserves for the payment of future policy benefits are computed under the Commissioner’s Reserve Valuation Method for variable universal life policies and expenses related toCommissioner’s Annuity Reserve Valuation Method for variable annuity policies. The Company applies these methods by reporting an asset that partially offsets the separate account assetsliabilities and liabilities,through direct reduction of certain policy reserves.

Prior to April 2001, FFG had issued variable insurance products registered as securities under the extentSecurities Act of 1933. These products featured fixed premiums, a minimum death benefit, and policyholder returns linked to an underlying portfolio of securities. The variable insurance products issued by FFG were fully ceded to Talcott Resolution.

Premiums received and benefits paid or provided to the separate account policyholders,on variable life and variable annuity policies, which are excluded from the amounts reportedpresented net of reinsurance (see Note 7) in the accompanyingstatutory basis statements of operations, becauseare included in the underlying accounts involve investment-type annuity contracts and/or are subject to reinsurance.
Reserves
Reserves are established using generally accepted actuarial methods and reflect judgments about expected future premium and claim payments. Factors used in their calculation include experience derived from historical claim payments, expected futurelife premiums and actuarial assumptions. Calculations incorporate assumptions aboutpolicy benefits of the incidence of incurred claims, the extent to which all claims have been reported, reporting lags, expenses, inflation rates, future investment earnings, internal claims processing costs and other relevant factors. The estimation of reserves includes an element of uncertainty given that management is using historical information and methods to project future events and reserve outcomes.Company, respectively.

Statutory Valuation Reserves
65



The recorded reserves representIMR is maintained for the Company's best estimate at a point in timepurpose of stabilizing the surplus of the ultimate costs of settlement and administration of a claim or group of claims based upon actuarial assumptions and projections using facts and circumstances known at the time of calculation. The adequacy of reserves may be impacted by future trends in claims severity, frequency, judicial theories of liability and other factors. These variables are affected by both external and internal events, including but not limited to changes in the economic cycle, inflation, natural or human-made catastrophes, judicial trends, legislative changes and claims handling procedures.
Many of these items are not directly quantifiable and not all future events can be anticipated when reserves are established. Reserve estimates are refined as experience develops. Adjustments to reserves, both positive and negative, are reflected in the statement of operations in the period in which such estimates are updated. Because establishment of reserves is an inherently complex process involving significant judgment and estimates, there can be no certainty that future settlement amounts for claims incurred through the financial reporting date will not vary from reported claims reserves. Future loss development could require reserves to be increased or decreased, which could have a material effect on the Company's earnings in the periods in which such increases or decreases are made. However, based on information currently available, the Company believes its reserve estimates are adequate.
The following table provides reserve information for our major product lines for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:
 December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
   Claims and Benefits
Payable
  Claims and Benefits
Payable
 Future
Policy
Benefits and
Expenses
Unearned
Premiums
Case
Reserves
Incurred
But Not
Reported
Reserves
Future
Policy
Benefits and
Expenses
Unearned
Premiums
Case
Reserves
Incurred
But Not
Reported
Reserves
Long Duration Contracts:
Global Preneed (1)$791.1 $22.2 $12.3 $2.8 $851.2 $24.0 $7.4 $2.4 
Disposed and run-off businesses2,121.1 13.8 505.2 55.3 2,107.3 15.0 477.3 47.6 
Short Duration Contracts:
Disposed and run-off businesses0.1 446.3 4.0 2.9 506.6 12.5 
Credit disability0.1 0.5 0.1 0.7 
Total$2,912.2 $36.2 $963.8 $62.6 $2,958.5 $42.0 $991.3 $63.2 
(1) Global Preneed future policy benefits and expenses include reserves estimated using traditional reserving models calculated as the present value of future benefits to policyholders and related expenses, less the present value of future net premiums, of $771.5 million and $831.1 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The remaining future policy benefits and expenses primarily represent investment-type annuities and life insurance policies with discretionary benefits with account-value based reserves.
For additional information regarding our reserves, see Note 10.
Long Duration Contracts
Future policy benefits and expense reserves for preneed investment-type annuities and preneed life insurance policies with discretionary death benefits, along with variable life insurance, universal life insurance and investment-type annuity contracts of the disposed and runoff businesses consist of policy account balances before applicable surrender charges and certain deferred policy initiation fees that are being recognized in income over the terms of the policies. Policy benefits charged to expense during the period include amounts paid in excess of policy account balances and interest credited to policy account balances. Unearned revenue reserves for the preneed life insurance contracts represent the balance of the excess of gross premiums over net premiums that is still recognized in future years’ income in a constant relationship to estimated gross profits.
Future policy benefits and expense reserves for other preneed life insurance contracts are equal to the present value of future benefits to policyholders and related expenses less the present value of future net premiums. Reserve assumptions are selected using best estimates for inflation, mortality, margins and discount rates which are locked in unless a premium deficiency exists. These assumptions reflect current trends, are based on Company experience and include provision for adverse deviation. An unearned revenue reserve is also recorded for these contracts and represents the balance of the excess of gross premiums over net premiums that is still to be recognized in future years’ income in a constant relationship to insurance in force.
Future policy benefits and expense reserves for other policies fully covered by reinsurance and certain life, annuity and group life conversion policies no longer offered are equal to the present value of future benefits to policyholders plus related
66


expenses less the present value of the future net premiums. These amounts are estimated based on assumptions as to the discount, inflation, mortality, morbidity and withdrawal rates as well as other assumptions that are based on the Company’s experience. These assumptions reflect anticipated trends and include provisions for adverse deviations.
Claims and benefits payable for policies fully covered by reinsurance and certain life, annuity, group life conversion, and medical insurance policies no longer offered are equal to the present value of future benefit payments and related expenses. These amounts are estimated based on assumptions as to inflation, mortality, morbidity and discount rates as well as other assumptions that are based on the Company's experience.
Changes in the estimated liabilities are reported as a charge or credit to policyholder benefits as the estimates are updated.
Short Duration Contracts
The Company’s short duration contracts include accidental death products, former AEB group insurance contracts no longer offered and disposed of through reinsurance. For these contracts, claims and benefits payable reserves are recorded when insured events occur. The liability is based on the expected ultimate cost of settling the claims. The claims and benefits payable reserves include: (1) case reserves for known but unpaid claims as of the balance sheet date; (2) incurred but not reported ("IBNR") reserves for claims where the insured event has occurred but has not been reported to the Company as of the balance sheet date; and (3) loss adjustment expense reserves for the expected handling costs of settling the claims. Factors used in the calculation include experience derived from historical claim payments and actuarial assumptions including loss development factors and expected loss ratios.
Changes in the estimated liabilities are recorded as a charge or credit to policyholder benefits as estimates are updated.
Contingencies
A loss contingency is recorded if reasonably estimable and probable. The Company establishes reserves for these contingencies at the best estimate, or if no one estimated amount within the range of possible losses is more probable than any other, the Company records an estimated reserve at the low end of the estimated range. Contingencies affecting the Company primarily relate to legal and regulatory matters, which are inherently difficult to evaluate and are subject to significant changes.
Premiums
Long Duration Contracts
For traditional life insurance policies previously sold by the Assurant Global Preneed business, revenue is recognized when due from policyholders.
For investment-type annuity contracts previously sold by the Assurant Global Preneed business, revenues consist of charges assessed against policy balances.
Premiums for the Company’s previously sold long-term care insurance and traditional life insurance contracts are recognized as revenue when due from the policyholder. For universal life insurance and investment-type annuity contracts, revenues consist of charges assessed against policy balances. All of these premiums (related to the Company’s former FFG and LTC businesses that were previously sold) are ceded.
Short Duration Contracts
The Company’s short duration contracts revenue is recognized over the contract term in proportion to the amount of insurance protection provided.
Fees and Other Income
Income earned on preneed life insurance policies with discretionary death benefits is presented within fees and other income.
Underwriting, General and Administrative Expenses
Underwriting, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of commissions, premium taxes, licenses, fees, salaries and personnel benefits, amortization of deferred acquisition costs, amortization of value of business acquired and other general operating expenses.
Income Taxes
The Company reports its taxable income in a consolidated federal income tax return along with other affiliated subsidiaries of the Parent. Income tax expense or benefit is allocated among the affiliated subsidiaries by applying income tax rates to
67


taxable income or loss determined on a separate return basis according to a tax allocation agreement. Entities with losses record current tax benefits to the extent such losses are utilized in the consolidated federal tax return.
Current federal income taxes are recognized based upon amounts estimated to be payable or recoverable as a result of taxable operations for the current year. Deferred income taxes are recorded for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and income tax basis of assets and liabilities, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the Company expects the temporary differences to reverse. A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that an amount will not be realized. The impact of changes in tax rates on all deferred tax assets and liabilities are required to be reflected within income on the enactment date, regardless of the financial statement component where the deferred tax originated.
The Company classifies net interest expense related to tax matters and any applicable penalties as a component of income tax expense.
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income is comprised of net income, and net unrealized gains and losses on sales of investments that are primarily attributable to changing interest rates. The interest rate-related gains and losses are deferred and amortized into income over the remaining lives of the securities sold. If the IMR is calculated to be a net asset, the Company admits the IMR asset until it reaches 10% of adjusted capital and surplus and is included in other assets on the Statutory Basis Statement of Admitted Assets, Liabilities and Capital and Surplus.

The AVR is a formulaic reserve for fluctuations in the values of invested assets, primarily bonds and notes, mortgage loans, unaffiliated preferred stocks, and limited partnerships. Changes in the AVR are charged or credited directly to unassigned surplus.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standard Updates

The NAIC adopted INT 23-01 Net Negative (Disallowed) Interest Maintenance Reserve (“INT 23-01”), which is an interpretation that prescribes limited-time, optional, statutory accounting guidance as an exception to the existing guidance detailed in SSAP No. 7 Asset Valuation Reserve and Interest Maintenance Reserve. Under the INT 23-01, reporting entities are allowed to admit negative IMR if certain criteria are met. The adoption of this guidance had no impact on the Company, as USIC did not report any negative IMR at December 31, 2023.









F-12


Table of Contents
Accounting Standards Updates Pending Adoption

During 2023, the NAIC issued updates to SSAPs related to its bond definition project that clarifies the definition of bond investments. The new principles-based bond definition is applied to securities to determine whether they should be classified as availablelong-term bonds or equity securities for sale, less deferred income taxes.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements — Adopted
Financial instruments measurement and classification: On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted the amended guidance on the measurement and classification of financial instruments whereby all common and preferred stocks are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized through income. Upon adoption, the Company recorded a cumulative effect adjustment to increase retained earnings by $8.1 million, which represents a reclassification of the unrealized gains on common and preferred stock as of the date of adoption from AOCI.
Classification of certain tax effects from AOCI: In February 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB") issued amended guidance on reclassifying the stranded tax effects from the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "TCJA") from AOCI to retained earnings. During 2018, the Company adoptedstatutory reporting purposes. Under the new guidance, a bond must represent a creditor relationship with a fixed payment schedule and reclassified $(26.7) million from AOCIqualify as either an issuer credit obligation or an asset-backed security. Securities with equity-like characteristics or ownership interests are not bonds and are to retained earnings, with no impactbe reported on net income or total stockholders' equity. Accounting standards require the effect of a change in tax laws or rates on deferred tax liabilities or assets be included in net incomeseparate reporting schedule in the reporting period that includes the enactment date, even though the related income tax effects may have been originally charged or credited to AOCI.Annual Statement. The amounts reclassified relate to the difference between the original tax effect of items included in other comprehensive income, such as unrealized gains or lossesnew guidance will be effective on securities and the revised tax effects from the TCJA. We use a portfolio approach to release the stranded or disproportionate income tax effects in AOCI related to our available-for-sale securities. When the underlying portfolios are sold, mature, or are otherwise impaired on an other-than-temporary basis, the assigned portion of the disproportionate tax effect is reclassified from AOCI to income from continuing operations.
Measurement of credit losses on financial instruments held at amortized cost (“CECL”): In June 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance on reporting credit losses for assets held at amortized cost and available for sale debt securities. For assets held at amortized cost, the amended guidance eliminates the probable recognition threshold and instead requires an entity to reflect the current estimate of all expected credit losses. For available for sale debt securities, credit losses are measured in a manner similar to accounting requirements in effect prior to adoption; however, the amended guidance requires that credit losses be presented as an allowance rather than as a permanent impairment. The amendments affect loans, debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases, off balance sheet credit exposures, premium receivables, reinsurance receivables, and any other financial assets not excluded from the scope that have the contractual right to receive cash. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2020. Refer to Note 3 for additional information.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements — Not Yet Adopted
Targeted improvements to the accounting for long-duration contracts: In August 2018, the FASB issued guidance that provides targeted improvements to the accounting for long-duration contracts.2025. The guidance includes the following primary changes: assumptions supporting benefit reserves will no longer be locked-in but must be updated at least annually with the impact of changes to the liability reflectedCompany’s implementation project is in earnings (except for discount rates); the discount rate assumptions will be based on upper-medium grade (low credit risk) fixed-income instrument yield instead of the earnings rate of invested assets; the discount rate must be evaluated at each reporting dateprogress, and the impact of changes toon the liability estimate as a result of updating the discount rate assumptionstatutory basis financial statements is required to be recognized in other comprehensive income; the provision for adverse deviation is eliminated;still being assessed.

Note 3: Investments

Bonds and premium deficiency testing is eliminated. Other noteworthy changes include the following: differing models for amortizing deferred acquisition costs will become uniform for all long-duration contracts based on a constant rate over the expected term of the related in force contracts; all market risk benefits associated with deposit contracts must be reported at fair value with changes reflected in income except for changes related to credit risk which will be recognized in other comprehensive income; and disclosures will be expanded to include disaggregated roll forwards of the liability for future policy benefits, policyholder account balances, market risk benefits, separate account liabilities, andNotes
68


deferred acquisition costs, as well as information about significant inputs, judgments, assumptions and methods used in measurement.
The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. Generally, the amendments are applied retrospectively as of the beginning of the earliest period presented with two transition options available for changing the assumptions.
This guidance will apply to the Company's preneed life insurance policies, as well as its annuity and universal life products (which are no longer offered and are in runoff). The Company is evaluating the requirements of this guidance and the potential impact on the Company's financial position and results of operations.
Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes: In December 2019, the FASB issued new guidance to simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles and also simplification of areas such as franchise taxes, step-up in tax basis goodwill, separate entity financial statements and interim recognition of enactment of tax laws or rate changes. The standard will be effective for our annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim reporting periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not expect any material impact on its financial position and results of operations upon adoption in 2021.
Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting: In March 2020, the FASB issued guidancestatement value, which provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contract modifications and hedging relationships, subject to meeting certain criteria, that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued.
The relief is applicable only to legacy contracts if the amendments made to the agreements are solely for reference rate reform activities. The provisions must be applied consistently for all relevant transactions other than derivatives, which may be applied at a hedging relationship level. The guidance is effective upon issuance. The guidance on contract modifications is applied prospectively from any date beginning on or after March 12, 2020. The provisions of this update are only available until December 31, 2022, when the reference rate replacement activity is expected to have been completed.
As certain published LIBOR periods are expected to be discontinued on or after December 31, 2021, the Company is evaluating the provisions of this new accounting guidance and the impact to debt, investments and derivatives that have references to LIBOR and the subsequent transition to alternative reference rates.
3. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
The Company adopted the expected credit loss standard using a modified retrospective method for all financial assets measured at amortized cost. Results for the reporting periods beginning January 1, 2020 and after are presented under such method while prior period amounts are reported in accordance with previous applicable GAAP. The Company recorded a decrease of $1.3 million to retained earnings, net of tax, as of January 1, 2020 for the cumulative impact of adoption.
The following table illustrates the impact of adoption:
As of January 1, 2020
Prior to adoptionAs reported on adoptionImpact of adoption
Financial assets, at amortized cost:
Reinsurance recoverables$3,260.1 $3,258.4 $(1.7)
Total$3,260.1 3,258.4 (1.7)
Tax effect0.4 
Cumulative effect of adoption$(1.3)
The total allowance for credit losses for the financial assets was $1.6 million and $1.7 million as of December 31, 2020 and the January 1, 2020 date of adoption, respectively. There was 0 allowance as of December 31, 2019.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, the net decrease in the allowance for credit losses of $0.1 million is included in underwriting, general and administrative expenses.
Reinsurance Recoverables
As part of the Company’s overall risk and capacity management strategy, reinsurance is used to mitigate certain risks underwritten by various business segments. The Company is exposed to the credit risk of reinsurers, as the Company remains liable to insureds regardless of whether related reinsurance recoverables are collected. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, reinsurance recoverables totaled $3.23 billion and $3.26 billion, respectively, the majority of which are protected
69


from credit risk by various types of collateral or other risk mitigation mechanisms, such as trusts, letters of credit or by withholding the assets in a modified coinsurance or funds withheld arrangement.
The Company utilizes external credit ratings published by S&P Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global Inc., at the balance sheet date when determining the allowance. Where rates are not available, the Company assigns default credit ratings based on if the reinsurer is authorized or unauthorized. Of the total recoverables subject to the allowance, 86% were rated A- or better and 14% were rated BBB or BB.
The following table presents the changes in the CECL allowance for reinsurance recoverables for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Total
Balance, December 31, 2019$
Cumulative effect of adoption1.7 
Change in allowance(0.1)
Balance, December 31, 2020$1.6 
When determining the allowance at December 31, 2020, the Company did not increase default probabilities by reinsurer since there had been no credit rating downgrades or major negative credit indications of the Company’s reinsurers that has impacted the ratings. The allowance may be increased and income reduced in future periods if there are future ratings downgrades or other measurable information supporting an increase in reinsurer default probabilities, including, but not limited to, collateral reductions.
70


4. INVESTMENTS
The following tables show the cost orgenerally represents amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of the Company's fixed maturity securitiesinvestments in bonds and notes at December 31, 2023 are as of the dates indicated:follows:
 December 31, 2020
 Cost or
 Amortized
 Cost
Gross
 Unrealized
 Gains
Gross
 Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Fixed maturity securities:
U.S. government and government agencies and authorities$0.6 $0.1 $$0.7 
States, municipalities and political subdivisions12.9 2.6 15.5 
Foreign governments18.4 6.1 (0.4)24.1 
Asset-backed99.0 1.5 (0.3)100.2 
Commercial mortgage-backed7.5 0.5 8.0 
Residential mortgage-backed27.2 2.9 30.1 
U.S. corporate462.8 189.5 (1.3)651.0 
Foreign corporate93.6 38.6 132.2 
Total fixed maturity securities$722.0 $241.8 $(2.0)$961.8 
StatementGross Unrealized
ValueGainsLossesFair Value
U.S. government and agencies$1,024 $$(149)$878 
States, territories and possessions2,410 — (137)2,273 
Political subdivisions of states,
territories and possessions35,941 427 (9,251)27,117 
Industrial and miscellaneous405,303 42,490 (16,935)430,858 
Residential mortgage-backed securities28,979 92 (5,751)23,320 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities55,072 138 (9,274)45,936 
Other structured securities64,567 260 (3,248)61,579 
Total bonds and notes$593,296 $43,410 $(44,745)$591,961 
 December 31, 2019
 Cost or
 Amortized
 Cost
Gross
 Unrealized
 Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair ValueOTTI in
 AOCI (1)
Fixed maturity securities:
U.S. government and government
agencies and authorities
$0.6 $0.1 $$0.7 $
States, municipalities and political
subdivisions
13.0 1.9 14.9 
Foreign governments8.4 2.4 10.8 
Asset-backed102.1 0.7 (0.4)102.4 
Commercial mortgage-backed5.0 5.0 
Residential mortgage-backed31.8 2.1 33.9 0.6 
U.S. corporate491.3 154.8 646.1 11.6 
Foreign corporate108.6 34.3 142.9 
Total fixed maturity securities$760.8 $196.3 $(0.4)$956.7 $12.2 

(1) Represents the amount of non-credit related impairment recognized in AOCI. Amount includesThe statement value, which generally represents amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, on impaired securities relating to changes in the value of such securities subsequent to the impairment measurement date prior to adoption of the expected credit loss standard. See Note 2 for more information.
The Company's state, municipality and political subdivision holdings are highly diversified across the United States, with no individual state, municipality or political subdivision exposure (including both general obligation and revenue securities) exceeding 0.7% and 0.6% of the overall investment portfolio as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, revenue bonds accounted for 81% and 82% of the holdings, respectively. The activities supporting the income streams of the Company's revenue bonds are across a broad range of sectors, primarily airport, marina and specifically pledged tax revenues.
The Company had European investment exposure in its corporate fixed maturity of $68.0 million with a net unrealized gain of $20.8 million as of December 31, 2020 and $69.7 million with a net unrealized gain of $17.0 million as of December 31, 2019. Approximately 24% and 26% of the corporate European exposure was held in the financial industry as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company's largest European country exposure (the United Kingdom) represented approximately 4% of the fair value of the Company's corporate fixed maturity securities as of both December 31, 2020 and 2019. The Company's international investments are managed as part of the overall portfolio with same approach to risk management and focus on diversification.
71


The cost or amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturity securitiesinvestments in bonds and notes at December 31, 20202022 are as follows:
StatementGross Unrealized
ValueGainsLossesFair Value
U.S. government and agencies$1,532 $$(167)$1,370 
States, territories and possessions2,412 — (241)2,171 
Political subdivisions of states,
 territories and possessions36,114 224 (10,855)25,483 
Industrial and miscellaneous496,465 38,061 (25,253)509,273 
Residential mortgage-backed securities31,061 94 (5,758)25,397 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities55,652 131 (10,051)45,732 
Other structured securities66,572 676 (5,964)61,284 
Total bonds and notes$689,808 $39,191 $(58,289)$670,710 






F-13


Table of Contents
The statement value and fair value of bonds and notes at December 31, 2023, by contractual maturity, are shown below. ActualExpected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers of the securities maycertain borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Because of the potential for prepayment on mortgage-backed and non-mortgage asset-backed securities, such securities have not been displayed in the table below by contractual maturity.
Statement
ValueFair Value
Due in one year or less$461 $461 
Due after one year through five years43,584 45,602 
Due after five years through ten years102,827 102,586 
Due after ten years297,806 312,477 
Residential mortgage-backed securities28,979 23,320 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities55,072 45,936 
Other structured securities64,567 61,579 
Total bonds and notes$593,296 $591,961 
 Cost or
 Amortized
 Cost
Fair
 Value
Due in one year or less$7.0 $7.2 
Due after one year through five years29.7 34.1 
Due after five years through ten years120.4 156.2 
Due after ten years431.2 626.0 
Total588.3 823.5 
Asset-backed99.0 100.2 
Commercial mortgage-backed7.5 8.0 
Residential mortgage-backed27.2 30.1 
Total$722.0 $961.8 

The Company holds bonds as the result of a securitization transaction whereby the Company transferred commercial mortgage loans into an affiliated real estate trust and subsequently purchased bonds from the trust. These bonds have a carrying value of $3,890 and $3,807 and a fair value of $3,983 and $3,863 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Preferred Stocks – Unaffiliated

The statement value, gross unrealized gains and losses and fair value of unaffiliated preferred stocks at December 31 are as follows:
StatementGross Unrealized
Preferred StocksValueGainsLossesFair Value
December 31, 2023$27,100 $58 $— $27,158 
December 31, 202228,466 137 — 28,603 

Mortgage Loans

The Company’s mortgage loan portfolio consists of commercial mortgage loans, all of which are collateralized by completed properties. At December 31, 2023, the commercial mortgage loan portfolio had an average remaining life of 7.8 years, with all principal due prior to 2044. The Company limits its concentrations of credit risk. No loan to a single borrower represented more than 9.4% of the aggregate mortgage loan portfolio balance.

The following table showsprovides the major categories of net investment income for the periods indicated:
 Years Ended December 31,
 202020192018
Fixed maturity securities$45.6 $47.5 $49.7 
Equity securities4.0 4.6 5.1 
Commercial mortgage loans on real estate2.4 2.9 3.8 
Policy loans0.3 0.3 0.4 
Other investments3.1 5.3 7.0 
Cash and cash equivalents0.1 0.1 
Total investment income55.4 60.7 66.1 
Investment expenses(1.8)(1.4)(1.5)
Net investment income$53.6 $59.3 $64.6 
No material investmentscurrent amounts of the Company were non-income producing for the years endedmortgage loan portfolio at December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.31:
The following table summarizes the proceeds from sales of available-for-sale fixed maturities and gross realized gains and gross realized losses that have been recognized in the statement of operations as a result of those sales for the periods indicated:
 For the Years Ended December 31,
Fixed maturity securities:202020192018
Proceeds from sales$16.3 $93.7 $177.7 
Gross realized gains$3.7 $3.5 $6.9 
Gross realized losses(1.3)(0.9)(2.6)
Net realized gains from sales of fixed maturity securities$2.4 $2.6 $4.3 
For securities sold at a loss during the year ended December 31, 2020, the average period of time these securities were trading continuously at a price below book value was approximately 2 months.
20232022
Current$81,949 $36,721 
Total carrying value$81,949 $36,721 
72F-14



Table of Contents
The following table sets forthThere were no past due amounts or impaired loans and the net realized gains (losses) recognized in the statement of operations for the periods indicated:
 Years Ended December 31,
 202020192018
Net realized gains (losses) related to sales and other:
Fixed maturity securities$2.4 $2.6 $4.3 
Equity securities1.7 8.3 (6.1)
Commercial mortgage loans on real estate0.4 
Other investments(2.6)(1.5)
Total net realized gains (losses) related to sales and other1.5 9.4 (1.4)

The following table sets forth the portion of unrealized gains (losses) related to equity securities for the period indicated:
Years Ended December 31,
202020192018
Net gains (losses) recognized on equity securities$1.7 $8.3 $(6.1)
Less: Net realized gains related to sales of equity securities0.2 1.7 0.4 
Total net unrealized gains (losses) on equity securities$1.5 $6.6 $(6.5)
The investment category and duration of the Company's gross unrealized lossesCompany has no interest accrued on fixed maturity securities,loans greater than 90 days past due as of December 31, 20202023 and 2019 were as follows:2022.
 December 31, 2020
 Less than 12 months12 Months or MoreTotal
 Fair
 Value
Unrealized
 Losses
Fair
 Value
Unrealized
 Losses
Fair
 Value
Unrealized
 Losses
Fixed maturity securities:
Foreign governments$3.6 $(0.4)$$$3.6 $(0.4)
Asset-backed$7.1 $(0.1)$19.7 $(0.2)$26.8 $(0.3)
U.S. corporate10.9 (1.3)10.9 (1.3)
Total fixed maturity securities$21.6 $(1.8)$19.7 $(0.2)$41.3 $(2.0)
 December 31, 2019
 Less than 12 months12 Months or MoreTotal
 Fair
 Value
Unrealized
 Losses
Fair
 Value
Unrealized
 Losses
Fair
 Value
Unrealized
 Losses
Fixed maturity securities:
Asset-backed$$$21.1 $(0.4)$21.1 $(0.4)
Total fixed maturity securities$0 $0 $21.1 $(0.4)$21.1 $(0.4)
Total gross unrealized losses represent approximately 5% and 1% of the aggregate fair value of the related securities at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Approximately 92% of these gross unrealized losses had been in a continuous loss position for less than twelve months as of December 31, 2020. The total gross unrealized losses are comprised of 15 and 11 individual securities at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. In accordance with its policy, the Company concluded that for these securities, the gross unrealized losses as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 were related to non-credit factors and therefore, did not recognize credit-related losses during the year ended December 31, 2020. Additionally, the Company currently does not intend to and is not required to sell these investments prior to an anticipated recovery in value.
73



The cost or amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2020, by contractual maturity, is shown below:
December 31, 2020
 Cost or
Amortized Cost
Fair Value
Due after five years through ten years$4.3 $4.2 
Due after ten years11.9 10.3 
Total16.2 14.5 
Asset-backed27.1 26.8 
Total$43.3 $41.3 
The Company has entered into commercialCompany’s mortgage loans collateralized by the underlying real estate, on propertiesare located throughout the United States. The following table identifies states with greater than 5% of the commercial mortgage portfolio based on current principal amounts at December 31:
20232022
California26.5%13.6%
Colorado14.016.3 
Arizona10.612.7
Ohio10.423.1 
Pennsylvania9.4*
Maryland7.9 *
Missouri6.3 *
Georgia5.713.3 
New Hampshire *8.1
Oregon *6.9
Illinois *5.4

The types of properties collateralizing the commercial mortgage loans based on current principal amounts at December 31 are as follows:
20232022
Industrial49.3%50.9%
Apartment24.036.4 
Retail18.65.7
Office8.16.9
Total100.0%100.0%

The Company had no commitments as of December 31, 2023 or 2022 to lend additional funds to mortgagors whose existing mortgage terms had been restructured in a troubled debt restructuring. There were no mortgage loan restructures in 2023 or 2022.

Valuation allowances are maintained at a level that is adequate to absorb estimated probable credit losses of each specific loan. Management performs a periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for losses based on past loan loss experience, known and inherent credit risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay (including timing of future payments), the estimated value of the underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions, cash flow of the underlying properties, property occupancy and other relevant factors. Trends in market vacancy and rental rates are incorporated into the analysis of monitored loans and may contribute to the establishment of (or an increase or decrease in) an allowance for credit losses. In addition, a review of each loan in the commercial mortgage loan portfolio is performed on a quarterly basis to identify emerging credit risks. A valuation allowance is established or adjusted for specific loans as warranted based on this analysis. The Company’s process for determining past due or delinquency status begins when a payment date is missed. The Company places loans on nonaccrual status when it is probable that income is uncollectible. Income received after a loan is put on nonaccrual status is recognized on a cash basis. As of December 31, 2020, approximately 49% of the outstanding principal balance of commercial2023 and 2022, there were no mortgage loans in nonaccrual status and no valuation allowance was concentrated inestablished for mortgage loans. Mortgage loans deemed uncollectible are written off against the statesallowance for losses. The allowance is also adjusted for any subsequent recoveries.



F-15


Table of California, AlabamaContents
The Company measures and Maryland. Although the Company has a diversified loan portfolio, an economic downturn could have an adverse impact on the ability of its debtors to repay their loans. The outstanding balance of commercial mortgage loans range in size from $0.1 million to $7.8 million as of December 31, 2020 and from $0.2 million to $8.0 million as of December 31, 2019.
Credit quality indicators for commercial mortgage loans are loan-to-value and debt-service coverage ratios. Loan-to-value and debt-service coverage ratios are measures commonly used to assessassesses the credit quality of commercial mortgage loans.loans by using loan to value and debt service coverage ratios. The loan-to-valueloan to value ratio compares the principal amount of the loan to the fair value of the underlying property collateralizing the loan and is commonly expressed as a percentage. Loan to value ratios greater than 100% indicate that the principal amount is greater than the collateral value. Therefore, all else being equal, a lower loan to value ratio generally indicates a higher quality loan. The debt-servicedebt service coverage ratio compares a property'sproperty’s net operating income to its debt-service paymentsdebt service payments. Debt service coverage ratios of less than 1.0 indicate that property operations do not generate enough income to cover its current debt payments. Therefore, a higher debt service coverage ratio generally indicates a higher quality loan. The loan to value and is commonly expressed as a ratio. The loan-to-value and debt-servicedebt service coverage ratios are updated annuallyregularly.

Loan to value and debt service coverage ratios were as follows at December 31:
20232022
AverageAverage
PrincipalDebt ServicePrincipalDebt Service
Loan to ValueAmountCoverage RatioAmountCoverage Ratio
Less than 65%$81,949 2.43$36,721 1.89
Total$81,949 2.43$36,721 1.89
    
Limited Partnerships

The Company owns a portion of MCA Fund VI LP, an affiliated limited partnership, which invests in unaffiliated limited partnerships across a diversified mix of private equity, mezzanine, real estate and natural resource funds. The Company‘s investment was $20,565 and $8,317 at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. The Company funded commitments of $12,617 and $8,698 in 2023 and 2022, respectively. MCA Fund VI LP terminates on January 1, 2037, unless extended.

The financial statements of MCA Fund VI LP were not audited at December 31, 2023 or 2022, and therefore the Company utilized the look-through approach for the valuation. The Company recorded the value of its investments in these limited partnerships on a lag, based on the net asset value disclosed in the fourth quarter.audited financial statements of the underlying limited partnerships. All liabilities, funded commitments, and contingencies related to the underlying entities are reflected in the Company's net carrying values of the limited partnerships.

The followingCompany’s maximum exposure to loss associated with MCA Fund VI LP is $84,607 and $64,264 at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, which is the amount invested plus other commitments and guarantees. As described in Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, the Company makes commitments to limited partnerships in the normal course of business. Excluding these commitments, the Company did not provide financial or other support to MCA Fund VI LP during the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

F-16


Table of Contents
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-term Investments

The details of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments as of December 31, are as follows:
20232022
Short-term investment - U.S. government securities$— $14,679 
Money market mutual funds8,633 32,433 
Cash2,729 15,915 
Total cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments$11,362 $63,027 

Accrued Investment Income

Sources of accrued investment income as of December 31 are shown in the table presentsbelow.
20232022
Bonds and notes$7,355 $8,701 
Mortgage loans343 84 
Preferred stocks - unaffiliated151 138 
Contract loans74 88 
Cash and cash equivalents36 147 
Total accrued investment income$7,959 $9,158 

Due and accrued investment income over 90 days past due is excluded from the statutory basis statements of admitted assets, liabilities and capital and surplus as a nonadmitted asset. There was no accrued investment income excluded at December 31, 2023 or 2022 on this basis.

Net Investment Income

Sources of net investment income for the years ended December 31 are summarized as follows:
202320222021
Bonds and notes$36,038 $41,793 $44,726 
Preferred stocks - unaffiliated1,653 1,709 2,867
Mortgage loans2,652 2,467 2,083
Contract loans214257293
Derivatives— 3,237 — 
Other invested assets5526025,482
Cash and cash equivalents5994422
Other57827138
Gross investment income42,286 50,534 55,591 
Less investment expenses1,114 967895
Net investment income$41,172 $49,567 $54,696 

Investment expenses include interest, salaries, brokerage fees and securities’ custodial fees.
F-17


Table of Contents
Total net investment income recognized as a result of prepayment penalties or acceleration fees was $427 and $1,082 for the years ended 2022, and 2021, respectively. There was no net investment income recognized as a result of prepayment penalties or acceleration fees for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses)

Net realized capital gains (losses) for the years ended December 31 are summarized as follows:
202320222021
Bonds and notes:
Gross gains from sales$1,104 $5,420 $13,536 
Gross losses from sales(260)(8,911)(453)
Other799 — 2,810 
Common stocks - unaffiliated:
Gross gains from sales— — 669 
Preferred stocks - unaffiliated:
Gross gains from sales— — 2,153 
Gross losses from sales(361)— (140)
Other— (27)2,110 
Mortgage loans:
Gross losses from sales— (1,253)— 
Limited partnerships:
Gross gains from distributions205 
Other invested assets:
Gross gain from sales— 49 53,177 
Derivative financial instruments(8,705)— — 
Net realized capital gains (losses) before taxes and transfer to IMR(7,218)(4,722)73,862 
Tax on net realized capital gains (losses)(527)(9,390)276 
Transfer to IMR(1,273)4,771 (19,454)
Net realized capital gains (losses)$(9,018)$(9,341)$54,684 
Proceeds from the sale of bonds and notes were $21,209, $105,763, and $65,623 in 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. Proceeds from the sale of stocks were $1,811 and $19,009 in 2023 and 2021, respectively. There were no proceeds from the sale of stocks in 2022.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairments of Investments

Investment securities are reviewed for OTTI on an ongoing basis. The Company creates a watchlist of securities based largely on the fair value of an investment security relative to its amortized cost. When the fair value drops below the Company’s amortized cost, the Company monitors the security for OTTI. The determination of OTTI requires significant judgment on the part of the Company and depends on several factors, including, but not limited to:

The existence of any plans to sell the investment security.
The extent to which fair value is less than statement value.
The underlying reason for the decline in fair value (credit concerns, interest rates, etc.).
The financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer/borrower, including the ability to meet contractual obligations, relevant industry trends and conditions and cash flow analysis.
For loan-backed and structured securities and equity securities, the Company’s intent and ability to retain its investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value.
The Company’s ability to recover all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the agreements.
The Company’s collateral position, in the case of bankruptcy or restructuring.



F-18


Table of Contents
A bond is considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired when the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis of commercial mortgage loans, excluding allowance for credit losses, by origination year for certain key credit quality indicators at December 31, 2020:
 Origination Year
Loan-to-value ratios (1):20202019201820172016PriorTotal% of Total
70% and less$$$6.3 $9.5 $6.0 $22.2 $44.0 100.0 %
Total$0 $0 $6.3 $9.5 $6.0 $22.2 $44.0 100.0 %
 Origination Year
Debt-service coverage ratios (2):20202019201820172016PriorTotal% of Total
Greater than 2.0$$$$9.5 $6.0 $9.0 $24.5 55.7 %
1.5 to 2.07.2 7.2 16.4 %
1.0 to 1.56.3 6.0 12.3 27.9 %
Total$0 $0 $6.3 $9.5 $6.0 $22.2 $44.0 100.0 %
(1) LTV ratio derived from current loan balance divided byand its value is not expected to recover through the Company’s holding period. When this occurs, the Company records a net realized capital loss equal to the difference between the amortized cost and fair value of the property.value. The fair value of the other-than-temporarily impaired security becomes its new cost basis. If the bond is a loan-backed or structured security, it is considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired when the amortized cost exceeds the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and its value is not expected to recover through the Company’s holding period. The amount of the OTTI recognized in net income as a realized loss equals the difference between the investment's amortized cost basis and its expected cash flows.

For certain securitized financial assets with contractual cash flows, the Company is required to update its best estimate of cash flows over the life of the security. If the fair value of a securitized financial asset is less than its cost or amortized cost and there has been a decrease in the present value of the estimated cash flows since the last revised estimate, considering both timing and amount, an OTTI charge equal to the difference between amortized cost and present value of future cash flows is recognized. The Company also considers its intent and ability to retain a temporarily impaired security until recovery. Estimating future cash flows involves judgment and includes both quantitative and qualitative factors. Such determinations incorporate various information and assessments regarding the future performance of the underlying commercial propertiescollateral. In addition, projections of expected future cash flows may change based upon new information regarding the performance of the underlying collateral.

For investments in limited partnerships, the Company reviews the financial condition and future profitability of the limited partnership interest to assess whether any excess of its initial cost basis over the current carrying basis determined using the equity method of accounting is updatedother-than-temporary. If such excess is deemed to be other-than-temporary, the amount is recorded as a net realized capital loss.

For those stocks with a decline in the fair value deemed to be other-than-temporary, a net realized capital loss is recorded equal to the difference between the fair value and cost basis of the security. The previous cost basis less the amount of the estimated impairment becomes the security’s new cost basis. The Company asserts its intent and ability to retain those stocks deemed to be temporarily impaired until the price recovers. Once identified, these securities are restricted from trading.

Management believes it has made an appropriate provision for other-than-temporarily impaired securities owned at least annually.December 31, 2023. As a result of the subjective nature of these estimates, however, additional provisions may subsequently be determined to be necessary, as new facts emerge and a greater understanding of economic trends develop. Additional OTTI will be recorded as appropriate and as determined by the Company’s regular monitoring procedures of additional facts. In light of the variables involved, such additional OTTI could be significant.
(2) DSC ratio calculated using most recent reported operating income results from property operators divided by annual debt service coverage.
The Company had fixed maturitydid not recognize any OTTI on loan-backed and structured securities during 2023, 2022, and 2021 caused by an intent to sell or lack of $7.1 millionintent and $6.5 millionability to hold until recovery of the amortized cost basis.

The Company recognized no credit related OTTI on loan-backed securities in 2023





















F-19


Table of Contents
Net Unrealized Capital Gains (Losses)

Information regarding the Company’s bonds and notes with unrealized losses at December 31, 2023 is presented below, segregated between those that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and those that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for twelve or more months.
Months in Unrealized Loss Position
Less ThanTwelveTotal
Twelve MonthsMonths or GreaterDecember 31, 2023
Fair ValueUnrealized LossFair ValueUnrealized LossFair ValueUnrealized Loss
U.S. government and agencies$— $— $822 $(149)$822 $(149)
States, territories and possessions— — 2,273 (137)2,273 (137)
Political subdivisions of states,
territories and possessions— — 23,896 (9,251)23,896 (9,251)
Industrial and miscellaneous5,040 (27)111,399 (16,908)116,439 (16,935)
Residential mortgage-backed
securities— — 22,517 (5,751)22,517 (5,751)
Commercial mortgage-backed
securities— — 43,951 (9,274)43,951 (9,274)
Other structured securities4,899 (76)51,659 (3,172)56,558 (3,248)
Total temporarily
impaired securities$9,939 $(103)$256,517 $(44,642)$266,456 $(44,745)

At December 31, 2023, the Company owned 238 bonds and notes with a fair value of $266,456 in an unrealized investment loss position. There were 225 bonds and notes with a fair value of $256,517 in an unrealized loss position for twelve or more months. The aggregate severity of unrealized losses for bonds and notes with a loss period of twelve months or greater is approximately 14.8% of amortized cost. The total fair value of bonds and notes with unrealized losses at December 31, 2023 and which are rated “investment grade” based on having an NAIC rating of 1 or 2 is $256,111 or 96.1% of the total fair value of all bonds and notes with unrealized losses at December 31, 2023. Total unrealized losses on investment grade bonds and notes were $43,546 at December 31, 2023.




















F-20


Table of Contents
Information regarding the Company’s bonds and notes and stocks with unrealized losses at December 31, 2022 is presented below, segregated between those that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and those that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for twelve or more months.
Months in Unrealized Loss Position
Less ThanTwelveTotal
Twelve MonthsMonths or GreaterDecember 31, 2022
Fair ValueUnrealized LossFair ValueUnrealized LossFair ValueUnrealized Loss
U.S. government and agencies$— $— $809 $(167)$809 $(167)
States, territories and
possessions— — 2,171 (241)2,171 (241)
Political subdivisions of states,
territories and possessions3,546 (1,064)18,916 (9,791)22,462 (10,855)
Industrial and miscellaneous28,564 (2,813)140,381 (22,440)168,945 (25,253)
Residential mortgage-backed
securities— — 24,446 (5,758)24,446 (5,758)
Commercial mortgage-backed
securities3,948 (874)39,868 (9,177)43,816 (10,051)
Other structured securities9,547 (1,146)45,974 (4,818)55,521 (5,964)
Total temporarily
impaired securities$45,605 $(5,897)$272,565 $(52,392)$318,170 $(58,289)
At December 31, 2022, the Company owned 314 bonds and notes with a fair value of $318,170 in an unrealized investment loss position. There were 282 bonds and notes with a fair value of $272,565 in an unrealized loss position for twelve or more months. The aggregate severity of unrealized losses for bonds and notes with a loss period of twelve months or greater is approximately 16.1% of amortized cost. The total fair value of bonds and notes with unrealized losses at December 31, 2022 and which are rated “investment grade” based on having an NAIC rating of 1 or 2 is $301,529 or 94.8% of the total fair value of all bonds and notes with unrealized losses at December 31, 2022. Total unrealized losses on investment grade bonds and notes were $56,219 at December 31, 2022.

Investment Credit Risk

The Company maintains a diversified investment portfolio including issuer, sector and geographic stratification, where applicable, and has established certain exposure limits, diversification standards, and review procedures to mitigate credit risk.













F-21


Table of Contents
Restricted Assets

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company has securities that were restricted or on deposit with government authorities as required by law to satisfy regulatory requirements or with trustees as required by reinsurance agreements.

Restricted assets by category as of December 31 2020are as follows:
20232022
TotalRestrictedRestricted toTotalRestrictedRestricted to
Admittedto TotalTotal AdmittedAdmittedto TotalTotal Admitted
RestrictedAssetsAssetsRestrictedAssetsAssets
On deposit with states and
other regulatory bodies$3,205 0.1 %0.1 %$3,085 0.1 %0.1 %
Pledged as collateral not
captured in other categories302,142 11.6 %11.6 %300,238 11.8 %11.8 %
Total restricted assets$305,347 11.7 %11.6 %$303,323 11.9 %11.9 %

Note 4: Fair Value

The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value of certain assets and 2019, respectively, on deposit with various governmental authoritiesliabilities and to estimate fair value of financial instruments not recorded at fair value but required to be disclosed at fair value. Certain financial instruments, such as required by law.
Variable Interest Entities A VIE is a legal entity which does not have sufficient equity at risk to allow the entity to finance its activities without additional financial support or in which the equity investors, as a group, do not have the characteristic of a controlling financial interest. The Company'sinsurance policy liabilities other than deposit-type contracts and investments in VIEs include real estate joint ventures and other limited
74


partnerships. These investments are generally accounted for underusing the equity method, and are included within other investments inexcluded from the balance sheets.fair value disclosure requirements. The Company's maximum exposure to loss with respect to these investments is limited to the investment carrying amounts reported. As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s maximum exposure to loss is its recorded carrying value of $20.9 million and unfunded commitments of $0.1 million.
5. FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES
Fair Values, Inputs and Valuation Techniques for Financial Assets and Liabilities Disclosures
TheCompany uses fair value measurements and disclosures guidance definesobtained using observable inputs or internally determined estimates to estimate fair value and establishes a framework for measuring fair value.

Valuation Hierarchy

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value of assets and liabilities into three broad levels. The Company has categorized its recurring fair value basis financial assets and liabilities into a three-level fair value hierarchyinstruments, based on the prioritydegree of the inputs tosubjectivity inherent in the valuation technique. technique, as follows:
The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to
Level 1: Inputs are directly observable and represent quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1)in active markets the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.
Level 2: All significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, for the asset or liability. This includes: (i) quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, (ii) quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, (iii) inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the instruments and (iv) inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.
Level 3: One or more significant inputs are unobservable and reflect the lowest priority toCompany’s estimates of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk.

For purposes of determining the fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, observable inputs are those inputs used by market participants in valuing financial instruments, which are developed based on market data obtained from independent sources. In the absence of sufficient observable inputs, unobservable inputs, (Level 3).reflecting the Company’s estimates of the assumptions market participants would use in valuing financial assets and liabilities, are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The Company uses prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date. In some instances, valuation inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, theThe category level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has beenis determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.



F-22


Table of Contents
The Company’s assessmenthierarchy requires the use of the significancemarket observable information when available for measuring fair value. The availability of a particular input toobservable inputs varies by investment. In situations where the fair value measurementis based on inputs that are unobservable in its entiretythe market or on inputs from inactive markets, the determination of fair value requires more judgment and takes into account factors specificis subject to the asset or liability.risk of variability. The degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is typically greatest for investments categorized in Level 3. Transfers in and out of level categorizations are reported as having occurred at the end of the quarter in which the transfer occurred.

Valuation Process

The Company is responsible for the determination of fair value and the supporting assumptions and methodologies.The Company gains assurance on the overall reasonableness and consistent application of valuation methodologies and inputs and compliance with accounting standards through the execution of various processes and controls designed to provide assurance that assets and liabilities are appropriately valued.

The levelsCompany has policies and guidelines that require the establishment of valuation methodologies and consistent application of such methodologies. These policies and guidelines govern the use of inputs and price source hierarchies and provide controls around the valuation processes. These controls include appropriate review and analysis of prices against market activity or indicators of reasonableness, approval of price source changes, price overrides, methodology changes and classification of fair value hierarchy levels. The valuation policies and guidelines are described below:reviewed and updated as appropriate.
•  Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets
For fair values received from third parties or liabilitiesinternally estimated, the Company’s processes are designed to provide assurance that the valuation methodologies and inputs are appropriate and consistently applied, the assumptions are reasonable and consistent with the objective of determining fair value, and the fair values are appropriately recorded. The Company can access.performs procedures to understand and assess the methodologies, process and controls of valuation service providers. In addition, the Company may validate the reasonableness of fair values by comparing information obtained from valuation service providers or brokers to other third-party valuation sources for selected securities. When using internal valuation models, these models are developed by the Company’s investment group using established methodologies. The models, including key assumptions, are reviewed with various investment sector professionals, accounting, operations, compliance, and risk management professionals.In addition, when fair value estimates involve a high degree of subjectivity, the Company validates them through reviews by members of management who have relevant expertise and who are independent of those charged with executing investment transactions.
•  Level 2 inputs utilize other than quoted prices included
Transfers Between Levels

There were no transfers between levels in Level 12023 and 2022.

Fair Value Measurement

The following table summarizes the Company’s assets that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable in the marketplace for the asset or liability. The observable inputs are used in valuation models to calculate themeasured at fair value for the asset or liability.
•  Level 3 inputs are unobservable but are significant to the fair value measurement for the asset or liability, and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. These inputs reflect management’s own assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability.
The Company reviews fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Changes in the observabilityrecurring basis as of valuation inputs may result in a reclassification of levels for certain securities within the fair value hierarchy.December 31, 2023.
Assets, at Fair ValueLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
Preferred stock - unaffiliated$— $26,302 $— $26,302 
Cash equivalents8,633 — — 8,633 
Separate account assets1,775,541 45,631 — 1,821,172 
Total assets$1,784,174 $71,933 $— $1,856,107 









75F-23



Table of Contents
The following tables presenttable summarizes the Company’s assets that are measured at fair value hierarchy for assets andon a recurring basis as of December 31, 2022.
Assets, at Fair ValueLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
Preferred stock - unaffiliated$— $23,506 $— $23,506 
Cash equivalents32,433 — — 32,433 
Derivatives— 23 — 23 
Separate account assets1,622,216 57,583 — 1,679,799 
Total assets$1,654,649 $81,112 $— $1,735,761 

The Company had no liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 20202023 and 2019. The amounts presented below for other investments, cash equivalents, assets held in and liabilities related to separate accounts differ from the amounts presented in the balance sheets because only certain investments or certain assets and liabilities within these line items are measured at estimated fair value. The fair value amount and the majority2022.

Fair Value Measurement of the associated levels presented for assets and liabilities held in separate accounts are received directly from third parties.Financial Instruments
 December 31, 2020
 TotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3
Financial Assets
Fixed maturity securities:
U.S. government and government
 agencies and authorities
$0.7 $ $0.7  $ 
State, municipalities and political subdivisions15.5  15.5   
Foreign governments24.1  24.1   
Asset-backed100.2  100.2   
Commercial mortgage-backed8.0  4.0  4.0  
Residential mortgage-backed30.1  30.1   
U.S. corporate651.0  650.1  0.9  
Foreign corporate132.2 124.6 7.6 
Equity securities:
Common stocks1.9 1.9    
Non-redeemable preferred stocks67.9  66.9  1.0  
Other investments17.7 17.7 (1)
Cash equivalents1.2 1.2 (1)
Assets held in separate accounts2,010.6 1,936.4 (2)74.2 (3) 
Total financial assets$3,061.1 $1,957.2 $1,090.4 $13.5  
Financial Liabilities
Liabilities related to separate accounts$2,010.6 $1,936.4 (2)$74.2 (3)$ 
76


 December 31, 2019
 TotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3
Financial Assets
Fixed maturity securities:
U.S. government and government
 agencies and authorities
$0.7 $ $0.7  $ 
State, municipalities and political subdivisions14.9  14.9   
Foreign governments10.8  10.8   
Asset-backed102.4  102.4   
Commercial mortgage-backed5.0  1.5  3.5  
Residential mortgage-backed33.9  33.9   
U.S. corporate646.1  646.0  0.1  
Foreign corporate142.9 134.8 8.1 
Equity securities:
Common stocks2.3 2.3    
Non-redeemable preferred stocks73.0  71.9  1.1  
Other investments4.6 4.6 (1)
Cash equivalents3.2 3.2 — — 
Other assets  
Assets held in separate accounts1,661.6 1,588.0 (2)73.6 (3) 
Total financial assets$2,701.4 $1,598.1 $1,090.5 $12.8  
Financial Liabilities
Liabilities related to separate accounts$1,661.6 $1,588.0 (2)$73.6 (3)$ 
(1)  Primarily includes money market funds.
(2)  Primarily includes mutual funds and related obligations.
(3)  Primarily includes fixed maturity securities and related obligations.




















77



The following tables summarizetable summarizes the change in balance sheet carrying value associated with Level 3 financial assets carried atamounts and fair value during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:
 Year Ended December 31, 2020
 Balance,
beginning
of period
Total
gains (losses)
(realized/
unrealized)
included in
earnings (1)
Net
unrealized
(losses) gains
included in
other comprehensive
 income (2)
PurchasesSalesTransfers
in (3)
Transfers
out (3)
Balance,
end of
period
Fixed maturity securities:
Asset-backed$$$0.1 $2.0 $$$(2.1)
Commercial mortgage-backed3.5 0.1 0.4 4.0 
U.S. corporate0.1 0.8 0.9 
Foreign corporate8.1 0.1 (0.6)7.6 
Equity securities:
Non-redeemable preferred
 stocks
1.1 (0.1)1.0 
Total level 3 assets$12.8 $0.1 $0.5 $2.8 $(0.6)$0 $(2.1)$13.5 
 Year Ended December 31, 2019
 Balance,
beginning
of period
Total
gains (losses)
(realized/
unrealized)
included in
earnings (1)
Net
unrealized
losses
included in
other comprehensive
 income (2)
PurchasesSalesTransfers
in (3)
Transfers
out (3)
Balance,
end of
period
Fixed maturity securities:
Asset-backed$$$$8.5 $$$(8.5)
Commercial mortgage-backed3.3 0.2 3.5 
U.S. corporate1.0 (0.9)0.1 
Foreign corporate8.2 0.4 (0.5)8.1 
Equity securities:
Non-redeemable preferred
 stocks
1.1 1.1 
Other assets0.1 (0.1)
Total level 3 assets$12.7 $(0.1)$0.6 $8.5 $(0.5)$1.0 $(9.4)$12.8 
(1)  Included as part of net realized gains on investments, excluding other-than-temporary impairment losses, in the statement of operations.
(2)  Included as part of change in unrealized gains on securities in the statement of comprehensive income.
(3) Transfers are primarily attributable to changes in the availability of observable market information and re-evaluationvalues of the observability of valuation inputs.



78


Three different valuation techniques can be used in determining fair value for financial assets and liabilities: the market, income or cost approaches. The three valuation techniques described in the fair value measurements and disclosures guidance are consistent with generally accepted valuation methodologies. The market approach valuation techniques use prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. When possible, quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets are used as of the period-end date (such as for mutual funds and money market funds). Otherwise, the Company uses valuation techniques consistent with the market approach including matrix pricing and comparables. Matrix pricing is a mathematical technique employed principally to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for those securities but, rather, relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities. Market approach valuation techniques often use market multiples derived from a set of comparables. Multiples might lie in ranges with a different multiple for each comparable. The selection of where within the range the appropriate multiple falls requires judgment, considering both qualitative and quantitative factors specific to the measurement.
Income approach valuation techniques convert future amounts, such as cash flows or earnings, to a single present amount, or a discounted amount. These techniques rely on current market expectations of future amounts as of the period-end date. Examples of income approach valuation techniques include present value techniques, option-pricing models, binomial or lattice models that incorporate present value techniques and the multi-period excess earnings method.
Cost approach valuation techniques are based upon the amount that would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset at the period-end date, or the current replacement cost. That is, from the perspective of a market participant (seller), the price that would be received for the asset is determined based on the cost to a market participant (buyer) to acquire or construct a substitute asset of comparable utility, adjusted for obsolescence.
While not all three approaches are applicable to all financial assets or liabilities, where appropriate, the Company may use one or more valuation techniques. For all the classes of financial assets and liabilities included in the above hierarchy, excluding derivatives and certain privately placed corporate bonds, the Company generally uses the market valuation technique. For certain privately placed corporate bonds and derivatives, the Company generally uses the income valuation technique. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the application of the valuation technique applied to the Company’s classes of financial assets and liabilities has been consistent.
Level 1 Securities
The Company’s investments and liabilities classified as Level 1 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, consisted of mutual funds and related obligations, money market funds and common stocks that are publicly listed and/or actively traded in an established market.
Level 2 Securities
The Company values Level 2 securities using various observable market inputs obtained from a pricing service. The pricing service prepares estimates of fair value measurements for the Company’s Level 2 securities using proprietary valuation models based on techniques such as matrix pricing which include observable market inputs. The fair value measurements and disclosures guidance defines observable market inputs as the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. The extent of the use of each observable market input for a security depends on the type of security and the market conditions at the balance sheet date. Depending on the security, the priority of the use of observable market inputs may change as some observable market inputs may not be relevant or additional inputs may be necessary. The Company uses the following observable market inputs (“standard inputs”), listed in the approximate order of priority, in the pricing evaluation of Level 2 securities: benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data including market research data. Further details for Level 2 investment types follow:
U.S. government and government agencies and authorities: U.S. government and government agencies and authorities securities are priced by the Company’s pricing service utilizing standard inputs. Included in this category are U.S. Treasury securities which are priced using vendor trading platform data in addition to the standard inputs.
States, municipalities and political subdivisions: State, municipalities and political subdivisions securities are priced by the Company’s pricing service using material event notices and new issue data inputs in addition to the standard inputs.
Foreign governments: Foreign government securities are priced by the Company’s pricing service utilizing standard inputs. The pricing service also evaluates each security based on relevant market information including relevant credit information, perceived market movements and sector news.
Commercial mortgage-backed, residential mortgage-backed and asset-backed: Commercial mortgage-backed, residential mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are priced by the Company’s pricing service using monthly payment information and collateral performance information in addition to the standard inputs. Additionally, commercial mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities utilize new issue data while residential mortgage-backed securities utilize vendor trading platform data.
79


U.S. and foreign corporate: Corporate securities are priced by the Company’s pricing service using standard inputs. Non-investment grade securities within this category are priced by the Company’s pricing service using observations of equity and credit default swap curves related to the issuer in addition to the standard inputs. Certain privately placed corporate bonds are priced by a non-pricing service source using a model with observable inputs including, but not limited to, the credit rating, credit spreads, sector add-ons, and issuer specific add-ons.
Non-redeemable preferred stocks: Non-redeemable preferred stocks are priced by the Company’s pricing service using observations of equity and credit default swap curves related to the issuer in addition to the standard inputs.
Assets held in separate accounts and liabilities related to separate accounts: To price the fixed maturity securities and related obligations in these categories, the pricing service utilizes the standard inputs.
Valuation models used by the pricing service can change from period to period, depending on the appropriate observable inputs that are available at the balance sheet date to price a security.
Level 3 Securities
The Company’s investments classified as Level 3 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 consisted of $13.5 million and $12.8 million, respectively, of fixed maturity and equity securities. All of the Level 3 fixed maturity and equity securities are priced using non-binding third-party manager quotes, for which the underlying quantitative inputs are not developed by the Company and are not readily available or observable.
Management evaluates the following factors in order to determine whether the market for a financial asset is inactive. The factors include, but are not limited to:
•  whether there are few recent transactions,
•  whether little information is released publicly,
•  whether the available prices vary significantly over time or among market participants,
•  whether the prices are stale (i.e., not current), and
•  the magnitude of the bid-ask spread.
Illiquidity did not have a material impact in the fair value determination of the Company's financial assets as of December 31, 2020 or 2019.
The Company generally obtains one price for each financial asset. The Company performs a periodic analysis to assess if the evaluated prices represent a reasonable estimate of the financial assets' fair values. This process involves quantitative and qualitative analysis and is overseen by investment and accounting professionals. Examples of procedures performed include, but are not limited to, initial and on-going review of pricing service methodologies, review of the prices received from the pricing service, review of pricing statistics and trends, and comparison of prices for certain securities with two different appropriate price sources for reasonableness. Following this analysis, the Company generally uses the best estimate of fair value based upon all available inputs. On infrequent occasions, a non-pricing service source may be more familiar with the market activity for a particular security than the pricing service. In these cases, the price used is taken from the non-pricing service source. The pricing service provides information to indicate which securities were priced using market observable inputs so that the Company can properly categorize the Company’s financial assets in the fair value hierarchy.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments Disclosures
The financial instruments guidance requires disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate such fair value. Therefore, it requires fair value disclosureby fair value measurement level at December 31, 2023:
Carrying
AmountFair ValueLevel 1Level 2Level 3
Financial instruments recorded
as assets:
Bonds and notes$593,296 $591,961 $— $587,978 $3,983 
Preferred stocks - unaffiliated27,100 27,158 — 27,158 — 
Mortgage loans81,949 79,793 — — 79,793 
Cash equivalents and short-term
investments8,633 8,633 8,633 — — 
Other invested assets8,257 9,040 — 9,040 — 
Contract loans3,869 4,506 — — 4,506 
Separate account assets1,821,543 1,821,172 1,775,541 45,631 — 
Financial instruments recorded
as liabilities:
Deposit-type contracts16,227 13,910 — 13,910 — 
Annuity contracts16,108 13,809 — 13,809 — 
Separate account liabilities1,821,543 1,821,172 1,775,541 45,631 — 















F-24


Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments for which it is practical to estimate by fair value measurement level at December 31, 2022.
Carrying
AmountFair ValueLevel 1Level 2Level 3
Financial instruments recorded
as assets:
Bonds and notes$689,808 $670,710 $— $666,847 $3,863 
Preferred stocks - unaffiliated28,466 28,603 — 28,603 — 
Mortgage loans36,721 34,327 — — 34,327 
Cash equivalents and
    short-term investments47,112 47,112 32,433 14,679 — 
Other invested assets8,606 9,270 — 9,270 — 
Derivatives23 23 — 23 — 
Contract loans4,518 5,150 — — 5,150 
Separate account assets1,680,236 1,679,799 1,622,216 57,583 — 
Financial instruments recorded
as liabilities:
Deposit-type contracts16,986 15,174 — 15,174 — 
Annuity contracts16,378 14,631 — 14,631 — 
Separate account liabilities1,680,236 1,679,799 1,622,216 57,583 — 

The carrying amounts for accrued investment income and certain receivables and payables approximate their fair values due to their short-term nature and have been excluded from the fair value tables above.

Determination of Fair Values

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments that are not recognized or are not carried atby fair value inhierarchy level:

Level 1 Measurements

Cash equivalents and short-term investments: Consists of money market mutual funds which are valued based on the closing price as of December 31.

Separate account assets and liabilities: Consists of mutual funds. Valuation is based on the closing price as of the balance sheets. However, this guidance excludes certain financial instruments, including those related to insurance contracts and those accounted for undersheet date. Separate account liabilities represent the equity method (such as partnerships).
For the financial instruments included within the following financial assets and financial liabilities, the carryingaccount value in the balance sheets equals or approximates fair value. Please referowed to the Fair ValueInputs and Valuation Techniques for Financial Assets and Liabilities Disclosures section above for additional information oncustomer; the financial instruments included within the following financial assets and financial liabilities and the methods and assumptions usedfair value is determined by reference to estimate fair value:
•  Cash and cash equivalents;
•  Fixed maturity securities;
•  Equity securities;
• Other investments;
•  Assets held in separate accounts; and
•  Liabilities related to separate accounts.
80


In estimating the fair value of the financial instrumentsrelated separate account assets.

Level 2 Measurements

Bonds and notes: Valuation is principally based on observable inputs including quoted prices for similar assets in markets that are not recognized oractive and observable market data.

Preferred stocks - unaffiliated: Consists of privately placed preferred stock. Valuation is based on observable market inputs such as risk-free rates and market comparables.

Cash equivalents and short-term investments: Consists of an U.S. Treasury security which is classified as cash equivalents and short-term investments. Valuation is principally based on observable inputs including quoted prices for similar assets in markets that are not carried atactive and observable market data.

Other invested assets: Consists of surplus notes. Valuation is principally based on observable inputs including quoted prices for similar assets in markets that are active and observable market data.

F-25


Table of Contents
Derivatives: Consists of swaps. Valuation inputs having a significant effect on fair value include market quoted interest rates, market implied volatility and other observable inputs regularly used by industry participants in the balance sheets,over-the-counter derivatives market.

Separate account assets and liabilities: Separate account assets are investments in bonds and notes where valuation is principally based on observable inputs including quoted prices for similar assets in markets that are active and observable market data. Separate account liabilities represent the Company usedaccount value owed to the following methods and assumptions:
Commercial mortgage loans on real estate: customer; the fair value of commercial mortgage loans on real estate utilizes a third-party matrix pricing model. For fixed rate loans, the matrix process uses a yield buildup approachis determined by reference to create a pricing yield, with components for base yield, credit quality spread, property type spread, and a weighted average life spread. Floating rate loans are priced with a target quality spread over the swap curve. A dollar price for each loan is derived from the pricing yield or spread by a discounted cash flow methodology.
Policy loans: the carrying value of policy loans reported in the balance sheets approximates fair value.
Policy reserves under investment products: the fair values for the Company’s policy reserves under investment products are determined using discounted cash flow analysis. Key inputs to the valuation include projections of policy cash flows, reserve run-off, market yields and risk margins.
The following tables disclose the carrying value, fair value and hierarchy level of the financial instruments that are not recognized or are not carried at fair value in the balance sheets as of the dates indicated:
 December 31, 2020
  Fair Value
 
Carrying
 Value
TotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3
Financial assets:
Commercial mortgage loans on real estate$43.9 $50.0 $$$50.0 
Policy loans5.3 5.3 5.3 
Other investments0.2 0.2 0.2 
Total financial assets$49.4 $55.5 $5.3 $0 $50.2 
Financial liabilities:
Policy reserves under investment products (Individual and group annuities, subject to discretionary withdrawal) (1)$194.1 $241.2 $0 $0 $241.2 

 December 31, 2019
  Fair Value
 
Carrying
 Value
TotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3
Financial assets:
Commercial mortgage loans on real estate$47.4 $50.8 $$$50.8 
Policy loans5.6 5.6 5.6 
Other investments0.2 0.2 0.2 
Total financial assets$53.2 $56.6 $5.6 $0 $51.0 
Financial liabilities:
Policy reserves under investment products
 (Individual and group annuities, subject to
 discretionary withdrawal) (1)
$196.3 $230.0 $0 $0 $230.0 
(1)  Only the fair value of the Company's policy reservesrelated separate account assets.

Deposit-type and annuity contracts: The fair value of the Company’s liabilities under deposit-type and annuity contracts is based on the account balance less applicable surrender charges and considering applicable market value adjustments, such as a spread equivalent to the cost of funds for investment-type contracts (those withoutinsurance companies.

Level 3 Measurements

Bonds and notes: Valuation is principally based on unobservable inputs that are significant mortality or morbidity risk)including estimated prices for similar assets in markets that may not be active. When available, market indices and observable inputs, along with analytical modeling are reflectedused. However, observable inputs on non-distressed asset trades are not frequent.

Mortgage loans: The fair value for mortgage loans is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses with interest rates currently being offered in the table above.marketplace for similar loans to borrowers with similar credit ratings. Loans with similar characteristics are aggregated for purposes of the calculations. Fair values for mortgages in default are reported at the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral.


Contract loans: The fair value for contract loans is estimated using discounted cash flow analysis with interest rates currently being offered in the marketplace for similar loans to borrowers with similar credit ratings.
81



Note 5: Income Tax
6. INCOME TAXES
The Company files a stand-alone U.S. federal income tax return as it is not eligible to be included in the CMHC consolidated U.S. federal income tax return until January 1, 2027.

For the period January 1, 2021 to July 31, 2021, the Company was included in the U.S. federal income tax return filed by Assurant. Tax liabilities were allocated within the Assurant consolidated group according to tax allocation principles prescribed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and related income tax regulations applicable to life and non-life consolidated income tax returns. The method of allocation between the companies was subject to U.S.written agreement, approved by the Assurant Board of Directors. Allocation was based upon separate return calculations with current credit for net losses to the extent to which they were used in the consolidated return. Intercompany tax balances were to be settled within 30 days of paying quarterly tax estimates and files a U.S.filing of the consolidated federal income tax return with its Parent. All of the Company’s income comes from domestic sources. The components ofreturn.

Current income tax expense (benefit) were as followsconsists of the following for the periods indicated:years ended December 31:
202320222021
Federal income tax expense on operations$1,845 $3,754 $4,503 
Federal income tax expense (benefit) on
net realized capital gains (losses)795 8,388 3,809 
Federal income tax expense$2,640 $12,142 $8,312 
 Year Ended December 31,
 202020192018
Current expense (benefit)$0.4 $8.8 $9.5 
Deferred expense5.0 2.0 7.2 
Total income tax expense$5.4 $10.8 $16.7 

A reconciliation







F-26


Table of Contents
The 2023 change in net deferred income tax is comprised of the federalfollowing:
December 31,December 31,
20232022Change
Adjusted gross deferred tax assets$18,622 $16,638 $1,984 
Total deferred tax liabilities(862)(557)(305)
Net deferred tax asset (excluding nonadmitted)$17,760 $16,081 $1,679 
Tax effect of net unrealized capital gains and losses,
unrealized foreign exchange capital gains and losses,
and changes as a result of other surplus adjustments2,213 
Change in net deferred income tax$3,892 

The 2022 change in net deferred income tax rate tois comprised of the Company's effectivefollowing:
December 31,December 31,
20222021Change
Adjusted gross deferred tax assets$16,638 $5,880 $10,758 
Total deferred tax liabilities(557)(3,131)2,574 
Net deferred tax asset (excluding nonadmitted)16,081 2,749 13,332 
Tax effect of net unrealized capital gains and losses,
unrealized foreign exchange capital gains and losses,
and changes as a result of other surplus adjustments(1,138)
Change in net deferred income tax$12,194 

The 2021 change in net deferred income tax rate follows foris comprised of the periods indicated:following:
 December 31,
 202020192018
Federal income tax rate:21.0 %21.0 %21.0 %
Reconciling items:   
Dividends-received deduction(3.3)%(1.3)%(0.8)%
TCJA impacts%%0.5 %
Other(1.6)%(0.3)%(0.3)%
Effective income tax rate16.1 %19.4 %20.4 %
December 31,December 31,
20212020Change
Adjusted gross deferred tax assets$5,880 $30,913 $(25,033)
Total deferred tax liabilities(3,131)(6,871)3,740 
Net deferred tax asset (excluding nonadmitted)2,749 24,042 (21,293)
Tax effect of net unrealized capital gains and losses,
unrealized foreign exchange capital gains and losses,
and changes as a result of other surplus adjustments317 
Change in net deferred income tax$(20,976)
F-27


Table of Contents
Reconciliation to U.S. Tax Rate

The Company's unrecognized tax benefitstotal statutory provision for each ofincome taxes for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019,2023, 2022, and 2018 are $2.4 million. The Company does not anticipate any significant increase2021 differs from the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate of 21% to income before federal income taxes plus gross realized capital gains (losses) due to the items listed in the unrecognized tax benefit within the next 12 months.following reconciliation:
202320222021
Tax expense computed at federal corporate rate$2,616 $2,644 $22,799 
Dividends received deductions(866)(748)(1,579)
Foreign tax credit(138)(103)(161)
Income tax benefit related to prior years(690)(745)(2,923)
Nonadmitted assets(80)(5)78 
Interest maintenance reserve amortization(262)(485)(493)
Amortization of deferred gain on reinsurance(1,817)(578)(1,441)
Change in deferred income tax due to purchase accounting— — 13,031 
Tax exempt investment income(17)(34)(37)
Other14 
Total statutory income taxes$(1,252)$(52)$29,288 
Federal income tax expense$2,640 $12,142 $8,312 
Change in net deferred income tax(3,892)(12,194)20,976 
Total statutory income taxes$(1,252)$(52)$29,288 

Deferred Income Taxes

The Parent files its consolidated incomecomponents of the net deferred tax returnsasset at December 31 are as follows:
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022Change
OrdinaryCapitalTotalOrdinaryCapitalTotalOrdinaryCapitalTotal
Gross deferred
tax assets$11,043 $7,579 $18,622 $9,123 $7,515 $16,638 $1,920 $64 $1,984 
Statutory
valuation
allowance
adjustment— — — — — — — — — 
Adjusted gross
deferred tax
assets11,043 7,579 18,622 9,123 7,515 16,638 1,920 64 1,984 
Deferred tax
assets
nonadmitted6,100 7,579 13,679 4,312 7,515 11,827 1,788 64 1,852 
Admitted deferred
tax assets4,943 — 4,943 4,811 — 4,811 132 — 132 
Deferred tax
liabilities(352)(510)(862)(437)(120)(557)85 (390)(305)
Net admitted
deferred tax
assets$4,591 $(510)$4,081 $4,374 $(120)$4,254 $217 $(390)$(173)

F-28


Table of Contents
The nonadmitted deferred tax asset increased $1,852 in 2023 and $11,827 in 2022. There are no known deferred tax liabilities not recognized. Gross deferred tax assets are reduced by a statutory valuation allowance adjustment if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the U.S. and various state jurisdictions. The Parent has substantially concluded all U.S. federal incomedeferred tax matters for years through 2015. Substantially all state and local income tax matters have been concluded for the years through 2012.assets will not be realized

The tax effects of temporary differences that result ingive rise to the significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at
December 31 are as follows:
20232022Change
Ordinary deferred tax assets:
Deferred acquisition costs$6,256 $4,359 $1,897 
Life and accident and health reserves4,300 4,429 (129)
Policyholder dividends accrual137 137 — 
Other350 198 152 
Subtotal ordinary deferred tax assets11,043 9,123 1,920 
Nonadmitted ordinary deferred tax assets6,100 4,312 1,788 
Admitted ordinary deferred tax assets4,943 4,811 132 
Capital deferred tax assets:
Investments7,579 7,515 64 
Nonadmitted capital deferred tax assets7,579 7,515 64 
Admitted capital deferred tax asset— — — 
Admitted deferred tax assets4,943 4,811 132 
Ordinary deferred tax liabilities:
Investments(33)(30)(3)
Deferred and uncollected premium(82)(91)
Unrealized gains— (5)
Guaranty fund liabilities(222)(311)89 
Other(15)— (15)
Total ordinary deferred tax liabilities(352)(437)85 
Capital deferred tax liabilities:
Unrealized gains(510)(120)(390)
Subtotal capital deferred tax liabilities(510)(120)(390)
Total deferred tax liabilities(862)(557)(305)
Net admitted deferred tax asset$4,081 $4,254 $(173)

















F-29


Table of Contents
Deferred Tax Asset Admission Calculation

The components of the deferred tax liabilitiesasset admission calculation at December 31 are as followsfollows:
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022Change
OrdinaryCapitalTotalOrdinaryCapitalTotalOrdinaryCapitalTotal
(a) Federal income taxes paid in prior years recoverable through loss carrybacks$— $— $— $— $— $— $— $— $— 
(b) Adjusted gross deferred tax assets expected to be realized after application of the threshold limitation; the lesser of (i) or (ii):4,081 — 4,081 4,253 — 4,253 (172)— (172)
(i) Adjusted gross deferred tax assets expected to be realized following the balance sheet date4,081 — 4,081 4,253 — 4,253 (172)— (172)
(ii) Adjusted gross deferred tax assets allowed per limitation threshold— — 21,107 — — 21,202 — — (95)
(c) Adjusted gross deferred tax assets offset by gross deferred tax liabilities862 — 862 558 — 558 304 — 304 
Admitted deferred tax asset$4,943 $— $4,943 $4,811 $— $4,811 $132 $— $132 

The amounts calculated in (b)(i) and (b)(ii) in the table above are based on the following information:
20232022
Ratio percentage used to determine recovery period and
   threshold limitation amount (risk-based capital ("RBC") reporting entity)
824 %776 %
Recovery period used in (b)(i)3 years3 years
Percentage of adjusted capital and surplus used in (b)(ii)15 %15 %
Amount of adjusted capital and surplus used in (b)(ii)$140,716$141,345

The impact of tax planning strategies as of December 31, 2023 is shown in the dates indicated:following table:
 December 31,
 20202019
Deferred tax assets:
Deferred gain on disposal of businesses$5.6 $7.5 
Deferred acquisition costs16.0 16.5 
Investments, net3.6 5.8 
Policyholder and separate account reserves8.2 8.3 
Employee benefits2.8 
Total deferred tax assets33.4 40.9 
Deferred tax liabilities:
Net unrealized appreciation on securities(53.5)(43.8)
Other(0.6)(0.6)
Total deferred tax liabilities(54.1)(44.4)
Net deferred income tax liabilities$(20.7)$(3.5)

December 31, 2023
OrdinaryCapital
Determination of adjusted gross deferred tax assets
and net admitted deferred tax assets, by tax character as a percentage
Adjusted gross DTAs$11,043 $7,579 
Percentage of adjusted gross DTAs by tax character attributable to
the impact of tax planning strategies— %— %
Net admitted adjusted gross DTAs4,943 — 
Percentage of net admitted adjusted gross DTAs by tax character
admitted because of the impact of tax planning strategies8.3 %— %

The Company did not use tax planning strategies in the calculation of the valuation allowance is made at the consolidated return group level and analyzed at the separate company level. NaN cumulative valuation allowance has been recorded because it is management's assessment that it is more likely than not that theadjusted gross deferred tax assets in the table above will be realized.
The Company’s ability to realizeand net admitted deferred tax assets depends on its ability to generate sufficient taxable income of the same character within the carryback or carryforward periods. In assessing future taxable income, the Company considered all sources of taxable income available to realize its deferred tax asset, including the future reversal of existing temporary
82


differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards, taxable income in carryback years and tax-planning strategies. If changes occur in the assumptions underlying the Company’s tax planning strategies or in the scheduling of the reversal of the Company’s deferred tax liabilities, a valuation allowance may need to be recorded in the future. 
At December 31, 2020, the Company had 0 net operating loss or capital loss and $0.1 million of tax credit carryforwards for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
7. STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
The Board of Directors of the Company has authorized 1,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $5 per share. All shares are issued and outstanding as of December 31, 20202022.

F-30


Table of Contents
Other Tax Items

On July 31, 2021, the stock of the Company was acquired by CMFG Life. For tax purposes, the transaction was treated as a reinsurance transaction. This treatment resulted in the reset of the tax basis of assets which impacted the related deferred tax values. The impact was included in the change in net deferred income tax and 2019in the Reconciliation to U.S. Tax Rate (included above within in Note 5, Income Tax) for the year ended December 31, 2021. Also, the terms of the transaction resulted in the extinguishment or reclassification of certain balances with the former parent. The net impact was reported as an increase to unassigned surplus for the year ended December 31, 2021.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company did not have any federal capital loss, operating loss, or credit carryforwards.

Income taxes incurred in 2023, 2022, and 2021 of $303, $7,529, and $4,250, respectively, are owned byavailable for recoupment in the Parent (see Note 1 to the Financial Statements). event of future capital losses.

The Company paid dividendsdid not have any protective tax deposits under Section 6603 of the Internal Revenue Code.

There were no tax contingencies as of December 31, 2023 or 2022.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to its Parenttax contingencies in income tax expense in the statutory basis statements of $18.0 million, $27.0 millionoperations. The Company had no changes in interest and $15.0 millionpenalties during the years ended December 31, 2020, 20192023 and 2018, respectively. In 2020,2022. During the Parent extinguished an $11.3 million substantive debt that was owed byyear ended 2021, the Company which resultedrecognized an increase of $212 in a non-cash capital increase within additional paid in capital. interest and penalties. The Company did not accrue any interest or penalties at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.


The maximum amount of dividends which can be paid by State of Kansas insurance companies to shareholders without prior approval of the Kansas Insurance DepartmentCompany files a U.S. federal income tax return and files income tax returns in various states. The Company is subject to restrictions relatingtax audits. These audits may result in additional tax liabilities. For the major jurisdictions where it operates, the Company is open to statutory surplus (see as described in Note 8income tax examinations for the years ended after August 1, 2021. For the major jurisdictions where it operates, years ended prior to August 1, 2021 may remain open. Any adjustment to income tax liabilities for periods prior to August 1, 2021 are the Financial Statements)sole obligation or benefit of the former owner, Assurant, Inc.

The Inflation Reduction Act was enacted on August 16, 2022, and included a new corporate alternative minimum tax (CAMT). The CAMT is effective for tax years beginning after 2022. The Company has determined that it is a nonapplicable reporting entity that does not reasonably expect to be an applicable corporation for the 2023 tax year.

8. STATUTORY INFORMATIONNote 6: Related Party Transactions
The
In the normal course of business, the Company prepares an Annual Statementhas various transactions with related entities, such as information technology support, benefit plan administration and costs associated with accounting, actuarial, tax, investment and administrative services. In certain circumstances, expenses are shared between the companies. Expenses incurred that are specifically identifiable with a particular company are borne by that company; other expenses are allocated among the companies on the basis of statutory accounting principles (“SAP”) prescribed or permitted by the Kansas Insurance Department. Prescribed SAP includes the Accounting Practicestime and Procedures Manual of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) as well as state laws, regulations and administrative rules.
The principal differences between SAP and GAAP are: 1) policy acquisition costsusage studies. Amounts due from intercompany activity are expensed as incurred under SAP, but are deferred and amortized under GAAP; 2) amounts collected from holders of universal life-type and annuity products are recognized as premiums when collected under SAP, but are initially recorded as contract deposits under GAAP, with cost of insurance recognized as revenue when assessedgenerally settled monthly. CMFG Life and other contract charges recognized over the periods for which services are provided; 3) the classification and carrying amounts of investments in certain securities are different under SAP than under GAAP; 4) the criteria for providing asset valuation allowances, and the methodologies used to determine the amounts thereof, are different under SAP than under GAAP; 5) the timing of establishing certain reserves, and the methodologies used to determine the amounts thereof, are different under SAP than under GAAP; 6) certain assets are not admitted for purposes of determining surplus under SAP; 7) methodologies used to determine the amounts of deferred taxes and goodwill are different under SAP than under GAAP; 8) the criteria for obtaining reinsurance accounting treatment, as well as presentation of insurance, is different under SAP than under GAAP; and 9) deferred gains on the sale of reinsurance are recognized as surplus under SAP and as a liability under GAAP.
The Company's statutory net income and capital and surplus are as follows:
 Years Ended and at December 31,
 202020192018
Statutory net income$34.7 $48.1 $90.0 
Statutory capital and surplus$127.9 $123.6 $126.3 
Dividend distributionsaffiliates allocated expenses to the Parent are restricted as toCompany of $9,187, $14,866, and $4,480 in 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. Additionally, the amount by state regulatory requirements. The Company declaredwas reimbursed $272, $30, and paid cash dividends of $18.0 million, all of which were considered to represent ordinary dividends during the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company declared$254 in 2023, 2022, and paid cash dividends of $27.0 million, of which $14.0 million were considered to represent extraordinary dividends and $13.0 million were ordinary dividends during the year ended December 31, 2019. The Company paid $14.0 million of the dividend as a return of contributed surplus during the year ended December 31, 2019. The Company declared and paid cash dividends of $15.0 million, all of which were considered to represent extraordinary dividends during the year ended December 31, 2018. A dividend is considered extraordinary when combined with all other dividends and distributions made within the preceding 12 months exceeds the greater of 10% of the insurer's surplus as regards to policyholders on December 31 of the next preceding year, or the net gain from operations. Dividends may only be paid out of earned surplus. The Company has the ability, under state regulatory requirements, to dividend up to $29.6 million to its Parent in 2021, without permission from Kansas regulators. No assurance can be given that there will not be further regulatory actions restricting the abilityrespectively.

Since CMFG Life’s acquisition of the Company to pay dividends.
State regulators require insurance companies to meet minimum capitalization standards designed to ensure that they can fulfill obligations to policyholders. Minimum capital requirements are expressed as a ratio of a company’s total adjusted
83


capitalon July 31, 2021, MEMBERS Capital Advisors, Inc. (“TAC”) to its risk-based capital (“RBC”) (the “RBC Ratio”). TAC is equal to statutory surplus adjusted to exclude certain statutory liabilities. RBC is calculated by applying specified factors to various asset, premium, expense, liability, and reserve items.
Generally, if a company's RBC Ratio is below 100% (the "Authorized Control Level"MCA”), the insurance commissionerwhich is 100% owned by CUNA Mutual Investment Corporation, an affiliate, manages substantially all of the company's state of domicileCompany's invested assets in accordance with policies, directives, and guidelines established by the Company. The Company recorded investment management fees totaling $1,114, $967, and $474 in 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively.

Pursuant to agreements used for cash management, the Company periodically borrows from or lends to affiliates. Balances must be repaid within 364 days and interest is authorizedcharged pursuant to take controlthe terms of the company, to protect the interests of policyholders. If the RBC Ratio is greater than 100%, but less than 200% (the "Company Action Level"), the company must submit an RBC planagreement. The Company recorded affiliated interest expense related to the commissionercash management agreement of $69 and $406 in 2023 and 2022, respectively. The Company recorded affiliated interest income of $563 and $19 in 2023 and 2022, respectively, related to the statecash management agreement. There was no affiliate interest income or charges in 2021. The Company had outstanding lending to CMFG Life, which is included in receivables from affiliates, of domicile. Corrective actions may also be required if the RBC Ratio$13,952 at December 31, 2023. The Company had an outstanding borrowing due to CMFG Life, which is greater than the Company Action Level but the company fails certain trend tests.included in payable to affiliates, of $20,307 at December 31, 2022.

As of December 31, 2020,2023 and 2022, $2,375 and $3,976 was due to CMFG Life for expense sharing transactions as described above, respectively.

F-31


Table of Contents
In 2023, the TACCompany paid CMFG Life dividends of debt securities of $8,000. In 2022, the Company paid CMFG Life extraordinary dividends composed of mortgage loans, debt securities and cash of $60,000 which the Company received timely approval from the Insurance Department.

Prior to CMFG Life’s acquisiton of the Company exceededin 2021, the Company Action Levelreceived various services from its prior owner and no trend tests that would require regulatory action were violated. As of December 31, 2020, the TAC ofits affiliates. These services include information technology support, benefit plan administration, corporate insurance, accounting, tax, auditing, investment, actuarial and other administrative functions. The net expenses allocated to the Company subject to RBC requirements was $138.7 million and the corresponding Authorized Control Level was $21.9 million.for these services were $4,449 for 2021.

9. REINSURANCE
In the ordinary course of business,The amount paid by the Company is involved in both the assumption and cession of reinsurance with non-affiliated companies. The following table provides details of the reinsurance recoverables balance as of the dates indicated:to its prior owner through a tax sharing agreement was $3,771 for 2021.
December 31,
 20202019
Ceded future policyholder benefits and expenses$2,199.8 $2,192.1 
Ceded unearned premium14.4 18.3 
Ceded claims and benefits payable1,012.5 1,044.7 
Ceded paid losses0.8 5.0 
Total$3,227.5 $3,260.1 

A key credit quality indicator for reinsurance is the A.M. Best Company ("A.M. Best") financial strength ratings of the reinsurer. A.M. Best financial strength ratings are an independent opinion of a reinsurer’s ability to meet ongoing obligations to policyholders. The A.M. Best ratings for new reinsurance agreements where there is material credit exposure are reviewed at the time of execution. The A.M. Best ratings for existing reinsurance agreements are reviewed on a quarterly basis, or sooner based on developments. The following table provides the reinsurance recoverable as of December 31, 2020 grouped by A.M. Best financial strength ratings:
A. M. Best Rating of
 Reinsurer
Ceded future
 policyholder
 benefits and
 expense
Ceded unearned
 premiums
Ceded claims
 and benefits
 payable
Ceded paid
 losses
Total
A++ or A+$1,659.5 $13.9 $992.9 $2.1 $2,668.4 
A or A–59.4 0.5 2.7 62.6 
B++ or B+480.5 16.9 0.3 497.7 
Not rated0.4 0.4 
  Total2,199.8 14.4 1,012.5 2.4 3,229.1 
Less Allowance:0 0 0 (1.6)(1.6)
Total Reinsurance recoverable$2,199.8 $14.4 $1,012.5 $0.8 $3,227.5 

The Company has usedceded group accidental death and disability premiums to former affiliates of $1,703 for 2021.

Administrative expenses allocated to the Company from its prior owner and CMFG Life may be greater or less than the expenses that would be incurred if the Company were operating on a separate company basis.

Note 7: Reinsurance

The Company enters into reinsurance agreements for the purpose of limiting its exposure to loss on any one single insured, diversifying its risk and limiting its overall financial exposure, to exit certain businesses, including the disposals of AEB, FFGproducts, and LTC. Theto meet its overall financial objectives. Certain premiums and benefits are assumed from and ceded to other insurance companies under various reinsurance recoverables relating to these dispositions amounted to $3.16 billion as of December 31, 2020. The three reinsurers with the largest reinsurance recoverable balances relating to these dispositions were Sun Life, John Hancock, and Talcott Resolution (formerly owned by The Hartford). The A.M. Best financial strength ratings of these three insurers were A+, A+ and B++, respectively. A.M. Best currently maintains a stable outlook on the financial strength ratings of Sun Life, John Hancock, and Talcott Resolution. Most of the assets backing reserves relating to reinsurance recoverables from Sun Life, John Hancock, and Talcott Resolution are held in trust. If these reinsurers became insolvent, the Company would be exposed to the risk that the assets in the trusts and/or the separate accounts would be insufficient to support the liabilities that would revert back to the Company. In addition to the direct reinsurance transactions referenced above, in 2013, The Hartford (now Talcott Resolution) sold its Individual Life Operations to Prudential Financial, Inc. ("Prudential"). Included in this transaction were the individual life policies remaining in force that were originally transferred by theagreements.
84


Company as part of the sale of FFG. The assets backing the reserves coinsured from The Hartford to Prudential continue to be held in trusts or separate accounts, and the Company is subject to the risk that the trust and/or separate account assets may be insufficient to support the liabilities that would revert back to the Company.
The following table presentsshows the reinsurance recoverable from John Hancock, Sun Life, Talcott Resolution and other reinsurers as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.
ReinsurerDecember 31, 2020December 31, 2019
John Hancock$2,169.7 $2,106.0 
Sun Life497.0 579.9 
Talcott Resolution497.7 509.1 
Other reinsurers63.1 65.1 
  Total$3,227.5 $3,260.1 
The largest risk is with John Hancock. As of December 31, 2020, there is $2.64 billion held in trust to support the coinsurance arrangement. If the value of the assets in this trust falls below the value of the associated statutory liabilities, John Hancock will be required to put more assets in the trust.
If necessary, an allowance for doubtful accounts related to reinsurance recoverables is recorded on the basis of periodic evaluations of balances due from reinsurers (net of collateral), reinsurer solvency, management's experience and current economic conditions. Refer to Note 2 for additional information on the methodology.

The effect of reinsurance on premiums, earnedbenefits, and benefits incurred was as followssurrenders, and increase in policy
reserves for the period indicated:2023, 2022, and 2021.
 Years Ended December 31,
 202020192018
 Long
Duration
Short
 Duration
TotalLong
Duration
Short
 Duration
TotalLong
Duration
Short
 Duration
Total
Direct earned premiums$141.2 $54.5 $195.7 $150.2 $213.6 $363.8 $182.2 $568.2 $750.4 
Premiums assumed3.0 3.0 2.6 1.3 3.9 3.2 1.4 4.6 
Premiums ceded(139.6)(54.5)(194.1)(148.4)(214.2)(362.6)(180.6)(569.6)(750.2)
Net earned premiums$4.6 $0 $4.6 $4.4 $0.7 $5.1 $4.8 $0 $4.8 
Direct policyholder benefits$459.0 $66.1 $525.1 $505.0 $144.0 $649.0 $399.6 $363.7 $763.3 
Policyholder benefits
 assumed
13.4 0.1 13.5 12.7 (0.1)12.6 14.4 14.4 
Policyholder benefits ceded(416.1)(66.1)(482.2)(461.3)(143.7)(605.0)(350.9)(363.7)(714.6)
Net policyholder
 benefits
$56.3 $0.1 $56.4 $56.4 $0.2 $56.6 $63.1 $0 $63.1 
202320222021
Premiums earned:
Direct$121,845 $126,839 $143,981 
Assumed premiums1,651 1,798 3,408 
Ceded to affiliates— — (1,703)
Ceded to non-affiliate(121,335)(126,221)(141,581)
Premiums and other considerations$2,161 $2,416 $4,105 
Benefits and surrender expenses:
Direct$519,456 $474,841 $535,716 
Assumed from non-affiliates24,456 24,669 31,086 
Ceded to affiliates— — (360)
Ceded to non-affiliates(482,276)(428,928)(487,124)
Benefits and surrender expenses, net of reinsurance$61,636 $70,582 $79,318 
Decrease in policy reserves:
Direct$(146,006)$(60,950)$(16,028)
Assumed from non-affiliates(13,683)(17,040)(20,172)
Ceded to non-affiliates122,640 31,665 (17,399)
Decrease in policy reserves, net of reinsurance$(37,049)$(46,325)$(53,599)
The Company had $345.3 million
Policy reserves and $370.1 million, respectively,claim liabilities are stated net of invested assets held in trusts or by custodiansreinsurance balances ceded of $570,468 and $613,133 as of December 31, 20202023 and 2019, respectively,2022.

The Company entered into a reinsurance agreement with Sun Life for the benefitsale of othersits employee benefits segment as discussed in Note 1. The agreement resulted in a gain of $416,387 which was deferred as a component of capital and surplus on the statutory basis statements of changes in capital and surplus. The deferred gain is recognized net of tax basis as profits are earned within the reinsured business. The amount of gain amortized as income in the statutory basis statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was $1,021, $1,647, and $2,249, respectively. The Company ceded premiums of $3,496, $3,632, and $6,374 during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively, related to certain reinsurance arrangements.this agreement. In addition, as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, total ceded reserves related to this agreement were $320,809 and $373,117, respectively.
F-32


Table of Contents
The Company utilizes cededassumed premium from IA American Life Insurance Company, a former affiliate, of $1,629, $1,810, and $860 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively, and reserves of $220,983 and $219,440 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

The Company entered into a reinsurance agreement with Talcott Resolution for loss protectionthe sale of the FFG division, which sold variable life insurance and capital management, business dispositions, client risk and profit sharing.
Business Divestitures
As referencedannuity products as discussed in Note 1,1. The ceded reserves related to this agreement were $444,488 and $465,922 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. In addition, under the Company has used reinsurance or coinsurance to sell certain businesses, such as for the disposals of AEB, FFG and LTC.
The reinsurance agreement, associated with the FFG sale also stipulates that Talcott Resolution contributesis obligated to contribute funds to increase the value of the separate account assetsaccounts relating to annuitythe business sold if such value declines below the value of the associated liabilities.contractual guarantees. If Talcott Resolution fails to fulfill these obligations, the Company will be obligated to make these payments. Prudential Financial Inc. administers the Company’s individual life insurance policies ceded under this agreement while Talcott Resolution administers the remaining contracts.

The Company divested its LTC operations to John Hancock as discussed in Note 1. Under this reinsurance agreement, the Company ceded $53,299, $56,639, and $65,572 of premiums to John Hancock during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. The ceded reserves related to this agreement were $2,522,334 and $2,564,651, including $443,267 and $485,389 of premium deficiency reserves, as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

In addition,the event Sun Life, Talcott Resolution or John Hancock are unable to meet their policy and administrative obligations for the ceded business, the business risk and administration would revert back to the Company. To mitigate this exposure to reinsurance insolvencies, the Company wouldevaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and holds collateral as security under the reinsurance agreements.

Note 8: Withdrawal Characteristics of Annuity Reserves, Deposit Liabilities, and Life Reserves

The following tables show the withdrawal characteristics of the Company’s annuity reserves and deposit liabilities at December 31, 2023, which are reported as policy reserves on annuity contracts and liability for deposit-type contracts are as follows:

Individual Annuities
SeparateSeparate
GeneralAccount withAccount% of
December 31, 2023AccountGuaranteesNonguaranteedTotalTotal
Subject to discretionary withdrawal -
lump sum:
With market value adjustment$— $35,181 $— $35,181 5.0 %
At book value less surrender
charge of 5% or more138 — — 138 — %
At market value— — 457,386 457,386 64.5 %
Total with adjustment or
at market value138 35,181 457,386 492,705 69.5 %
At book value with minimal or
no charge adjustment159,616 — — 159,616 22.5 %
Not subject to
discretionary withdrawal35,633 — 21,074 56,707 8.0 %
Gross annuity reserves and
deposit liabilities195,387 35,181 478,460 709,028 100.0 %
Ceded reserves181,079 — — 181,079 
Total net annuity reserves
and deposit liabilities$14,308 $35,181 $478,460 $527,949 




F-33


Table of Contents
Group Annuities
SeparateSeparate
GeneralAccount withAccount% of
December 31, 2023AccountGuaranteesNonguaranteedTotalTotal
Subject to discretionary withdrawal -
lump sum:
With market value adjustment$— $23,218 $— $23,218 16.9 %
At market value— — 110,983 110,983 80.8 %
Total with adjustment or
at market value— 23,218 110,983 134,201 97.7 %
At book value with minimal or
no charge adjustment3,163 — — 3,163 2.3 %
Gross annuity reserves and
deposit liabilities3,163 23,218 110,983 137,364 100.0 %
Ceded reserves56 — — 56 
Total net annuity reserves
and deposit liabilities$3,107 $23,218 $110,983 $137,308 

Deposit-Type Contracts
SeparateSeparate
GeneralAccount withAccount% of
December 31, 2023AccountGuaranteesNonguaranteedTotalTotal
At book value with minimal or
no charge adjustment$16,227 $— $— $16,227 100.0 %
Not subject to
discretionary withdrawal— — — — — %
Gross annuity reserves and
deposit liabilities16,227 — — 16,227 100.0 %
Reinsurance ceded— — — — 
Total net annuity reserves
and deposit liabilities$16,227 $— $— $16,227 

F-34


Table of Contents
The following tables show the withdrawal characteristics of the Company’s annuity reserves and deposit liabilities at December 31, 2022, which are reported as policy reserves on annuity contracts and liability for deposit-type contracts are as follows:

Individual Annuities
SeparateSeparate
GeneralAccount withAccount% of
December 31, 2022AccountGuaranteesNonguaranteedTotalTotal
Subject to discretionary withdrawal -
lump sum:
With market value adjustment$— $39,979 $— $39,979 5.6 %
At book value less surrender
charge of 5% or more144 — — 144 — %
At market value— — 444,173 444,173 61.9 %
Total with adjustment or
at market value144 39,979 444,173 484,296 67.5 %
At book value with minimal or
no charge adjustment179,219 — — 179,219 25.0 %
Not subject to
discretionary withdrawal35,675 — 17,920 53,595 7.5 %
Gross annuity reserves and
deposit liabilities215,038 39,979 462,093 717,110 100.0 %
Ceded reserves200,591 — — 200,591 
Total net annuity reserves
and deposit liabilities$14,447 $39,979 $462,093 $516,519 

Group Annuities
SeparateSeparate
GeneralAccount withAccount% of
December 31, 2022AccountGuaranteesNonguaranteedTotalTotal
Subject to discretionary withdrawal -
lump sum:
With market value adjustment$— $26,226 $— $26,226 19.7 %
At market value— — 103,674 103,674 77.8 %
Total with adjustment or
at market value— 26,226 103,674 129,900 97.5 %
At book value with minimal or
no charge adjustment3,421 — — 3,421 2.5 %
Gross annuity reserves and
deposit liabilities3,421 26,226 103,674 133,321 100.0 %
Ceded reserves61 — — 61   
Total net annuity reserves
and deposit liabilities$3,360 $26,226 $103,674 $133,260 


F-35


Table of Contents
Deposit-Type Contracts
SeparateSeparate
GeneralAccount withAccount% of
December 31, 2022AccountGuaranteesNonguaranteedTotalTotal
At book value with minimal or        
no charge adjustment16,986 — — 16,986 100.0 %
Not subject to        
discretionary withdrawal— — — — — %
        
Gross annuity reserves and        
deposit liabilities16,986 — — 16,986 100.0 %
Reinsurance ceded— — — —   
Total net annuity reserves
and deposit liabilities$16,986 $— $— $16,986 

The following table shows policy liabilities associated with the Company’s annuity products as of December 31:
20232022
Annuities$17,415 $17,807 
Deposit-type contracts16,227 16,986 
Annuity reserves from the separate accounts647,842 631,972 
Total annuity reserves$681,484 $666,765 


F-36


Table of Contents
The following table shows life reserves by withdrawal characteristics at December 31, 2023:
Separate Account -
General AccountNon-Guaranteed
AccountCashAccountCash
ValueValueReserveValueValueReserve
Subject to discretionary withdrawal,
surrender values, or policy loans:
Term policies with cash value$46,131 $68,597 $69,316 $— $— $— 
Universal life71,767 71,768 80,500 — — — 
Other permanent cash value
life insurance— 531,555 560,917 — — — 
Variable universal life108,392 107,894 111,566 1,146,243 1,146,243 1,146,243 
Miscellaneous reserves— 15,238 17,849 — — — 
Not subject to discretionary withdrawal
or no cash values:
Term policies with cash value— — 4,855 — — — 
Accidental death benefits— — 480 — — — 
Disability - active lifes— — 224 — — — 
Disability - disabled lives— — 63,497 — — — 
Miscellaneous reserves— — 6,717 — — — 
Gross reserves before reinsurance226,290 795,052 915,921 1,146,243 1,146,243 1,146,243 
Ceded reinsurance226,290 287,864 377,116 — — — 
Net reserves$— $507,188 $538,805 $1,146,243 $1,146,243 $1,146,243 







F-37


Table of Contents
The following table shows life reserves by withdrawal characteristics at December 31, 2022:
Separate Account -
General AccountNon-Guaranteed
AccountCashAccountCash
ValueValueReserveValueValueReserve
Subject to discretionary withdrawal,
surrender values, or policy loans:
Term policies with cash value$48,640 $49,455 $50,932 $— $— $— 
Universal life75,146 75,147 84,244 — — — 
Other permanent cash value
life insurance— — — — — — 
Variable universal life107,275 106,816 110,250 1,033,298 1,033,298 1,033,298 
Miscellaneous reserves— 575,165 608,746 — — — 
Not subject to discretionary withdrawal            
or no cash values:            
Term policies without cash value— — 2,791 — — — 
Accidental death benefits— — 23 — — — 
Disability - active lives— — 201 — — — 
Disability - disabled lives— — 2,260 — — — 
Miscellaneous reserves— — 19,987 — — — 
Gross reserves before reinsurance231,061 806,583 879,434 1,033,298 1,033,298 1,033,298 
Ceded reinsurance231,061 279,351 304,061 — — — 
Net reserves$— $527,232 $575,373 $1,033,298 $1,033,298 $1,033,298 

The following table shows policy liabilities associated with the Company’s life products as of December 31:
20232022
Life$534,631 $570,982 
Miscellaneous4,174 4,391 
Life reserves from the separate accounts1,146,243 1,033,298 
Total life insurance reserves$1,685,048 $1,608,671 

Note 9: Statutory Financial Data and Dividend Restrictions

RBC requirements promulgated by the NAIC and adopted by the Insurance Department require U. S. life insurers to maintain minimum capitalization levels that are determined based on formulas incorporating asset risk, insurance risk, and business risk. The adequacy of the Company’s actual capital is evaluated by a comparison to the RBC results, as determined by the formula. At December 31, 2023 and 2022, USIC’s adjusted capital exceeded the RBC minimum requirements, as required by the NAIC.

Under applicable Kansas state insurance laws and regulations, the Company is required to maintain minimum capital and surplus of $1,200 at December 31, 2023. The Insurance Department also requires a $400 deposit for fair value of securities that must be responsibleheld for administeringthe protection of all Company’s policyholders or creditors, or both.

USIC is subject to statutory regulations as to maintenance of policyholders’ surplus and payment of stockholder dividends. Generally, dividends to the parent must be reported to the appropriate state regulatory authority in advance of payment and extraordinary dividends, as defined by statutes, require regulatory approval. USIC could pay up to $17,830 in stockholder dividends in 2024 without the approval of the Insurance Department.

F-38


Table of Contents
Note 10: Commitments and Contingencies

Investment Commitments

The Company has the following investment commitments outstanding at December 31:
20232022
Limited partnerships$64,042 $55,947 
Private placement bonds— 4,000 
Total investment commitments$64,042 $59,947 

Insurance Guaranty Funds

The Company is liable for guaranty fund assessments related to unaffiliated insurance companies that have become insolvent during 2023 and prior years. The Company includes a provision for all known assessments that will be levied as well as an estimate of amounts that it believes will be assessed in the future relating to past insolvencies.The Company has established a liability of $289 and $583 at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, for guaranty fund assessments. The Company also estimates the amount recoverable from future premium tax payments related to these accrued assessments and has established an asset of $1,055 and $1,482 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Recoveries of assessments from premium taxes are generally made over a five-year period.

Assets recognized from paid and accrued premium tax offsets and policy surcharges are summarized as follows:
20232022
Asset recognized from paid and accrued
premium tax offsets prior year-end$1,483 $2,638 
Decreases:
Premium tax offset applied222 433 
Accrued assessments278 939 
Total decreases500 1,372 
Increases:
Creditable guaranty fund assessments paid72 217 
Total increases72 217 
Asset recognized from paid and accrued
premium tax offsets year-end$1,055 $1,483 
F-39


Table of Contents
Due to the uncertainty of the anticipated cashflows related to invoicing of the remaining assessments from insolvencies of entities that wrote LTC contracts, the following related guaranty fund liabilities and assets at December 31, 2023 have not been discounted:
Name of InsolvencyGuaranty Fund AssessmentRelated Assets
Penn Treaty$151 $151 
Others138 904 
Total$289 $1,055 

Legal Matters

Various legal and regulatory actions, including state market conduct exams and federal tax audits, are currently pending that involve the Company and specific aspects of its conduct of business. Like other members of the insurance industry, the Company is routinely involved in a number of lawsuits and other types of proceedings, some of which may involve claims for substantial or indeterminate amounts. These actions are based on a variety of issues and involve a range of the Company's practices. The ultimate outcome of these disputes is unpredictable.

These matters in some cases raise difficult and complicated factual and legal issues and are subject to many uncertainties and complexities, including but not limited to, the underlying facts of each matter; novel legal issues; variations between jurisdictions in which matters are being litigated, heard or investigated; differences in applicable laws and judicial interpretations; the length of time before many of these matters might be resolved by settlement, through litigation or otherwise and, in some cases, the timing of their resolutions relative to other similar matters involving other companies. In connection with regulatory examinations and proceedings, government authorities may seek various forms of relief, including penalties, restitution and changes in business practices. The Company may not be advised of the nature and extent of relief sought until the final stages of the examination or proceeding.In the opinion of management, the ultimate liability, if any, resulting from all such pending actions will not materially affect the statutory basis financial statements of the Company.

Note 11: Unassigned Surplus

Unassigned surplus at December 31 considers the accumulated balances for the following items:
20232022
Nonadmitted assets:
Net deferred tax asset$(13,679)$(11,828)
Other(744)(364)
Total nonadmitted assets deducted from surplus$(14,423)$(12,192)
Asset valuation reserve deducted from surplus$(7,296)$(4,357)
Deferred gain on sale of FFG10,121 14,213 
Deferred gain on reinsurance with Sun Life7,095 8,116 
Unrealized capital gains (losses) deducted from surplus3,035 (5,285)

F-40


Table of Contents
Note 12: Premiums Deferred and Uncollected

Deferred and uncollected life insurance premiums as of December 31 are shown in the following table:
20232022
Net ofNet of
GrossLoadingGrossLoading
Ordinary new business$— $— $— $(298)
Ordinary renewal660 390 732 732 
Accident and health— — — — 
Totals$660 $390 $732 $434 

Gross premium represents the amount of premium charged to the policyholders. The amounts net of loading excludes the portion of the gross premium attributable to expenses and certain pricing assumptions.

Note 13: Separate Accounts

The general account of the Company had no separate account guarantees as of December 31, 2023 or 2022.

Separate accounts held by the Company represent policyholder funds for variable annuity and variable universal life contracts. The separate account assets primarily consist of mutual funds that contain common stocks.Additionally, the separate accounts include bonds and short-term investments, which are carried at estimated fair value.

In 2001, the Company fully ceded its separate accounts business on a modified co-insurance basis to Talcott Resolution.

The separate account assets legally insulated and not legally insulated from the general account as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 are attributed to the following products/transactions:
20232022
Separate AccountSeparate Account
LegallyAssets NotLegallyAssets Not
Insulated AssetsLegally InsulatedInsulated AssetsLegally Insulated
Individual variable annuity$589,884 $— $566,121 $— 
Variable life1,146,994 — 1,033,842 — 
Modified guarantee contracts— 84,665 — 80,273 
Total assets$1,736,878 $84,665 $1,599,963 $80,273 

The Company’s separate accounts, primarily for individual policyholders, do not have any minimum guarantees and the investment risks associated with market value changes are borne entirely by the policyholder.












F-41


Table of Contents
Information relating to the Company’s separate account business as of December 31 is set forth in the tables below:
20232022
Non-Indexed with Guarantees Less
Than/Equal to 4%
Non-GuaranteedTotalNon-Indexed with Guarantees Less
Than/Equal to 4%
Non-GuaranteedTotal
Reserves for accounts
with assets at fair value$58,399 $1,735,686 $1,794,085 $66,205 $1,599,065 $1,665,270 
Reserves with assets subject
to discretionary withdrawal:
At fair value— 1,735,686 1,735,686 — 1,599,065 1,599,065 
With market value adjustment58,399 — 58,399 66,205 — 66,205 
Subtotal separate account liabilities$58,399 $1,735,686 $1,794,085 $66,205 $1,599,065 $1,665,270 
Transfer to separate accounts27,458 14,966 
Total separate account liabilities$1,821,543 $1,680,236 

Details of the net transfers to (from) separate accounts are shown in the table below for the years ended:
20232022
Transfers to separate accounts$33,971 $34,847 
Transfers from separate accounts(142,205)(119,394)
Net transfers to separate accounts(108,234)(84,547)
Reinsurance ceded108,234 84,547 
Transfers as reported in the statement of operations$— $— 






















F-42


Table of Contents
Note 14: Reconciliation to 2023 Annual Statement

As reported in
USICAs reported
Statutoryin 2023
BasisUSIC
FinancialAnnual
StatementsStatementsDifference
Statutory basis statements of admitted assets,
liabilities and capital and surplus
Deferred gains$17,216 $— $17,216 
Unassigned surplus42,694 59,910 (17,216)
Total capital and surplus144,796 144,796 — 
Statutory basis statements of operations
Commission and fee income$19,885 $23,428 $(3,543)
Total income64,481 68,024 (3,543)
Net income5,269 8,812 (3,543)
Statutory basis statements of changes in
capital and surplus
Net income$5,269 $8,812 $(3,543)
Amortization of gain on reinsurance (see Note 7)(1,021)(4,564)3,543 
Capital and surplus at end of year144,796 144,796 — 

Note 15: Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through March 21, 2024, the date the statutory basis financial statements were available for issuance. There were no subsequent events that require adjustment to or disclosure in the accompanying statutory basis financial statements.
F-43


Table of Contents
Supplemental Schedules



Net investment income earned:
Government bonds$2,222 
Bonds exempt from U.S. tax— 
Other bonds (unaffiliated)33,816 
Bonds of affiliates— 
Preferred stocks (unaffiliated)1,653 
Preferred stocks of affiliates— 
Common stocks (unaffiliated)— 
Common stocks of affiliates— 
Mortgage loans2,652 
Real estate— 
Premium notes, contract loans and liens214 
Cash— 
Cash equivalents599 
Short-term investments— 
Other invested assets552 
Derivatives— 
Aggregate write-ins for net investment income578 
Gross net investment income$42,286 
Real estate owned - book value less encumbrances (excluding home office)
Mortgage loans - book value:
Farm mortgages$— 
Residential mortgages— 
Commercial mortgages81,949 
Total mortgage loans$81,949 
Mortgage loans by standing - book value:
Good standing$81,949 
Good standing with restructured terms— 
Interest overdue more than three months, not in foreclosure— 
Foreclosure in process— 
Other long-term assets-statement value
Collateral loans— 
Bonds and stocks of parents, subsidiaries and affiliates - book value
Bonds— 
Preferred stocks— 
Common stocks— 










F-44


Table of Contents
Bonds and short-term investments by class and maturity:
Bonds by maturity - statement value
Due within one year or less$10,814 
Over 1 year through 5 years112,012 
Over 5 years through 10 years154,825 
Over 10 years through 20 years223,659 
Over 20 years91,986 
Total by maturity$593,296 
Bonds by class - statement value
Class 1369,542 
Class 2207,979 
Class 315,775 
Class 4— 
Class 5— 
Class 6— 
Total by class$593,296 
Total bonds publicly traded535,456 
Total bonds privately placed57,840 
Preferred stocks - statement value27,100 
Common stocks - market value— 
Short-term investments - book value— 
Options, caps & floors - statement value— 
Options, caps & floors written and in force - statement value (excluding liabilities)— 
Collar, swap & forward agreements open - statement value— 
Futures contracts open - current value (excluding liabilities)— 
Cash2,729 
Cash equivalents8,633 



















F-45


Table of Contents
Life insurance in force:
Industrial$21,315 
Ordinary6,316,814 
Group life528,382 
Amount of accidental death insurance in force under ordinary policies79,642 
Life insurance policies with disability provisions in force:
Ordinary3,252 
Group life5,286 
Supplementary contracts in-force:
Ordinary - not involving life contingencies:
Amount on deposit2,949 
Amount of income payable— 
Ordinary - involving life contingencies:
Amount on deposit— 
Amount of income payable26 
































F-46


Table of Contents
Annuities:
Ordinary
Immediate - amount of income payable$4,464 
Deferred - fully paid - account balance635,900 
Deferred - not fully paid - account balance4,554 
Accident and health insurance - premium in force
Group1,023 
Credit— 
Other86,797 
Dividend accumulations - account balance13,395 

Claim payments 2023
Group accident and health - year ended December 31
202367
202217
20213
202098
201956
Prior41
Other accident and health
2023399
2022390
2021232
2020251
2019260
Prior168
Obligations under securities lending-



F-47


Table of Contents

GrossAdmitted Invested Assets
InvestmentReported in the Annual Statement
Investment CategoriesHoldingsAmountPercentage
Long-Term Bonds (Schedule D, Part 1):
U.S. governments$5,241 $5,241 0.7 %
All other governments— — — %
U.S. states, territories and possessions, etc. guaranteed2,410 2,410 0.3 %
U.S. political subdivisions of states, territories,
and possessions, guaranteed35,941 35,941 4.8 %
U.S. special revenue and special assessment
obligations, etc. non-guaranteed42,448 42,448 5.7 %
Industrial and miscellaneous507,256 507,256 68.0 %
Hybrid securities— — — %
Parent, subsidiaries and affiliates— — — %
SVO identified funds— — — %
Unaffiliated bank loans— — — %
Total long-term bonds593,296 593,296 79.5 %
Preferred stocks
Industrial and miscellaneous (unaffiliated)27,100 27,100 3.6 %
Parent, subsidiaries and affiliates— — — %
Total preferred stocks27,100 27,100 3.6 %
Common stocks— — — %
  Industrial and miscellaneous Publicly traded (Unaffiliated)— — — %
  Industrial and miscellaneous Other (Unaffiliated)— — — %
  Parent, subsidiaries and affiliates Publicly traded— — — %
  Parent, subsidiaries and affiliates Other— — — %
  Mutual funds— — — %
  Unit investment trusts— — — %
  Closed-end funds— — — %
Total common stocks— — — %
Mortgage loans81,949 81,949 11.0 %
Farm mortgages— — — %
Residential mortgages— — — %
Commercial mortgages— — — %
Mezzanin real estate loans— — — %
Total valuation allowance— — — %
Total mortgage loans81,949 81,949 11.0 %
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments2,729 2,729 0.4 %
  Cash (Schedule E, Part 1)— — — %
  Cash equivalents (Schedule E, Part 2)— — — %
  Short-term investments (Schedule DA)8,633 8,633 1.2 %
  Total cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments11,362 11,362 1.6 %
Contract loans3,923 3,869 0.5 %
Derivatives— — — %
Other invested assets (Schedule BA)28,822 28,822 3.8 %
Receivable for securities16 16 — %
Total invested assets$746,468 $746,414 100.0 %


F-48


Table of Contents
1.USIC has applied reinsurance accounting, as described in SSAP No. 61R, to reinsurance contracts entered into, renewed or amended on or after January 1, 1996, which do not include risk-limiting features, as described in SSAP No. 61R.
2.USIC has not entered into, renewed or amended reinsurance contracts on or after January 1, 1996, which contain provisions that allow (1) the reporting of losses or settlements with the reinsurer to occur less frequently than quarterly or (2) payments due from the reinsurer to not be made in cash within ninety days of the settlement date unless there is no activity during the period.
3.USIC has not entered into, renewed or amended reinsurance contracts on or after January 1, 1996, which contain a payment schedule, accumulating retentions from multiple years or any features inherently designed to delay timing of the reimbursement to the ceding company.
4.USIC has not ceded any risk during the period ended December 31, 2023 under any reinsurance contracts entered into, renewed or amended on or after January 1, 1996 accounted for as reinsurance under GAAP and as a deposit under SSAP No. 61R.
5.USIC cedes certain annuity contracts which are accounted for as reinsurance ceded under statutory accounting. These contracts are accounted for as investment-type contracts under GAAP; as such, deposits are not reported as revenues for GAAP. Consequently, deposit accounting is used to account for the reinsurance agreement for GAAP.
F-49


Table of Contents
image5a.jpg
F-50


Table of Contents
imagea.jpg
F-51


Table of Contents
image1a.jpg
F-52


Table of Contents
image2a.jpg
F-53


Table of Contents
image3a.jpg
F-54


Table of Contents
image4a.jpg




F-55


Table of Contents
(G) SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL DATA.Not applicable.
Business Organization
Union Security Insurance Company (“USIC” or the "Company") is a stock life insurance company domiciled in the State of Kansas and is a wholly owned subsidiary of CMFG Life Insurance Company ("CMFG Life"), an Iowa life insurance Company. CMFG Life’s ultimate parent is CUNA Mutual Holding Company (“CMHC”), a mutual insurance holding company organized under the laws of Iowa. The Company is a provider of pre-funded funeral insurance (“preneed”) products and accidental death and dismemberment policies as well as traditional life insurance and annuities. The dollar amounts disclosed in this Business Organization section are in thousands.

However, as referenced previously, most of the businesses of the Company were sold through reinsurance or modified coinsurance arrangements and therefore most revenue and income activity is offset by the impacts of the reinsurance or modified coinsurance arrangements.

The Company was acquired by CMFG Life in 2021.

Our total 2023 income of $64,481 included $41,172 of net investment income. The remaining revenues of $23,309 were attributed to premiums from the preneed products and reinsurance commission and fee income. See discussion below about fee income. The Company administers preneed life insurance products and to a lesser extent, annuity and accident and health business, substantially all of which are in run-off. See Note 1, Nature of Business, to the reinsured or coinsured businessesstatutory basis financial statements included elsewhere in the event of reinsurer or coinsurer insolvency. this report for more information.

The Company does not currently have the administrative systems and capabilities to process these businesses. Accordingly,any publicly issued equity or debt securities. However, the Company would needis subject to obtain those capabilities incertain filing requirements under the event of an insolvency
85


of 1 or more offederal securities laws because the reinsurers or coinsurers of these businesses.Company has issued certain variable and market value adjusted insurance contracts, which are required to be registered as securities. The Company mightexited this line of business and sold the business segment, then referred to as Fortis Financial Group ("FFG"), to Talcott Resolution (formerly owned by The Hartford) in 2001. This sale was accomplished by means of reinsurance and modified coinsurance. As a result, Talcott Resolution is contractually responsible for servicing the insurance contracts, including the payment of benefits, oversight of investment management, overall contract administration and funding of reserves. If Talcott Resolution fails to fulfill its obligations, the Company will be forcedobligated to obtain such capabilities on unfavorable terms with a resulting material adverse effect on our results of operationsperform the services and financial condition.make the required payments and funding.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company was not aware of any regulatory actions taken with respect to the solvency of the insurance subsidiaries of John Hancock, Sun Life or Talcott Resolution that reinsure the AEB, FFG and LTC businesses, and2023, the Company has not been obligated to fulfill any of such reinsurers’ obligations.
John Hancock, Sunno direct employees. CMFG Life employees support our legal, investment management, administrative, claims handling, actuarial, tax, accounting, and Talcott Resolution have paid their obligations when due and there have been no disputes.
10. RESERVES
Short Duration Contracts
The Company's short duration contracts are mainly comprised of disposed and run-off business. The principal products and services included in these categories are described in the summary of significant accounting policies. See Note 2 to the Financial Statements for further information.
Disposed and Run-off Short Duration Insurance Lines
Disposed business includes certain medical policies no longer offered and AEB policies disposed of via reinsurance. Reserves for previously disposed business are included in the Company’s reserves in accordance with the insurance guidelines.financial functions. The Company maintains an offsetting reinsurance recoverable related to the AEB reserves. See Note 9 to the Financial Statements for further information.believes that employee relations are satisfactory.
Long Duration Contracts
The Company's long duration contracts are primarily comprised of preneed life insurance and annuity policies, life insurance policies (no longer offered), and AEB, FFG and LTC disposed businesses. The principal products and services included in these categories are described in the summary of significant accounting policies. See Note 2 for further information.
Disposed and Run-off Long Duration Insurance Lines
The Company’s universal life and annuity products are no longer offered and are in run-off. Reserves have been established based on the following assumptions. Interest rates credited on annuities were at guaranteed rates, ranging from 3.5% to 4.0%, except for a limited number of policies with guaranteed crediting rates of 4.5%. All annuity policies are past the surrender charge period. Crediting interest rates on universal life fund are at guaranteed rates of 4.0% to 4.1%. Universal life funds are subject to surrender charges that vary by product, age, sex, year of issue, risk class, face amount and grade to 0 over a period not longer than 20 years.
Reserves for previously disposed AEB, FFG and LTC businesses are included in the Company’s reserves in accordance with the insurance guidance. The Company maintains an offsetting reinsurance recoverable related to these reserves. See Note 9 for further information.
Preneed Business
The Company's preneed life insurance products are in run-off and no longer offered. Interest and discount rates for preneed life insurance vary by year of issuance and product and ranged from 4.7% to 7.3% in 2020 and 2019 before provisions for adverse deviation, which ranged from 0.2% to 0.5% in 2020 and 2019.
Interest and discount rates for traditional life insurance vary by year of issuance and products and were 7.5% grading to 5.3% over 20 years in 2020 and 2019 with the exception of a block of pre-1980 business which had a level 8.8% discount rate in 2020 and 2019.
Mortality assumptions are based upon pricing assumptions and modified to allow for provisions for adverse deviation. Surrender rates vary by product and are based upon pricing assumptions.
Future policy benefit increases on preneed life insurance policies ranged from 0.0% to 7.0% in 2020 and 2019. Some policies have future policy benefit increases that are guaranteed or tied to equal some measure of inflation. The inflation assumption for most of these inflation-linked benefits was 3.0% in both 2020 and 2019 with the exception of most policies issued in 2005 through 2007 where the assumption was 2.3%.
The reserves for preneed annuities are based on assumed interest rates credited on deferred annuities, which vary by year of issue, and ranged from 1.0% to 5.5% in 2020 and 2019. Withdrawal charges, if any, can range up to 7.0% and grade to 0 over a period of seven years.
Reserve Roll Forward
86


The following table provides a roll forward of the Company's beginning and ending claims and benefits payable balances. Claims and benefits payable is the liability for unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses and is comprised of case and IBNR reserves.
Since unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses are estimates, the Company's actual losses incurred may be more or less than the Company's previously developed estimates, which is referred to as either unfavorable or favorable development, respectively.
There have been no significant changes in the methodologies and assumptions utilized in estimating the liability for unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses for any of the periods presented.
Years Ended December 31,
 202020192018
Claims and benefits payable, at beginning of year$1,054.5 $1,190.5 $1,266.1 
Less: Reinsurance ceded and other(1,044.6)(1,179.2)(1,255.1)
Net claims and benefits payable, at beginning of year9.9 11.3 11.0 
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses related to:
Current year56.4 56.5 63.4 
Prior years(0.1)
Total incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses56.3 56.5 63.4 
Paid losses and loss adjustment expenses related to:
Current year46.9 52.1 56.6 
Prior years5.4 5.8 6.5 
Total paid losses and loss adjustment expenses52.3 57.9 63.1 
Net claims and benefits payable, at end of year13.9 9.9 11.3 
Plus: Reinsurance ceded and other1,012.5 1,044.6 1,179.2 
Claims and benefits payable, at end of year$1,026.4 $1,054.5 $1,190.5 
11. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Certain amounts included in the statements of comprehensive income are net of reclassification adjustments. The following tables summarize those reclassification adjustments (net of taxes):
 Year Ended December 31, 2020
 
Unrealized
 gains on
 securities
OTTI
Accumulated
 other
 comprehensive
 income
Balance at December 31, 2019$141.5 $9.8 $151.3 
Change in accumulated other comprehensive income before reclassifications36.2 0.9 37.1 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income(1.7)(1.7)
Net current-period other comprehensive income34.5 0.9 35.4 
Balance at December 31, 2020$176.0 $10.7 $186.7 
 Year Ended December 31, 2019
 
Unrealized
 gains on
 securities
OTTI
Accumulated
 other
 comprehensive
 income
Balance at December 31, 2018$73.5 $8.8 $82.3 
Change in accumulated other comprehensive income before reclassifications71.0 1.0 72.0 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income(3.0)(3.0)
Net current-period other comprehensive income68.0 1.0 69.0 
Balance at December 31, 2019$141.5 $9.8 $151.3 
87


 Year Ended December 31, 2018
 
Unrealized
 gains on
 securities
OTTI
Accumulated
 other
 comprehensive
 income
Balance at December 31, 2017$119.0 $9.2 $128.2 
Change in accumulated other comprehensive income before reclassifications(58.2)(2.4)(60.6)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income(3.9)(3.9)
Net current-period other comprehensive income(62.1)(2.4)(64.5)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles (1)16.62.018.6
Balance at December 31, 2018$73.5 $8.8 $82.3 
(1) See Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for additional information.
The following tables summarize the reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income:
Details about accumulated
 other comprehensive
 income components
Amount reclassified from accumulated
 other comprehensive income
Affected line item in the statement
 where net income is presented
 Years Ended December 31, 
 202020192018 
Unrealized gains on securities$(2.2)$(3.8)$(4.9)Net realized gains on investments, excluding
other-than-temporary impairment losses
Tax effect0.5 0.8 1.0 Provision for income taxes
Total reclassifications for the period$(1.7)$(3.0)$(3.9)Net of tax
12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company receives various services from the Parent and its affiliates. These services include assistance in benefit plan administration, corporate insurance, accounting, tax, auditing, investment, information technology, actuarial, property management and other administrative functions. The net amounts paid for related services and obligations to the Parent and its affiliates for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, were $4.2 million, $1.8 million and $4.9 million, respectively. The Parent also pays all income tax payments on behalf of the Company. The income tax payments made by the Parent were $3.5 million, $9.4 million and $4.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Administrative expenses allocated to the Company may be greater or less than the expenses that would be incurred if the Company were operating as a separate company.

88


13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Risks and Uncertainties
The Company continues to closely monitor developments related to the COVID-19 pandemic to assess the ongoing impact on its business, results of operations and financial condition. While still evolving, the COVID-19 pandemic has caused significant global economic and financial market disruption, resulting in increased financial market volatility, business and operational challenges such as the temporary closures of businesses, and overall diminished expectations for the economy and the financial markets.
At this time, it is not possible to estimate how long it will take to halt the spread of the virus or the long-term effects that the COVID-19 pandemic could have on the economy or the Company’s business. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts the Company’s business, results of operations or financial condition will depend on future developments which are highly uncertain and difficult to predict, including the severity and duration of the pandemic and the actions taken by government authorities and other third parties to contain or address its impact. Even after the COVID-19 outbreak has subsided, the Company may experience materially adverse impacts to its business, results of operations and financial condition as a result of the pandemic’s global economic impact.
Legal and Regulatory Matters
The Company is involved in a variety of litigation and legal and regulatory proceedings relating to its current and past business operations and, from time to time, may become involved in other such actions, both as a defendant and as a plaintiff.
Although the Company cannot predict the outcome of any pending litigation, legal or regulatory proceeding, or the potential losses, fines, penalties or equitable relief, if any, that may result, it is possible that such outcome could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations or cash flows for an individual reporting period. However, on the basis of currently available information, management does not believe that the pending matters are likely to have a material adverse effect, individually or in the aggregate, on the Company's financial condition.
14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On March 9, 2021 the Parent announced it had entered into a definitive agreement to sell its prearranged funeral insurance and final expense business, Global Preneed, and related legal entities and assets to CUNA Mutual Group, a broad financial services provider. The transaction includes the sale of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company and is expected to close by the end of the third quarter of 2021. For additional information related to this transaction, please see the Form 8-K filed on March 9, 2021 by the Parent with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, including the press release furnished thereto.
89


Union Security Insurance Company
as of December 31, 2020
Schedule I — Summary of Investments
Other-Than-Investments in Related Parties
Cost or
Amortized
 Cost
Fair
 Value
Amount at
 which shown in
 balance sheet
(in millions)
Fixed maturity securities:
U.S. government and government agencies and authorities$0.6 $0.7 $0.7 
States, municipalities and political subdivisions12.9 15.5 15.5 
Foreign governments18.4 24.1 24.1 
Asset-backed99.0 100.2 100.2 
Commercial mortgage-backed7.5 8.0 8.0 
Residential mortgage-backed27.2 30.1 30.1 
U.S. corporate462.8 651.0 651.0 
Foreign corporate93.6 132.2 132.2 
Total fixed maturity securities722.0 961.8 961.8 
Equity securities:
Common stocks1.8 1.9 1.9 
Non-redeemable preferred stocks53.9 67.9 67.9 
Total equity securities55.7 69.8 69.8 
Commercial mortgage loans on real estate, at amortized cost43.9 50.0 43.9 
Policy loans5.3 5.3 5.3 
Other investments38.9 38.9 38.9 
Total investments$865.8 $1,125.8 $1,119.7 
90


Union Security Insurance Company
as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 and for the years then ended
Schedule III — Supplementary Insurance Information
Future
policy
benefits and
expenses
Unearned
premiums
Claims and
benefits
payable
Premium
revenues
Net
investment
income
Benefits
claims, losses
and
settlement
expenses
Other*
operating
expenses
(in millions)
2020$2,912.2 $36.2 $1,026.4 $4.6 $53.6 $56.4 $9.3 
2019$2,958.5 $42.0 $1,054.5 $5.1 $59.3 $56.6 $8.4 
2018$2,914.1 $49.9 $1,190.5 $4.8 $64.6 $63.1 $9.9 
* Includes amortization of deferred acquisition costs, amortization of value of business acquired and underwriting, general and administration expenses.
91


Union Security Insurance Company
Schedule IV — Reinsurance
Direct
amount
Ceded to
 other
 Companies
Assumed from
 other
 Companies
Net
 amount
Percentage of
 amount
 assumed to net
(in millions)
Year Ended December 31, 2020
Life Insurance in Force$7,768.3 $7,204.1 $448.1 $1,012.3 44.3 %
Premiums:
Life insurance$62.9 $61.3 $2.7 $4.3 62.8 %
Accident and health insurance132.8 132.8 0.3 0.3 100.0 %
Total earned premiums$195.7 $194.1 $3.0 $4.6 65.2 %
Benefits:
Life insurance$248.4 $205.5 $13.4 $56.3 23.8 %
Accident and health insurance276.7 276.7 0.1 0.1 100.0 %
Total policyholder benefits$525.1 $482.2 $13.5 $56.4 23.9 %
Year Ended December 31, 2019
Life Insurance in Force$13,764.2 $13,151.7 $483.3 $1,095.8 44.1 %
Premiums:
Life insurance$101.3 $99.5 $2.6 $4.4 59.1 %
Accident and health insurance262.5 263.1 1.3 0.7 185.7 %
Total earned premiums$363.8 $362.6 $3.9 $5.1 76.5 %
Benefits:
Life insurance$275.7 $231.8 $12.5 $56.4 22.2 %
Accident and health insurance373.3 373.2 0.1 0.2 50.0 %
Total policyholder benefits$649.0 $605.0 $12.6 $56.6 22.3 %
Year Ended December 31, 2018
Life Insurance in Force$38,709.9 $38,055.1 $514.2 $1,169.0 44.0 %
Premiums:
Life insurance$185.8 $184.3 $2.9 $4.4 65.9 %
Accident and health insurance564.6 565.9 1.7 0.4 425.0 %
Total earned premiums$750.4 $750.2 $4.6 $4.8 95.8 %
Benefits:
Life insurance$294.6 $246.0 $13.9 $62.5 22.2 %
Accident and health insurance468.7 468.6 0.5 0.6 83.3 %
Total policyholder benefits$763.3 $714.6 $14.4 $63.1 22.8 %

92


Union Security Insurance Company
as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 and for the years then ended
Schedule V — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
 Additions 
Balance at
Beginning of
Year
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
Charged
to Other
Accounts
DeductionsBalance at
End of
Year
(in millions)
2020:
Valuation allowance for commercial mortgage loans on real estate$$$$$
Allowance for credit losses related to premiums
and accounts receivable
 balances
Allowance for credit losses related to dealer loan
receivable accounts
Allowance for credit losses related to reinsurance
recoverables
1.7 0.1 1.6 
Total$0 $0 $1.7 $0.1 $1.6 
2019:
Valuation allowance for commercial mortgage loans on real estate$$$$$
Allowance for credit losses related to premiums
and accounts receivable
 balances
Allowance for credit losses related to dealer loan
receivable accounts
Allowance for credit losses related to reinsurance
recoverables
Total$0 $0 $0 $0 $0 
2018:
Valuation allowance for commercial mortgage loans on real estate
$0.4 $(0.4)$$$
Allowance for credit losses related to premiums
and accounts receivable
 balances
$
Allowance for credit losses related to dealer loan
receivable accounts
$
Allowance for credit losses related to reinsurance
recoverables
$
Total$0.4 $(0.4)$0 $0 $0 
93


(F) SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
Union Security Insurance Company
Five-Year Summary of Selected Financial Data
 As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
 20202019201820172016
 (in millions)
Statements of Operations Data:
Revenues
Net earned premiums$4.6 $5.1 $4.8 $5.5 $180.3 
Net investment income53.5 59.3 64.6 64.2 97.8 
Net realized gains (losses) on investments (1)1.5 9.4 (1.4)9.7 162.9 
Amortization of deferred gains and gains on disposal of businesses8.7 15.7 53.6 97.8 364.5 
Fees and other income31.0 31.2 33.1 29.0 6.7 
Total revenues99.3 120.7 154.7 206.2 812.2 
Benefits, losses and expenses
Policyholder benefits56.4 56.6 63.1 58.6 152.7 
Underwriting, general and administrative expenses9.3 8.4 9.9 22.5 143.8 
Total benefits, losses and expenses65.7 65.0 73.0 81.1 296.5 
Income before provision for income taxes33.6 55.7 81.7 125.1 515.7 
Provision for income taxes5.4 10.8 16.7 46.2 206.2 
Net income$28.2 $44.9 $65.0 $78.9 $309.5 
Selected Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents and investments$1,123.8 $1,120.6 $1,076.2 $1,207.3 $1,297.8 
Total assets$6,403.4 $6,085.1 $5,907.9 $6,340.1 $6,393.7 
Policy liabilities (2)$3,974.8 $4,055.0 $4,154.5 $4,313.5 $4,509.0 
Total stockholder's equity$335.0 $279.4 $192.5 $207.0 $164.6 
(1)  Included in net realized gains (losses) are other-than-temporary impairments of $0.1 million and $2.2 million for 2017 and 2016, respectively. There were no such OTTI impairments in 2018, 2019 or 2020.
(2)  Policy liabilities include future policy benefits and expenses, unearned premiums and claims and benefits payable.
(G) SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL DATA.Not applicable.
(H)H. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Some of the statements under “Business,” “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and elsewhere in this registration statement for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020,2023, particularly those anticipating future financial performance, business prospects, growth and operating strategies and similar matters, may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You can identify these statements by the use of words such as “will,” “may,” “can,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “estimates,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “targets,” “forecasts,” “potential,” “approximately,” or the negative version of those words and other words and terms with a similar meaning. Any forward-looking statements contained in this registration statement are based upon our historical performance and on current plans, estimates and expectations. The inclusion of this forward-looking information should not be regarded as a representation by us or any other person that the future plans, estimates or expectations will be achieved. Our actual results might differ materially from those projected in the forward-lookingforward- looking statements. We undertakeThe Company undertakes no obligation to update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or other developments. For a discussion of the risk factors that could affect our actual results, see “Risk Factors” in this registration statement. These risk factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this registration statement.
94



The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our Financial Statementsstatutory basis financial statements and notes and accompanying notes which appear elsewhere in this registration statement. It contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this registration statement, particularly under the section titled “Risk Factors”.Factors.”




39


Table of Contents
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations reviews our financial condition at December 31, 2023 and 2022; our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022; and where appropriate, factors that may affect future financial performance. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our statutory basis financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. The dollar amounts disclosed in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations are in thousands.

The following discussion covers the yearyears ended December 31, 2020 (“Twelve Months 2020”)2023 and year ended December 31, 2019 (“Twelve Months 2019”).2022. Please see the discussion that follows for a more detailed analysis of the fluctuations. Our comparative analysis of Twelve Months 2019 and the year endedyears ending December 31, 20182022 and 2021 is included under the heading "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in our Form S-1 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 20192022 filed with the SEC on April 16, 2020.17, 2023.

Critical Factors Affecting Results

Our results depend on, among other things, the appropriateness of our product pricing, underwriting, the accuracy of our reserving methodology for future policyholder benefits and claims, returns on and values of invested assets and our ability to manage our expenses and achieve expense savings. Factors affecting these items, including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and measures taken in response thereto, conditions in financial markets, the global economy and the markets in which we operate,the Company operates, may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. For more information on these and other factors that could affect our results, see "Risk Factors".Factors."

Management believes that wethe Company will have sufficient liquidity to satisfy our needs over the next twelve months.

For Twelve Months 2020,year ended December 31, 2023, net cash used in operating activities totaled $28.1 million;$39,937; net cash provided by investing activities totaled $44.0 million$8,708 and net cash used inby financing and miscellaneous activities totaled $18.0 million. We$20,436. The Company had $4.1 million$11,362 in cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2020.2023. Please see "Liquidity and Capital Resources," below for further details.

Revenues
We generateThe Company generates revenues primarily from the sale of our insurance policies and service contracts and frompremiums, investment income, earned on our investments. Sales of insurance policies are recognized in revenue as earned premiums and income earned on preneed life insurance policies with discretionary death benefitsreinsurance ceding commissions. Premium and fees for administrative services are presented within fees and other income.
Our premium and feereinsurance ceding commission income is supplemented by income earned from our investment portfolio. We recognizeThe Company recognizes revenue from interest payments, dividends, change in market value of equity securities and sales of investments. Currently, our investment portfolio is primarily invested in fixed maturity securities. Both investment incomeIn addition, the Company may realize gains and realized capital gains on these investments can be significantly affected by changes in interest rates.losses from the sale of investments.

Interest rate volatility can increase or reduce unrealized gains or losses in our investment portfolios. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors beyond our control such as the COVID-19 pandemic.control. Fluctuations in interest rates affect our returns on, and the marketfair value of, fixed maturity and short-term investments.

The fair market value of the fixed maturity securities in our investment portfolio and the investment income from these securities fluctuate depending on general economic and market conditions. The fair market value generally increases or decreases in an inverse relationship with fluctuations in interest rates, while net investment income realized by us from future investments in fixed maturity securities will generally increase or decrease with interest rates. We also haveCompany has investments that are subject to pre-payment risk, such as mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. Interest rate fluctuations may cause actual net investment income and/or cash flows from such investments to differ from estimates made at the time of investment. In periods of declining interest rates, mortgage prepayments generally increase and mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage obligations and bonds are more likely to be prepaid or redeemed as borrowers seek to borrow at lower interest rates. Therefore, in these circumstances wethe Company may be required to reinvest those funds in lower interest-earning investments.
The Company's revenues primarily consist of amortization of deferred gains related to disposed businesses, investment income (including realized gains and losses) and renewal premiums and income earned on our preneed business.
Expenses
Our expenses are primarily policyholder benefits and underwriting, general, and administrative expenses.

Policyholder benefits are affected by our claims management programs, reinsurance coverage, contractual termsgeneral insurance expenses, taxes and conditions, regulatory requirements, economic conditions, and numerous other factors.commissions. Benefits paid or reserves required
95


for future benefits could substantially exceed our expectations, causing a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. However, this exposure is mitigated by reinsurance for certain products as referenced previously.

Underwriting, general, and administrative expenses consist primarily of commissions, premium taxes, licenses, allocated fees, salaries and personnel benefits, amortizationbenefits.





40


Table of deferred acquisition costs, amortization of value of business acquired and other general operating expenses.Contents
Critical Accounting Estimates
Certain itemsThe complexity of the business environment and applicable authoritative accounting guidance requires us to closely monitor the Company’s accounting policies. The following summary of the Company’s critical accounting policies is intended to enhance your ability to assess the Company’s financial condition and results of operations and the potential volatility due to changes in ourestimates.

Use of Estimates
The preparation of the statutory basis financial statements are based onrequires management to make estimates and judgment. Differences between actualassumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the statutory basis financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results and thesecould differ from those estimates couldand, in some cases, have material impacts on our financial statements.the difference could be material. Investment valuations, determination of other-than-temporary impairments (“OTTI”), deferred tax asset valuation reserves, provision for income taxes, policy and claim reserves, and reinsurance balances are most affected by the use of estimates and assumptions.
The following critical accounting policies require significant estimates. The actual amounts realized in these areas could ultimately be materially different from the amounts currently provided
Policy and Contract Claim Reserves
Liabilities established for in our financial statements.
Reserves
Reserves are established using generally accepted actuarial methodsunpaid benefits for life and reflect judgments about expected future claim payments. Factors used in their calculation include experience derived from historical claim paymentsaccident and actuarial assumptions. Calculations incorporate assumptions about the incidence of incurred claims, the extent to which all claims have been reported, reporting lags, expenses, inflation rates, future investment earnings, internal claims processing costs and other relevant factors. The estimation of reserves includes an element of uncertainty given that management is using historical information and methods to project future events and reserve outcomes.
The recorded reserveshealth insurance contracts represent the Company's best estimate at a point in time ofestimated amounts required to cover the ultimate costscost of settlementsettling reported and administration of a claim or group of claims, based upon actuarial assumptions and projections using facts and circumstances known at the time of calculation. The adequacy of reserves may be impacted by future trends in claims severity, frequency, judicial theories of liability and other factors. incurred but unreported losses.These variablesestimates are affected by both external and internal events, including but not limited to changesadjusted in the aggregate for ultimate loss expectations based on historical experience patterns and current economic cycle, inflation, judicial trends, legislative changes and claims handling procedures.
Many of these items are not directly quantifiable and not all future events can be anticipated when reserves are established. Reserve estimates are refined as experience develops. Adjustments to reserves, both positive and negative, aretrends.Any change in the probable ultimate liabilities, which might arise from new information emerging, is reflected in the statementstatutory basis statements of operations in the period in which such estimates are updated.
Because establishment of reservesthe change is an inherently complex process involving significant judgment and estimates, there can be no certainty that future settlement amounts for claims incurred through the financial reporting date will not vary from reported claims reserves. Future loss development could require reservesdetermined to be increasednecessary.

Policy Reserves
Life, annuity, long-term care and other accident and health benefit reserves are developed by actuarial methods and are determined based on published tables using statutorily specified interest rates and valuation methods that will provide, in the aggregate, reserves that are greater than or decreased, which could have a material effectequal to the minimum or guaranteed policy cash values or the amounts required by the Kansas Insurance Department. The Company waives deduction of deferred fractional premiums on the Company’s earningsdeath of insureds and returns any unearned premium beyond the date of death.

Returns of premium beyond the date of death are calculated using standard industry formulas.

Surrender values on policies do not exceed the corresponding benefit reserves. Additional reserves are established when the results of cash flow testing under various interest rate scenarios indicate the need for such reserves or the net premiums exceed the gross premiums on any insurance in force. Changes in reserve valuation basis are recorded as a direct increase or decrease in unassigned funds.

Tabular interest and tabular cost for life insurance has been determined from the periods in which such increases or decreases are made. However, based on information currently available, the Company believes its reserve estimates are adequate.
Long Duration Contracts
Reservesbasic data for future policy benefits represent the present value of future benefits to policyholders and related expenses less the present value of future net premiums. Reserve assumptions reflect best estimates for expected investment yield, inflation, mortality, morbidity, expenses and withdrawal rates. These assumptions are based on our experience to the extent it is credible, modified where appropriate to reflect current trends, industry experience and provisions for possible unfavorable deviation. We also record an unearned revenue reserve which represents premiums received which have not yet been recognized in our statements of operations.
Historically, premium deficiency testing on continuing lines of business has not resulted in material adjustments to deferred acquisition costs or reserves. Such adjustments could occur, however, if economic or mortality conditions significantly deteriorated.
Risks related to the reserves recorded for certain discontinued individual life, annuity and long-term care insurance policies have been fully ceded via reinsurance. While we have not been released from our contractual obligation to the policyholders, changes in and deviations from economic, mortality, morbidity, and withdrawal assumptions used in the calculation of thesepolicy reserves. Tabular interest for annuities has been determined by formula. Tabular less actual reserves willreleased has been determined by formula. Tabular interest on funds not directly affect our resultsinvolving life contingencies is calculated as the product of operations unless there is a default bysuch valuation rate of interest times the assuming reinsurer.
Short Duration Contracts
Claims and benefits payable reserves for short duration contracts include (1) case reserves for known claims which are unpaid asmean of the balance sheet date; (2) IBNR reserves for claims whereamount of funds subject to such valuation rate of interest held at the insured event has occurred but has not been reported to us asbeginning and end of the balance sheet date; and (3) loss adjustment expense reservesyear of valuation.

Investments
Other-Than-Temporary Impairments - Investment securities are reviewed for the expected handling costsOTTI on an ongoing basis. The Company creates a watchlist of
96


settling the claims. Periodically, we review emerging experience and make adjustments to our reserves and assumptions where necessary. Below are further discussions securities based on the reserving processfair value of an investment security relative to its amortized cost. When the fair value drops below the Company’s cost, the Company monitors the security for our major short duration products.
Risks related to claims and benefits payable for products related to the sale of AEB have been fully ceded via reinsurance. While we have not been released from our contractual obligation to the policyholders, changes in and deviations from economic, mortality, morbidity and withdrawal assumptions used in the calculation of these reserves will not directly affect our results of operations unless there is a default by the assuming reinsurer.
Investments
We regularly monitor our investment portfolio to ensure investments that may be other-than-temporarily impaired are timely identified, properly valued, and charged against earnings in the proper period.OTTI. The determination that a security has incurred an other-than-temporary decline in valueof OTTI requires significant judgement on the judgmentpart of management. Assessmentthe Company and depends on several factors, include,including, but are not limited to:
The existence of any plans to sell the length of time and theinvestment security.
The extent to which the marketfair value has beenis less than cost,statement value.
The underlying reason for the decline in fair value (credit concerns, interest rates, etc.).
The financial condition and ratingnear-term prospects of the issuer, whether any collateral is held, ourissuer/borrower, including the ability to meet contractualobligations, relevant industry trends and conditions and cash flow analysis.
For mortgage-backed and structured securities, the Company’s intent and ability to retain theits investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery and our intent to sell or whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell for fixed maturity securities. Inherently, there are risks and uncertainties involved in making these judgments. Changes in circumstances and critical assumptions such as a continued weak economy, a more pronounced economic downturn or unforeseen events that affect one or more companies, industry sectors, or countries could result in additional impairments in future periods for other-than-temporary declines infair value.
The impairment of a fixed maturity security that we have the intent to sell or that we will more likely than not be required to sell is deemed other-than-temporary and is written down to its market value at the balance sheet date with the amount of the impairment reported as a realized loss in that period. For all other-than-temporarily impaired fixed maturity securities that do not meet either of these two criteria, we are required to analyze ourCompany’s ability to recover all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the agreements.
The Company’s collateral position in the case of bankruptcy or restructuring.




41


Table of Contents
A bond is considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired when the fair value is less than the amortized cost ofbasis and its value is not expected to recover through the security by calculatingCompany’s holding period.When this occurs, the net present value of projected future cash flows. For these other-than-temporarily impaired fixed maturity securities, the net amount recognized in earnings equalsCompany records a realized capital loss equal to the difference between the amortized cost and fair value. The fair value of the fixed maturityother-than-temporarily impaired security becomes its new amortized cost.If the bond is a loan-backed or structured security, it is considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired when the amortized cost exceeds the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and its value is not expected to recover through the Company’s holding period.The amount of the OTTI recognized in net present value.income as a realized loss equals the difference between the investment's amortized cost basis and its expected cash flows.

Management believes it has made an appropriate provision for other-than-temporarily impaired securities owned at December 31, 2023. Future declines in fair value may result in additional OTTI. Additional OTTI will be recorded as appropriate and as determined by the Company’s regular monitoring procedures of additional facts.In light of the variables involved, such additional OTTI could be significant.

Reinsurance
Reinsurance recoverables were $3.23 billion and $3.26 billion as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which include amounts we are owed by reinsurers for claims paid as well as those included in reserve estimates that are subject to the reinsurance. Reinsurance premiums paid are amortized as reductions to premium over the terms of the underlying reinsured policies. Amounts recoverable from reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent with claim and claim adjustment expense reserves or future policy benefits reserves. We use a probability of default and loss given default methodology in estimating the allowance, whereby the credit ratings of reinsurers are used in determining the probability of default. The allowance is established for reinsurance recoverables on paid and unpaid future policy benefits and claims and benefits. Prior to applying default factors, the net exposure to credit risk is reduced for any collateral for which the right of offset exists, such as funds withheld, assets held in trust and letters of credit, which are part of the reinsurance arrangements, with adjustments to include consideration of credit exposure on the collateral. Our methodology incorporates historical default factors for each reinsurer based on their credit rating using comparably rated bonds as published by a major ratings service. The allowance is based upon our ongoing review of amounts outstanding, length of collection periods, changes in reinsurer credit standing and other relevant factors.
We haveCompany has used reinsurance and coinsurance to exit certain businesses, including the disposals of Assurant Employee Benefits ("AEB"), Fortis Financial Group ("FFG")AEB, FFG and Long-Term Care ("LTC"). The reinsurance recoverablesceded reserves relating to these dispositions amounted to $3.16 billion$3,287,631 and $3.20 billion$3,403,690 at December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, respectively.
In
Additionally, in the ordinary course of business, we arethe Company is involved in both the assumption and cession of reinsurance with non-affiliated companies. See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Reinsurance to the statutory basis financial statements included elsewhere in this report for more information.

The following table provides details of the reinsurance recoverables balance for the years ended December 31:
 20202019
Ceded future policyholder benefits and expenses$2,199.8 $2,192.1 
Ceded unearned premium14.4 18.3 
Ceded claims and benefits payable1,012.5 1,044.7 
Ceded paid losses0.8 5.0 
Total$3,227.5 $3,260.1 
We utilizeCompany utilizes reinsurance for loss protection and capital management and business dispositions. See also “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk-Credit Risk.”Risk” within this management’s discussion and analysis.

Contingencies
97


A loss contingency is recorded if reasonably estimable and probable. We establishThe Company establishes reserves for these contingencies at the best estimate, or if no one estimated amount within the range of possible losses is more probable than any other, we recordthe Company records an estimated reserve at the low end of the estimated range. Contingencies affecting us primarily relate to legal and regulatory matters, which are inherently difficult to evaluate and are subject to significant changes.
Deferred Taxes
Income Tax
Deferred income taxes are recordedrecognized, subject to an admissibility test for temporarydeferred tax assets, and represent the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the statutory basis financial reporting and income tax basesstatement carrying amount of assets and liabilities based on enactedand their respective tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which we expect the temporary differences to reverse. A valuation allowance is established forbases. Gross deferred tax assets are reduced by a statutory valuation allowance if based on the weight of all available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the assetdeferred tax assets will not be realized. The valuation allowance is requiredSee Note 5, Income Tax, for the components of the admissibility test used to be sufficient to reducecalculate the asset to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. We haveadmitted deferred tax assets resulting from temporary differences that may reduce taxableassets. Recorded deferred tax amounts are adjusted to reflect changes in income tax rates and other tax law provisions as they are enacted. The net change in future periods. deferred taxes is recorded directly to unassigned surplus.

The Company is subject to tax-related audits. The Company accounts for any federal and foreign tax contingent liabilities in accordance with Statement of Statutory Accounting Principles (“SSAP”) No. 5R, Liabilities, Contingencies and Impairments of Assets, as modified by SSAP No. 101, Income Taxes, and any state and other tax contingent liabilities in accordance with SSAP No. 5R.

The detailed components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in Note 65, Income Tax, to the statutory basis financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
The calculation of the valuation allowance is made at the consolidated return group level. A portion of the valuation allowance is assigned to us based on the provisions of the tax sharing agreement. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had no valuation allowance against deferred tax assets, as it is management’s assessment that it is more likely than not that all deferred tax assets will be realized.
In determining whether the deferred tax asset is realizable, we weighed all available evidence, both positive and negative. We considered all sources of taxable income available to realize the asset, including the future reversal of existing temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences, carry forwards and tax-planning strategies.
We believe it is more likely than not that the remainder of the deferred tax assets will be realized in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, a valuation allowance has not been established.
In determining the appropriate valuation allowance, management makes judgments about recoverability of deferred tax assets, use of tax loss and tax credit carryforwards, levels of expected future taxable income and available tax planning strategies. The assumptions used in making these judgments are updated periodically by management based on current business conditions that affect the Company and overall economic conditions. These management judgments are therefore subject to change based on factors that include, but are not limited to, changes in expected capital gain income in the foreseeable future and the ability of the Company to successfully execute its tax planning strategies.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
ReferDuring 2023, the NAIC issued updates to Note 2SSAP’s related to its bond definition project that clarifies the Financial Statements included elsewheredefinition of bond investments. The new principles-based bond definition is applied to securities to determine whether they should be classified as long-term bonds or equity securities for statutory reporting purposes. Under the new guidance, a bond must represent a creditor relationship with a fixed payment schedule and qualify as either an issuer credit obligation or an asset-backed security.Securities with equity-like characteristics or ownership interests are not bonds and are to be reported on a separate reporting schedule in this report.the Annual Statement. The new guidance will be effective on January 1, 2025. The Company’s implementation project is in progress and the impact on the statutory basis financial reporting is still being assessed.

42


Table of Contents
Results of Operations for the Years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022

Overview

The table below presents information regarding our results of operations:
98



 For the Years Ended December 31,
 20202019
Revenues:
Net earned premiums$4.6 $5.1 
Net investment income53.6 59.3 
Net realized gains on investments1.5 9.4 
Amortization of deferred gains on disposal of businesses8.6 15.7 
Fees and other income31.0 31.2 
Total revenues99.3 120.7 
Benefits, losses and expenses:
Policyholder benefits56.4 56.6 
Underwriting, general and administrative expenses9.3 8.4 
Total benefits, losses and expenses65.7 65.0 
Income before provision for income taxes33.6 55.7 
Provision for income taxes5.4 10.8 
Net income$28.2 $44.9 
YearFor the Years Ended December 31, 2020 Compared
20232022
Income
Premiums and other considerations
Life and annuity contracts$1,942 $2,141 
Accident and health contracts219 275 
Net investment income41,172 49,567 
Commission and fee income19,885 18,613 
Other income1,263 2,331 
Total income64,481 72,927 
Benefits and expenses
Death and annuity benefits54,891 64,417 
Disability and accident and health benefits765 283 
Interest on deposit-type contracts1,802 1,826 
Other benefits to policyholders and beneficiaries940 650 
Surrender benefits3,238 3,406 
Decrease in policy reserves-life and annuity contracts and
    accident and health insurance
(37,049)(46,325)
General insurance expenses9,120 16,707 
Insurance taxes, licenses, fees, and commissions14,111 14,048 
Total benefits and expenses47,818 55,012 
Income before dividends to policyholders, federal income
tax expense and net realized capital gains (losses)
16,663 17,195 
Dividends to policyholders531 601 
Income before federal income tax expense
and net realized capital gains (losses)
16,132 17,314 
Federal income tax expense1,845 3,754 
Income before net realized capital gains (losses)14,287 13,560 
Net realized capital gains (losses), excluding gains (losses) transferred
to IMR, net of tax expense (benefit) (2023 - $795; 2022 - $8,388; 2021 - $3,809) excluding
taxes transferred to (from) IMR (2023 - ($267); 2022 - $1,002; 2021 - ($4,085))(9,018)(9,341)
Net income$5,269 $4,219 

Total Income
Total income decreased $8,446, or 12%, to $64,481 for the Year Endedyear ended December 31, 20192023 from $72,927 for the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease from 2023 to 2022 was primarily related to a decrease in net investment income offset by an increase in commission and fee income.

Total Benefits and Expenses
Total benefits and expenses decreased $7,194, or 13%, to $47,818 for year ended December 31, 2023 from $55,012 for the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease from 2023 to 2022 was primarily related to a decrease in general insurance expenses.

Net Income
Net income decreased $16.7 million,increased $1,050, or 37%25%, to $28.2 million$5,269 for Twelve Months 2020the year ended December 31, 2023 from $44.9 million$4,219 for Twelve Months
2019.the year ended December 31, 2022. The decreaseincrease from 2022 to 2023 was primarily relateddue to lower amortization of deferred gains associated with the sale of AEB, lower
a decrease in general insurance expenses and net investment income mainly due to lower invested assets and reduction of net realized gains.
Total Revenues
Total revenues decreased $21.4 million, or 18%, to $99.3 million for Twelve Months 2020 from $120.7 million for Twelve
Months 2019. The decrease was primarily attributable to lower amortization of deferred gains associated with the sale of
AEB, lower investment income mainly due to lower invested assets and a reduction of net realized gains.
Total Benefits, Losses and Expenses
Total benefits, losses and expenses increased $0.7 million, or 1%, to $65.7 million for Twelve Months 2020 from $65.0
million for Twelve Months 2019. The increase was primarily attributable to higher UG&A expenses and allocated overhead expenses offset by premium taxan increase in commission and gain on salefee income.


43


Table of CLO platform for which the Company had an interest.Contents
Investments
Refer to Notes 4Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, and 5Note 3, Investments, to the Financial Statementsstatutory basis financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

Liquidity and Capital Resources
The primary sources of funds for the Company consist of premiums and feesreinsurance commission income collected, proceeds from the sales and maturity of investments and net investment income. Cash is primarily used to pay insurance claims, agent commissions, reinsurance premiums, operating expenses and taxes. WeThe Company generally invest ourinvests its excess funds in order to generate investment income. WeThe Company also havehas the ability to receive capital infusions from our Parent, if needed. Please see Assurant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 for additional information related to our Parent.

Cash Flows
We monitor cash flows and cash flow forecasts on a monthly basis. Trend and variance analyses are used to project future cash needs making adjustments to the forecasts when needed.
The table below shows our recent net cash flows for the periods indicated:
99



 For the Years Ended December 31,
 20202019
Net cash (used in) provided by:
Operating activities$(28.1)$(30.3)
Investing activities44.0 58.1 
Financing activities(18.0)(27.0)
Net change in cash$(2.1)$0.8 
Cash Flows forFor the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
20232022
Net cash (used in) provided by:
Operating activities$(39,937)$(39,145)
Investing activities8,708 76,221 
Financing activities(20,436)15,478 
Net change in cash$(51,665)$52,554 

Operating activities:
WeThe Company typically generategenerates operating cash inflows from premiums collected from our insurance products, fees received for services and income received from our investments while outflows consist of policy acquisition costs, benefits paid, and operating expenses. These net cash flows are invested to support the obligations of our insurance products and required capital supporting these products. Our cash flows from operating activities are affected by the timing of reinsurance premiums, fees, and investment income received and expenses paid.

Net cash used in operating activities was $28.1 million$39,937 and $30.3 million$39,145 for the years ended December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, respectively. The cash used in operating activities was mainly due to most of the business being in run-off, which more than offsets cash inflows from the continuing business activities.

Investing activities:
Net cash provided by investing activities was $44.0 million$8,708 and $58.1 million$76,221 for the years ended December 31, 20202023 and December 31, 2019,2022, respectively. Cash flows fromThe decrease in investing activities decreased given the ongoing run-off of the business and normal changes in our operating portfolio.2023 as compared to 2022 was due to a decrease in investment activity.

Financing activities:
Net cash used inprovided by (used in) financing activities and miscellaneous was $18.0 million$(20,436) and $27.0 million$15,478 for the years ended December 31, 20202023 and 2019, respectively,2022, respectively. In 2023, the decrease in cash flow related solely to repayment of affiliated borrowing activity whereby the Company borrows on a short-term basis for cash dividendsmanagement purposes from CMFG Life. In 2023, the Company paid to the Parent.
Commitments and Contingencies
We have obligations and commitments to third parties$8,000 of bonds as a result of our operations, as detailed in the table below by the maturity date indicated:non-cash dividend to CMFG Life.
 As of December 31, 2020
 TotalLess than 1
Year
1-3
Years
3-5
Years
More than
 5 Years
Contractual obligations:
Insurance liabilities (1)$901.8 $89.6 $136.0 $118.7 $557.5 
Liability for unrecognized tax benefit2.6 — 2.6 — — 
Total obligations and commitments$904.4 $89.6 $138.6 $118.7 $557.5 

(1) Insurance liabilities reflect undiscounted estimated cash payments to be made to policyholders, net of expected future premium cash receipts
on in-force policies and excluding fully reinsured discontinued operations whose inclusion would be potentially distortive. The total gross
reserve for fully reinsured runoff operations that was excluded is $3.1 billion which, if the reinsurers defaulted, would be payable over a 30+
year period with the majority of the payments occurring after 5 years. Additional information on the reinsurance arrangements can be found in
Note 9 to the Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Report. As a result of these assumptions, the amounts presented in
this table do not agree to the future policy benefits and expenses and claims and benefits payable in the balance sheet.
Liabilities for future policy benefits and expenses have been included in the commitments and contingencies table. Significant uncertainties relating to these liabilities include mortality, morbidity, expenses, persistency, investment returns, inflation, contract terms and the timing of payments.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Company does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that are reasonably likely to have a material effect on the financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, or capital resources of the Company.
(I)
I.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS.
100


The Company has no disagreements with its auditor.
None.
(J)J. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
As a provider of insurance products, effective risk management is fundamental to our ability to protect both our customers' and stockholders'stockholder’s interests. We areThe Company is exposed to potential loss from various market risks, in particular interest rate risk, credit risk and inflation risk.



44


Table of Contents
Interest rate risk is the possibility that the fair value of liabilities will change more or less than the market value of investments in response to changes in interest rates, including changes in investment yields and changes in spreads due to credit risks and other factors, including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.factors.

Credit risk is the possibility that counterparties may not be able to meet payment obligations when they become due. We assumeThe Company assumes counterparty credit risk in many forms. A counterparty is any person or entity from which cash or other forms of consideration are expected to extinguish a liability or obligation to us. We haveThe Company has exposure to credit risk primarily from customers, as a holder of fixed maturity securities and by entering into reinsurance cessions.

Inflation risk is the possibility that a change in domestic price levels produces an adverse effect on earnings. This typically happens when either invested assets or liabilities, but not both, are indexed to inflation.

The dollar amounts disclosed in this Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk section are in thousands.

Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk arises as we investthe Company invests substantial funds in interest-sensitive fixed income assets, such as fixed maturity securities, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities and commercial mortgage loans, primarily in the United States. There are two forms of interest rate risk - price risk and reinvestment risk. Price risk occurs when fluctuations in interest rates have a direct impact on the market valuation of these investments. As interest rates rise, the market value of these investments falls, and conversely, as interest rates fall, the market value of these investments rise. Reinvestment risk is primarily associated with the need to reinvest cash flows (primarily coupons and maturities) in an unfavorable lower interest rate environment. In addition, for securities with embedded options such as callable bonds, mortgage-backed securities and certain asset-backed securities, reinvestment risk occurs when fluctuations in interest rates have a direct impact on expected cash flows. As interest rates fall, an increase in prepayments on these assets results in earlier than expected receipt of cash flows forcing us to reinvest the proceeds in an unfavorable lower interest rate environment. Conversely, as interest rates rise, a decrease in prepayments on these assets results in later than expected receipt of cash flows forcing us to forgo reinvesting in a favorable higher interest rate environment.
We manage
The Company manages interest rate risk by selecting investments with characteristics such as duration, yield, currency and liquidity tailored to the anticipated cash outflow characteristics of our insurance and reinsurance liabilities.

The interest rate sensitivity relating to price risk of our fixed maturity securities investment portfolio is assessed using hypothetical scenarios that assume several positive and negative parallel shifts of the yield curves. We haveThe Company has assumed that the yield curve shifts are equal in direction and magnitude. The individual securities are repriced under each scenario using a valuation model. For investments such as callable bonds and mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities, a prepayment model is used in conjunction with a valuation model. Our actual experience may differ from the results noted below particularly due to assumptions utilized or if events occur that were not included in the methodology. The following tables summarize the results of this analysis for bonds, mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities held in our investment portfolio as of the dates indicated:

101


Interest Rate Movement Analysis
of Market Value of Fixed Maturity Securities Investment Portfolio
As of December 31, 2020
Basis points–100–50050100
Total market value$1,037.9 $991.5 $961.8 $907.6 $869.4 
% Change in market value from base case7.91 %3.08 %— %(5.64)%(9.61)%
$ Change in market value from base case$76.1 $29.7 $— $(54.2)$(92.4)
As of December 31, 2019
Basis points–100–50050100
Total market value$1,049.3 $1,001.2 $956.7 $915.2 $876.2 
% Change in market value from base case9.68 %4.65 %— %(4.34)%(8.41)%
$ Change in market value from base case$92.6 $44.5 $— $(41.5)$(80.5)

Credit Risk
We haveThe Company has exposure to credit risk primarily from customers, as a holder of fixed maturity securities and by entering into reinsurance cessions.
Our
The Company’s risk management strategy and investment policy is to invest in debt instrumentsfixed maturity securities of high credit quality issuers and to limit the amount of credit exposureexposures with the respect to any one issuer. We attempt to limit ourissuer or parent based on the credit exposure by imposing fixed maturity portfolio limits on individual issuers based upon credit quality. Currently our portfoliorating. Our holding limits are 1.5%aggregated across asset classes and include a combination of public/private corporate debt, municipal bonds, equity, and an allocation of mortgage loan exposure. The calculated exposure also includes any outstanding uncollateralized derivative exposures. These exposures are then aggregated by internal credit rating. This internal credit rating is largely consistent with Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations ("NRSROs") with differences analyzed frequently. The total holding limits allow for total holdings of up to $25,000, $15,000 for holdings rated A+ and below, $10,000 for holdings BBB and below, $3,500 for issuers rated AA-BB and above, 1%below, and $2,000 for issuers rated A- to A+, 0.75% for issuers rated BBB- to BBB+, 0.38% for issuers rated BB- to BB+ and 0.25% for issuers rated B and below. These portfolioFor other asset classes, non-guaranteed structured assets have deal level holding limits which are further reduced for certain issuers with whom weinside the above referenced limits, while sovereign and US Agency debt rated AA+ or higher have credit exposure on reinsurance agreements. For our portfolio limits, we use credit ratings from Moody's, S&P, Fitch Ratings, Inc. and DBRS, Inc. (collectively the "NRSROs") to determine an issuer's rating. When three or more credit ratings are available for an issuer, the second lowest rating will be used. When two or fewer credit ratings are available for an issuer the lower rating will be used.a holding limit of $40,000.

The following table presents our fixed maturity securities investment portfolio by ratings of the NRSROs as of the dates indicated:
 December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
RatingFair ValuePercentage of
Total
Fair ValuePercentage of
Total
Aaa/Aa/A$537.0 56 %$554.0 58 %
Baa383.5 40 %374.4 39 %
Ba36.6 %25.3 %
B and lower4.7 — %3.0 — %
Total$961.8 100 %$956.7 100 %
We areCompany is also exposed to the credit risk of our reinsurers. When we purchasethe Company purchases reinsurance, we areit is still liable to our insureds regardless of whether we getit gets reimbursed by our reinsurer. As part of our overall risk and capacity management strategy, we purchasethe Company purchased reinsurance for certain risks that we underwrite.
We



45


Table of Contents
The Company had $3.23 billion$3,287,631 and $3.26 billion$3,403,690 of reinsurance recoverablesceded reserves as of December 31, 20202023 and 20192022, respectively, the majoritymajority of which are protected from credit risk by various types of risk mitigation mechanisms such as trusts, letters of credit or by withholding the assets in a modified coinsurance or co-funds-withheldfunds withheld arrangement. For example, reserves of $497.0 million,$320,809 and $373,117, as of December 31, 20202023 and $579.9 million as of December 31, 2019,2022, respectively, relating to a coinsurance agreement with Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (“Sun Life”), and reserves of $497.7 million$444,488 and $2.17 billion$465,922 as of December 31, 20202023 and $509.1 million2022, respectively, relating to a coinsurance arrangement with Talcott Resolution and $2.10 billion$2,522,334 and $2,564,651 as of December 31, 20192023 and 2022, respectively, relating to coinsurance arrangements with Talcott Resolution (formerly owned by The Hartford) and John Hancock (a subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation)Life Insurance Company (“John Hancock”), respectively, related to sales of businesses that are backed by trusts. If the value of the assets in this trust fallsthese trusts fall below the value of the associated liabilities, Sun Life, Talcott Resolution and John Hancock, as applicable, will be required to put more assets in the trusts. WeThe Company may be dependent on the financial condition of Sun Life, Talcott Resolution and John Hancock, whose A.M. Best ratings are currently A+, B++A-, and A+, respectively. A.M. Best currently maintains a stable outlook on each of their financial strength ratings. For recoverablesceded reserves that
102


are not protected by these mechanisms, we arethe Company is dependent solely on the credit of the reinsurer. Occasionally, the credit worthiness of the reinsurer becomes questionable. See the section entitled "Risk Factors" for further information. A majority of our reinsurance exposure has been ceded to companies rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

Inflation Risk
Inflation risk arises as we investthe Company invests in assets that are not indexed to the level of inflation, whereas the corresponding liabilities are indexed to the level of inflation. Approximately 16%17% of our preneed insurance policies, with reserves of approximately $116.5 million$102,333 and $129.5 million$120,361 as of December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, respectively, have death benefits that are guaranteed to grow with CPI. In times of rapidly rising inflation, the credited death benefit growth on these liabilities increases relative to the investment income earned on the nominal assets resulting in an adverse impact on earnings. We haveThe Company has partially mitigated this risk by purchasing derivative contracts with payments tied to the CPI. See "- Derivatives."
In addition, we have inflation risk in our individual and small employer group health insurance businessesNote 4, Fair Value, to the extent that medical costs increase with inflation, and we have not been able to increase premiums to keep pace with inflation. Medical reserves represent less than 1%statutory basis financial statements included elsewhere in this report for more information on derivatives.

46


Table of total claims and benefits payable.Contents
Derivatives
Derivatives are financial instruments whose values are derived from interest rates, foreign exchange rates, financial indices or the prices of securities or commodities. Derivative financial instruments may be exchange-traded or contracted in the over-the-counter market and include swaps, futures, options and forward contracts.
Under insurance statutes, our insurance companies may use derivative financial instruments to hedge actual or anticipated changes in their assets or liabilities, to replicate cash market instruments or for certain income-generating activities. These statutes generally prohibit the use of derivatives for speculative purposes. We generally do not use derivative financial instruments.
We have purchased contracts to cap the inflation risk exposure inherent in some of our preneed insurance policies.
(K)DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The table below sets forth certain information,Our directors and executive officers are as of April 15, 2021, concerning each person deemed to be an Executive Officer of the Company. There are no arrangements or understandings between any Executive Officer and any other person pursuant to which the officer was selected.follows:

NameAgePositionsPosition
Jennifer M. Kraus-Florin48Director
Paul D. Barbato47Secretary
Brian J. Borakove45Treasurer
Christopher Copeland50Director
Fernand LeBlanc44Director
Tammy L. Schultz5154Chairman,
President and Chief Executive Officer; President, Global Preneed, Assurant, Inc.Preplanning Solutions, TruStage
Athanasios BolovinosMark F. Weniger3950Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary; Vice President, Assistant Controller, Assurant, Inc.
Paula M. SeGuin53Vice President and Director; Director of Compliance, Assurant, Inc.
Tammy L. Schultz, Chairman, PresidentAll directors and Chief Executive Officer. Please see Ms. Schultz’s biography inexecutive officers are elected annually.
Jennifer M. Kraus-Florin has been a director of the section below entitled "DIRECTORS".
Athanasios Bolovinos, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary;Company since May 12, 2023. She also serves as Vice President, Assistant Controller,Assurant, Inc. Mr. Bolovinos Associate General Counsel, and Regulatory and Business Compliance Leader at CMFG Life. Ms. Kraus-Florin previously served as Associate General Counsel from 2015- 2022, and Lead Counsel from 2012-2015. Before joining the Company, Ms. Kraus-Florin was Compliance Officer, and Associate General Counsel with American General Life Insurance Company in Houston, Texas. Ms. Kraus-Florin was Associate Attorney with Foley & Lardner LLP from 2001-2008.
Paul D. Barbato has served as Chief Financial OfficerSecretary and Treasureras director of the Company since December 21,28, 2018. As of May 12, 2023, he also serves Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer & General Counsel. He has served as Vice President, Associate General Counsel for CMFG Life (January 2009-May 2023). Mr. Barbato re-joined CMFG Life in May 2017 after spending two years as corporate counsel with Epic Systems Corporation (March 2015-May 2017). He originally joined CMFG Life in January 2009 as a Lead Counsel and Assistant Controllerlater held roles as Associate General Counsel and Director of Assurant, Inc. since 2017.Corporate Governance. Before joining Assurant,CMFG Life, Mr. BolovinosBarbato spent two years at Michael Best & Friedrich, LLP, in Madison, Wisconsin, where he was an Associate Attorney.
Brian J. Borakovehas served as Finance Manager from 2015 to 2017 for General Reinsurance. From 2011 to 2015, Mr. Bolovinosour Treasurer since November 9, 2012 and Vice President, Corporate Treasurer since November 19, 2012 at CMFG Life. He served as Vice President of Finance for Navigators Insurance Company.
Paula M. SeGuin, Vice President and Director; Director of Compliance, Assurant, Inc. Please see Ms. SeGuin's biographyInvestment Finance from 2007 to 2011 and was promoted to Associate Treasurer in the section below entitled "DIRECTORS".
Code of Ethics. The Assurant Code of Business Conduct and Ethics ("the Code of Ethics") is applicable2011. Prior to all employees, officers and directors, including the executive officers of the Company. The Code of Ethics may be found under the “Corporate Governance” subsection of the “Investor Relations” section of the Assurant, Inc.'s websitejoining CMFG Life, he was a Senior Manager, Investment Finance at http://ir.assurant.com.
DIRECTORS
We currently have five directors. The biographies of each of the directors below contain information regarding the person's serviceLiberty Mutual Insurance in Boston, Massachusetts from 2005 to 2007. Prior to joining Liberty Mutual Insurance, Mr. Borakove served as a director, business experience, directorSeniorAnalyst, Treasury at FM Global in Johnston, Rhode Island from 2003-2005. Mr. Borakove held various positions held currently and/or during the last five years, and experience that led the Company to conclude that they should serve as directors.at State Street Bank in Boston, Massachusetts from 2001-2003.
103


Eric Kurzrok, Director. Mr. Kurzrok, 44, was appointed asChristopher Copeland has been a director of the Company since July 31, 2021. He also serves as the Senior Vice President, Product Solution for CMFG Life since 2019. He served in February 2016. He several senior-level roles at CMFG Life including product executive in TruStage, chief actuary, corporate treasurer, and head of asset/liability management since 2006. Prior to joining CMFG Life he was a Senior Actuary at AEGON USA, Cedar Rapids, Iowa from 2004-2006.
Fernand LeBlanc has also served as an Assistant Treasurer of Assurant, Inc. since 2017, and as a Vice President, Actuary, Ratings and Capital, of Assurant, Inc. since 2008. Mr. Kurzrok is a Fellow of the Society of Actuaries and a Member of the American Academy of Actuaries.
Fernand LeBlanc, Director. Mr.LeBlanc, 41, was appointed as a director of the Company insince June 2018. He hasalso serves as Vice President, Preplanning Solutions Strategy and Innovation for CMFG Life since 2021. He served as Vice President, Global Strategy and Innovation of Global Preneed, an operating segment offor Assurant since January 2019.from 2017-2021. Prior to that, he served as Vice President of Global Strategy and Business Development for Assurant from August 2017 to January 2019.2016-2017. From 2012 to 2017,2016, he served as a Vice President, Product Management for Assurant Life of Canada.
Paula M. SeGuin, Vice President and Director. Ms. SeGuin, 53, was appointedTammy L. Schultz has served as a director of the Company in February, 2016 and as Vice President of the Company on March 1, 2016. Ms. SeGuin has also served as Director of Compliance at Assurant, Inc. since January 2005.
Tammy L. Schultz, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. Ms. Schultz, 51, was appointed as a director of the Company in February 2016, and as President and Chief Executive Officer onsince March 1, 2016. In 2012,She also serves as President, Preplanning Solutions for CMFG Life since July 2021. Ms. Schultz was appointed the Executive Vice President and President of the Preneed Business at Assurant, Inc. from September 2012 to July 2021. Prior to that, she served as Vice President, Chief Operations Officer December 2011-August 2012 and Client Relationships, Preneed.Preneed from March 2006-November 2010.
Lisa Young, Director. Ms. Young, 58, was appointed as aMark F. Weniger has been director of the Company in June 2018. Shesince January 2024. He also serves as Assistant Treasurer of the Company since July 2021. Mr. Weniger has also served as Vice President of Global Preneed, an operating segment of Assurant,Finance Director for CMFG Life since 2015.2021. Prior to that, from 2012 to 2015, shehe served as Assistant Vice President of Operations and Strategic Business Initiatives for Global Preneed.

(L) COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

I. Executive Summary
Introduction
This Compensation Discussion and Analysis ("CD&A") provides a detailed review of the compensation principles and strategic objectives governing the compensation of the following individuals, who were serving as our named executive officers during 2020:
Tammy L. SchultzPresident and Chief Executive Officer; Executive Vice President, President, Global Preneed, Assurant, Inc.
Athanasios BolovinosChief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary; Vice President, Assistant Controller, Assurant, Inc.
Paula M. SeGuinVice President; Director of Compliance, Assurant, Inc.

Throughout this CD&A, we refer to the above-named individuals as our "named executive officers" or "NEOs." Because the Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary ofPresident-Finance, at Assurant Inc. (hereafter, "Assurant"in Atlanta, Georgia from 2000-2021.
TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS, PROMOTERS AND CERTAIN CONTROLS
Policy Regarding Related Person Transactions.It is our policy to enter into or ratify related person transactions only when our Board of Directorsdetermines that the "Parent") and eachtransaction either is in, or is not inconsistent with, our best interests, including but not limited to situations where we may obtain products or services of the NEOs has a role at the Parent (or a division of the Parent) as of December 31, 2020 in addition to serving as an officer of the Company, our compensation programs, awards and measures are primarily basednature, quantity or quality, or on and part of the compensation program of the Parent.

The 2020 compensation of Mmes. Schultz and SeGuin and Mr. Bolovinos was based on a compensation program focused on the goals and objectives of the Parent. All of our NEOs participated in the Parent's long-term equity incentive program in 2020.

For more detailed information on Assurant's 2020 compensation programs, awards and objectives, please see Assurant's Proxy Statement, as filed with the SEC on March 22, 2021.

Our Executive Compensation Principles
Our core executive compensation principles are based on the principles of Assurant and are set forth below:
Executive compensation opportunities at the Company should be sufficiently competitive to attract and retain talented executives who can successfully execute the Company's business strategy while remaining at levelsother terms, that are aligned with the interests of shareholders.1not readily available from alternative sources or when we provide products or services to related persons on an arm's length basis on terms comparable to those provided to unrelated third parties or on terms comparable to those provided to employees generally.
10447



Table of Contents
Annual incentive and long-term equity incentive programs at Assurant, including atTherefore, we have adopted the Company, should motivate our executives to deliver above-average results.
A significant portionfollowing written procedures for the review, approval or ratification of target total direct compensation provided to our NEOs should be tied to financial performance and stock price performance.1
Our executive compensation programs should be informed by strong governance practices that reinforce our pay for performance philosophy, support our culture of accountability and encourage prudent risk management.
1    Union Security Insurance Company does not have securities that are publicly traded and therefore, all references to shares and shareholders in this CD&A refer to thoserelated person transactions. For purposes of the Parent

II. The Compensation Decision Making Process
The Compensation Committeerelated person transaction policy, a related person transaction is a transaction, arrangement, or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements, or relationships) in which (i) we were, are or will be a participant, (ii) the amount of the Parent'stransaction, arrangement or relationship exceeds $120,000, and (iii) in which a related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest in the transaction.
A related person means:
any person who is, or at any time since the beginning of our last fiscal year was, a member of our Board of Directors (the "Assurant Compensation Committee") oversees Assurant'sor an executive compensation program and advisesofficer or a nominee to become a member of our Board of Directors;
any person who is known to be the full Assurantbeneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities;
any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons; or
any firm, corporation, or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is employed or is a general partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 5% or greater beneficial ownership interest.
Any proposed transaction with a related person will be consummated or amended only if the following steps are taken:
Counsel (either inside or outside) will assess whether the proposed transaction is a related person transaction for purposes of this policy.
If counsel determines that the proposed transaction is a related person transaction, the proposed transaction will be submitted to the Board on general aspects of Assurant's compensation and benefit policies.

After receiving input fromDirectors for consideration at the Parent's Chief Executive Officer,next meeting or, in those instances in which counsel, in consultation with the Parent's Chief Financial Officer and Chief Human Resources Officer,President or the compensationTreasurer, determines that it is not practicable or desirable for us to wait until the next Board of Directors meeting, to the President of the Company's Chief Executive Officer in 2020 was determined by the Assurant Compensation Committee. Company(who has been delegated authority to act between meetings).
The compensationBoard of both the Company's Chief Financial Officer and Ms. SeGuin in 2020 was determined through a process whereby senior management at the Parent annually reviewed their performance and compensation and made decisions regarding their compensation.

The Chief Executive OfficerDirectorsshall consider all of the Parent also provides input,relevant facts and circumstances available, including (if applicable) but not limited to: (i) the benefits to the Company; (ii) the impact on a director's independence in consultationthe event the related person is a director, an immediate family member of a director, or an entity in which a director is a partner, shareholder, or executive officer; (iii) the availability of other suppliers or customers for comparable products or services; (iv) the terms of the transaction; and (v) the terms available to unrelated third parties or to employees generally.
The Board of Directorsshall approve only those related person transactions that are in, or are not inconsistent with, the Parent's Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer, on the annual incentive plan performance goals that apply to the Company's NEOs.

Level of Compensation Provided
Market Positioning. Assurant and the Company believe that the best way to attract and retain top talent while maintaining appropriate levels of compensation is to provide target total direct compensation opportunities to our NEOs at levels and on terms that are competitive with the market and/or peer companies, as further described below. The relative levels of each element of total direct compensation (base salary, annual incentive and long-term equity incentive) are also determined by reference to these benchmarks.

Company-Level Named Executive Officers - Company Market Survey Data. The Company is not a publicly-traded company and does not have a compensation peer group; however, it does rely on certain market survey data to set target total direct compensation that is competitive with the market. The Company targets base salary at the 50th percentile of market. Compensation levels for total direct compensation (including mix of base pay, short- and long-term incentive compensation) are established based upon market data for comparable positions at comparable companies in the insurance and financial services industries. Short- and long-term incentive compensation are aligned with recommended targets for each NEO's grade and scope of responsibility.

III. Elements of Our Executive Compensation Program
Base Salaries
The base salary for each NEO is intended to be competitive with that of available market data reviewed by Assurant. In 2020, base salaries for certain NEOs were increased to the amounts shown in column (c) of the Summary Compensation Table below.

Annual Incentive Compensation
Overview.  For the enterprise, consistent with its long-term growth strategy, Assurant has allocated 42% of the target annual incentive opportunity provided to its employees to profitability measures, 28% to top-line revenue growth for specified areas and 30% to individual performance. However, as a Section 16 executive officer of the Parent, Ms. Schultz does not have an individual performance component to her annual incentive compensation. Instead, Ms. Schultz's annual compensation is determined solely based on the performance of the Parent with 60% of the target annual incentive opportunity provided to Ms. Schultz to profitability measures, 40% to top-line revenue growth.
105



The Compensation Committee of Assurant set the annual incentive performance goals of net operating income excluding reportable catastrophe losses (“NOI”) and top-line revenue from net earned premiums and fee income for 2020 based on the performance of Assurant, Inc. As further described below, Assurant uses operating measures for these financial targets because they exclude the impact of net realized gains (losses) on investments and other unusual and/or non-recurring or infrequent items. Management takes a number of factors into account when developing recommended performance goals. In any given year, these factors may include results from prior years, opportunities for strategic growth and economic trends that may impact our business (e.g., levels of consumer spending, unemployment rates, mortgage default rates or prevailing conditions in the credit markets).

2020 Annual Incentive Compensation for the Company's NEOs: Financial Metrics.2  For 2020, Assurant sought to establish financial targets that were challenging and would motivate its senior executives to deliver profitable growth. Profitability, weighted at 60% for Ms. Schultz, is measured by the NOI3 of the Parent and top-line revenue, weighted at 40% for Ms. Schultz, is measured by the Parent's net earned premiums and fee income for 2020.

For Mr. Bolovinos and Ms. SeGuin, financial targets apply to the Parent. Profitability, weighted at 42%, is also measured by the performance results of Assurant’s NOI. Top-line revenue, weighted at 28%, is measured by Assurant's revenue from net earned premiums and fee income. The remaining portion of Mr. Bolovinos's and Ms. SeGuin's 2020 annual incentive goal is based on their individual performance and is weighted at 30%.

Annual Incentive Performance Results.4For the NEOs, the performance levels for 2020 that would result in 0.0, 0.5, 0.9, 1.0, 1.1, 1.5 and 2.0 multipliers for Assurant NOI were $532, $570, $614, $633, $652, $696 and $734 million, respectively. Assurant's NOI for 2020 was $664 million for the Parent's executive officers, including Ms. Schultz, and $674 million for all non-executive officer employees, including Mr. Bolovinos and Ms. SeGuin, after adjusting results for a client accounting change and Parent severance costs. The performance levels for 2020 that would result in 0.0, 0.5, 0.9, 1.0, 1.1, 1.5 and 2.0 multipliers for Assurant's top-line revenue were $7,991, $8,561, $9,037, $9,513, $9,988 $10,464 and $11,035 million, respectively. Assurant's top-line revenue for 2020 was $9,524 million for the Parent's executive officers and $9,657 million for all non-executive officer employees after adjusting results for a client accounting change and Parent severance costs. Based on the above metrics and performance results, the 2020 annual incentive performance multiplier for enterprise goals was 1.13 for the Parent's executive officers, including Ms. Schultz, and 1.19 for all non-executive officer employees, including Mr. Bolovinos and Ms. SeGuin.

The individual performance multiplier for 2020 for the NEOs was 1.97 for Mr. Bolovinos and 1.50 for Ms. SeGuin. Ms. Schultz did not have an individual performance component to her annual incentive compensation.

Based on the above metrics, enterprise performance results and individual performance results, the composite annual performance multiplier for Mr. Bolovinos was 1.42 and for Ms. Seguin was 1.28. The annual performance multiplier for Ms. Schultz, based entirely on enterprise performance results, was 1.13.

The performance targets described above are disclosed only to assist investors and other readers in understanding executive compensation provided to certain of the Company's executive officers. They are not intended to provide guidance on, and should not be relied on as predictive of, Assurant's future performance or the future performanceinterests of the Company and its shareholders, as the Board of Directors determines in good faith. The Board of Directors, shall convey the decision to counsel, who shall convey the decision to the appropriate persons within the Company.
At the Board of Director’s first meeting of each fiscal year, it shall review any previously approved related person transactions that remain ongoing and have a remaining term of more than six months or remaining amounts payable to or receivable from the Company of more than $120,000. Based on all relevant facts and circumstances, taking into consideration the Company's contractual obligations, the Board of Directors shall determine if it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to continue, modify, or terminate the related person transaction.
No member of the Board of Directors shall participate in any review, consideration, or approval of any related person transaction with respect to which such member or any of Assurant's operating segments.his or her immediate family members is the related person.
Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.Except for the agreements noted below, there have been no transactions between the Company and any related person since July 31, 2021, nor are any such related person transactions currently being contemplated for which disclosure would be required.
2     For additional information regarding the measures discussed below, please see the Parent's proxy statement filed with the SEC on March 22, 2021. The proxy statement is not incorporated by reference herein. Certain measures are non-GAAP. A reconciliation of the reported non-GAAP measures to their most comparable GAAP measures can be found in Appendix A of the Parent’s proxy statement.
3Assurant NOI equals net income excluding Assurant Health run-off operations, net realized gains (losses) on investments, amortization of deferred gains and gains on disposal of businesses and other highly variable items, as well as reportable catastrophe losses.

The following table shows target annual incentive compensation, the weighted average multipliers for each NEO and the resulting annual incentive award payout for 2020:
106


Named Executive Officer
2020 Target
 Annual Incentive
2020
 Multiplier
2020 Annual
 Incentive Payment
Tammy L. Schutlz$205,500.00 1.13 $232,215.00 
Athanasios Bolovinos$67,750.00 1.42 $96,435.00 
Paula M. SeGuin$28,435.00 1.28 $36,487.00 
4Results in this paragraph may differ from the Parent’s reported results since expenses, revenues and other effects associated with acquisition activity during the year and changes in accountingCMFG Life and certain other changes that do not reflect changes in the underlying businessaffiliates are generally excluded when calculating results.

Long-term Equity Incentive Compensation
All of the NEOs participate in Assurant's long-term equity incentive compensation program.

Assurant uses performance share units ("PSUs") and restricted stock units ("RSUs") as equity compensation vehicles under the Assurant, Inc. 2017 Long Term Equity Incentive Plan ("ALTEIP"). A stock unit represents the right to receive a share of Common Stock at a specified date in the future, subject, in the case of PSUs,parties to the attainment of pre-established performance criteria.CUNA Mutual Group Cost Sharing, Procurement, Disbursement, Billing and Collection Agreement effective January 1, 2015. Effective August 1, 2021, the Company was added via a joinder agreement after its acquisition by CMFG Life. See “Contractual Obligations” for more information about this agreement.

For PSU awards granted in 2017, 2019CMFG Life and 2020, Assurant’s performance is measured with respectcertain affiliates are parties to two equally weighted metrics: absolute net operating income per diluted share excluding reportable catastrophes ("NOI EPS"), measured as the sum of each year within the three-year performance period, and total stockholder return ("TSR") relative to the S&P 500 Index, measured over the three-year performance period. Measurement of performance against the designated financial performance metrics includes unusual or non-recurring events and other extraordinary items, unless otherwise determined by the Assurant Compensation Committee. NOI EPS excludes reportable catastrophe losses because they create volatility that is beyond the executive’s control and the Assurant Compensation Committee believes executives should be focused on the underlying performance of the business.

No PSUs were granted to the NEOs in 2018. The annual equity grant for the NEOs in 2018 consisted solely of RSUs.

Performance-Based Long-Term Equity Plan Design Attributes
Metrics and Weighting
Absolute NOI EPS1 — 50%
Relative Total Stockholder Return2 — 50%
Performance MeasuredTSR measured against S&P 500 Index
Against an Index
Payout ConsiderationsFor the relative TSR metric:
Threshold for payout at the 25th percentile
Payouts capped at 200% of target if the composite percentile ranking is at or above the 90th percentile
For the absolute NOI EPS ex-CAT metric:
Threshold for payout at pre-determined performance level payouts capped at 200% of target
(1)  Cumulative Parent three year NOI EPS excluding reportable catastrophe losses
(2) Percentage change on Parent stock plus dividend yield percentage

PSUs. Recent tax reform legislation expanded the number of individuals covered by Section 162(m) and eliminated the exception for performance-based compensation effective beginning for the Company’s 2018 tax year. Additional information
107


regarding the terms and conditions of RSUs and PSUs awarded under the ALTEIP is provided under "Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table - Long Term Incentive Awards" below.
In support of Assurant's pay for performance philosophy, in 2020, the Compensation Committee approved equity payments for PSUs granted in 2017 based on the financial metrics described above. The Company’s cumulative percentile ranking relative to companies in the S&P 500 Index with regard to TSR over the 2017-2019 performance cycle was in the 59th percentile, which represents a payout at 117% of target. The Company’s cumulative NOI EPS (excluding reportable catastrophes) for the 2017-2019 performance cycle was $25.32, which represents a payout at 122% of target. As a result, each NEO received shares of common stock equal to 120% of their target number of PSUs granted in 2017, which represents the average target payouts for TSR and NOI EPS.

RSUs. RSUs typically vest in equal annual installments over a three-year vesting period.

IV. Benefits
The Company's named executive officers participate in the same health care, disability, life insurance, pension and 401(k) benefit plans made available generally to Assurant's U.S. employees. In addition, some of these executives are eligible for certain supplemental retirement plans and limited perquisites described below.

Retirement Plans. All NEOs except Mr. Bolovinos participate in the Assurant Pension Plan (the "Pension Plan"). Ms. Schultz participates in the Assurant Executive Pension Plan (the "Executive Pension Plan"). Ms. Schultz and Mr. Bolovinos also participate in the Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan (the "Executive 401(k) Plan"). The goals of these retirement plans are to provide certain senior executives with competitive levels of income replacement upon retirement and provide a package that will both attract and retain talented executives in key positions. The Executive Pension Plan is designed to replace income levels capped under the Pension Plan by the compensation limit of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code ($285,000 for 2020). Effective March 1, 2016, the Pension Plan and the Executive Pension Plan were frozen. Additional information regarding the terms and conditions of these plans is provided under "Narrative to the Pension Benefits Table" below and "Narrative to the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans Table" below.

Deferred Compensation Plans. The NEOs may be eligible to participate in the Amended and Restated Assurant Deferred Compensation Plan (the "ADC Plan"). The ADC Plan provides key employeesInvestment Advisory Agreement effective January 1, 2015. Effective August 1, 2021, the ability to deferCompany was added via a portion of their eligible compensation which is then notionally invested in a variety of mutual funds. Deferrals and withdrawals under the ADC Plan are intended to be fully compliant with Section 409A of the Code ("Section 409A"). Additional information regarding the terms and conditions of these plans is provided under "Narrativejoinder agreement after its acquisition by CMFG Life. Pursuant to the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans Table" below.

Long-Term Disability Benefits. As part of Assurant's general benefits program, it provides Long-Term Disabilityagreement, the Company has hired MEMBERS Capital Advisors, Inc. ("LTD"MCA") coverage for all benefits-eligible employees under a group policy. LTD benefits replace 50% of employees' monthly plan pay (which is generally defined as base salary plus the annual incentive target award amount) with employees holding a 10% buy-up option to increase benefits to 60% of their monthly plan pay, up to a maximum monthly benefit of $15,000.
V. Related Policies and Considerations
Timing of Equity Grants
Assurant does not coordinate the timing of equity awards with the release of material non-public information. Prior to 2018, under the Parent's Equity Grant Policy, annual equity awards granted by the Compensation Committee pursuant to the ALTEIP were granted on the second Thursday of March each year. As of 2018, annual equity awards are granted on March 16 each year pursuant to the ALTEIP.

Tax and Accounting Implications
Recent tax reform legislation expanded the number of individuals covered by Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code and eliminated the exception for performance-based compensation effective beginning for the Company’s 2018 tax year. The Assurant Compensation Committee continues to emphasize performance-based compensation that attracts, retains and rewards the executives necessary to successfully execute the Parent's business strategy. While the Assurant Compensation Committee generally seeks to pay compensation that is deductible, it reserves the right to pay non-deductible compensation to the extent it deems appropriate.

108


The compensation that Assurant pays to the NEOs is reflected in our consolidated financial statements as required by U.S. GAAP. We account for stock-based compensation under the ALTEIP and all predecessor plans in accordance with the requirements of FASB ASC Topic 718.
COMPENSATION OF NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Summary Compensation
The following table sets forth the cash and other compensation earned by the NEOs for allprovide investment advisory services in all capacities during 2020, 2019 and 2018 as applicable.
Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Years 2020, 2019, and 2018
Name and Principal PositionYearSalary
($)
Bonus
($)
Stock
Awards 1
($)
Option
Awards
($)
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings 2
($)
All
Other
Compensation 3
($)
Total
($)
(a)(b)(c)(d)(e)(f)(g)(h)(i)(j)
Tammy L. Schultz, President and Chief Executive Officer; Executive Vice President, President Global Preneed, Assurant, Inc.2020
2019
2018
341,827
323,692
290,991



254,532
214,230
160,075



232,215
196,950
176,050



58,655
47,644
54,505
887,229
782,516
681,621
Athanasios T. Bolovinos,
Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer;
Vice President, Assistant Controller, Assurant, Inc.
2020
2019
2018
271,000
260,000
250,000


202,947
69,238
134,948


96,436
80,412
60,000


26,660
22,182
17,969
597,043
431,832
462,917
Paula M. SeGuin, Vice President; Director of Compliance, Assurant, Inc.
2020
2019
2018
142,065
139,807
137,065


21,841
22,307
20,594


36,487
30,170
32,896


14,298
11,771
11,709
214,691
204,055
202,264
1The amounts reported in column (e) for 2020, 2019 and 2018 represent awards of PSUs and RSUs. No PSUs were awarded to NEOs in 2018. These amounts are consistent with the grant date fair values of each award computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 using the closing price of the Parent's Common Stock on the grant date. Please see column (k) in the Grant of Plan-Based Awards table for the closing price on the grant date for 2020 awards.
    The amounts included in column (e) for PSUs were computed based on the achievement of target level performance for each award. As described in "CD&A — Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation — PSUs", payouts for PSU awards can range from no payout to a 200% maximum payout.
    Assuming the achievement of maximum performance level for each NEO, the amounts in column (e) representing only PSUs would be as follows: (i) for awards granted in 2020: $389,255 for Ms. Schultz; $73,383 for Mr. Bolovinos; and $22,705 for Ms. SeGuin; (ii) for awards granted in 2019: $330,915 for Ms. Schultz; $73,512 for Mr. Bolovinos; and $23,685 for Ms. SeGuin; and (iii) No PSUs were awarded to NEOs in 2018.
    Please see Footnote 21, Stock Based Compensation-Performance Share Units , of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, as filed with the SEC (the “2020 Form 10-K”) for a discussion of the assumptions used in this valuation.
2The change in pension value is the aggregate change in the actuarial present value of the respective NEO’s accumulated benefit under the Parent’s defined benefit pension plans (the Assurant Executive Pension Plan and the Assurant Pension Plan) from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020, from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019 and from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2018. For each plan, the change in the pension value is determined as the present value of the NEO’s accumulated benefits at December 31, 2018, December 31, 2018 or December 31, 2020 plus the amount of any benefits paid from the plan during the year less the present value of the accumulated benefits at December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018 or December 31, 2019, as applicable. Present values of accumulated benefits at December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018, December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020 use the same assumptions as included in the financial statements in Assurant’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018, December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, respectively, as filed with the SEC. Effective February 29, 2016, the accrual of additional benefits under the Assurant Executive Pension Plan and the Assurant Pension Plan was frozen.
3The table below details the amounts reported in the “All Other Compensation” column, which include premiums paid for Executive LTD, Company contributions to the Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan, Company contributions to the Assurant 401(k) Plan, dividends and dividend equivalents, and certain other amounts during 2020:
NameExecutive
 LTD
Dividends and Dividends Equivalent a
Company Contributions to Assurant Executive
401(k)
Qualified Company Contributions to
Assurant
401(k)
Perquisites and Other Personal Benefits
Other
 Amounts b
Total
Tammy L. Schultz$4,134$10,897$15,227$17,100$—$11,297$58,655
Athanasios T. Bolovinos$—$5,575$3,985$17,100$—$—$26,660
Paula M. SeGuin$—$1,544$—$10,454$—$2,300$14,298
a.The amounts in this column reflect the dollar value of dividends and dividend equivalents paid in 2020 on unvested RSUs that were not factored into the grant date fair value required to be reported for these awards in column (e). The amounts in column (i) of the Summary Compensation Table for prior years reflect the dollar value of dividends and dividend equivalents paid on unvested awards of RSUs in those respective years that were not
109


factored into the grant date fair value required to be reported for these awards in column (e). Dividend equivalents were paid on 2017 PSUs for shares vested in 2020; and on 2016 PSUs for shares vested in 2019. No dividends or dividend equivalents were paid on PSUs granted in 2020 or 2019. No PSUs were awarded to NEOs in 2018.
b.Amounts in this column reflect: (i) in the case of Ms. Schultz, $11,122 in tuition reimbursement and $175 in a work from home reimbursement; and (ii) in the case of Ms. Seguin, $2,000 in a lump sum payment and $300 in a pandemic work from home relief payment.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards
The table below sets forth individual grants of awards made to each NEO during 2020.
Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for Fiscal Year 2020
Estimated Future
Payouts Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards 1
Estimated Future
Payouts Under
Equity Incentive
Plan Awards 2
All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock or
Units (#)
All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options (#)
Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)
Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Stock and
Option
Awards
($) 3
NameGrant
Date
Threshold
($)
Target
($)
Maximum
($)
Threshold
(#)
Target
(#)
Maximum
(#)
(a)(b)(c)(d)(e)(f)(g)(h)(i)(j)(k)(l)
Tammy L. Schultz3/16/2020
3/16/2020



0


205,500


411,000

1,072

2,143

4,286
714





$59,905
$194,627

Athanasios T. Bolovinos1/2/2020
3/16/2020
3/16/2020





0



67,750



135,500


202



404


808
1,000
404








$132,360
$33,896
$36,691


Paula M. SeGuin3/16/2020
3/16/2020



0


28,436


56,872

63

125

250
125





$10,488
$11,353

1.The values in columns (c), (d), and (e) are based on multiplying a 0 (threshold), 1 (target), and 2 (maximum) multiplier times each NEO’s annual incentive target award percentage. The actual annual incentive award earned by each NEO for 2020 performance is reported in the column entitled “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” in the Summary Compensation Table.
2.As described in the “CD&A - Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation - PSUs.” Payouts for PSU awards can range from no payment to 200% maximum payout.
3.The base price of 2020 RSU awards is equal to the closing price of Assurant, Inc. Common Stock on the grant date. The grant date fair value of each RSU award was computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 using the closing price of the Parent's Common Stock on the grant date.
         The base price of 2020 PSU awards and the grant date fair value of each PSU award were computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 based on achievement of target performance. Please see Footnote 21, Stock Based Compensation - Performance Share Units, of the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K for a discussion of the assumptions used in this valuation.
Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

Annual Incentive Awards
Annual incentive payments for Mmes. Schultz and SeGuin and Mr. Bolovinos were paid pursuant to the Parent's annual incentive program. For more information regarding the performance criteria applicable to each of our NEOs, please see the section entitled "CD&A - Annual Incentive Compensation."

Long Term Equity Incentive Awards
The Parent's equity-based awards granted prior to May 2017 were granted under the Assurant, Inc. Long Term Equity Incentive Plan. In May 2017, the Parent’s stockholders approved the ALTEIP which is the plan from which all future grants will be issued. The RSUs typically vest in three equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date. Dividend equivalents on RSUs are paid in cash during the vesting period. Participants do not have voting rights with respect to RSUs. PSUs vest on the third anniversary of the grant date, subject to a participant's continuous employment through the vesting date and the level of performance achieved. Dividend equivalents on PSUs are accrued and paid in cash at the end of the performance period in accordance with the level of performance achieved. Participants do not have voting rights with respect to PSUs.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End
The table below provides information concerning unexercised options and stock that has not vested for each NEO outstanding as of December 31, 2020.
110


Outstanding Equity Awards Table for Fiscal Year 2020
Option Awards
Stock Awards 1
NameNumber of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable
Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
(#)
Option
Exercise
Price
($)
Option
Expiration
Date
Number of
Shares or Units of
Stock That Have
Not Vested
(#)
Market Value of
Shares or Units of
Stock That Have
Not Vested 2
($)
Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned Shares,
Units or Other
Rights That Have
Not Vested
(#)
Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or Payout
Value of
Unearned Shares,
Units or Other
Rights That Have
Not Vested 2
($)
(a)(b)(c)(d)(e)(f)(g)(h)(i)(j)
Tammy L. Schultz
594 3
80,915
330 4
44,953
714 5
97,261 
1,481 9
201,742 
1,072 10
146,028 
Athanasios T. Bolovinos
186 3
25,337
84 6
11,442
200 7
27,244
220 4
29,968
1,000 8
136,220
404 5
55,033
329 9
44,816 
202 10
27,516 
Paula M. SeGuin
77 3
10,489
71 4
9,672
125 5
17,028 
106 9
14,439 
63 10
8,582 
1These columns represent awards under the ALTEIP. Awards are PSUs or RSUs.
2Value was determined using the December 31, 2020 closing price of Assurant's Common Stock of $136.22.
3This RSU award was granted on March 16, 2018 and vests in three equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date.
4This RSU award was granted on March 16, 2019 and vests in three equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date.
5This RSU award was granted on March 16, 2020 and vests in three equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date.
6This RSU award was granted on April 1, 2018 and vests in three equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date.
7This RSU award was granted on July 1, 2018 and vests in three equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date.
8This RSU award was granted on January 2, 2020 and vests in three equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date.
9This PSU award was granted on March 16, 2019 and vests on the third anniversary of the grant date, subject to the level of achievement with respect to the applicable performance goals. In accordance with Instruction 3 to Regulation S-K Item 402(f)(2), the values for this award in columns (i) and (j) are reported at the target level. The ultimate payout under this PSU award is based on a final determination of performance during the full 2019-2021 performance period,Company's General Account assets. MCA, which is not yet determinable and which may differ from the performance level required to be disclosed in this table.
10This PSU award was granted on March 16, 2020 and vests on the third anniversary of the grant date, subject to the level of achievement with respect to the applicable performance goals. In accordance with Instruction 3 to Regulation S-K Item 402(f)(2)100% owned by CUNA Mutual Investment Corporation ("CMIC"), the values for this award in columns (i) and (j) are reported at the threshold level, as the Parent's ranked average performance for 2020 relative to applicable index was not determinable as of the date of filing of this proxy statement. The ultimate payout under this PSU award is based on a final determination of performance during the full 2020-2022 performance period, which is not yet determinable and which may differ from the performance level required to be disclosed in this table.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested in Last Fiscal Year
The following table provides information regarding all the RSUs and PSUs held by the NEOs that vested during 2020 on an aggregated basis.
Option Exercises and Stock Vested Table for Fiscal Year 2020
111


Option AwardsStock Awards
NameNumber of
Shares
Acquired on
Exercise (#)
Value
Realized on
Exercise ($) 1
Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Vesting (#)
Value
Realized on
Vesting ($) 1
(a)(b)(c)(d)(e)
Tammy L. Schultz
261
938 2
593
164

28,462
90,620
49,753
13,760
Athanasios T. Bolovinos
185
109
83
200
15,522
9,145
8,476
20,214
Paula M. SeGuin
34
120 2
76
35
3,708
11,593
6,376
2,937
1The value realized on exercise and/or vesting was determined using the closing price of the Parent's Common Stock on the exercise or vesting date (or prior trading day if the exercise or vesting date fell on a weekend or holiday).
2These amounts represent the value of PSU awards granted in 2017 that, in accordance with the terms of the applicable award agreements, became fully vested in 2020. The performance ranking for these awards exceeded the median performance of the peer which resulted in a final payout amount of 120% of target shares awarded. Accordingly, the amount of compensation actually realized upon a payout is based on the fair market value of the Common Stock on the vesting date, which was March 12, 2020.

Pension Benefits
The Parent maintains two defined benefit pension plans. The Parent maintains the Assurant Pension Plan, a broad-based, tax qualified, defined benefit pension plan. In addition, the Parent maintains the Assurant Executive Pension Plan, a non-qualified executive defined benefit pension plan. The Assurant Pension Plan and Assurant Executive Pension Plan were frozen and no additional benefits have accrued since February 29, 2016.

The table below provides information for each defined benefit plan that provides for pension payments to the NEOs.

Pension Benefits Table for Fiscal Year 2020
NamePlan Name
Number of
 Years of
Credited
 Service 1 (#)
Present Value of
Accumulated
Benefit ($)
Payments
During
Last Fiscal
Year ($)
(a)(b)(c)(d)(e)
Tammy L. SchultzAssurant Pension Plan
Assurant Executive Pension Plan
15
15
145,158
29,539

Athanasios T. BolovinosAssurant Pension Plan
Assurant Executive Pension Plan



Paula M. SeGuinAssurant Pension Plan
Assurant Executive Pension Plan
22
164,295

1    None of the NEOs have more years of credited service under any of the plans than actual years of service with the Company.

Narrative to the Pension Benefits Table
The following is a description of the plans and information reported in the Pension Benefits Table.
The Assurant Pension Plan
Eligible employees hired by the Company prior to January 1, 2014, were generally able to participate in the Assurant Pension Plan after completing one year of service with the Company. Employees hired by the Company on or after January 1, 2014 were not eligible to participate in the Assurant Pension Plan. Mr. Bolovinos is not eligible to participate in the Assurant Pension Plan.
112



The lump sum value of the benefit is based on the participant’s accumulated annual accrual credits multiplied by their final average earnings. Final average earnings is defined as the highest average annual compensation for five consecutive complete calendar years of employment during the ten consecutive complete calendar years immediately prior to the plan freeze date. As set forth below, annual accrual credits are measured in percentages and increase as participants reach certain credited service milestones.

Years of ServiceCredit
Years 1 through 103%
Years 11 through 206%
Years 21 through 309%
Years 31 and over12%

The present value of accumulated benefits at December 31, 2020 is determined as the lump sum value of the benefit based on the participant’s accumulated annual accrual credits and final average earnings (limited by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code), which were frozen as of February 29, 2016.

The normal retirement age for the Assurant Pension Plan is 65. Benefits are actuarially reduced for any payment prior to age 65. Participants may immediately commence their benefit at termination of employment or they may elect to defer the commencement up to age 65. A participant becomes 100% vested in the benefits after three years of vesting service. All participating NEOs are 100% vested. If the participant is married, the normal form of payment is a 50% joint and survivor annuity. If the participant is not married, the normal form of payment is a life annuity.

The Assurant Executive Pension Plan
Eligible employees hired by the Company prior to January 1, 2014, were generally able to participate in the Assurant Executive Pension Plan after completing one year of service with the Company and when their eligible compensation exceeded the Section 401(a)(17) compensation limit. Employees hired by the Company on or after January 1, 2014 were not eligible to participate in the Assurant Executive Pension Plan. Eligible compensation for participants was not capped. Mr. Bolovinos and Ms. Seguin were not eligible to participate in the Assurant Executive Pension Plan.
A participant’s benefit under the Assurant Executive Pension Plan is equal to the benefit he or she would have received under the Assurant Pension Plan at normal retirement age (65), recognizing all eligible compensation (not subject to the limit in the Code) reduced by the benefit payable under the Assurant Pension Plan. The benefits under the Assurant Executive Pension Plan are payable only in a lump sum following termination of employment. Payments will be made following termination of employment and are subject to the restrictions under Section 409A. Credited service for determining a participant’s benefit begins after an employee begins participating in the plan and was frozen as of February 29, 2016. A participant becomes vested in the benefits under the Assurant Executive Pension Plan after three years of service. All participating NEOs are currently 100% vested.

The methodology for determining the present value of the accumulated benefits under the Assurant Executive Pension Plan uses the same assumptions and methodologies as the Assurant Pension Plan described above. The present value of accumulated benefits at December 31, 2020 is determined as the lump sum value of the benefit based on the participant’s accumulated annual accrual credits and unlimited final average earnings, which were frozen as of February 29, 2016, offset by the Assurant Pension Plan benefit.

Number of Years of Credited Service
Eligibility for the Assurant Pension Plan and Assurant Executive Pension Plan is based on a one year waiting period from date of hire and results in the same amount of credited service under both plans. No additional credited service was earned after February 29, 2016 for the Assurant Pension Plan and Assurant Executive Pension Plan.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans
113


The table below sets forth, for each NEO, information with respect to each defined contribution or other plan that provides for the deferral of compensation on a basis that is not tax-qualified. The Parent currently maintains the ADC Plan, which provides for the deferral of compensation on a basis that is not tax qualified. The Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan is a nonqualified defined contribution plan.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans Table for Fiscal Year 2020
NamePlanExecutive
Contributions in
Last FY
($)
Registrant
Contributions in
Last FY 1, 2
($)
Aggregate
Earnings in
Last FY 1
($)
Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
($)
Aggregate
Balance at last
FYE 1
($)
(a)(b)(c)(d)(e)(f)
Tammy L. Schultz
ADC Plan 3
— — — — — 
 
Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan 4
— 15,227 11,915 — 93,890 
 TOTAL— 15,227 11,915 — 93,890 
Athanasios T. Bolovinos
ADC Plan 3
— — — — — 
 
Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan 4
— 3,985 588 — 7,012 
 TOTAL— 3,985 588 — 7,012 
Paula M. SeGuin
ADC Plan 3
— — — — — 
 
Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan 4
— — — — — 
 TOTAL— — — — — 
1The amounts in column (c) were reported as 2020 compensation in the “All Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table as follows: for Ms. Schultz, $15,227 and for Mr. Bolovinos, $3,985 of Company contributions to the Assurant Executive 401(k).
         The NEOs’ Aggregate Earnings in the last fiscal year reported in column (d) with respect to the ADC Plan, as applicable, represent the notional capital gains or losses on investments in publicly available mutual funds, and notional interest and dividends held in the plans, during 2020. The Parent does not provide any preferential or above market earnings or contributions. These earnings are not reported in any column of the Summary Compensation Table. With respect to the Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan, the aggregate earnings represent the notional capital gains or losses, interest and dividends on the aggregate balance, during 2020. Similarly, the Parent does not provide any above market or preferential earnings and these earnings are not reported in the Summary Compensation Table. 
         For the Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan, the following amounts that make up the totals in column (f) were reported as compensation in the “All Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table for the 2018, 2019 and 2020 fiscal years, as applicable: for Ms. Schultz, $10,031 for 2018, $13,185 for 2019, and $15,227 for 2020; and for Mr. Bolovinos, $2,400 for 2019 and $3,985 for 2020.
2The Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan amounts reported in this column reflect the Company contribution to the Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan (6% of eligible compensation in excess of the limit under IRC Section 401(a)(17)).
3The Parent does not currently make any contributions to the ADC Plan.
4The Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan does not provide for participant contributions.

Narrative to the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans Table
The following is a description of the plans and information reported in the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans Table.

The ADC Plan
Participation in the ADC Plan is restricted to a select group of management or highly compensated employees of Assurant. Under the terms of the ADC Plan, deferral elections can be made once a year with respect to base salary and / or incentive payments to be earned in the following year. Benefits under the ADC Plan are notionally invested in accordance with participant elections among various publicly available mutual funds and deferred amounts and any notional earnings or losses are credited to a deemed investment account. Currently, Assurant does not provide any above market earnings or preferential earnings to the participants. Each deferral must remain in the plan for at least one full calendar year, until July 1 of the following year or until the earlier of termination, disability or death. Deferrals cannot be changed or revoked during the plan year, except as permitted by applicable law. Upon voluntary or involuntary termination (including retirement) or disability, participants can withdraw their account balances from the ADC Plan in a lump sum or in annual installments over five, ten or fifteen years or other agreed upon installment schedule between the participant and the administrator. As a result of IRC Section 409A, certain key employees (including potentially the NEOs) are subject to a six-month waiting period for distributions following termination.

The Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan
114


Eligible employees may generally participate in the Assurant Executive 401(k) plan after completing 30 days of employment with Assurant and when their eligible compensation exceeds the compensation limit under the Code. Assurant made an annual contribution for each participant in this plan equal to 6% of eligible compensation in excess of the limit ($285,000 for 2020). The participants select among various publicly available mutual funds in which the contributions are deemed to be invested on a tax deferred basis. These notional contributions are credited with notional earnings and losses based on the performance of the mutual funds. Currently, Assurant does not provide any above market earnings or preferential earnings to the participants. Please see footnote 3 to the Summary Compensation Table above, for quantification of Company contributions to the Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan in 2020.

The benefits under the Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan are payable only in a lump sum following termination of employment. Payments made following termination of employment are subject to the restrictions of IRC Section 409A. A participant becomes vested in the benefits under the Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan after two years of service. All of the NEOs who participate in the Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan are 100% vested in their Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan benefit.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control
The following section sets forth for each NEO, an estimate of potential payments the NEO would have received at, following, or in connection with termination of employment under the circumstances described below on December 31, 2020
.
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control Table on December 31, 2020
NamePayout if
Terminated
Voluntarily
12/31/20
Not Retirement
Payout if
Terminated
Voluntarily
12/31/20
Retirement 1
Payout if
Terminated
Involuntarily
12/31/20 2
Payout if
Terminated Upon
Change of
Control 12/31/20
Payout if
Terminated Upon
Death 12/31/20
Payout if
Terminated Upon
Disability
12/31/20
(a)(b)(c)(d)(e)(f)
Tammy L. Schultz
ESTIP Award— — — $102,750 — — 
Long-Term Equity Awards 3
— — $317,529 $716,790 $317,529 $317,529 
Assurant Executive Pension Plan 4
$29,539 — $29,539 $29,539 $29,539 $29,539 
Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan 5
$93,890 — $93,890 $93,890 $93,890 $93,890 
Welfare Benefit Lump Sum 6
— — $5,431 $36,435 — — 
Severance 8
— — $342,500 $1,096,000 — — 
Outplacement 7
— — $7,000 $7,000 — — 
TOTAL$123,429 — $795,889 $2,082,404 $440,958 $440,958 
Athanasios T. Bolovinos
STIP Award— — — — — — 
Long-Term Equity Awards 3
— — $147,799 $147,799 $147,799 $147,799 
Assurant Executive Pension Plan 4
— — — — — — 
Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan 5
$7,012 — $7,012 $7,012 $7,012 $7,012 
Welfare Benefit Lump Sum 6
— — $3,813 $3,813 — — 
Severance 8
— — $138,888 $138,888 — — 
Outplacement 7
— — $3,500 $3,500 — — 
TOTAL$7,012  $301,012 $301,012 $154,811 $154,811 
Paula M. SeGuin
STIP Award— — — — — — 
Long-Term Equity Awards 3
— — $31,194 $31,194 $31,194 $31,194 
Assurant Executive Pension Plan 4
— — — — — — 
Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan 5
— — — — — — 
Welfare Benefit Lump Sum 6
— — $5,431 $5,431 — — 
Severance 8
— — $158,181 $158,181 — — 
Outplacement 7
— — $1,950 $1,950 — — 
TOTAL  $196,756 $196,756 $31,194 $31,194 
1As of December 31, 2020, none of the NEOs met the requirements for retirement eligibility (age 55 with 10 years of service). Accordingly, column (b) “Payout if Terminated Voluntarily (Retirement)” does not apply to them.
2The values in this column reflect an involuntary termination for reasons other than for cause. In the event of an involuntary termination for cause, the same amounts would be payable except the NEOs would not receive a pro-rata vesting with respect to their ALTEIP grants.
115


3These amounts assume accelerated vesting and/or exercise of all or a portion of unvested equity awards on December 31, 2020 based on the closing price of Assurant's common stock of $136.22 on December 31, 2020. These amounts also reflect accelerated vesting in the event of a change of control of the Parent and pro-rata vesting in the event of death, disability or an involuntary termination for reasons other than cause. PSU amounts are computed based on the achievement of target level performance for each award.
For all NEOs, values in column (d) assumes a hypothetical corporate change in control of the Parent.
4Assurant Executive Pension Plan benefits are payable only as a lump sum payment and as soon as administratively feasible following termination (in compliance with IRC Section 409A).
5This amount includes the Company’s contribution to the Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan made in 2020.
6For Ms. Schultz, this amount represents a one-time lump sum payment by Assurant that equals the value of Assurant paid premiums for the medical, dental, life insurance and disability plans as of December 31, 2020 for 18 months based on the individual’s benefit election (in accordance with IRC Section 409A).
For Mr. Bolovinos and Ms. SeGuin, this amount represents a one-time lump sum payment by Assurant that equals the value of Assurant paid premiums for the medical and dental plans as of December 31, 2020 based on the years of severance service, severance level, and the individual’s benefit election (in accordance with IRC Section 409A).
7This amount represents the Parent’s best estimate of the costs of outplacement services for an NEO.
8The Parent is a party to a COC Agreement with Ms. Schultz.
Although no agreements exist with respect to the exact severance Mr. Bolovinos and Ms. SeGuin would receive upon an involuntary termination, in accordance with the Parent’s current practice, the Parent would pay a severance amount (including a welfare benefit lump sum and costs of outplacement services) equal to the amount shown in the table above.

Narrative to the Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control Table
The following is a description of the information reported in the Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control Table, including the material terms of Ms. Schultz's change of control agreement ("COC Agreement") and the methodology and material assumptions made in calculating the Assurant Executive Pension Plan benefits payable in the event of disability or death. The material terms of the Executive Pension Plan are described in the section entitled "Narrative to the Pension Benefits Table" above. The material terms of the ADC Plan and the Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan are described in the section entitled "Narrative to the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans Table" above. Additional information on the ALTEIP is described in the CD&A and the section entitled "Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table" above.

Treatment of Annual Incentive Awards
Under the ESTIP, if a participant’s employment is terminated during a performance period due to disability or death, the Parent may grant the participant an award in any amount the Parent deems appropriate. If a participant’s employment is terminated during a performance period due to retirement, any award for that participant will be subject to the maximum limits under the ESTIP (participant’s allocated portion of 5% of the Parent’s net income as defined under the ESTIP), based on the amount of the Parent’s net income for the full performance period. If a participant’s employment terminates for any other reason, any award paid to that participant will be subject to the maximum limits described above, pro-rated to reflect the number of days in the performance period that the participant was employed. Upon a change of control of the Parent, each participant will be paid an amount based on the level of achievement of the performance goals as determined by the Parent no later than the date of the change of control. Ms. Schultz, as an executive officer of the Parent, is an ESTIP participant.
Under the STIP, if a participant's employment is terminated during a performance period due to retirement, death or a reduction in force or job elimination, the Parent may grant the participant a pro-rated award, depending on the timing of the termination event. Upon a change of control of the Parent, each participant will be paid an amount based on the level of achievement of the performance goals as determined by the Assurant Compensation Committee no later than the date of the change of control. Mr. Bolovinos and Ms. SeGuin are STIP participants.

Accelerated and Pro-rated Vesting of Equity Awards
Upon a termination due to death or disability, RSUs and PSUs vest on a pro-rata basis (subject, in the case of PSUs, to the level of performance achieved). RSUs and PSUs vest in full upon retirement (subject, in the case of PSUs, to the level of performance achieved), except for grants made in the year of retirement, which are forfeited. RSUs and PSUs vest on a pro-rata basis upon an involuntary termination without cause (subject, in the case of PSUs, to the level of performance achieved), and are forfeited upon a voluntary termination.

In May 2017, the Parent’s stockholders approved the ALTEIP. All equity grants to NEOs from May 2017 onward are and continue to be made under to the ALTEIP. In the event of a change of control followed by an involuntary termination of employment within two years after such change of control, the ALTEIP provides that all RSUs shall vest immediately and
116


PSUs will vest based on the greater of: (i) an assumed achievement of all relevant performance goals at the “target” level pro-rated based upon the length of time within the performance period that has elapsed prior to the change in control or (ii) the actual level of achievement of all relevant performance goals (measured as of the latest date immediately preceding the change in control for which performance can, as a practical matter, be determined).

The Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan
The benefits under the Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan are payable only in a lump sum following termination of employment. Payments made following termination of employment are subject to the restrictions of IRC Section 409A.

Change of Control Agreements
Ms. Schultz was party to a COC Agreement in 2020. Mr. Bolovinos and Ms. SeGuin were not party to COC Agreements in 2020.

The Parent is a party to a COC Agreement with members of its Management Committee, which includes Ms. Schultz. The COC Agreements generally provide that if, during the two-year period following a change of control (as defined in the COC Agreements), the executive’s employment is terminated by the Parent other than for cause or disability, or by the executive for good reason (each as defined in the COC Agreements), the executive would be entitled to receive, subject to the execution of a release of claims, within 60 days of the termination (or such later date that may be required by tax laws governing deferred compensation), a payment equal to 0.5 times the target annual ESTIP award for the year in which the date of termination occurs, an amount of cash severance equal to two times the sum of the executive’s annual base salary plus target ESTIP award, continued welfare benefits for the 18-month period following the date of termination and outplacement benefits.

The COC Agreement does not provide for an excise tax gross-up. Rather, in the event of a change of control, eligible NEOs are entitled to receive either (i) the full benefits payable in connection with a change of control (whether under the COC Agreement or otherwise) or (ii) a reduced amount that falls below the applicable safe harbor provided under Section 280G of the Code, whichever amount generates the greater after-tax value for the executive.

Termination in Anticipation of a Change of Control. If an executive’s employment with the Parent is terminated by the Parent without cause prior to the date on which a change of control occurs, and if it is reasonably demonstrated by the executive that such termination of employment was initiated by the Parent after the public announcement of a proposed transaction that ultimately results in a change of control, then the executive will be entitled to the severance and other benefits under his or her COC Agreement, as described above.

Funding of Severance Payment Obligations. Within five business days of the executive’s date of termination after a change of control, the Parent must establish and fund a trust in an amount of cash equal to the amount of the severance payments to which the executive may become entitled under the COC Agreements.
Definition of “Change of Control”. For purposes of the agreements, a change of control is defined as:
• a change in a majority of the Parent Company’s Board (the “Incumbent Board”) excluding any persons approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Board other than in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest;
• an acquisition by an individual, entity or a group of 30% or more of Assurant’s common stock or voting securities (excluding an acquisition directly from the Parent, by the Parent, by an employee benefit plan of the Parent or pursuant to a transaction described immediately below);
• consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization or similar transaction, or sale of all ormanages substantially all of the Parent’sCompany's invested assets other than a business combination in which all or substantially all of the stockholders of the Parent receive 50% or more of the stock of the company resulting from the business combination;
• a transaction or series of transactions approvedaccordance with policies, directives and guidelines established by the Parent’s stockholders that results in the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Parent’s assets; or
• stockholder approval of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Parent.

Restrictive Covenants. Under the COC Agreements, commencing on the change of control date and continuing for one year after termination of employment, executives may not: (i) engage in activity competitive with the Parent (including as an employee or officer of a competitor), (ii) solicit employees of the Parent to leave the employ of the Parent, or (iii) solicit
117


customers of the Parent to cease doing business with the Parent. In addition, executives may not disparage the Parent for two years following termination of employment.

CEO Pay Ratio
For 2020 and future years, the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") requires a public company to disclose the ratio of the compensation of its Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) to the compensation of its median employee. Our CEO is Ms. Schultz.

SEC rules allow us to select a methodology for identifying the median employee that is appropriate based on our size, organizational structure and compensation programs. All NEOs are employees of the Parent. The NEOs have been considered to be employees of the Company for purposes of calculating the CEO pay ratio. There are no other employees of the Company.

We identified the median employee by calculating the annual total compensation using the same methodology used in the 2020 Summary Compensation Table, for all employees other than our CEO, who were employed as of December 31, 2020.

For 2020, we estimate that our CEO to median employee pay ratio is: 4.13, the annual total compensation for the median employee was $214,691, and the annual total compensation for our CEO was $887,229.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
The directors of the Company are identified above. Each directoralso officers of CMFG Life. The Company's directors receive no compensation for their service as directors of the Company but are compensated by CMFG Life for their services as officers of CMFG Life. Accordingly, no costs were allocated to the Company for services of following persons in their role as current directors: Jennifer M. Kraus-Florin, Paul D. Barbato, Brian J. Borakove, Christopher Copeland, Fernand Leblanc, Tammy L. Schultz, and Mark F. Weniger.
48


Table of Contents
13. Federal Tax Considerations
A. Introduction
The following summary of tax rules does not provide or constitute any tax advice. It provides only a general discussion of certain of the expected federal income tax consequences with respect to amounts contributed to, invested in or received from a Contract, based on our understanding of the existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”), Treasury Regulations thereunder, and public interpretations thereof by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") (e.g., Revenue Rulings, Revenue Procedures or Notices) or by published court decisions. This summary discusses only certain federal income tax consequences to United States Persons, and does not discuss state, local or foreign tax consequences.
The term United States Persons means citizens or residents of the United States, domestic corporations, domestic partnerships, trust or estates that are subject to United States federal income tax, regardless of the source of their income. See "Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Entities" below regarding annuity purchases by, or payments to, non-U.S. persons. Pursuant to IRS Circular 230, you are hereby notified of the following: The information contained in this document is not intended to (and cannot) be used by anyone to avoid IRS penalties. This document supports the promotion and marketing of insurance products. You should seek advice based on your particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor. This prospectus is not intended to provide tax, accounting or legal advice. Please consult with your tax accountant or attorney prior to finalizing or implementing any tax or legal strategy or for any tax, accounting or legal advice concerning your situation.
We do not make any guarantee or representation regarding any tax status (e.g., federal, state, local or foreign) of any Contract or any transaction involving a Contract. In addition, there is always a possibility that the tax treatment of an annuity contract could change by legislation or other means (such as regulations, rulings or judicial decisions). Moreover, it is always possible that any such change in tax treatment could be made retroactive (that is, made effective prior to the date of the change). Accordingly, you should consult a qualified tax adviser for complete information and advice before purchasing a Contract.
In addition, although this discussion addresses certain tax consequences if you use the Contract in various arrangements, including Charitable Remainder Trusts, tax-qualified retirement arrangements, deferred compensation plans, split-dollar insurance arrangements, or other employee benefit arrangements, this discussion is not exhaustive. The tax consequences of any such arrangement may vary depending on the particular facts and received no additional compensationcircumstances of each individual arrangement and whether the arrangement satisfies certain tax qualification or classification requirements. In addition, the tax rules affecting such an arrangement may have changed recently, e.g., by legislation or regulations that affect compensatory or employee benefit arrangements. Therefore, if you are contemplating the use of a Contract in any arrangement the value of which to you depends in part on its tax consequences, you should consult a qualified tax adviser regarding the tax treatment of the proposed arrangement and of any Contract used in it.
As used in the following sections addressing “Federal Tax Considerations,” the term “spouse” means the person to whom you are legally married, as determined under federal tax law. This may include opposite or same-sex spouses, but does not include those in domestic partnerships or civil unions which are not recognized as married for servicefederal tax purposes. You are encouraged to consult with an accountant, lawyer or other qualified tax advisor about your own situation. Although some sections below discuss certain tax considerations in connection with contract loans, this is provided as general information only. Please refer to your contract to determine if your contract contains a director during 2020.loan provision.

The federal, as well as state and local, tax laws and regulations require the Company to report certain transactions with respect to your contract (such as an exchange of or a distribution from the contract) to the IRS and state and local tax authorities, and generally to provide you with a copy of what was reported. This copy is not intended to supplant your own records. It is your responsibility to ensure that what you report to the Internal Revenue Service and other relevant taxing authorities on your income tax returns is accurate based on your books and records. You should review whatever is reported to the taxing authorities by the Company against your own records, and in consultation with your own tax advisor, and should notify the Company if you find any discrepancies in case corrections have to be made.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATIONTHE DISCUSSION SET FORTH BELOW IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL PURPOSES ONLY. SPECIAL TAX RULES MAY APPLY WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN SITUATIONS THAT ARE NOT DISCUSSED HEREIN. EACH POTENTIAL PURCHASER OF A CONTRACT IS ADVISED TO CONSULT WITH A QUALIFIED TAX ADVISER AS TO THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY AMOUNTS INVESTED IN A CONTRACT UNDER APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAW.
B. Taxation of the Company and the Separate Account
The Company does not haveis taxed as a standing compensation committeelife insurance company under Subchapter L of its Board, or any committee that performs similar functions. Compensation decisions regarding the executive officersChapter 1 of the Company are made either byCode. We will own the Assurant Compensation Committee, byassets underlying the Chief Financial Officer of the Parent or by senior management at the Company,Contracts. The income earned on such assets will be our income.
The Separate Account is taxed as applicable.

No executive officer of the Company served as a member of the compensation committee (or other board committee performing similar functions) of another entity, one of whose executive officers served as a directorpart of the Company. No executive officerAccordingly, the Separate Account will not be taxed as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of Chapter 1 of the Company served as a director of another entity, one of whose executive officers served as a directorCode. Investment income and any realized capital gains on assets of the Company. No directorSeparate Account are reinvested and taken into account in determining the value of the Company had any relationship pursuantAccumulation and
49


Table of Contents
Annuity Units. As a result, such investment income and realized capital gains are automatically applied to which disclosure would be requiredincrease reserves under applicable rules of the SEC pertaining to the disclosure of transactions with related persons.Contract.

(M) SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF BENEFICIAL HOLDERS
Union Security Insurance Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Assurant, Inc.Currently, no taxes are due on interest, dividends and does not have any other voting securities held by any entityshort-term or individual other than Assurant, Inc.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT
The following table provides information concerning the beneficial ownership of Common Stock of Assurant, Inc., the parent company of the Company, as of December 31, 2020,long-term capital gain earned by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and the Company’s other one most highly compensated executive officer, each director, and all executive officers and directors as a group. As of December 31, 2020, Assurant, Inc. had 57,967,808 outstanding shares of Common Stock. Except as otherwise indicated, all persons listed below have sole voting power and dispositive powerSeparate Account with respect to the Contracts. The Company is entitled to certain tax benefits related to the investment of company assets, including assets of the Separate Account. These tax benefits, which include the foreign tax credit and the corporate dividends received deduction, are not passed back to you since the Company is the owner of the assets from which the tax benefits are derived.
C.     Taxation of Annuities — General Provisions Affecting Contracts Not Held in Tax-Qualified Retirement Plans
Section 72 of the Code governs the taxation of annuities in general.
1.     Non-Natural Persons as Owners
Pursuant to Code Section 72(u), an annuity contract held by a taxpayer other than a natural person generally is not treated as an annuity contract under the Code. Instead, such a non-natural Contract Owner generally could be required to include in gross income currently for each taxable year the excess of (a) the sum of the Contract Value as of the close of the taxable year and all previous distributions under the Contract over (b) the sum of net premiums paid for the taxable year and any prior taxable year and the amount includable in gross income for any prior taxable year with respect to the Contract under Section 72(u). However, Section 72(u) does not apply to:
•     A contract the nominal owner of which is a non-natural person but the beneficial owner of which is a natural person (e.g., where the non-natural owner holds the contract as an agent for the natural person),
•     A contract acquired by the estate of a decedent by reason of such decedent’s death,
•     Certain contracts acquired with respect to tax-qualified retirement arrangements,
•     Certain contracts held in structured settlement arrangements that may qualify under Code Section 130, or
•     A single premium immediate annuity contract under Code Section 72(u)(4), which provides for substantially equal periodic payments and an annuity starting date that is no later than 1 year from the date of the contract’s purchase.
A non-natural Contract Owner that is a tax-exempt entity for federal tax purposes (e.g., a tax-qualified retirement trust or a Charitable Remainder Trust) generally would not be subject to federal income tax as a result of such current gross income under Code Section 72(u).
However, such a tax-exempt entity, or any annuity contract that it holds, may need to satisfy certain tax requirements in order to maintain its qualification for such favorable tax treatment. See, e.g., IRS Tech. Adv. Memo. 9825001 for certain Charitable Remainder Trusts.
Pursuant to Code Section 72(s), if the Contract Owner is a non-natural person, the primary annuitant is treated as the “holder” in applying the required distribution rules described below. These rules require that certain distributions be made upon the death of a “holder.” In addition, for a non-natural owner, a change in the primary annuitant is treated as the death of the “holder.” However, the provisions of Code Section 72(s) do not apply to certain contracts held in tax-qualified retirement arrangements or structured settlement arrangements.
For tax years beginning after December 31, 2012, estates and trusts with gross income from annuities may be subject to an additional tax (Unearned Income Medicare Contribution) of 3.8%, depending upon the amount of the estate’s or trust’s adjusted gross income for the taxable year.
2.     Other Contract Owners (Natural Persons).
A Contract Owner is not taxed on increases in the value of the Contract until an amount is received or deemed received, e.g., in the form of a lump sum payment (full or partial value of a Contract) or as Annuity payments under the settlement option elected.
The provisions of Section 72 of the Code concerning distributions are summarized briefly below. Also summarized are special rules affecting distributions from Contracts obtained in a tax-free exchange for other annuity contracts or life insurance contracts which were purchased prior to August 14, 1982. For tax years beginning after December 31, 2012, individuals with gross income from annuities may be subject to an additional tax (Unearned Income Medicare Contribution) of 3.8%, depending upon exceeding certain income thresholds.
a.     Amounts Received as an Annuity
Contract payments made periodically at regular intervals over a period of more than one full year, such that the total amount payable is determinable from the start (“amounts received as an annuity”) are includable in gross income to the extent the payments exceed the amount determined by the application of the ratio of the allocable “investment in the contract” to the total amount of the payments to be made after the start of the payments (the “exclusion ratio”) under Section 72 of the Code. Total premium payments less amounts received which were not includable in gross income equal the “investment in the contract.” The start of the payments may be the Annuity Commencement Date, or may be an annuity starting date assigned should any portion less than the full Contract be converted to periodic payments from the Contract (Annuity Payouts).
50


Table of Contents
i.When the total of amounts excluded from income by application of the exclusion ratio is equal to the allocated investment in the contract for the Annuity Payout, any additional payments (including surrenders) will be entirely includable in gross income.
ii.To the extent that the value of the Contract (ignoring any surrender charges except on a full surrender) exceeds the “investment in the contract,” such excess constitutes the “income on the contract”. It is unclear what value should be used in determining the “income on the contract.” We believe that the “income on the contract” does not include some measure of the value of certain future cash-value type benefits, but the IRS could take a contrary position and include such value in determining the “income on the contract”.
iii.Under Section 72(a)(2) of the Code, if any amount is received as an annuity (i.e., as one of a series of periodic payments at regular intervals over more than one full year) for a period of 10 or more years, or during one or more lives, under any portion of an annuity, endowment, or life insurance contract, then that portion of the contract shall be treated as a separate contract with its own annuity starting date (otherwise referred to as a partial annuitization of the contract). This assigned annuity starting date for the new separate contract can be different from the original Annuity Commencement Date for the Contract. Also, for purposes of applying the exclusion ratio for the amounts received under the partial annuitization, the investment in the contract before receiving any such amounts shall be allocated pro rata between the portion of the Contract from which such amounts are received as an annuity and the portion of the Contract from which amounts are not received as an annuity. These provisions apply to payments received in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010.
iv.If you receive services for your Contract from a third-party financial intermediary who charges an advisory fee for their shares,services and you elect to pay the advisory fee by taking withdrawals from your Contract Value, any amounts paid may be treated as an amount received for purposes of this subparagraph 2.b. and the previous subparagraph 2.a. and in general may be subject to federal and state income taxes and a 10% federal penalty tax.
b.     Amounts Not Received as an Annuity
i.To the extent that the “cash value” of the Contract (ignoring any surrender charges except on a full surrender) exceeds the “investment in the contract,” such excess constitutes the “income on the contract.”
ii.Any amount received or deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date (e.g., upon a withdrawal or partial surrender), which is non-periodic and not part of a partial annuitization, is deemed to come first from any such “income on the contract” and then from “investment in the contract,” and for these purposes such “income on the contract” is computed by reference to the aggregation rule described in subparagraph 2.c. below. As a result, any such amount received or deemed received (1) shall be includable in gross income to the extent that authoritysuch amount does not exceed any such “income on the contract,” and (2) shall not be includable in gross income to the extent that such amount does exceed any such “income on the contract.” If at the time that any amount is sharedreceived or deemed received there is no “income on the contract” (e.g., because the gross value of the Contract does not exceed the “investment in the contract,” and no aggregation rule applies), then such amount received or deemed received will not be includable in gross income, and will simply reduce the “investment in the contract.”
iii.Generally, non-periodic amounts received or deemed received after the Annuity Commencement Date (or after the assigned annuity starting date for a partial annuitization) are not entitled to any exclusion ratio and shall be fully includable in gross income. However, upon a full surrender after such date, only the excess of the amount received (after any surrender charge) over the remaining “investment in the contract” shall be includable in gross income (except to the extent that the aggregation rule referred to in the next subparagraph 2.c. may apply).
iv.The receipt of any amount as a loan under the Contract or the assignment or pledge of any portion of the value of the Contract shall be treated as an amount received for purposes of this subparagraph 2.b. and the previous subparagraph 2.a.
v.In general, the transfer of the Contract, without full and adequate consideration, will be treated as an amount received for purposes of this subparagraph 2.b. and the previous subparagraph 2.a. This transfer rule does not apply, however, to certain transfers of property between Spouses or incident to divorce.
vi.In general, any amount actually received under the Contract as a Death Benefit, including an optional Death Benefit, if any, will be treated as an amount received for purposes of this subparagraph 2.b. and the previous subparagraph 2.a.
c.     Aggregation of Two or More Annuity Contracts.
Contracts issued after October 21, 1988 by their spouses, and have record and beneficial ownership of their shares.the same insurer (or affiliated insurer) to the same owner within the same calendar year (other than certain contracts held in connection with tax-qualified retirement arrangements) will be aggregated
11851



Table of Contents
Name of Beneficial Owner
Shares of Common
Stock Owned
Beneficially 1
Percentage
of Class
Tammy L. Schultz8,672*
Athanasios Bolovinos200*
Paula M. SeGuin4,636*
Eric Kurzrok1,800*
Fernand LeBlanc1,634*
Lisa Young1,192*
*
All directors and executive officers as a group (6 persons)18,134*
and treated as one annuity contract for the purpose of determining the taxation of distributions prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. An annuity contract received in a tax-free exchange for another annuity contract or life insurance contract may be treated as a new contract for this purpose.
* Less than oneWe believe that for any Contracts subject to such aggregation, the values under the Contracts and the investment in the contracts will be added together to determine the taxation under subparagraph 2.b., above, of amounts received or deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Withdrawals will be treated first as withdrawals of income until all of the income from all such Contracts is withdrawn.
In addition, the Treasury Department has specific authority under the aggregation rules in Code Section 72(e)(12) to issue regulations to prevent the avoidance of the income-out-first rules for non-periodic distributions through the serial purchase of annuity contracts or otherwise. As of the date of this prospectus, there are no regulations interpreting these aggregation provisions.
d.     10% Penalty Tax — Applicable to Certain Withdrawals and Annuity Payments.
i.If any amount is received or deemed received on the Contract (before or after the Annuity Commencement Date), the Code applies a penalty tax equal to ten percent of class.the portion of the amount includable in gross income, unless an exception applies.
1 (a) Includes restricted stock units (“RSUs”) that thatii. The 10% penalty tax will vest and/or become payablenot apply to the following distributions:
1. Distributions made on or after the date the recipient has attained the age of 59½.
2. Distributions made on or after the death of the holder or, where the holder is not an individual, the death of the primary annuitant.
3. Distributions attributable to a recipient becoming disabled.
4. A distribution that is part of a scheduled series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) for the life (or life expectancy) of the recipient (or the joint lives or life expectancies of the recipient and the recipient’s designated Beneficiary).
5. Distributions made under certain annuities issued in connection with structured settlement agreements.
6. Distributions of amounts which are allocable to the “investment in the contract” prior to August 14, 1982 (see next subparagraph e.).
7. Distributions purchased by an employer upon termination of certain qualified plans and held by the employer until the employee separates from service.
If the taxpayer avoids this 10% penalty tax by qualifying for the substantially equal periodic payments exception and later such series of payments is modified (other than by death or disability), the 10% penalty tax will be applied retroactively to all the prior periodic payments (i.e., penalty tax plus interest thereon), unless such modification is made after both (a) the taxpayer has reached age 59½ and (b) 5 years have elapsed since the first of these periodic payments.
e.     Special Provisions Affecting Contracts Obtained Through a Tax-Free Exchange of Other Annuity or Life Insurance Contracts Purchased Prior to August 14, 1982.
If the Contract was obtained by a tax-free exchange of a life insurance or annuity Contract purchased prior to August 14, 1982, then any amount received or deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date shall be deemed to come (1) first from the amount of the “investment in the contract” prior to August 14, 1982 (“pre-8/14/82 investment”) carried over from the prior Contract, (2) then from the portion of the “income on the contract” (carried over to, as well as accumulating in, the successor Contract) that is attributable to such pre-8/14/82 investment, (3) then from the remaining “income on the contract” and (4) last from the remaining “investment in the contract.” As a result, to the extent that such amount received or deemed received does not exceed such pre-8/14/82 investment, such amount is not includable in gross income. In addition, to the extent that such amount received or deemed received does not exceed the sum of (a) such pre-8/14/82 investment and (b) the “income on the contract” attributable thereto, such amount is not subject to the 10% penalty tax. In all other respects, amounts received or deemed received from such post-exchange Contracts are generally subject to the rules described in this subparagraph e.
f.     Required Distributions
i.     Death of Contract Owner or Primary Annuitant
Subject to the alternative election or Spouse beneficiary provisions in ii or iii below:
1.     If any Contract Owner dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date and before the entire interest in the Contract has been distributed, the remaining portion of such interest shall be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used as of the date of such death;
2.     If any Contract Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, the entire interest in the Contract shall be distributed within 605 years after such death; and
3.     If the Contract Owner is not an individual, then for purposes of 1. or 2. above, the primary annuitant under the Contract shall be treated as the Contract Owner, and any change in the primary annuitant
52


Table of Contents
shall be treated as the death of the Contract Owner. The primary annuitant is the individual, the events in the life of whom are of primary importance in affecting the timing or amount of the payout under the Contract.
ii.     Alternative Election to Satisfy Distribution Requirements
    If any portion of the interest of a Contract Owner described in i. above is payable to or for the benefit of a designated beneficiary, such beneficiary may elect to have the portion distributed over a period that does not extend beyond the life or life expectancy of the beneficiary. Such distributions must begin within a year of the Contract Owner’s death.
iii.     Spouse Beneficiary
    If any portion of the interest of a Contract Owner is payable to or for the benefit of his or her Spouse, and the Annuitant or Contingent Annuitant is living, such Spouse shall be treated as the Contract Owner of such portion for purposes of section i. above. This Spousal Contract continuation shall apply only once for this Contract.
iv.     Civil Union or Domestic Partner
    Upon the death of the Contract Owner prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, if the designated beneficiary is the surviving civil union or domestic partner of the Contract Owner, rather than the spouse of the Contract Owner, then such designated beneficiary is not permitted to continue the Contract as the succeeding Contract Owner. A designated beneficiary who is a same sex spouse will be permitted to continue the Contract as the succeeding Contract Owner.
g.     Addition of Rider or Material Change.
The addition of a rider to the Contract, or a material change in the Contract’s provisions, could cause it to be considered newly issued or entered into for tax purposes, and thus could cause the Contract to lose certain grandfathered tax status. Please contact your tax adviser for more information.
h.     Partial Exchanges.
The owner of an annuity contract can direct its insurer to transfer a portion of the contract's cash value directly to another annuity contract (issued by the same insurer or by a different insurer), and such a direct transfer can qualify for tax-free exchange treatment under Code Section 1035 (a "partial exchange"). The IRS in Revenue Procedure 2011-38, indicated that a partial exchange made on or after October 24, 2011 will be treated as a tax-free exchange under Code Section 1035 if there is no distribution from or surrender of, either contract involved in the exchange within 180 days of December 31, 2020such exchange. Amounts received as annuity payments for a period of at least 10 years on one or more lives will not be treated as distributions for this purpose. If a transfer does not meet the 180-day test, the IRS will apply general tax rules to determine the substance and treatment of the transfer.
We advise you to consult with a qualified tax adviser as to the potential tax consequences before attempting any partial exchanges.
3.     Diversification Requirements.
The Code requires that investments supporting your Contract be adequately diversified. Code Section 817(h) provides that a variable annuity contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for any period during which the investments made by the separate account or Fund are not adequately diversified. If a contract is not treated as an annuity contract, the contract owner will be subject to income tax on annual increases in exchange forcash value.
The Treasury Department’s diversification regulations under Code Section 817(h) require, among other things, that:
•     no more than 55% of the following amountsvalue of Common Stock asthe total assets of December 31, 2020: For Ms. Young, 1,192 shares,the segregated asset account underlying a variable contract is represented by any one investment,
•     no more than 70% is represented by any two investments,
•     no more than 80% is represented by any three investments and
•     no more than 90% is represented by any four investments.
In determining whether the diversification standards are met, all securities of which would be issuable upon retirement; for Mr. Bolovinos, 200 shares. RSUs that will vest on or within 60 days of December 31, 2020the same issuer, all interests in exchange for shares of Common Stock, forthe same real property project, and all directors and executive officersinterests in the same commodity are each treated as a group, totaled 1,392 shares.

(N) TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS
The Company receives various services fromsingle investment. In the Parent and its affiliates. These services include assistance in benefit plan administration, corporate insurance, accounting, tax, auditing, investment, information technology, actuarial, property management and other administrative functions. The tax payment was $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The net amounts paid for non-tax related services and obligations to the Parent and its affiliates for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $4.2 million.
Administrative expenses allocated for the Company may be greatercase of government securities, each government agency or less than the expenses that would be incurred if the Company were operatinginstrumentality is treated as a separate company.issuer.
Review, ApprovalA separate account must be in compliance with the diversification standards on the last day of each calendar quarter or Ratificationwithin 30 days after the quarter ends. If an insurance company inadvertently fails to meet the diversification requirements, the company may still comply within a reasonable period and avoid the taxation of Transactionscontract income on an ongoing basis. However, either the insurer or the contract owner must agree to make adjustments or pay such amounts as may be required by the IRS for the period during which the diversification requirements were not met.
Shares of certain Hartford Funds may also be sold to tax-qualified plans pursuant to an exemptive order and applicable tax laws. If such Fund shares are sold to nonqualified plans, or to tax-qualified plans that later lose their tax-qualified status, the
53


Table of Contents
affected Funds may fail the diversification requirements of Code Section 817(h), which could have adverse tax consequences for Contract Owners with Related Personspremiums allocated to affected Funds. In order to prevent a Fund diversification failure from such an occurrence, the Company obtained a private letter ruling (“PLR”) from the IRS. As long as the Funds comply with certain terms and conditions contained in the PLR, Fund diversification will not be prevented if purported tax-qualified plans invest in the Funds. The Hartford Funds will monitor such Funds’ compliance with the terms and conditions contained in the PLR.
4.     Tax Ownership of the Assets in the Separate Account.
In order for a variable annuity contract to qualify for tax income deferral, assets in the separate account supporting the contract must be considered to be owned by the insurance company, and not by the contract owner, for tax purposes. The IRS has stated in published rulings that a variable contract owner will be considered the “owner” of separate account assets for income tax purposes if the contract owner possesses sufficient incidents of ownership in those assets, such as the ability to exercise investment control over the assets. In circumstances where the variable contract owner is treated as the “tax owner” of certain separate account assets, income and gain from such assets would be includable in the variable contract owner’s gross income. The Treasury Department indicated in 1986 that it would provide guidance on the extent to which contract owners may direct their investments to particular Sub-Accounts without being treated as tax owners of the underlying shares. Although no such regulations have been issued to date, the IRS has issued a number of rulings that indicate that this issue remains subject to a facts and circumstances test for both variable annuity and life insurance contracts.
Rev. Rul. 2003-92, amplified by Rev. Rul. 2007-7, indicates that, where interests in a partnership offered in an insurer’s separate account are not available exclusively through the purchase of a variable insurance contract (e.g., where such interests can be purchased directly by the general public or others without going through such a variable contract), such “public availability” means that such interests should be treated as owned directly by the contract owner (and not by the insurer) for tax purposes, as if such contract owner had chosen instead to purchase such interests directly (without going through the variable contract). None of the shares or other interests in the fund choices offered in our Separate Account for your Contract are available for purchase except through an insurer’s variable contracts or by other permitted entities.
Rev. Rul. 2003-91 indicates that an insurer could provide as many as 20 fund choices for its variable contract owners (each with a general investment strategy, e.g., a small company stock fund or a special industry fund) under certain circumstances, without causing such a contract owner to be treated as the tax owner of any of the Fund assets. The ruling does not specify the number of fund options, if any, that might prevent a variable contract owner from receiving favorable tax treatment. As a result, although the owner of a Contract has more than 20 fund choices, we believe that any owner of a Contract also should receive the same favorable tax treatment. However, there is necessarily some uncertainty here as long as the IRS continues to use a facts and circumstances test for investor control and other tax ownership issues. Therefore, we reserve the right to modify the Contract as necessary to prevent you from being treated as the tax owner of any underlying assets.
D.     Federal Income Tax Withholding
The Parent has adoptedportion of an amount received under a Contract that is taxable gross income to the Assurant, Inc.Payee is also subject to federal income tax withholding, pursuant to Code Section 3405, which requires the following:
1.     Non-Periodic Distributions. The portion of a non-periodic distribution that is includable in gross income is subject to federal income tax withholding unless an individual elects not to have such tax withheld (“election out”). We will provide such an “election out” form at the time such a distribution is requested. If the necessary “election out” form is not submitted to us in a timely manner, generally we are required to withhold 10 percent of the includable amount of distribution and remit it to the IRS.
2.     Periodic Distributions (payable over a period greater than one year). The portion of a periodic distribution that is includable in gross income is generally subject to federal income tax withholding according to current default methodology, unless the individual elects otherwise. An individual generally may elect out of such withholding, or elect to have income tax withheld at a different rate, by providing a completed election form. If the necessary “election out” forms are not submitted to us in a timely manner, we will withhold tax as if the recipient were single claiming zero exemptions, and remit this amount to the IRS.
Generally no “election out” is permitted if the distribution is delivered outside the United States and any possession of the United States.
Regardless of any “election out” (or any amount of tax actually withheld) on an amount received from a Contract, the Payee is generally liable for any failure to pay the full amount of tax due on the includable portion of such amount received. A Payee also may be required to pay penalties under estimated income tax rules, if the withholding and estimated tax payments are insufficient to satisfy the Payee’s total tax liability.
54


Table of Contents
E.     General Provisions Affecting Qualified Retirement Plans
The Contract may be used for a number of qualified retirement plans. If the Contract is being purchased with respect to some form of qualified retirement plan, please refer to the section entitled “Information Regarding Tax-Qualified Retirement Plans” for information relative to the types of plans for which it may be used and the general explanation of the tax features of such plans.
F.     Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Entities
The discussion above provides general information regarding U.S. federal income tax consequences to annuity purchasers that are U.S. persons (such as U.S. citizens or U.S. resident aliens). Purchasers (and payees such as a purchaser’s beneficiary) that are not U.S. persons (such as a Nonresident Alien) will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax and withholding on taxable annuity distributions at a 30% rate, unless a lower treaty rate applies and any required information and IRS tax forms (such as IRS Form W-8BEN) are submitted to us. If withholding tax applies, we are generally required to withhold tax at a 30% rate, or a lower treaty rate if applicable, and remit it to the IRS. Foreign entities (such as foreign corporations, foreign partnerships, or foreign trusts) must provide the appropriate IRS tax forms (such as IRS Form W-8BEN-E or other appropriate Form W-8). If required by law, we may withhold 30% from any taxable payment in accordance with applicable requirements such as The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA) and applicable regulations. An updated Form W-8 is generally required to be submitted every three years. Purchasers may also be subject to state premium tax, other state and/or municipal taxes, and taxes that may be imposed by the purchaser’s country of citizenship or residence.
G.     Estate, Gift and Generation-Skipping Tax and Related Person Transactions PolicyTax Considerations
Any amount payable upon a Contract Owner’s death, whether before or after the Annuity Commencement Date, is generally includable in the Contract Owner’s estate for federal estate tax purposes. Similarly, prior to the Contract Owner’s death, the payment of any amount from the Contract, or the transfer of any interest in the Contract, to a beneficiary or other person for less than adequate consideration may have federal gift tax consequences. In addition, any transfer to, or designation of, a non-Spouse beneficiary who either is (1) 371⁄2 or more years younger than a Contract Owner or (2) a grandchild (or more remote further descendant) of a Contract Owner may have federal generation-skipping-transfer (“GST”) tax consequences under Code Section 2601. Regulations under Code Section 2662 may require us to deduct any such GST tax from your Contract, or from any applicable payment, and Procedurepay it directly to the IRS. However, any federal estate, gift or GST tax payment with respect to a Contract could produce an offsetting income tax deduction for a beneficiary or transferee under Code Section 691(c) (partially offsetting such federal estate or GST tax) or a basis increase for a beneficiary or transferee under Code Section 691(c) or Section 1015(d). In addition, as indicated above in order“Distributions Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date,” the transfer of a Contract for less than adequate consideration during the Contract Owner’s lifetime generally is treated as producing an amount received by such Contract Owner that is subject to both income tax and the 10% penalty tax. To the extent that such an amount deemed received causes an amount to be includable currently in such Contract Owner’s gross income, this same income amount could produce a corresponding increase in such Contract Owner’s tax basis for such Contract that is carried over to the transferee’s tax basis for such Contract under Code Section 72(e)(4)(C)(iii) and Section 1015.
H.     Tax Disclosure Obligations
In some instances certain transactions must be disclosed to the IRS or penalties could apply. See, for example, IRS Notice 2009-59. The Code also requires certain “material advisers” to maintain a list of persons participating in such “reportable transactions,” which list must be furnished to the IRS upon request. It is possible that such disclosures could be required by The Company, the Owner(s) or other persons involved in transactions involving annuity contracts. It is the responsibility of each party, in consultation with their tax and legal advisers, to determine whether the particular facts and circumstances warrant such disclosures.
Information Regarding Tax-Qualified Retirement Plans
This summary does not attempt to provide written guidelinesmore than general information about the federal income tax rules associated with use of a Contract by a tax-qualified retirement plan. State income tax rules applicable to tax-qualified retirement plans often differ from federal income tax rules, and this summary does not describe any of these differences. Because of the complexity of the tax rules, owners, participants and beneficiaries are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors as to specific tax consequences.
The Contracts are available to a variety of tax-qualified retirement plans and arrangements (a “Qualified Plan” or “Plan”). Tax restrictions and consequences for Contracts or accounts under each type of Qualified Plan differ from each other and from those for Non-Qualified Contracts. In addition, individual Qualified Plans may have terms and conditions that impose additional rules. Therefore, no attempt is made herein to provide more than general information about the use of the Contract with the various types of Qualified Plans. Participants under such Qualified Plans, as well as Contract Owners, annuitants and beneficiaries, are cautioned that the rights of any person to any benefits under such Qualified Plans may be subject to terms and conditions of the Plans themselves or limited by applicable law, regardless of the terms and conditions
55


Table of Contents
of the Contract issued in connection therewith. Qualified Plans generally provide for the tax deferral of income regardless of whether the Qualified Plan invests in an annuity or other investment. You should consider if the Contract is a suitable investment if you are investing through a Qualified Plan.
The following is only a general discussion about types of Qualified Plans for which the Contracts may be available. We are not the plan administrator for any Qualified Plan. The plan administrator or custodian, whichever is applicable, (but not us) is responsible for all Plan administrative duties including, but not limited to, notification of distribution options, disbursement of Plan benefits, handling any processing and administration of Qualified Plan loans, compliance with regulatory requirements and federal and state tax reporting of income/distributions from the Plan to Plan participants and, if applicable, beneficiaries of Plan participants and IRA contributions from Plan participants. Our administrative duties are limited to administration of the Contract and any disbursements of any Contract benefits to the Owner, annuitant or beneficiary of the Contract, as applicable. Our tax reporting responsibility is limited to federal and state tax reporting of income/distributions to the applicable payee and IRA contributions from the Owner of a Contract, as recorded on our books and records. If you are purchasing a Contract through a Qualified Plan, you should consult with your Plan administrator and/or a qualified tax adviser. You also should consult with a qualified tax adviser and/or Plan administrator before you withdraw any portion of your Contract Value.
The tax rules applicable to Qualified Contracts and Qualified Plans, including restrictions on contributions and distributions, taxation of distributions and tax penalties, vary according to the type of Qualified Plan, as well as the terms and conditions of the Plan itself. Various tax penalties may apply to contributions in excess of specified limits, plan distributions (including loans) that do not comply with specified limits, and certain other transactions relating to such Plans. Accordingly, this summary provides only general information about the tax rules associated with use of a Qualified Contract in such a Qualified Plan. In addition, some Qualified Plans are subject to distribution and other requirements that are not incorporated into our administrative procedures. Owners, participants, and beneficiaries are responsible for determining that contributions, distributions and other transactions comply with applicable tax (and non-tax) law and any applicable Qualified Plan terms. Because of the complexity of these rules, Owners, participants and beneficiaries are advised to consult with a qualified tax adviser as to specific tax consequences.
We do not currently offer the Contracts in connection with all of the types of Qualified Plans discussed below, and may not offer the Contracts for all types of Qualified Plans in the future.
1.     Individual Retirement Annuities (“IRAs”).
In addition to “traditional” IRAs governed by Code Sections 408(a) and (b) (“Traditional IRAs”), there are Roth IRAs governed by Code Section 408A, SEP IRAs governed by Code Section 408(k), and SIMPLE IRAs governed by Code Section 408(p). Also, Qualified Plans under Code Section 401, 403(b) or 457(b) may elect to provide for a separate account or annuity contract that accepts after-tax employee contributions and is treated as a “Deemed IRA” under Code Section 408(q), which is generally subject to the same rules and limitations as Traditional IRAs. Contributions to each of these types of IRAs are subject to differing limitations. The following is a very general description of each type of IRA for which a Contract is available.
a.     Traditional IRAs
Traditional IRAs are subject to limits on the review, approvalamounts that may be contributed each year, the persons who may be eligible, and monitoring of transactions involving related persons (generally, directors, executive officers and nominees for directorthe time when minimum distributions must begin. Depending upon the circumstances of the Parentindividual, contributions to a Traditional IRA may be made on a deductible or non-deductible basis. Failure to take required minimum distributions ("RMDs") when the owner reaches their immediate family membersrequired beginning date (age 70½, 72, 73, or 75 depending on their date of birth) or dies, as described below, may result in imposition of a 25% (after 2022) or 50% (before 2023)additional tax on any excess of the RMD amount over the amount actually distributed. In addition, any amount received before the Owner reaches age 591⁄2 or dies is subject to a 10% additional tax on premature distributions, unless an exception applies. Under Code Section 408(e), an IRA may not be used for borrowing (or as security for any loan) or in certain prohibited transactions, and stockholders owning five percentsuch a transaction could lead to the complete tax disqualification of an IRA.
You (or your surviving spouse if you die) may rollover funds tax-free from certain existing Qualified Plans (such as proceeds from existing insurance contracts, annuity contracts or securities) into a Traditional IRA under certain circumstances, as indicated below. However, mandatory tax withholding of 20% may apply to any eligible rollover distribution from certain types of Qualified Plans if the distribution is not transferred directly to the Traditional IRA. In addition, under Code Section 402(c)(11) a non-spouse “designated beneficiary” of a deceased Plan participant may make a tax-free “direct rollover” (in the form of a direct transfer between Plan fiduciaries, as described below in “Rollover Distributions”) from certain Qualified Plans to a Traditional IRA for such beneficiary, but such Traditional IRA must be designated and treated as an “inherited IRA” that remains subject to applicable RMD rules (as if such IRA had been inherited from the deceased Plan participant).
IRAs generally may not invest in life insurance contracts. However, an annuity contract that is used as an IRA may provide a death benefit that equals the greater of the Parent's outstanding Common Stock).premiums paid or the contract’s cash value. The policy covers any related person transactionContract offers an enhanced death benefit that meetsmay exceed the minimum threshold for disclosure under the relevant SEC rules (generally, transactions involving amounts exceeding $120,000 in which the Parent is or was to be a participant and in which a related person has a direct or indirect material interest).
Policy:
Related person transactions must be approved by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committeegreater of the Parent's Board of Directors (the "Assurant Nominating Committee"), which will approveContract Value or total premium payments. The tax rules are unclear as to what extent an IRA can provide a death benefit that exceeds the transaction only if it determines that the transaction is in, or is not inconsistent with, the best interestsgreater of the Parent and its stockholders. In determining whether to approveIRA’s cash value or ratify a transaction, the Assurant Nominating Committee will take into account, among other factors it deems appropriate: (1) the benefits to the Parent; (2) the extentsum of the related person's interest in the transaction, including the related person's position(s) or relationship(s) with, or ownership in, the entity that is a party to, or has an interest in, the transaction; (3) the impact on a director's independence if the related person is a director, an immediate family member of a director or an entity in which the director is a partner, stockholder or executive officer; and (4) whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable to the Parent than terms generally available to an unrelated third party under similar circumstances.
If a related person transaction will be ongoing, the Assurant Nominating Committee may establish guidelines for management to follow in its ongoing dealings with the related person. Thereafter, the Assurant Nominating Committee, at least annually, will review and assess the relationship with the related person to determine whether it remains appropriate.
Procedures:
Related persons must notify the Parent's law department in advance of any potential related person transaction.
If the law department determines that the proposed transaction involves an amount in excess of $120,000 and a related person has a material direct or indirect interest, the proposed transaction will be submitted to the Assurant Nominatingpremiums
11956



Table of Contents
Committeepaid and other contributions into the IRA. Please note that the IRA rider for consideration at its next meeting. If itthe Contract has provisions that are designed to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification as an IRA, and therefore could limit certain benefits under the Contract (including endorsement, rider or option benefits) to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification.
b.     SEP IRAs
Code Section 408(k) provides for a Traditional IRA in the form of an employer-sponsored defined contribution plan known as a Simplified Employee Pension (“SEP”) or a SEP IRA. A SEP IRA can have employer contributions, and in limited circumstances employee and salary reduction contributions, as well as higher overall contribution limits than a Traditional IRA, but a SEP is not practicablealso subject to wait until then,special tax-qualification requirements (e.g., on participation, nondiscrimination and withdrawals) and sanctions. Otherwise, a SEP IRA is generally subject to the Assurant Nominating Committee will callsame tax rules as for a special meetingTraditional IRA, which are described above. Please note that the IRA rider for the Contract has provisions that are designed to considermaintain the proposed transaction.Contract’s tax qualification as an IRA, and therefore could limit certain benefits under the Contract (including endorsement, rider or option benefits) to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification.
After considering the pertinent facts, the Assurant Nominating Committee will review and either approve or disapprove the transaction. If advance approval is not feasible, then the transaction will be considered and, if appropriate, ratified at Assurant Nominating Committee's next meeting.c.     SIMPLE IRAs
No director will participate in any discussion or approvalThe Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees of a transaction in which he or shesmall employers (“SIMPLE Plan”) is a related person.form of an employer-sponsored Qualified Plan that provides IRA benefits for the participating employees (“SIMPLE IRAs”). Depending upon the SIMPLE Plan, employers may make plan contributions into a SIMPLE IRA established by each eligible participant. Like a Traditional IRA, a SIMPLE IRA is subject to the 25% or 50% additional tax for failure to make a full RMD, and to the 10% additional tax on premature distributions, as described below. In addition, the 10% additional tax is increased to 25% for amounts received during the 2-year period beginning on the date you first participated in a qualified salary reduction arrangement pursuant to a SIMPLE Plan maintained by your employer under Code Section 408(p)(2). Contributions to a SIMPLE IRA may be either salary deferral contributions or employer contributions, and these are subject to different tax limits from those for a Traditional IRA. Please note that the SIMPLE IRA rider for the Contract has provisions that are designed to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification as an SIMPLE IRA, and therefore could limit certain benefits under the Contract (including endorsement, rider or option benefits) to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification.
Director IndependenceA SIMPLE Plan may designate a single financial institution (a Designated Financial Institution) as the initial trustee, custodian or issuer (in the case of an annuity contract) of the SIMPLE IRA set up for each eligible participant. However, any such Plan also must allow each eligible participant to have the balance in his SIMPLE IRA held by the Designated Financial Institution transferred without cost or penalty to a SIMPLE IRA maintained by a different financial institution. Absent a Designated Financial Institution, each eligible participant must select the financial institution to hold his SIMPLE IRA, and notify his employer of this selection.
WeIf we do not serve as the Designated Financial Institution for your employer’s SIMPLE Plan, for you to use one of our Contracts as a SIMPLE IRA, you need to provide your employer with appropriate notification of such a selection under the SIMPLE Plan. If you choose, you may arrange for a qualifying transfer of any amounts currently held in another SIMPLE IRA for your benefit to your SIMPLE IRA with us.
d.     Roth IRAs
Code Section 408A permits eligible individuals to establish a Roth IRA. Contributions to a Roth IRA are not a listed issuerdeductible, but withdrawals of amounts contributed and thereforethe earnings thereon that meet certain requirements are not subject to federal income tax. In general, Roth IRAs are subject to limitations on the listing requirementsamounts that may be contributed by the persons who may be eligible to contribute, certain Traditional IRA restrictions, and certain RMD rules on the death of any national securities exchangethe Contract Owner. Unlike a Traditional IRA, Roth IRAs are not subject to RMD rules during the Contract Owner’s lifetime. Generally, however, upon the Owner’s death the amount remaining in a Roth IRA must be distributed in accordance with rules similar to those of a traditional IRA. Prior to January 1, 2018, the Owner of a Traditional IRA or inter-dealer quotation system.other qualified plan assets could recharacterize a Traditional IRA into a Roth IRA under certain circumstances. Effective January 1, 2018, a Traditional IRA or other qualified plan cannot be recharacterized as a Roth IRA. Tax-free rollovers from a Roth IRA can be made only to another Roth IRA under limited circumstances, as indicated below. After 2007, distributions from eligible Qualified Plans can be “rolled over” directly (subject to tax) into a Roth IRA under certain circumstances. Anyone considering the purchase of a Qualified Contract as a Roth IRA should consult with a qualified tax adviser. Please note that the Roth IRA rider for the Contract has provisions that are designed to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification as a Roth IRA, and therefore could limit certain benefits under the Contract (including endorsement, rider or option benefits) to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification.
2.     Qualified Pension or Profit-Sharing Plan or Section 401(k) Plan
Provisions of the Code permit eligible employers to establish a tax-qualified pension or profit sharing plan (described in Section 401(a), and Section 401(k) if applicable, and exempt from taxation under Section 501(a)). Such a Plan is subject to limitations on the amounts that may be contributed, the persons who may be eligible to participate, the amounts of “incidental” death benefits, and the time when RMDs must commence. In addition, a Plan’s provision of incidental benefits may result in currently taxable income to the participant for some or all of such benefits. Amounts may be rolled over tax-free from a Qualified Plan to another Qualified Plan under certain circumstances, as described below. Anyone considering the use of a Qualified Contract in connection with such a Qualified Plan should seek competent tax and other legal advice.
57


Table of Contents
In particular, please note that these tax rules provide for limits on death benefits provided by a Qualified Plan (to keep such death benefits “incidental” to qualified retirement benefits), and a Qualified Plan (or a Qualified Contract) often contains provisions that effectively limit such death benefits to preserve the tax qualification of the Qualified Plan (or Qualified Contract). In addition, various tax-qualification rules for Qualified Plans specifically limit increases in benefits once RMDs begin, and Qualified Contracts are subject to such limits. As a result, currently, wethe amounts of certain benefits that can be provided by any option under a Qualified Contract may be limited by the provisions of the Qualified Contract or governing Qualified Plan that are designed to preserve its tax qualification.
3.     Tax Sheltered Annuity under Section 403(b) (“TSA”)
Code Section 403(b) permits public school employees and employees of certain types of charitable, educational and scientific organizations described in Code Section 501(c)(3) to purchase a “tax-sheltered annuity” (“TSA”) contract and, subject to certain limitations, exclude employer contributions to a TSA from such an employee’s gross income. Generally, total contributions may not exceed the lesser of an annual dollar limit or 100% of the employee’s “includable compensation” for the most recent full year of service, subject to other adjustments.
There are also legal limits on annual elective deferrals that a participant may be permitted to make under a TSA. In certain cases, such as when the participant is age 50 or older, those limits may be increased. A TSA participant should contact his plan administrator to determine applicable elective contribution limits. Special provisions may allow certain employees different overall limitations.
A TSA is subject to a prohibition against distributions from the TSA attributable to contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement, unless such distribution is made:
a.     after the employee reaches age 591⁄2;
b.     upon the employee’s separation from service;
c.     upon the employee’s death or disability;
d.     in the case of hardship (as defined in applicable law and in the case of hardship, any income attributable to such contributions may not be distributed); or
e.     as a qualified reservist distribution upon certain calls to active duty.
An employer sponsoring a TSA may impose additional restrictions on your TSA through its plan document.
Please note that the TSA rider for the Contract has provisions that are designed to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification as a TSA, and therefore could limit certain benefits under the Contract (including endorsement, rider or option benefits) to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification. In particular, please note that tax rules provide for limits on death benefits provided by a Qualified Plan (to keep such death benefits “incidental” to qualified retirement benefits), and a Qualified Plan (or a Qualified Contract) often contains provisions that effectively limit such death benefits to preserve the tax qualification of the Qualified Plan (or Qualified Contract). In addition, various tax-qualification rules for Qualified Plans specifically limit increases in benefits once RMDs begin, and Qualified Contracts are subject to such limits. As a result, the amounts of certain benefits that can be provided by any option under a Qualified Contract may be limited by the provisions of the Qualified Contract or governing Qualified Plan that are designed to preserve its tax qualification. In addition, a life insurance contract issued after September 23, 2007 is generally ineligible to qualify as a TSA under Reg. § 1.403(b)-8(c)(2).
Amounts may be rolled over tax-free from a TSA to another TSA or Qualified Plan (or from a Qualified Plan to a TSA) under certain circumstances, as described below. However, effective for TSA contract exchanges after September 24, 2007, Reg. § 1.403(b)-10(b) allows a TSA contract of a participant or beneficiary under a TSA Plan to be exchanged tax-free for another eligible TSA contract under that same TSA Plan, but only if all of the following conditions are satisfied: (1) such TSA Plan allows such an exchange, (2) the participant or beneficiary has an accumulated benefit after such exchange that is no less than such participant’s or beneficiary’s accumulated benefit immediately before such exchange (taking into account such participant’s or beneficiary’s accumulated benefit under both TSA contracts immediately before such exchange), (3) the second TSA contract is subject to distribution restrictions with respect to the participant that are no less stringent than those imposed on the TSA contract being exchanged, and (4) the employer for such TSA Plan enters into an agreement with the issuer of the second TSA contract under which such issuer and employer will provide each other from time to time with certain information necessary for such second TSA contract (or any other TSA contract that has contributions from such employer) to satisfy the TSA requirements under Code Section 403(b) and other federal tax requirements (e.g., plan loan conditions under Code Section 72(p) to avoid deemed distributions). Such necessary information could include information about the participant’s employment, information about other Qualified Plans of such employer, and whether a severance has occurred, or hardship rules are satisfied, for purposes of the TSA distribution restrictions. Consequently, you are advised to consult with a qualified tax advisor before attempting any such TSA exchange, particularly because it requires an agreement between the employer and issuer to provide each other with certain information. In addition, the same Regulation provides corresponding rules for a transfer from one TSA to another TSA under a different TSA Plan (e.g., for a different eligible employer). We are no longer accepting any incoming exchange request, or new contract application, for any individual TSA contract.
58


Table of Contents
4.     Deferred Compensation Plans under Section 457 (“Section 457 Plans”)
Certain governmental employers, or tax-exempt employers other than a governmental entity, can establish a Deferred Compensation Plan under Code Section 457. For these purposes, a “governmental employer” is a State, a political subdivision of a State, or an agency or an instrumentality of a State or political subdivision of a State. A Deferred Compensation Plan that meets the requirements of Code Section 457(b) is called an “Eligible Deferred Compensation Plan” or “Section 457(b) Plan.” Code Section 457(b) limits the amount of contributions that can be made to an Eligible Deferred Compensation Plan on behalf of a participant. Generally, the limitation on contributions is the lesser of (1) 100% of a participant’s includible compensation or (2) the applicable dollar amount ($23,000 for 2024). The Plan may provide for additional “catch-up” contributions. In addition, under Code Section 457(d) a Section 457(b) Plan may not make amounts available for distribution to participants or beneficiaries before (1) the calendar year in which the participant attains age 701⁄2, (2) the participant has a severance from employment (including death), (3) the participant is faced with an unforeseeable emergency (as determined in accordance with regulations), or (4) distributions made after 12/31/2025 for qualified long term care distributions as described in Code Section 401(a)(39).
Under Code Section 457(g) all of the assets and income of an Eligible Deferred Compensation Plan for a governmental employer must be held in trust for the exclusive benefit of participants and their beneficiaries. For this purpose, annuity contracts and custodial accounts described in Code Section 401(f) are treated as trusts. This trust requirement does not apply to amounts under an Eligible Deferred Compensation Plan of a tax-exempt (non-governmental) employer. In addition, this trust requirement does not apply to amounts held under a Deferred Compensation Plan of a governmental employer that is not a Section 457(b) Plan. However, where the trust requirement does not apply, amounts held under a Section 457 Plan must remain subject to the claims of the employer’s general creditors under Code Section 457(b)(6).
5.     Taxation of Amounts Received from Qualified Plans
Except under certain circumstances in the case of Roth IRAs or Roth accounts in certain Qualified Plans, amounts received from Qualified Contracts or Plans generally are taxed as ordinary income under Code Section 72, to the extent that they are not treated as a tax-free recovery of after-tax contributions or other “investment in the contract.” For annuity payments and other amounts received after the Annuity Commencement Date from a Qualified Contract or Plan, the tax rules for determining what portion of each amount received represents a tax-free recovery of “investment in the contract” are generally the same as for Non-Qualified Contracts, as described above.
For non-periodic amounts from certain Qualified Contracts or Plans, Code Section 72(e)(8) provides special rules that generally treat a portion of each amount received as a tax-free recovery of the “investment in the contract,” based on the ratio of the “investment in the contract” over the Contract Value at the time of distribution. However, in determining such a ratio, certain aggregation rules may apply and may vary, depending on the type of Qualified Contract or Plan. For instance, all Traditional IRAs owned by the same individual are generally aggregated for these purposes, but such an aggregation does not include any IRA inherited by such individual or any Roth IRA owned by such individual.
In addition, additional taxes, mandatory tax withholding or rollover rules may apply to amounts received from a Qualified Contract or Plan, as indicated below, and certain exclusions may apply to certain distributions (e.g., distributions from an eligible Government Plan to pay qualified health insurance premiums of an eligible retired public safety officer). Accordingly, you are advised to consult with a qualified tax adviser before taking or receiving any amount (including a loan) from a Qualified Contract or Plan.
6.     Additional Taxes for Qualified Plans
Unlike Non-Qualified Contracts, Qualified Contracts are subject to federal additional taxes not just on premature distributions, but also on excess contributions and failures to take RMDs. Additional taxes on excess contributions can vary by type of Qualified Plan and which person made the excess contribution (e.g., employer or an employee). The additional taxes on premature distributions and failures to make timely RMDs are more uniform, and are described in more detail below.
a.     Additional Taxes on Premature Distributions
Code Section 72(t) imposes a penalty income tax equal to 10% of the taxable portion of a distribution from certain types of Qualified Plans that is made before the employee reaches age 591⁄2. However, this 10% additional tax does not apply to a distribution that is either:
i.made to a beneficiary (or to the employee’s estate) on or after the employee’s death;
ii.attributable to the employee’s becoming disabled under Code Section 72(m)(7);
iii.part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually — “SEPPs”) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the employee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of such employee and a designated beneficiary (“SEPP Exception”), and for certain Qualified Plans (other than IRAs) such a series must begin after the employee separates from service;
iv.(except for IRAs) made to an employee after separation from service after reaching age 55 (or made after age 50 in the case of a qualified public safety employee separated from certain government plans);
59


Table of Contents
v.(except for IRAs) made to an alternate payee pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order under Code Section 414(p) (a similar exception for IRAs in Code Section 408(d)(6) covers certain transfers for the benefit of a spouse or ex-spouse);
vi.not greater than the amount allowable as a deduction to the employee for eligible medical expenses during the taxable year;
vii.certain qualified reservist distributions under Code Section 72(t)(2)(G) upon a call to active duty;
viii.for the birth or adoption of a child under Code Section 72(t)(2)(H);
ix.made an account of an IRS levy on the Qualified Plan under Code Section 72(t)(2)(A)(vii); or
x.made as a “direct rollover” or other timely rollover to an Eligible Retirement Plan, as described below.
In addition, the 10% additional tax does not apply to a distribution from an IRA that is either:
(xi) made after separation from employment to an unemployed IRA owner for health insurance premiums, if certain conditions in Code Section 72(t)(2)(D) are met;
(xii)    not in excess of the amount of certain qualifying higher education expenses, as defined by Code Section 72(t)(7);
(xiii) for a qualified first-time home buyer and meets the requirements of Code Section 72(t)(8);
(xiv) made after 12/31/2023 for certain emergency expenses pursuant to Code Section 72(t)(2)(I);
(xv) made after 12/31/2023 for domestic abuse cases pursuant to Code Section 72(t)(2)(K);
(xvi) for a terminally ill individual pursuant to Code Section 72(t)(2)(L);
(xvii) in connection with federally declared disasters pursuant to Code Section 72(t)(2)(M); or
(xviii) made after 12/29/2025 for qualified long term care distributions pursuant to Code Section 72(t)(2)(N).
If the taxpayer avoids this 10% additional tax by qualifying for the SEPP Exception and later such series of payments is modified (other than by death, disability or a method change allowed by Rev. Rul. 2002-62), the 10% additional tax will be applied retroactively to all the prior periodic payments (i.e., additional tax plus interest thereon), unless such modification is made after both (a) the employee has reached age 591⁄2 and (b) 5 years have elapsed since the first of these periodic payments.
For any premature distribution from a SIMPLE IRA during the first 2 years that an individual participates in a salary reduction arrangement maintained by that individual’s employer under a SIMPLE Plan, the 10% additional tax rate is increased to 25%.
b.     RMDs and 25% or 50% Additional Tax
If the amount distributed from a Qualified Contract or Plan is less than the amount of the RMD for the year, the participant is subject to a 25% (after 2022) or 50% (before 2023) additional tax on the amount that has not been timely distributed.
An individual’s interest in a Qualified Plan generally must be distributed, or begin to be distributed, not later than the Required Beginning Date. Generally, the Required Beginning Date is April 1 of the calendar year following the later of:
(i)the calendar year in which the individual attains:
(a) Age 70½ for tax years through 2019;
(b) Age 72 for tax years 2020 through 2022;
(c) Age 73 for tax years 2023 through 2032; or
(d) Age 75 for tax years after 2032.
(ii)Except in the case of an IRA or a 5% owner, as defined in the Code, the calendar year in which a participant retires from service with the employer sponsoring a Qualified Plan that allows such a later Required Beginning Date.
The entire interest of the individual must be distributed beginning no later than the Required Beginning Date over:
(a) the life of such employee or over the lives of such employee and a designated beneficiary (as specified in the Code), or
(b) over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of such employee or the life expectancy of such employee and a designated beneficiary.
Different rules apply to beneficiaries if an individual died prior to 2020 or in 2020 and subsequent years.
(i)    Individuals who died prior to 2020
(a)    If an individual dies before reaching the Required Beginning Date, the individual’s entire interest generally must be distributed within 5 years after the individual’s death. However, this RMD rule will be deemed satisfied if distributions begin before the close of the calendar year following the individual’s death to a designated beneficiary and distribution is over the life of such designated beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of such beneficiary). If the individual’s surviving spouse is the sole designated beneficiary, distributions may be delayed until the deceased individual would have attained age 70½.
60


Table of Contents
(b)    If an individual dies after RMDs have begun for such individual, any remainder of the individual’s interest generally must be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at the time of the individual’s death.
(ii)    Individuals who die in 2020 and subsequent years
(a)    For eligible designated beneficiaries as defined in Code Section 401(a)(9)(E)(ii), the RMD rule will be deemed satisfied if distributions begin before the close of the calendar year following the individual’s death to a designated beneficiary and distribution is over the life of such designated beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of such beneficiary). If the individual’s surviving spouse is the sole designated beneficiary, distributions may be delayed until the deceased individual would have attained age 73.
(b)    For all other designated beneficiaries the individual’s entire interest generally must be distributed by the end of the calendar year containing the tenth anniversary of the individual’s death.
The RMD rules that apply while the Contract Owner is alive do not apply with respect to Roth IRAs. The RMD rules applicable after the death of the Owner apply to all Qualified Plans, including Roth IRAs. In addition, if the Owner of a Traditional or Roth IRA dies and the Owner’s surviving spouse is the sole designated beneficiary, this surviving spouse may elect to treat the Traditional or Roth IRA as his or her own.
The RMD amount for each year is determined generally by dividing the account balance by the applicable life expectancy. This account balance is generally based upon the account value as of the close of business on the last day of the previous calendar year. RMD incidental benefit rules also may require a larger annual RMD amount, particularly when distributions are made over the joint lives of the Owner and an individual other than his or her spouse. RMDs also can be made in the form of annuity payments that satisfy the rules set forth in Regulations under the Code relating to RMDs.
In addition, in computing any RMD amount based on a contract’s account value, such account value must include the actuarial value of certain additional benefits provided by the contract. As a result, electing an optional benefit under a Qualified Contract may require the RMD amount for such Qualified Contract to be increased each year, and expose such additional RMD amount to the 50% additional tax for RMDs if such additional RMD amount is not timely distributed.
7.     Tax Withholding for Qualified Plans
Distributions from a Qualified Contract or Qualified Plan generally are subject to federal income tax withholding requirements. These federal income tax withholding requirements, including any “elections out” and the rate at which withholding applies, generally are the same as for periodic and non-periodic distributions from a Non-Qualified Contract, as described above, except where the distribution is an “eligible rollover distribution” from a Qualified Plan (described below in “Rollover Distributions”). In the latter case, tax withholding is mandatory at a rate of 20% of the taxable portion of the “eligible rollover distribution,” to the extent it is not directly rolled over to an IRA or other Eligible Retirement Plan (described below in “Rollover Distributions”). Payees cannot elect out of this mandatory 20% withholding in the case of such an “eligible rollover distribution.”
Also, special withholding rules apply with respect to distributions from non-governmental Section 457(b) Plans, and to distributions made to individuals who are neither citizens nor resident aliens of the United States.
Regardless of any “election out” (or any actual amount of tax actually withheld) on an amount received from a Qualified Contract or Plan, the payee is generally liable for any failure to pay the full amount of tax due on the includable portion of such amount received. A payee also may be required to havepay penalties under estimated income tax rules, if the withholding and estimated tax payments are insufficient to satisfy the payee’s total tax liability.
8.     Rollover Distributions
The current tax rules and limits for tax-free rollovers and transfers between Qualified Plans vary according to (1) the type of transferor Plan and transferee Plan, (2) whether the amount involved is transferred directly between Plan fiduciaries (a “direct transfer” or a board“direct rollover”) or is distributed first to a participant or beneficiary who then transfers that amount back into another eligible Plan within 60 days (a “60-day rollover”), and (3) whether the distribution is made to a participant, spouse or other beneficiary. Accordingly, we advise you to consult with a qualified tax adviser before receiving any amount from a Qualified Contract or Plan or attempting some form of directors comprisedrollover or transfer with a Qualified Contract or Plan.
For instance, generally any amount can be transferred directly from one type of Qualified Plan to the same type of Plan for the benefit of the same individual, without limit (or federal income tax), if the transferee Plan is subject to the same kinds of restrictions as the transfer or Plan and certain other conditions to maintain the applicable tax qualification are satisfied. Such a “direct transfer” between the same kinds of Plan is generally not treated as any form of “distribution” out of such a Plan for federal income tax purposes.
By contrast, an amount distributed from one type of Plan into a different type of Plan generally is treated as a “distribution” out of the first Plan for federal income tax purposes, and therefore to avoid being subject to such tax, such a distribution must qualify either as a “direct rollover” (made directly to another Plan fiduciary) or as a “60-day rollover.” The tax restrictions and other rules for a “direct rollover” and a “60-day rollover” are similar in many ways, but if any “eligible rollover distribution” made from certain types of Qualified Plan is not transferred directly to another Plan fiduciary by a “direct
61


Table of Contents
rollover,” then it is subject to mandatory 20% withholding, even if it is later contributed to that same Plan in a “60-day rollover” by the recipient. If any amount less than 100% of such a distribution (e.g., the net amount after the 20% withholding) is transferred to another Plan in a “60-day rollover”, the missing amount that is not rolled over remains subject to normal income tax plus any applicable additional tax.
Under Code Sections 402(f)(2)(A) and 3405(c)(3) an “eligible rollover distribution” (which is both eligible for rollover treatment and subject to 20% mandatory withholding absent a “direct rollover”) is generally any distribution to an employee of any portion (or all) of the balance to the employee’s credit in any of the following types of “Eligible Retirement Plan”: (1) a Qualified Plan under Code Section 401(a) (“Qualified 401(a) Plan”), (2) a qualified annuity plan under Code Section 403(a) (“Qualified Annuity Plan”), (3) a TSA under Code Section 403(b), or (4) a governmental Section 457(b) Plan. However, an “eligible rollover distribution” does not include any distribution that is either —
a.     an RMD amount;
b.     one of a majorityseries of "independent directors." The Companysubstantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made either (i) for the life (or life expectancy) of the employee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the employee and a designated beneficiary, or (ii) for a specified period of 10 years or more; or
c.     any distribution made upon hardship of the employee.
Before making an “eligible rollover distribution,” a Plan administrator generally is an insurance company domiciled in Kansasrequired under Code Section 402(f) to provide the recipient with advance written notice of the “direct rollover” and “60-day rollover” rules and the Kansas insurance regulations dodistribution’s exposure to the 20% mandatory withholding if it is not requiremade by “direct rollover.” Generally, under Code Sections 402(c), 403(b)(8) and 457 (e)(16), a “direct rollover” or a “60-day rollover” of an “eligible rollover distribution” can be made to a Traditional IRA or to another Eligible Retirement Plan that agrees to accept such a rollover. However, the maximum amount of an “eligible rollover distribution” that can qualify for a tax-free “60-day rollover” is limited to the amount that otherwise would be includable in gross income. By contrast, a “direct rollover” of an “eligible rollover distribution” can include after-tax contributions as well, if the direct rollover is made either to a Traditional IRA or to another form of Eligible Retirement Plan that agrees to account separately for such a rollover, including accounting for such after-tax amounts separately from the otherwise taxable portion of this rollover. Separate accounting also is required for all amounts (taxable or not) that are rolled into a governmental Section 457(b) Plan from either a Qualified Section 401(a) Plan, Qualified Annuity Plan, TSA or IRA. These amounts, when later distributed from the governmental Section 457(b) Plan, are subject to any independent directorspremature distribution additional tax applicable to servedistributions from such a “predecessor” Qualified Plan.
Rollover rules for distributions from IRAs under Code Sections 408(d)(3) and 408A(d)(3) also vary according to the type of transferor IRA and type of transferee IRA or other Plan. For instance, generally no tax-free “direct rollover” or “60-day rollover” can be made between a “NonRoth IRA” (Traditional, SEP or SIMPLE IRA) and a Roth IRA, and a transfer from NonRoth IRA to a Roth IRA, or a “conversion” of a NonRoth IRA to a Roth IRA, is subject to special rules. In addition, generally no tax-free “direct rollover” or “60-day rollover” can be made between an “inherited IRA” (NonRoth or Roth) for a beneficiary and an IRA set up by that same individual as the original owner.
Generally, any amount other than an RMD distributed from a Traditional or SEP IRA is eligible for a “direct rollover” or a “60-day rollover” to another Traditional IRA for the same individual. Similarly, any amount other than an RMD distributed from a Roth IRA is generally eligible for a “direct rollover” or a “60-day rollover” to another Roth IRA for the same individual. However, in either case such a tax-free 60-day rollover is limited to 1 per year (365-day period); whereas no 1-year limit applies to any such “direct rollover.” Similar rules apply to a “direct rollover” or a “60-day rollover” of a distribution from a SIMPLE IRA to another SIMPLE IRA or a Traditional IRA, except that any distribution of employer contributions from a SIMPLE IRA during the initial 2-year period in which the individual participates in the employer’s SIMPLE Plan is generally disqualified (and subject to the 25% additional tax on premature distributions) if it is not rolled into another SIMPLE IRA for that individual. Amounts other than RMDs distributed from a Traditional or SEP IRA (or SIMPLE IRA after the Board. We currently doinitial 2-year period) also are eligible for a “direct rollover” or a “60-day rollover” to an Eligible Retirement Plan (e.g., a TSA) that accepts such a rollover, but any such rollover is limited to the amount of the distribution that otherwise would be includable in gross income (i.e., after-tax contributions are not have any independent directors serving on our Board.eligible).

Special rules also apply to transfers or rollovers for the benefit of a spouse (or ex-spouse) or a non-spouse designated beneficiary, Plan distributions of property, and obtaining a waiver of the 60-day limit for a tax-free rollover from the IRS.

12062



Table of ContentsContents
Appendix A Funds Available Under the Contract
The following is a list of Funds available under the Contract. More information about the Funds is available in the prospectuses for the Funds, which may be amended from time to Statementtime and can be found online at: https://vpx.broadridge.com/GetContract1.asp?clientid=talcottvpx&fundid=34956F885. Availability of Additional Informationportfolio companies may vary by employer. Participants should reference their plan documents for a list of available portfolio companies.
You can also request this information at no cost by calling 1-800-862-6668 or by sending an email request to asccontactus@talcottresolution.com.
The current expenses and performance information below reflects fee and expenses of the Funds, but do not reflect the other fees and expenses that your Contract may charge. Expenses would be higher and performance would be lower if these other charges were included. Each Fund’s past performance is not necessarily an indication of future performance.
TypeFund and Adviser/SubadviserCurrent
Expenses
Average Annual Total Returns
(as of 12/31/23)
1 Year5 Year10 Year
U.S. EquityBlackRock S&P 500 Index V.I. Fund - Class I
Adviser: BlackRock Advisors, LLC
0.13%26.22%15.55%11.80%
AllocationHartford Balanced HLS Fund - Class IA
Adviser: Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC
Subadviser: Wellington Management Company LLP
0.66%14.78%10.26%7.61%
U.S. EquityHartford Capital Appreciation HLS Fund - Class IA
Adviser: Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC
Subadviser: Wellington Management Company LLP
0.67%20.00%13.30%9.27%
U.S. EquityHartford Disciplined Equity HLS Fund - Class IA
Adviser: Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC
Subadviser: Wellington Management Company LLP
0.59%21.24%14.32%11.84%
U.S. EquityHartford Dividend and Growth HLS Fund - Class IA
Adviser: Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC
Subadviser: Wellington Management Company LLP
0.65%14.18%13.72%10.58%
International EquityHartford International Opportunities HLS Fund - Class IA
Adviser: Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC
Subadviser: Wellington Management Company LLP
0.76%11.72%8.47%4.24%
U.S. EquityHartford MidCap HLS Fund - Class IA
Adviser: Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC
Subadviser: Wellington Management Company LLP
0.73%14.87%9.70%8.77%
U.S. EquityHartford Small Cap Growth HLS Fund - Class IA
Adviser: Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC
Subadviser: Wellington Management Company LLP
0.65%18.42%9.78%7.17%
U.S. EquityHartford Stock HLS Fund - Class IA
Adviser: Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC
Subadviser: Wellington Management Company LLP
0.51%7.72%13.44%10.69%
Fixed IncomeHartford Total Return Bond HLS Fund - Class IA
Adviser: Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC
Subadviser: Wellington Management Company LLP
0.50%6.97%1.86%2.32%
Fixed IncomeHartford Ultrashort Bond HLS Fund - Class IA
Adviser: Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC
Subadviser: Wellington Management Company LLP
0.44%5.18%1.80%1.27%
Money MarketInvesco V.I. Government Money Market Fund - Series I**
Adviser: Invesco Advisers, Inc.
0.36%4.86%1.69%1.06%
Fixed IncomeInvesco V.I. Government Securities Fund - Series I
Adviser: Invesco Advisers, Inc.
0.69%4.62%0.67%1.15%
Fixed IncomeInvesco V.I. High Yield Fund - Series I
Adviser: Invesco Advisers, Inc.
0.90%10.18%4.05%3.22%
General Information*Annual expenses reflect a contractual fee reduction under an expense reimbursement or fee waiver arrangement.
Safekeeping**In a low interest rate environment, yields for money market funds, after deduction of Assets
Experts
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Services
Non-Participating
MisstatementContract charges, may be negative even though the fund’s yield, before deducting for such charges, is positive. If you allocate a portion of Ageyour Contact value to a money market Sub-Account or Sex
Principal Underwriter
Performance Related Information
Total Return for all Sub-Accounts
Yield for Sub-Accounts
Money Market Sub-Accounts
Additional Materials
Performance Comparisons
Financial Statementsparticipate in an Asset Allocation Program, if available, where Contract value is allocated to a money market Sub-Account, that portion of the value of your Contract value may decrease in value.

121APP A-1



Table of Contents
Appendix IB — Sample Market Value Adjustment Calculations
We will determine the MVA by multiplying the General Accountgeneral account value that is withdrawn or transferred from the existing Guarantee Period (after deduction of any applicable surrender charge) by the following factor:
[(1 + I)/(1 + J + .005)]N/12 1
where,
•  I is the guaranteed interest rate we credit to the general account value that is withdrawn or transferred from the existing Guarantee Period.
•  J is the guaranteed interest rate we are then offering for new Guarantee Periods with durations equal to the number of years remaining in the existing Guarantee Period (rounded up to the next higher number of years).
•  N is the number of months remaining in the existing Guarantee Period (rounded up to the next higher number of months).
Sample Calculation 1: Positive Adjustment
Amount withdrawn or transferred$10,000
Existing Guarantee Period
7Years
Time of withdrawal or transferBeginning of 3rd year of Existing Guarantee Period
Guaranteed Interest Rate (I)8%*
Guaranteed Interest Rate for new 5-year guarantee (J)7%*
Remaining Guarantee Period (N)
60months
MVA:=
$10,000 x [[(1 + .08)/(1 + .07 + .005)]60/12 1]
=$234.73
Amount transferred or withdrawn (adjusted for MVA): $10,234.73
Sample Calculation 2: Negative Adjustment
Amount withdrawn or transferred$10,000
Existing Guarantee Period
7Years
Time of withdrawal or transferBeginning of 3rd year of Existing Guarantee Period
Guaranteed Interest Rate (I)8%*
Guaranteed Interest Rate for new 5-year guarantee (J)9%*
Remaining Guarantee Period (N)
60months
MVA:=
$10,000 x [[(1 + .08)/(1 + .09 + .005)+. 005)]60/12 1]
=–$666.42
Amount transferred or withdrawn (adjusted for MVA): $9,333.58
Sample Calculation 3: Negative Adjustment
Amount withdrawn or transferred$10,000
Existing Guarantee Period
7Years
Time of withdrawal or transferBeginning of 3rd year of Existing Guarantee Period
Guaranteed Interest Rate (I)8%*
Guaranteed Interest Rate for new 5-year guarantee (J)7.75%*
Remaining Guarantee Period (N)
60months
MVA:=
$10,000 x [[(1 + .08)/(1 + .0775 + .005)]60/12 1]
=–$114.94
Amount transferred or withdrawn (adjusted for MVA): $9,885.06

APP I -1B-1



Table of Contents
Sample Calculation 4: Neutral Adjustment
Amount withdrawn or transferred$10,000
Existing Guarantee Period
7Years
Time of withdrawal or transferBeginning of 3rd year of Existing Guarantee Period
Guaranteed Interest Rate (I)8%*
Guaranteed Interest Rate for new 5-year guarantee (J)8%*
Remaining Guarantee Period (N)
60months
MVA:=
$10,000 x [[(1 + .08)/(1 + .08 + .005)]60/12 1]
=–$228.30
Amount transferred or withdrawn (adjusted for MVA): $9,771.70$ 9,771.70
*  Assumed for illustrative purposes only.
APP I -2B-2



Table of Contents
Appendix IIC — Investments by Union Security
Union Security's legal obligations with respect to the Guarantee Periods are supported by our general accountGeneral Account assets. These general accountGeneral Account assets also support our obligations under other insurance and annuity contracts. Investments purchased with amounts allocated to the Guarantee Periods are the property of Union Security, and you have no legal rights in such investments. Subject to applicable law, we have sole discretion over the investment of assets in our general account.General Account. Neither our general accountthe General Account nor the Guarantee Periods are subject to registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
We will invest amounts in our general accountGeneral Account in compliance with applicable state insurance laws and regulations concerning the nature and quality of investments for the general account.General Account. Within specified limits and subject to certain standards and limitations, these laws generally permit investment in:
•  federal, state and municipal obligations,
•  preferred and common stocks,
•  corporate bonds,
•  real estate mortgages and mortgage backed securities,
•  real estate, and
•  certain other investments, including various derivative investments.
See the Financial Statements for information on our investments.
When we establish guaranteed interest rates, we will consider the available return on the instruments in which we investit invests amounts allocated to the general account.General Account. However, this return is only one of many factors we consider when we establish the guaranteed interest rates. See "Guarantee Periods."
Generally, we expect to invest amounts allocated to the Guarantee Periods in debt instruments. We expect that these debt instruments will approximately match our liabilities with regard
to the Guarantee Periods. We also expect that these debt instruments will primarily include:
(1)  securities issued by the United States Government or its agencies or instrumentalities. These securities may or may not be guaranteed by the United States Government;
(2)  debt securities that, at the time of purchase, have an investment grade within the four highest grades assigned by Moody's Investors Services, Inc. ("Moody's"), Standard & Poor's Corporation ("Standard & Poor's"), or any other nationally recognized rating service. Moody's four highest grades are: Aaa, Aa, A, and Baa. Standard & Poor's four highest grades are: AAA, AA, A, and BBB;
(3)  other debt instruments including, but not limited to, issues of, or guaranteed by, banks or bank holding companies and corporations. Although not rated by Moody's or Standard & Poor's, we deem these obligations to have an investment quality comparable to securities that may be purchased as stated above;
(4)  other evidences of indebtedness secured by mortgages or deeds of trust representing liens upon real estate.
Except as required by applicable state insurance laws and regulations, we are not obligated to invest amounts allocated to the general accountGeneral Account according to any particular strategy.
The Contracts are reinsured by Talcott Resolution Life and Annuity Insurance Company. As part of this reinsurance arrangement, the assets supporting the General Account under the Contracts are held by Union Security and these assets are managed by Hartford Talcott Resolution Life and Annuity Insurance Company's investment manager ("Investment Management Company ("HIMCO"Manager")). HIMCOthe Investment Manager generally invests those assets as described above for the Contract General Account related investments of Union Security.






APP II -1C-1



Table of Contents
Appendix D - Death Benefit Examples

Standard Death Benefit
Example 1
Assume that:
You purchased the Contract on your 60th birthday,
You made an initial Premium Payment of $100,000 and no other premiums have been added and no partial Surrenders have occurred,
Values at age 69,
Your Contract Value was $180,000,
Your highest Anniversary Value of each of the Five-Year Anniversary which was at age 65 was $202,000,
Because your highest Anniversary Value of each of the Five-Year Anniversary was greater than the total Premium Payments and the current Contract Value, your Death Benefit was $202,000.

Example 2
Assume that:
You purchased the Contract on your 60th birthday,
You made an initial Premium Payment of $100,000,
On your sixth contract anniversary, you made a partial Surrender of $10,000,
Your values immediately prior to the partial Surrender,
Your total Premium Payments were $100,000,
Your Contract Value was $120,000,
Your highest Anniversary Value of each of the Five-Year Anniversary which was at age 65 was $122,000,
The adjustment to your Premium Payments for partial Surrenders is on a proportional basis.
Your Premium Payments were reduced by a factor. To determine this factor, we take the amount of the partial Surrender $10,000 divided by your Contract Value immediately before the Surrender $120,000. The proportional factor was 1 - ($10,000/$120,000) = .9167.
This factor is multiplied by $100,000. The result is an adjusted Premium Payments of $91,667.
The adjustment to your highest Anniversary Value of each of the Five-Year Anniversary for partial Surrenders is on a proportional basis.
Your Anniversary Value was reduced by a factor. To determine this factor, we take the amount of the partial Surrender $10,000 divided by your Contract Value immediately before the Surrender $120,000. The proportional factor was 1 - ($10,000/$120,000) = .9167.
This factor was multiplied by $122,000. The result was an adjusted Anniversary Value of $111,833.
Because your adjusted highest Anniversary Value of each of the Five-Year Anniversary was greater than the adjusted total Premium Payments and the current Contract Value, your Death Benefit was $111,833.



APP D-1


Table of Contents
Example 3
Assume that:
You purchased the Contract on your 65th birthday,
You made an initial Premium Payment of $100,000 and no other premiums have been added and no partial Surrenders have occurred,
Values at age 77,
Your Contract Value was $160,000,
Your highest Anniversary Value of each of the Five-Year Anniversary on your 75th birthday was $172,000,
Because your highest Anniversary Value of each of the Five-Year Anniversary on the 75th birthday was greater than the total Premium Payments and current Contract Value, your Death Benefit was $172,000.

Example 4
Assume that:
You purchased the Contract on your 65th birthday,
You made an initial Premium Payment of $100,000, and no other premiums have been added,
On your twelfth contract anniversary, at age 77, you made a partial Surrender of $10,000,
Your values immediately prior to the partial Surrender,
Your total Premium Payments were $100,000,
Your Contract Value was $160,000,
Your highest Anniversary Value of each of the Five-Year Anniversary on your 75th birthday was $172,000,
The adjustment to your Premium Payments for partial Surrenders is on a proportional basis.
Your Premium Payment was reduced by a factor. To determine this factor, we take the amount of the partial Surrender $10,000 divided by your Contract Value immediately before the Surrender $160,000. The proportional factor was 1 - ($10,000/$160,000) = .9375.
This factor is multiplied by $100,00. The result was an adjusted Premium Payments of $93,750.
The adjustment to your highest Anniversary Value of each of the Five-Year Anniversary on your 75th birthday for partial Surrenders is on a proportional basis.
Your highest Anniversary Value was reduced by a factor. To determine this factor, we take the amount of the partial Surrender $10,000 divided by your Contract Value immediately before the Surrender $160,000. The proportional factor was 1 - ($10,000/$160,000) = .9375.
This factor was multiplied by $172,000. The result was an adjusted Anniversary Value of $161,250.
Because your adjusted highest Anniversary Value of each of the Five-Year Anniversary on your 75th birthday was greater than the adjusted total Premium Payments and the current Contract Value, your Death Benefit was $161,250.
APP D-2


Table of Contents
The Statement of Additional Information ("SAI") contains additional information about the Contract, us and the Separate Account, including financial statements.Account. The SAI is dated the same date as this prospectus, and the SAI is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The SAI is not your personal Variable Annuity Quarterly Statement.
You may obtainrequest a free copy of the SAI free of charge,or submit inquiries by:
1)    mailing: Union Security, c/o Talcott Resolution, P. O. Box, 14293, Lexington, KY 40512-4293
2)    calling: 1-800-862-6668
3)    emailing: asccontactus@talcottresolution.com
4)    Visiting: https://vpx.broadridge.com/GetContract1.asp?clientid=talcottvpx&fundid=34956F885
You may also obtain reports and other information about the Separate Account on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov, and copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: publicinfo@sec.gov.

Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligations: All dealers that effect transactions in these securities are required to deliver a prospectus.

EDGAR identifier: C000007042








PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTIONOther Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities registered hereby, other than underwriting discounts or commissions. All amounts are estimated. This product is no longer actively sold.
Registration feesN/A
Federal taxesN/A
State taxes and fees (based on 50 state average)N/A
Trustee's feesN/A
Transfer agents' feesN/A
Printing and distribution$567*301*
Legal fees$5,000*6,005*
Accounting feesN/A
Audit fees$175,000*195,000**
Engineering feesN/A
Directors and officers insurance premium paid by RegistrantN/A
*Estimated expense
** Represents total audit fees of Union Security Insurance Company and Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York as such financial statements are used to support multiple FormForms N-4, N-6 and S-1 filings.
Item 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERSIndemnification of Directors and Officers
Union Security Insurance Company’s By-Laws provide for indemnity and payment of expenses of Union Security’s officers, directors and employees in connection with certain legal proceedings, judgments, and settlements arising by reason of their service as such, all to the extent and in the manner permitted by law. Applicable Kansas law generally permits payment of such indemnification and expenses if the person seeking indemnification has acted in good faith and in a manner that hethey reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Registrant and if such person has received no improper personal benefit, and in a criminal proceeding, if the person seeking indemnification also has no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. 
There are agreements in place under which the underwriter and affiliated persons of the Registrant may be indemnified against liabilities arising out of acts or omissions in connection with the offer of the Contracts; provided however, that no such indemnity will be made to the underwriter or affiliated persons of the Registrant for liabilities to which they would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence. 
Insofar as indemnification for any liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "1933 Act") may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of itsour counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
Item 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIESRecent Sales of Unregistered Securities
Not applicable.



Item 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULESExhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Exhibit
Number
DescriptionMethod of Filing
EXHIBIT
NUMBERDESCRIPTIONMETHOD OF FILING
1Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 12 to the Registration Statement in File No. 333-65231, filed ondated April 28, 2009.
1.1Incorporated by reference to Post Effective Amendment No. 4, to the Registration Statement File No. 333-166455, filed on November 14, 2012.
(a)3aIncorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 524 to Registration Statement on Form S-1,N-4, File No. 333-166458,333-43799, filed on April 22, 2013.
(b)3bIncorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 033-63935 filed on November 16, 2009.



4Incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Initial Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 033-63935333-43799 filed with the Commission on November 2, 1995.April 24, 1998.
5Filed herewith as Exhibit 99.5.
21 16.1Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement 333-255246 filed with the Commission on April 28, 2022.
21Filed herewith as Exhibit 99.21.99.21
23 (a)23aFiled herewith as Exhibit 99.5.
23 (b)23bFiled herewith as Exhibit 99.23(b).
24Filed herewith as Exhibit 99.24.99.24
101.SCH107Filed herewith as Exhibit 99.107
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document *
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document *
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document *
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document *
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document *
*Pursuant to applicable securities laws and regulations, the Company is deemed to have complied with the reporting obligation relating to the submission of interactive data files in such exhibits and is not subject to liability under any anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws as long as the Company has made a good faith attempt to comply with the submission requirements and promptly amends the interactive data files after becoming aware that the interactive data files fails to comply with the submission requirements. Users of this data are advised that, pursuant to Rule 406T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability.
Item 17. Undertakings
(A)(a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i)     To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
(ii)     To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate,



represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
 



(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii)` Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
(B)(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in that Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.








SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the TownCity of Windsor,Hartford, State of Connecticut on April 29, 2021.16, 2024.
UNION SECURITY INSURANCE COMPANY 
UNION SECURITY INSURANCE COMPANY
By:(Registrant)
(Depositor)
By:/s/ Tammy L. Schultz*By: /s/ Lisa Proch
Tammy L. SchultzLisa Proch
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer*Attorney-In-FactOfficer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amended Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Paula SeGuin, Vice President, Director*
Eric Kurzrok, Director*
Fernand LeBlanc, Director*
Lisa Young, Director*
Tammy L. Schultz, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer**By:/s/ Lisa Proch
Athanasios Bolovinos, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Assistant Secretary*Lisa Proch
Attorney-in-Fact
Date:April 29, 2021
333-255252



EXHIBIT INDEX
99.5Signature
Title
Date
/s/ *DirectorApril 16, 2024
Jennifer Kraus-Florin
/s/ *DirectorApril 16, 2024
Christopher J. Copeland
/s/ *Vice President, DirectorApril 16, 2024
Fernand LeBlanc
/s/ *DirectorApril 16, 2024
Mark Weniger
/s/ Tammy L. SchultzPresident and Chief Executive Officer, DirectorApril 16, 2024
Tammy L. Schultz(Serving the Function of Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Brian BorakoveTreasurer (Serving the Functions of Principal Financial OfficerApril 16, 2024
Brian Borakoveand Principal Accounting Officer)
*By: /s/ Christopher M. GrinnellAttorney-in-FactApril 16, 2024
Christopher M. Grinnell
*Executed by Christopher M. Grinnell on behalf of those indicated pursuant to Power of Attorney.

333-



EXHIBIT INDEX
99.5
99.21
99.23(b)99.23b
99.24
101.SCH99.107XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document